ɄɈɆɉȺɇɂə ɄɂȺ
Ɍɟɩɟɪɶ,ɤɨɝɞɚ ȼɵ ɫɬɚɥɢ ɜɥɚɞɟɥɶɰɟɦ ɚɜɬɨɦɨɛɢɥɹ Ʉɢɚ,ȼɵ
ɧɚɜɟɪɧɨ ɛɭɞɟɬɟ ɩɨɥɭɱɚɬɶ ɦɧɨɝɨ ɜɨɩɪɨɫɨɜ ɨɬɧɨɫɢɬɟɥɶɧɨ
ȼɚɲɟɝɨ ɚɜɬɨɦɨɛɢɥɹ,ɤɚɤ ɧɚɩɪ.: “ɑɬɨ ɷɬɨ ɡɚ ɧɚɡɜɚɧɢɟ – Ʉɢɚ?”
“Ʉɬɨ ɬɚɤɨɣ – Ʉɢɚ?” “ɑɬɨ ɷɬɨ ɡɧɚɱɢɬ – Ʉɢɚ?”
ȼɨɬ ɧɟɫɤɨɥɶɤɨ ɨɬɜɟɬɨɜ ɧɚ ɷɬɢ ɜɨɩɪɨɫɵ.ɋɧɚɱɚɥɚ ɫɥɟɞɭɟɬ
ɨɬɦɟɬɢɬɶ,ɱɬɨ ɤɨɦɩɚɧɢɹ Ʉɢɚ – ɷɬɨ ɫɚɦɵɣ ɫɬɚɪɵɣ
ɩɪɨɢɡɜɨɞɢɬɟɥɶ ɚɜɬɨɦɨɛɢɥɟɣ ɜ Ʉɨɪɟɟ.Ɉɧɚ ɢɦɟɟɬ ɛɨɥɟɟ ɱɟɦ
ɬɵɫɹɱɭ ɪɚɛɨɬɧɢɤɨɜ,ɫɬɪɟɦɹɳɢɯɫɹ ɩɪɨɢɡɜɨɞɢɬɶ
ɜɵɫɨɤɨɤɚɱɟɫɬɜɟɧɧɵɟ ɚɜɬɨɦɨɛɢɥɢ ɩɨ ɞɨɫɬɭɩɧɵɦ ɰɟɧɚɦ.
ɉɟɪɜɵɣ ɫɥɨɝ, “Ʉɢ”, ɜ ɫɥɨɜɟ “Ʉɢɚ”ɡɧɚɱɢɬ”ɜɵɣɬɢ ɜɨ ɜɟɫ
ɦɢɪ”. ȼɬɨɪɨɣ ɫɥɨɝ, “ɚ”, ɡɧɚɱɢɬ “Ⱥɡɢɚ”. ɋɥɟɞɨɜɚɬɟɥɶɧɨ,ɫɥɨɜɨ
“Ʉɢɚ”ɡɧɚɱɢɬ “ɜɵɣɬɢ ɢɡ Ⱥɡɢɢ ɜɨ ɜɟɫɶ ɦɢɪ”.
ɀɟɥɚɟɦ ȼɚɦ ɦɧɨɝɨ ɪɚɞɨɫɬɢ ɨɬ ȼɚɲɟɝɨ ɚɜɬɨɦɨɛɢɥɹ
- Manuals
- Brands
- Kia Manuals
- Automobile
- Carnival 2007
- Workshop manual
-
Bookmarks
Quick Links
CHAPTER 1:
General Information
Related Manuals for Kia Carnival 2007
Summary of Contents for Kia Carnival 2007
-
Page 1
CHAPTER 1: General Information… -
Page 2
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER DESCRIPTION VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER 1 : Geographic zone — K = Korea 2 : Manufacturer — N = Kia motor company 3 : Vehicle type — A = Passenger car 4 — 5 : Vehicle Line/Series — MB = VQ… -
Page 3
TRANSMISSION IDENTIFICATION NUMBER AUTOMATIC 1. Modle — U : A5HF1 2. Production year — 5 : 2005, 6 : 2006, 7 : 2007 3. Gear ratio — K : 3.333 4. Detailed chassification — FD : 3.8D 5. Spare 6. Transaxle production sequence number — 000001 ~ 999999 MANUAL 1. -
Page 4
Always use Genuine Kia parts and recommedended fluid. Using any other type of parts and fluid can cause serious damaged if the vehicle.RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS LUBRICANTS CAPACITIES Description Engine oil Oil pan 4.2 (4.44, 3.70) Oil filter 0.3 (0.32, 0.26) Total 4.5 (4.76, 0.26) -
Page 5
For best performance and maximum protection of all types of operation, select only those lubricants which. a. Satisfy the requirements of the API classification. b. Have the proper SAE grade number for expected ambient temperature range. c. Lubricants that do not have both an SAE grade number and API service classification on the container should not be used. -
Page 6
CHAPTER 2: Engine Mechanical System… -
Page 7
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL TOOLS Tool (Number and name) Illustration Crankshaft front oil seal Installation of the front oil seal installer (09214-33000) Torque angle adapter Installation of bolts & nuts needing an angular (09221-4A000) method Valve stem seal remover Removal of the valve stem seal (09222-29000) Valve stem seal installer… -
Page 8
Crankshaft rear oil seal Installation of the crankshaft rear oil seal installer (09231-33000) Oil pan remover Removal of oil pan (09215-3C000) Valve guide installer Removal and installation of the valve guide (09221-3F100 A/B) -
Page 9
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom Suspect area Remedy Engine misfire with Worn crankshaft bearings. Replace the crankshaft and bearings as abnormal internal Loose or impropes engine drive plate. required. lower engine noises. Repair or replace the drive plate as required. Worn piston rings. -
Page 10
noise,regardless of Loose or damaged drive plate. Repair or replace the drive plate. engine speed. Damaged oil pan, contacting the oil pump a. Inspect the oil pan. screen. b. Inspect the oil pump screen. c. Repair or replace as required. Oil pump screen loose, damaged or a. -
Page 11
Seized crankshaft or connecting rod bearings. a. Inspect crankshaft and connecting rod bearing. b. Repair as required. Bent or broken connecting rod. a. Inspect connecting rods. b. Repair as required. Broken crankshaft. a. Inspect crankshaft. b. Repair as required. -
Page 12
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Compression pressure inspection If the there is lack of power, excessive oil consumption or poor fuel economy, measure the compression pressure. 1. Warm up the engine until the normal operating temperature becoming 80~95°C(176~203°F). 2. Remove the surge tank. 3. -
Page 13
1. Remove the engine cover. 2. Remove air cleaner assembly. 3. Remove the surge tank. 4. Remove the cylinder head cover. (1) Disconnect the ignition coil connector and remove the ignition coil. (2) Remove the cylinder head cover. 5. Set the piston of the No.1 cylinder to TDC(Top Dead Center) position. (1) Turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise and align its groove with the timing mark «T»… -
Page 14
Specification Limit (Engine coolant temperature : 20°C [68°F]) Intake : 0.10 ~ 0.30mm (0.0039 ~ 0.0118in.) Exhaust : 0.20 ~ 0.40mm (0.0079 ~ 0.0157in.) (2) Turn the crankshaft pulley one revolution (360°) clockwise and align the groove with the timing mark «T» of the timing chain cover. -
Page 15
N : Thickness of new tappet Intake : N = T + [A — 0.20mm(0.0079in.)] Exhaust : N = T + [A — 0.30mm (0.0118in.)] (8) Select a new tappet with a thickness as close as possible to the calculated value. Tappets are available with 41different size increments of 0.015mm (0.0006in.) from 3.00mm (0.118in.) to 3.600mm (0.1417in.) (9) Place a new tappet on the cylinder head. -
Page 16
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATIONS Description Specifications Limit General Type V-type, DOHC Number of cylinder Bore 86.7mm(3.4134in.) Stroke 75mm(2.9528in.) Total displacement 2,656cc Compression ratio 10.4 Firing order 2-3-4-5-6-1 Valve timing Intake valve Opens (ATDC) 4° ~ -56° Closes (ABDC) 60°… -
Page 17
Valve stem to valve 0.10mm(0.0039in.) Intake 0.020 ~ 0.050mm(0.0008 ~ 0.0020in.) guide clearance or less 0.13mm(0.0051in.) Exhaust 0.035 ~ 0.065mm(0.0014 ~ 0.0026in.) or less Valve guide Inner diameter Intake 6.000 ~ 6.015mm(2.2362 ~ 2.2368in.) Exhaust 6.000 ~ 6.015mm(2.2362 ~ 2.2368in.) Length Intake 45.8 ~ 46.2mm(1.8031 ~ 1.8189in.) -
Page 18
No. 2 ring 0.03 ~ 0.07mm(0.0012 ~ 0.0027in.) 0.1mm(0.0039in.) Oil ring 0.06 ~ 0.15mm(0.0024 ~ 0.0059in.) 0.2mm(0.0079in.) End gap No. 1 ring 0.15 ~ 0.30mm(0.0059 ~ 0.0118in.) 0.6mm(0.0236in.) No. 2 ring 0.30 ~ 0.45mm(0.0118 ~ 0.0177in.) 0.7mm(0.0275in.) Oil ring 0.20 ~ 0.70mm(0.0078 ~ 0.0275in.) 0.8mm(0.0315in.) Piston ring O.S. -
Page 19
Vacuum valve opening 0.98 ~ 4.90 kpa(0.01 ~ 0.05 kg/cm², 0.14 ~ 0.71 pressure psi) Engine coolant temperature sensor Type Thermister type Resistance 20°C (68°F) 2.31 ~ 2.59 kΩ 80°C(176°F) 0.3222 kΩ TIGHTENING TORQUE Item Quantity kgf.m lb-ft Oil seal case bolt 9.8 ~ 11.8 1.0 ~ 1.2 7.2 ~ 8.7… -
Page 20
Timing belt tensioner bolt 19.6 ~ 26.5 2.0 ~ 2.7 14.5 ~ 19.5 Timing belt tensioner arm bolt 34.3 ~ 53.9 3.5 ~ 5.5 25.3 ~ 39.8 Water pump bolt(8×20) 14.7 ~ 21.6 1.5 ~ 2.2 10.8 ~ 15.9 Water pump bolt(8×25) 14.7 ~ 21.6 1.5 ~ 2.2 10.8 ~ 15.9… -
Page 21
Timing system Timing belt… -
Page 22
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 23
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the engine cover. 2. Remove the front right wheel and tire. 3. Remove the right side cover. 4. Remove the drive belt(A), the idler(B) and the tensioner(C). In removing the drive belt, fix a tool in the auto tensioner pulley bolt and turn the bolt counter clockwise. 5. -
Page 24
Sustain the engine oil pan with a jack. Put a wooden or rubber block between the jack and the engine oil pan. 8. Remove the crankshaft damper pulley(A). 9. Remove the timing belt lower cover(A). 10. Remove the engine support bracket(A). -
Page 25
After the removal, engine coolant can be drained a little from that point(B) which is a matter of no importance. 11. Remove the timing belt auto tensioner(A). 12. Remove the timing belt(A). Make a direction mark of revolution on the timing belt for reusal. 13. -
Page 26
14. Remove the crankshaft sprocket. INSTALLATION 1. Install the crankshaft sprocket. 2. Install the tensioner arm assembly(A) and the idler(B). Tightening torque Tensioner arm bolt : 34.3 ~ 53.9Nm(3.5 ~ 5.5kgf.m, 25.3~ 39.8lb-ft) Idler pulley bolt : 49.0 ~ 58.8Nm(5.0 ~ 6.0kgf.m, 36.2~ 43.4lb-ft) 3. -
Page 27
a. When pressing the rod, use a vertical vice certainly. b. There is a high possibility for air to get in the high pressure chamber, when using a horizotal vice. c. Do not apply more load than 400N on the rod. d. -
Page 28
6. Remove the auto tensioner set-pin. 7. Check the tension of the timing belt. (1) Turn the crankshaft 2 rev. clockwise which makes the No.1 cylinder piston position at TDC. After 5minutes, measure the length of the projected rod. Specification 5 ~ 7mm(0.1969 ~ 0.2756in.) (2) Ensure the locations of the timing marks for each sprocket. -
Page 29
10. Install the crankshaft damper pulley(A). Tightening torque 166.7 ~ 176.5Nm(17.0 ~ 18.0kgf.m, 123.0 ~ 130.2lb-ft) 11. Install the engine mounting bracket(A). Tightening torque 63.7 ~ 83.4Nm(6.5 ~ 8.5kgf.m, 47.0 ~ 61.5lb-ft) 12. Install the timing belt upper cover(A). Tightening torque 9.8 ~ 11.8Nm(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.2 ~ 8.7lb-ft) -
Page 30
13. Install the drive belt tensioner(C). Tightening torque 34.3 ~ 53.9Nm(3.5 ~ 5.5kgf.m, 25.3 ~ 39.8lb-ft) 14. Install the drive belt idler and the drive belt(A). Tightening torque 34.3 ~ 53.9Nm(3.5 ~ 5.5kgf.m, 25.3 ~ 39.8lb-ft) 15. Install the right side cover. 16. -
Page 31
3. Replace the tensioner and the idler if grease is leaked from bearings. TIMING BELT 1. Check the belt for oil or dust deposits. Replace, if necessary. Small deposits should be wiped away with a dry cloth or paper. Do not clean with solvent. 2. -
Page 32
Cylinder Head Assembly… -
Page 33
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 35
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL a. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. b. To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the engine coolant temperature drops below normal temperature before removing it. c. When handling a metal gasket, take care not to fold the gasket or damage the contact surface of the gasket. d. -
Page 36
5. Remove the fuel inlet hose(A) from the delivery pipe. 6. Disconnect the engine wiring harness connectors. (1) Disconnect the No.1/No.2 knock sensor connectors(A,B), the oil pressure switch connector(C), the ignition coil harness(D) and the No.1 VIS(Variable Induction System) connector(E). (2) Disconnect the bank 1 front/rear O2 sensor connectors(A). -
Page 37
(4) Disconnect the injection harness connector(A), the No.2 VIS(Variable Induction System) connector(B), the No.1/No.2 OCV(Oil Control Valve) connectors(C,D) and the OTS(Oil Temperature Sensor) connector(E). (5) Disconnect the MAPS(Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor) connector(A), the ETC(Electronic Throttle Control) connector(B) and the PCSV(Purge Control Solenoid Valve) connector(C). (6) Disconnect the generator connector(A) and the air conditioning compressor connector(B). -
Page 38
(7) Disconnect the bank 2 CMP sensor connector(A) and the ECT(Engine Coolant Temperature) sensor connector(B). (8) Disconnect the bank 2 front/rear O2 sensor connectors(A,B) and the CKP sensor connector(C). (9) Disconnect the bank 1 CMP sensor connector(A). 7. Remove the PCV(Pulge Control Valve) hose(A). -
Page 39
8. Disconnect the brake vaccume hose(A). 9. Remove the heater hoses. 10. Remove the drive belt(A). 11. Remove the power steering pump.(Refer to ‘ST’ group). 12. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly.(Refer to ‘Intake and exhause system’). 13. Remove the intake manifold assembly.(Refer to ‘Intake and exhause system’). 14. -
Page 40
18. Remove the camshaft bearing cap(A). 19. Remove the timing chain tensioner(A). 20. Remove the camshaft. 21. Remove the bank 2 timing belt rear cover(A). 22. Remove the bank 1 timing belt rear cover(A). -
Page 41
23. Remove the CKP sensor connector bracket(A). 24. Remove the cylinder head assembly. (1) Remove the bolts in 2~3 steps as following orders. If the bolts are not removed as the order, the deformation of the head assembly can be occurred. (2) Put the cylinder head assembly on a wooden block after removal from the cylinder block. -
Page 42
2. Reprocess the valve guide hole for the oversized valve guide newly installed. 3. Using the SST(09221-3F100A/B), insert the valve guide in the upside of the cylinder head assembly. Be aware of the difference in length between the intake and the exhaust valve guides. Specification Intake valve guide: 45.8 ~ 46.2mm(1.8031 ~ 1.8189in.) Exhaust valve guide: 46.8 ~ 47.2mm(1.8425 ~ 1.8583in.) -
Page 43
Ensure the LH/RH classification of the cylinder head gasket when installing. 2. Tighten the cylinder head bolts with the plain washers in several steps as following order. a. In assembling washers, the marked surface should face upward. b. In installing the cylinder head bolts, apply engine oil on the thread of the bolts and the surface of the washers. -
Page 44
camshaft. Ensure that the pin will not be installed in the hole for oil feeding. Tightening torque 66.7~78.5Nm(6.8~8.0kgf.m, 49.2~57.9lb-ft) After tightening the CVVT bolts, rotate the CVVT assembly housing counterclockwise by hand to seat the lock pin in the CVVT assembly in good position. Fix the hexagonal part of the camshaft in a vice when tightening the CVVT bolts. -
Page 45
6. Install the camshaft bearing caps. Tightening torque Bearing cap bolt(A: 6×38) — 10.8~12.7Nm(1.1~1.3kgf.m, 8.0~9.4lb-ft) Bearing cap bolt(B: 8×38) — 20.6~22.5Nm(2.1~2.6kgf.m, 15.2~18.8lb-ft) When installing the bearing caps, check the marks on them as shown below and install them in its proper position. -
Page 46
7. Using the SST(09214-21000), install the camshaft oil seal. a. Befor installing, apply engine oil. b. The camshaft cap surface should adhere to the cylinder head assembly. c. Do not press an eccentric load. 8. Install the CKP sensor connector bracket(A). 9. -
Page 47
The length of the bolt(B) is longer than that of the bolt(C). 11. Install the timing belt.(Refer to ‘Timing system’). 12. Check and adjust the valve clearance. 13. Install the cylinder head cover. (1) Remove oil, dust or sealant on the upper surface of the cylinder before assembling cylinder head cover. (2) Assemble the cylinder head cover in five minites after applying liquid gasket(LOCTITE 5900) on the camshaft cap and packing part. -
Page 48
a. Do not start engine for thirty minites after assembling the cylinder head cover. b. Do not reuse the cylinder head cover gasket. 14. Install the water temp. control assembly. 15. Install the intake manifold assembly. 16. Install the exhaust mainfold assembly. 17. -
Page 49
(2) Connect the bank 2 front/rear O2 sensor connectors(A,B) and the CKP sensor connector(C). (3) Connect the bank 2 CMP sensor connector(A) and the WTS(Water Temperature Sensor) connector(B). (4) Connect the generator connector(A) and the air conditioning compressor connector(B). (5) Connect the MAPS(Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor) connector(A), the ETC(Electronic Throttle Control) connector(B) and the PCSV(Purge Control Solenoid Valve) connector(C). -
Page 50
(6) Connect the injection harness connector(A), the No.2 VIS(Variable Induction System) connector(B), the No.1/No.2 OCV(Oil Control Valve) connectors(C,D) and the OTS(Oil Temperature Sensor) connector(E). (7) Connect the injection connectors(A,B,C), the ground lines(D), the condensor connector(E) and the Ignition coil connectors(F). (8) Connect the bank 1 front/rear O2 sensor connectors(A). -
Page 51
(9) Connect the No.1/No.2 knock sensor connectors(A,B), the oil pressure switch connector(C), the ignition coil harness(D) and the No.1 VIS(Variable Induction System) connector(E). 23. Install the fuel inlet hose(A) from the delivery pipe. 24. Install the upper radiator hose(A) and lower radiator hose(B). 25. -
Page 52
(2) Connect the breather hose(B) from air cleaner hose. (3) Connect the MAF connector(A). 26. Install the engine cover. 27. Refill engine coolant. DISASSEMBLY Identify MLA(Mechanical Lash Adjuster), valves and valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original position. -
Page 53
(5) Using SST(09222-29000), remove the valve stem seal. Do not reuse the removed valve stem seals. 3. Remove OCV(Oil Control Valve)(A). INSPECTION CYLINDER HEAD 1. Inspect for flatness. Using a precision straight edge and feeler gauge, measure the surface contacting cylinder block and the manifolds for warpage. -
Page 54
Check the combustion chamber, intake ports, exhaust ports and cylinder block surface for cracks. If cracked, replace the cylinder head. VALVE AND VALVE SPRING 1. Inspect valve stems and valve guides. (1) Using a caliper gauge, measure the inside diameter of the valve guide. Valve guide inside diameter Intake / Exhaust : 6.000 ~ 6.015mm (2.2362 ~ 2.2368in.) (2) Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of the valve stem. -
Page 55
If the margin thickness is less than the specification, replace the valve. Specification Intake : 1.0mm(0.0394in.) Exhaust : 1.3mm(0.0512.) (4) Check the valve length. Length Intake : 110.1mm(4.3346in) Exhaust : 111.1mm(4.3740in) (5) Check the surface of the valve stem tip for wear. If the valve stem tip is worn, replace the valve. -
Page 56
MLA(Mechanical Lash Adjuster) 1. Inspect MLA. Using a micrometer, measure the MLA outside diameter. MLA O.D. Intake/Exhaust : 29.964 ~ 29.980mm(1.1797 ~ 1.1803in.) 2. Using a caliper gauge, measure MLA tappet bore inner diameter of cylinder head. Tappet bore I.D. Intake/Exhaust : 30.000 ~ 30.025mm(1.1811 ~ 1.1821in.) 3. -
Page 57
(4) Install the bearing caps with the tightening torque. Do not turn the camshaft. (5) Remove the bearing caps. (6) Measure the plastigage at its widest point. Bearing oil clearance [Standard value] Intake : 0.020 ~ 0.057mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0022in.) Exhaust : 0.020 ~ 0.057mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0022in.) If the oil clearance is greater than the maximum, replace the camshaft. -
Page 58
If the end play is greater than the maximum, replace the camshaft. If necessary, replace the cylinder head. (3) Remove the camshafts. CVVT ASSEMBLY 1. Inspect CVVT assembly. (1) Fix the CVVT assembly with a vice. Ensure that the cam lobe and journal is not damaged. (2) Check that the CVVT assembly will not turn. -
Page 59
REASSEMBLY a. Thoroughly clean all parts to be assembled. b. Before installing the parts, apply fresh engine oil to all sliding and rotating surfaces. c. Replace oil seals with new ones. 1. Install valves. (1) Using SST(09222-22001), push in a new valve stem seal with applying engine oil. a. -
Page 60
(4) Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with the wooden handle of a hammer to ensure proper seating of the valve and retainer lock. 2. Install MLAs with engine oil applied on its surface. Check that the MLA rotates smoothly by hand. -
Page 61
a. Do not reuse the OCV when dropped. b. Keep clean the OCV. c. Do not hold the OCV sleeve during servicing. d. When the OCV is installed on the engine, do not move the engine while holding the OCV yoke. e. -
Page 62
Engine Transaxle Assembly… -
Page 63
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL a. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces. b. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion. a. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection. 1. Remove the engine cover. 2. -
Page 64
5. Remove the under cover. 6. Drain the engine coolant. 7. Remove the upper radiator hose(A) and lower radiator hose(B). 8. Remove the transaxle oil cooler hoses(A/T vehicles only). 9. Remove the fuel inlet hose(A) from the delivery pipe. 10. Disconnect the engine wiring harness connectors. -
Page 65
(1) Disconnect the No.1/No.2 knock sensor connectors(A,B), the oil pressure switch connector(C), the ignition coil harness(D) and the No.1 VIS(Variable Induction System) connector(E). (2) Disconnect the bank 1 front/rear O2 sensor connectors(A). (3) Disconnect the injection connectors(A,B,C), the ground lines(D), the condenser connector(E) and the Ignition coil connectors(F). -
Page 66
(5) Disconnect the MAPS(Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor) connector(A), the ETC(Electronic Throttle Control) connector(B) and the PCSV(Purge Control Solenoid Valve) connector(C). (6) Remove the cooling fan relay cable(A). (7) Disconnect the generator connector(A) and the air conditioning compressor connector(B). (8) Disconnect the bank 2 CMP sensor connector(A) and the WTS(Water Temperature Sensor) connector(B). (9) Disconnect the bank 2 front/rear O2 sensor connectors(A,B) and the CKP sensor connector(C). -
Page 67
(10) Disconnect the bank 1 CMP sensor connector(A). 11. Disconnect engine wiring. (1) Remove the engine room fuse and relay box cover(A). (2) Disconnect the PCM connectors(B). (3) Disconnect the FAM connectors(C)(Refer to HA group). (4) Unscrew the FAM mounting bolts(D-3EA) and take the FAM(E) out of the splash shield(F). (5) Disconnect the connector(G) from the splash shield(B). -
Page 68
12. Remove the heater hoses. 13. Disconnect the brake vaccume hose(A). 14. After draining or gathering power steering fluid, disconnect the power steering hose(A). 15. Remove the radiator grille upper cover(A) for convenience sake. 16. Disconnect the power steering return hose. 17. -
Page 69
The bottom side bolt(A) which can be seen after removing the under cover should be loosened for removal of the radiator support upper member assembly. 18. Drain engine oil. 19. Remove the brake caliper.(Refer to DS group). 20. Disconnect the air conditioning compressor hoses.(Refer to HA group). 21. -
Page 70
support them securely with floor jack. Verify that the hoses and connectors are disconnected before removing the engine and transaxle assembly. 27. Remove the engine mounting bracket(A) and the ground(B). 28. Remove the transaxle insulator mounting bolt(A). Remove the ECM(Electronic Controlled Mounting) nuts and the solenoid valve connector for A/T vehicles. 29. -
Page 71
INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Perform the following : a. Adjust the shift cable. b. Refill the engine with engine oil. c. Refill the transaxle with fluid. d. Refill the radiator with engine coolant. e. Bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open. f. -
Page 72
Cylinder Block… -
Page 73
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 75
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the drive plate(A). 2. Remove the rear plate(A). 3. Remove timing belt. 4. Remove intake manifold. 5. Remove exhaust manifold. 6. Remove generator from engine.(Refer to ‘ST’ group). 7. Remove power steering pump from engine.(Refer to ‘HA’ group). 8. -
Page 76
9.8 ~ 11.8Nm(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.2 ~ 8.7lb-ft) 10. Install the drive plate(A). Tightening torque 71.6 ~ 75.5Nm(7.3 ~ 7.7kgf.m, 52.8 ~ 55.7lb-ft) DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove the power steering pump bracket(A) and the knock sensor(B). 2. Remove the air conditioning compressor bracket(A). -
Page 77
3. Remove the lower oil pan(A). 4. Remove the oil screen(A). 5. Remove the upper oil pan(A). When removing the oil pan, use the SST(09215-3C000) not to damage the contacting surface of the oil pan. -
Page 78
6. Check the connecting rod side clearance. 7. Check the connecting rod bearing oil clearance. 8. Remove the piston and connecting rod assemblies. a. Keep the bearings the connecting rods and the caps together. b. Arrange the piston and connecting rod assemblies in the correct order. 9. -
Page 79
14. Remove and arrange the main bearings and thrust bearings in the correct order. 15. Remove the CKP sensor(A). 16. Check the free play between a piston and a piston pin. Try to move the piston back and forth on the piston pin. If any movement is felt, replace the piston and the piston pin as a set. -
Page 80
Arrange the piston rings in the correct order only. 18. Disconnect the connecting rod from the piston. Using a press, remove the piston pin from the piston. (Press-in load : 2451.7 ~ 12258.3N(250 ~ 1250kg, 551.2 ~ 2755.81lb) INSPECTION CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT 1. -
Page 81
(9) If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the same color mark (select the color as shown in the next column), and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. -
Page 82
51.012 ~ 51.018mm (2.0083 ~ 2.0086in.) CRANKSHAFT PIN MARK LOCATION DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT CLASS MARK OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIN 47.994 ~ 48.000mm 1 or A (1.8895 ~ 1.8898in.) 47.988 ~ 47.994mm 2 or B (1.8893 ~ 1.8895in.) 47.982 ~ 47.988mm 3 or C (1.8891 ~ 1.8893in.) -
Page 83
(0.0588 ~ 0.0589in.) 1.491 ~ 1.494mm GREEN (0.0587 ~ 0.0588in.) 1.488 ~ 1.491mm YELLOW (0.0586 ~ 0.0587in) (11) Select the proper connecting rod bearing from the table below. CONNECTING ROD IDENTIFICATION MARK 0(A) 1(B) 2(C) I(A) (YELLOW) (GREEN) CRANKSHAFT II(B) INDENTIFICATION MARK (GREEN) (BLACK) -
Page 84
(6) If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new, complete bearing with the same color mark (select the color as shown in the next column), and recheck the clearance. Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance. -
Page 85
DISCRIMINATION OF CYLINDER BLOCK CLASS MARK INSIDE DIAMETER 66.000 ~ 66.006mm (2.5984 ~ 2.5987in.) 66.006 ~ 66.012mm (2.5987 ~ 2.5989in.) 66.012 ~ 66.018mm (2.5989 ~ 2.5991in.) CRANKSHAFT JOURNAL MARK LOCATION DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT CLASS MARK OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF JOURNAL 61.994 ~ 62.000mm (2.4407 ~ 2.4409in.) 61.988 ~ 61.994mm… -
Page 86
CLASS MARK THICKNESS OF BEARING 2.007 ~ 2.010mm BLUE (0.0790 ~ 0.0791in.) 2.004 ~ 2.007mm BLACK (0.0789 ~ 0.0790in.) 2.001 ~ 2.004mm (0.0788 ~ 0.0789in.) 1.998 ~ 2.001mm GREEN (0.0787 ~ 0.0788in.) 1.995 ~ 1.998mm YELLOW (0.0785 ~ 0.0787in.) SELECTION TABLE CRANKSHAFT BORE IDENTIFICATION MARK a(A) b(B) -
Page 87
CYLINDER BLOCK 1. Remove gasket materials. Using a gasket scraper, remove all the gasket material from the top surface of the cylinder block. 2. Clean cylinder block Using a soft brush and solvent, thoroughly clean the cylinder block. 3. Inspect the top surface of cylinder block for flatness. Using a precision straight edge and feeler gauge, measure the surface contacting the cylinder head gasket for warpage. -
Page 88
6. Check the cylinder bore size code(A) on the cylinder block. Class Size code Cylinder bore inner diameter 86.70 ~ 86.71mm (3.4134 ~ 3.4138in.) 86.71 ~ 86.72mm (3.4138 ~ 3.4142in.) 86.72 ~ 86.73mm (3.4142 ~ 3.4146in.) 7. Check the piston size code(A) on the piston top face. -
Page 89
Class Size code Piston outer diameter 86.67 ~ 86.68mm (3.4122 ~ 3.4126in.) 86.68 ~ 86.69mm (3.4126 ~ 3.4130in.) 86.69 ~ 86.70mm (3.4130 ~ 3.4134in.) 8. Select the proper piston related to the cylinder bore class. Clearance : 0.02 ~ 0.04mm(0.0008 ~ 0.0016in.) CYLINDER BORING 1. -
Page 90
Standard diameter 86.67 ~ 87.00(3.4122 ~ 3.4252in.) 3. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore inner diameter and the piston outer diameter. Piston-to-cylinder clearance 0.02 ~ 0.04mm(0.0008 ~ 0.0016in.) 4. Inspect the piston ring side clearance. Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between a new piston ring and the ring groove. Piston ring side clearance Standard No.1 : 0.04 ~ 0.08mm (0.0016 ~ 0.0031in.) -
Page 91
No.1 : 0.6mm (0.0236in.) No.2 : 0.7mm (0.0275in.) Oil ring : 0.8mm (0.0315in.) PISTON PINS 1. Measure the outer diameter of the piston pin. Piston pin outerdiameter 21.001 ~ 21.007mm (0.8268 ~ 0.8270in.) 2. Measure the piston pin-to-piston clearance. Piston pin-to-piston clearance 0.007 ~ 0.022mm (0.0003 ~ 0.0009in.) 3. -
Page 92
Piston pin-to-connecting rod interference -0.033 ~ -0.016mm (-0.0013 ~ -0.0006in.) REASSEMBLY a. Thoroughly clean all parts before reassembling. b. Before installing the parts, apply fresh engine oil to all sliding and rotating surfaces. c. Replace all gaskets, O-rings and oil seals with new parts. 1. -
Page 93
When reassembling the connecting rods and the caps, ensure the front marks on them. 4. Install the CKP sensor(A). Tightening torque 6.9 ~ 9.8Nm(0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft) 5. Install main bearings. Upper bearings have the oil grooves of the oil holes; Lower bearings do not. (1) Aligning the bearing claw with the claw groove of the cylinder block, push in the 4 upper bearings(A). -
Page 94
(2) Aligning the bearing claw with the claw groove of the main bearing cap, push in the 4 lower bearings(B) on the bearing caps(A). 6. Install thrust bearings. Install the 2 thrust bearings(A) under the No.3 journal position of the cylinder block with the oil grooves facing outward. -
Page 95
M8 : 15.7Nm(1.6 kgf.m, 11.6lb-ft) + 90° M10 : 29.4Nm(3.0 kgf.m, 21.7lb-ft)+ 90° a. Use new main bearing cap bolt with engine oil applied. b. If any of the bearing cap bolts are broken or deformed, replace it. c. Washers have their direction(Up/Down) d. -
Page 96
19.6Nm (2.0kgf.m, 14.46lb-ft) + 90° a. Always use new connecting rod bolts. b. Maintain downward force on the ring compressor to prevent the rings from expanding before entering the cylinder bore. c. Use SST(09221-4A000), install connecting rod bearing cap bolts. 12. -
Page 97
(1) Make clean the sealing face before assembling two parts. a. Remove harmful foreign materials on the sealing face before applying sealant b. Apply sealant to the inner threads of the bolt holes. (2) Assembling rear oil seal case, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied to the rear oil seal case. The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied. -
Page 98
a. Clean the sealing face before assembling two parts. b. Remove harmful foreign materials on the sealing face before applying sealant. c. When applying sealant gasket, sealant must not protrude into the inside of oil pan. d. To prevent leakage of oil, apply sealant gasket to the inner threads of the bolt holes. (3) Install upper oil pan. -
Page 99
Uniformly tighten the bolts in several passes. Tightening torque 9.8 ~ 11.8Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.2 ~ 8.7lb-ft) 18. Install the air conditioning compressor bracket(A). (Refer to ‘HA’ group) 19. Install the power steering pump bracket(A) and the knock sensor(B). Tightening torque 18.6 ~ 23.5Nm (1.9 ~ 2.4kgf.m, 13.7 ~ 17.4lb-ft) a. -
Page 100
Cooling system… -
Page 101
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 103
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL WATER PUMP 1. Drain the engine coolant. System is under high pressure when the engine is hot. To avoid danger of releasing scalding engine coolant, remove the cap only when the engine is cool. 2. -
Page 104
4. Disconnect the ECT(Engine Coolant Temperature) sensor connector. 5. Remove the coolant hose related to the heater hoses and the ECT(Engine Coolant Temperature) system. 6. Remove wiring protector. 7. Remove water temperature control assembly(A) and the gaskets(B). 8. Remove the water pipe(A). THERMOSTAT Removal of the thermostat would have an adverse effect, causing a lowering of cooling efficiency. -
Page 105
RADIATOR 1. Drain the engine coolant. 2. Remove the radiator grille upper cover(A). 3. Remove the radiator support upper member assembly(A) for convenience sake. The bottom side bolt(A) which can be seen after removing the under cover should be loosened for removal of the radiator support upper member assembly. -
Page 106
4. Remove the radiator upper and the lower hoses(A). 5. Disconnect transaxle oil cooler hoses(A).(Refer to TR group) 6. Disconnect the radiator fan connectors(A,B). -
Page 107
7. Remove the radiator bracket(A, B) and the bleeder hose(C). 8. Separate the condenser from the radiator assembly by removing the bolts. 9. Remove the radiator assembly. 10. Remove the radiator cooling fan. INSTALLATION WATER PUMP 1. Install the water pump(A) and a new gasket(B) with the bolts. Tightening torque 14.7 ~ 21.6Nm (1.5 ~ 2.2kgf.m, 10.8 ~ 15.9lb-ft) -
Page 108
Clean the contacting face before assembling. 2. Install the timing belt. 3. Install drive belt(A). 4. Fill with engine coolant. 5. Start engine and check for leaks. 6. Recheck engine coolant level. WATER TEMPERATURE CONTROL ASSEMBLY 1. Install the water pipe(A). Tightening torque 16.7 ~ 19.6Nm (1.7 ~ 2.0kgf.m, 12.3 ~ 14.5lb-ft) 2. -
Page 109
29.4 ~ 41.2Nm(3.0 ~ 4.2kgf.m, 21.7 ~ 30.4lb-ft Use new O-rings and wet them with water or coolant when reassembling. 3. Install the wiring protector. 4. Connect the heater hose and ECT hose. 5. Connect the ECT sensor connector. 6. Connect the radiator upper and the lower hose(A). 7. -
Page 110
2. Install the coolant inlet pitting(A). Tightening torque 16.66 ~ 19.60Nm (1.7 ~ 2.0kgf.m, 12.30 ~ 14.47lb-ft) 3. Fill with engine coolant. 4. Start engine and check for leaks. RADIATOR 1. Install the radiator fan(A) to the radiator. Tightening torque 4.9 ~ 7.8Nm (0.5 ~ 0.8kgf.m, 3.6 ~ 5.8lb-ft) 2. -
Page 111
5. Connect the radiator fan connectors(A,B) 6. Install the transaxle oil cooler hoses(A).(Refer to TR group) -
Page 112
7. Install the radiator upper(A) and lower hoses(B). 8. Install the radiator support upper member assembly(A). 9. Install the radiator grille upper cover(A). 10. Fill with engine coolant. 11. Start engine and check for leaks. 12. Recheck engine coolant level. INSPECTION WATER PUMP 1. -
Page 113
THERMOSTAT 1. Immerse the thermostat in water and gradually heat water. 2. Check the valve opening temperature. Valve opening temperature : 82°C (177°F) Full opening temperature : 95°C (205°F) If the valve opening temperature is not as specified, replace the thermostat. 3. -
Page 114
13. Install the radiator cap and fill the reservoir tank to the «MAX»(or «F») line with coolant. 14. Run the vehicle under idle until the cooling fan operates 2 ~ 3 times. 15. Stop the engine and wait until coolant gets cool. 16. -
Page 115
Lubrication system… -
Page 116
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 117
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL Oil pump case 1. Drain engine oil. 2. Remove the front right wheel and tire. 3. Remove the front right side cover. 4. Remove the front muffler. 5. Remove the generator. 6. Remove the timing belt. 7. -
Page 118
10. Remove the upper oil pan, using the SST(09215-3C000)(A). Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of upper oil pan and lower oil pan. 11. Remove the oil pump case(A). 12. After removing the plug(A), remove the relief spring(B) and the velief plunger(C). REPLACEMENT OIL AND FILTER a. -
Page 119
c. In order to preserve environment, used oil or used oil filter must be disposed only at designated disposal sites. 1. Park the car on a level ground. Start the engine and let it warm up. 2. Turn the engine off. 3. -
Page 120
Tightening torque 39.2 ~ 49.0Nm (4.0 ~ 5.0kgf.m, 28.9 ~ 36.2lb-ft) 2. Install oil pump case. (1) Using a gasket scraper, remove all the old packing material from the gasket surfaces. (2) Before assembling the oil pan, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on the oil pan. The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after the sealant was applied. -
Page 121
In the installation of the oil pump, always use a new o-ring(B). 3. Using the SST(09214~33000), install the oil pump case oil seal. 4. Install the upper oil pan. (1) Using a gasket scraper, remove all the old packing material from the gasket surfaces. (2) Before assembling the oil pan, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on the oil pan. -
Page 122
d. To prevent leakage of oil, apply sealant gasket to the inner threads of the bolt holes. e. After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil. (3) Fix the oil pan and tighten the bolts in several steps uniformly. Tightening torque Bolts 1~15 : 18.6 ~ 23.5Nm(1.9 ~ 2.4kgf.m, 13.7 ~ 17.4lb-ft) Bolts 16,17 : 4.9 ~ 6.9Nm(0.5 ~ 0.7kgf.m, 3.6 ~ 5.1lb-ft) -
Page 123
a. Make clean the sealing face before assembling two parts. b. Remove harmful foreign materials on the sealing face before applying sealant. c. When applying sealant gasket, sealant must not be protrude into the inside of oil pan. d. To prevent leakage of oil, apply sealant gasket to the inner threads of the bolt holes. e. -
Page 124
Always use a new O-ring. 8. Install the timing belt, the generator and the front muffler. 9. Install the front right side cover and the wheel and tire. 10. Fill with engine coolant. 11. Start engine and check for leaks. 12. -
Page 125
For best performance and maximum protection of all types of operation, select only those lubricants which : a. Satisfy the requirement of the API classification. b. Have proper SAE grade number for expected ambient temperature range. Lubricants that do not have both an SAE grade number and API service classification on the container should not be used. -
Page 126
2. Check the continuity between the terminal and the body when its hole is pushed by a fine rod(A). If there is continuity with pressed, replace the switch. 3. If there is no continuity when the pressure 49.3kpa (0.5kg/cm², 7.11psi) is applied through the oil hole, the switch is operating properly. -
Page 127
Intake Exhaust system… -
Page 128
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 131
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL INTAKE MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY 1. Remove the engine cover. 2. Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly. (1) Disconnect the MAF connector(A). (2) Disconnect the breather hose(B) from air cleaner hose. (3) Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly(C). 3. -
Page 132
(4) Disconnect the injection harness connector(A), the No.2 VIS(Variable Induction System) connector(B), the No.1/No.2 OCV(Oil Control Valve) connectors(C,D) and the OTS(Oil Temperature Sensor) connector(E). (5) Disconnect the MAPS(Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor) connector(A), the ETC(Electronic Throttle Control) connector(B) and the PCSV(Purge Control Solenoid Valve) connector(C). (6) Disconnect the generator connector(A) and the air conditioning compressor connector(B). -
Page 133
(7) Disconnect the bank 2 CMP sensor connector(A) and the ECT(Engine Coolant Temperature) sensor connector(B). (8) Disconnect the bank 2 front/rear O2 sensor connectors(A,B) and the CKP sensor connector(C). (9) Disconnect the bank 1 CMP sensor connector(A). 4. Remove the PCV(Pulge Control Valve) hose(A). -
Page 134
5. Remove the ETC(Electric Throttle Control) bracket(A) and the cooling hoses(B). 6. Disconnect the brake vaccume hose(A). 7. Remove the surge tank mounting bracket(A). 8. Remove the surge tank(A). -
Page 135
9. Remove the delivery pipe assembly(A). 10. Remove the intake manifold assembly(A). EXHAUST MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY 1. Remove the under cover. 2. Remove the front muffler(A). -
Page 136
3. Disconnect the oxygen sensor connectors(A). 4. Remove the oil level gauge. 5. Remove the heat protector(A). 6. Remove the exhaust manifold assembly. INSTALLATION INTAKE MANIFOLD ASSEMBLY… -
Page 137
1. Install the intake manifold assembly with a new gasket to a cylinder head assembly. Tighten the bolts in two steps. Tightening torque Step 1(a~h): 3.9~5.9Nm(0.4~0.6kgf.m, 2.9~4.3lb-ft) Step 2(1~8): 18.6~23.5Nm(1.9~2.4kgf.m, 13.7~17.4lb-ft) When installing the gasket on the cylinder head, check the indentification marks(LH/RH) not to be installed wrong. -
Page 138
Tightening torque 39.2~58.8Nm(4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft) 4. Connect the oxygen sensor connector. 5. Install the under cover. -
Page 139
CHAPTER 3: Engine Electrical System… -
Page 140
General information… -
Page 141
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > THE MICRO 570 ANALYZER The MICRO 570 Analyzer provides the ability to test the charging and starting systems, including the battery, starter and generator. Because of the possibility of personal injury, always use extreme caution and appropriate eye protection when working with batteries. -
Page 142
2. The tester will ask if the battery is connected «IN A VEHICLE» or «OUT OF A VEHICLE». Make your selection by pressing the arrow buttons; then press ENTER. 3. Choose either CCA or CCP and press the ENTER button. a. -
Page 143
The battery ratings (CCA) displayed on the tester must be identical to the ratings marked on battery label. 6. To conduct starter test, press ENTER. BATTERY TEST RESULTS RESULT ON PRINTER REMEDY Good battery No action is required Battery is in a good state Good recharge Recharge the battery and use Battery is not charged properly… -
Page 144
2. After pressing ENTER key, start the engine. 3. Cranking voltage and starter test results will be displayed on the screen. Take a relevant action according to the test results by referring to the starter test results as given below. 4. -
Page 145
2. ENTER button is pressed, the tester displays the actual voltage of generator. Press ENTER to test the charging system. 3. The MICRO 570 will prompt you to rev the engine until the rev detected. It will then collect the data. 4. -
Page 146
6. The MICRO 570 will detect the amount of ripple from the charging system to the battery. Excessive ripple usually means the stator is damaged or that one or more generator diodes have failed. 7. The MICRO 570 will prompt you to turn on accessary loads. It will then test at idle and prompt you to rev the engine. -
Page 147
CHARGING SYSTEM TEST RESULTS RESULT ON PRINTER REMEDY Charging system normal/Diode ripple normal Charging system is normal Generator does not supply charging current to battery No charging voltage => Check belts, connection between generator and battery Replace belts or cable or generator as necessary Generator does not supply charging current to battery and electrical Low charging voltage load to system fully… -
Page 148
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL SERVICE TOOL Tool (Number and name) Illustration Alternator pulley remover wrench Removal and installation of alternator (09373-27000) pulley REFERENCE SERVICE TOOLS Tool (Number and name) Illustration a. Check the battery condition Micro-570 b. Check the charging and starting Battery checker system… -
Page 149
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLE SHOOTING IGNITION SYSTEM Symptom Suspect area Remedy Engine will not start or Ignition lock switch Inspect ignition lock switch, or replace as required is hard to start Ignition coil Inspect ignition coil, or replace as required (Cranks OK) Spark plugs Inspect spark plugs, or replace as required… -
Page 150
Fuse blown Replace fuse Starter motor faulty Replace Ignition switch faulty Replace Engine cranks slowly Battery charge low Charge or replace battery Battery cables loose, corroded or Repair or replace cables worn out Starter motor faulty Replace Starter keeps running Starter motor Replace Ignition switch… -
Page 151
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATION IGNITION SYSTEM Items Specification 0.715 ± 0.015 Ω Primary resistance Ignition coil Secondary resistance Spark plugs ILFR5B11 Plugs Gap 1.0 ~ 1.1 mm (0.0394 ~ 0.0433 in) STARTING SYSTEM Items Specification Rated voltage 12 V, 1.2 kW No. -
Page 152
Ignition System… -
Page 153
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRITION Ignition timing is controlled by the electronic control ignition timing system. The standard reference ignition timing data for the engine operating conditions are preprogrammed in the memory of the ECM (Engine Control Module). The engine operating conditions (speed, load, warm-up condition, etc.) are detected by the various sensors. -
Page 154
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL IGNITION COIL 1. Remove the engine cover. 2. Remove the ignition coil (A). 3. Remove the ignition coil. 4. Installation is the reverse of removal. REPLACEMENT SPARK PLUG 1. Remove the ignition coil connector(A). 2. -
Page 155
a. [U2.7] L nleaded : ILFR5B11 Leaded : LFR5A ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION SPARK TEST 1. Remove the ignition coil connector(A). Disconnect the iguition coil connector while pulling up tre connector lock. 2. Remove the ignition coil. 3. Using a spark plug socket, remove the spark plug. 4. -
Page 156
INSPECT SPARK PLUG 1. Inspect the electrodes(A) an ceramic insulator(B). INSPECTION OF ELECTRODES Condition Dark deposits White deposits a. Fuel mixture too lean a. Fuel mixture too rich Description b. Advanced ignition timing b. Low air intake c. Insufficient plug tightening torque 2. -
Page 157
INSPECT IGNITION COIL 1. Measure the primary coil resistance between terminals (+) and (-). Standard : 0.0715 ± 0.015Ω Mesure the resistance between the terminals No.1 and No.3. -
Page 158
Charging System… -
Page 159
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The charging system included a battery, an alternator with a built-in regulator, and the charging indicator light and wire. The Alternator has built-in diodes, each rectifying AC current to DC current. Therefore, DC current appears at alternator «B» terminal. In addition, the charging voltage of this alternator is regulated by the battery voltage detection system. -
Page 160
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > ON-VEHICLE INPECTION a. Check that the battery cables are connected to the correct terminals. b. Disconnect the battery cables when the battery is given a quick charge. c. Never disconnect the battery while the engine is running. CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE 1. -
Page 161
1. Turn the ignition switch to «OFF». 2. Disconnect the output wire from the alternator «B» terminal. Connect the (+) lead wire of ammeter to the «B» terminal of alternator and the (-) lead wire of ammeter to the output wire. Connect the (+) lead wire of voltmeter to the «B»… -
Page 162
TEST 1. Check to see that the voltmeter reads as the same value as the battery voltage. If the voltmeter reads 0V, and the open circuit in the wire between alternator «B» terminal and battery (-) terminal or poor grounding is suspected. 2. -
Page 163
6. Connect a DC ammeter (0 to 150A) in series between the «B» terminal and the disconnected output wire. Connect the (-) lead wire of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire. 7. Attach the engine tachometer and connect the battery ground cable. TEST 1. -
Page 164
Alternator… -
Page 165
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT… -
Page 166
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal first, then the positive terminal. 2. Disconnect the alternator connector, and remove the cable from alternator «B» terminal. 3. Remove the drive belt. 4. Pull out the through bolt and then remove the alternator(A). 5. -
Page 167
5. Remove the nut, pulley(A) and spacer. 6. Loosen the 4 through bolts(A). 7. Disconnect the rotor(A) and cover(B). 8. Reassembly is the reverse order of disassembly. INSPECTION INSPECT ROTOR 1. Check that there is continuity between the slip rings (A). -
Page 168
2. Check that there is no continuity between the slip rings and the rotor (B) or rotor shaft (C). 3. If the rotor fails either continuity check, replace the alternator. INSPECT STATOR 1. Check that there is continuity between each pair of leads (A). 2. -
Page 169
Battery… -
Page 170
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. The maintenance-free battery is, as the name implies, totally maintenance free and has no removable battery cell caps. 2. Water never needs to be added to the maintenance-free battery. 3. The battery is completely sealed, except for small vent holes in the cover. -
Page 171
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC TEST (1) CHECKING FLOW LOAD TEST 1. Perform the following steps to complete the load test procedure for maintenance free batteries. 2. Connect the load tester clamps to the terminals and proceed with the test as follow:… -
Page 172
(1) If the battery has been on charge, remove the surface charge by connect a 300ampere load for 15 seconds. (2) Connect the voltmeter and apply the specified load. (3) Read the voltage after the load has been applied for 15 seconds. (4) Disconnect the load. -
Page 173
8. Clean the inside surface of the terminal clamps with a suitable battery cleaning tool. Replace damaged or frayed cables and broken terminal clamps. 9. Install the battery in the vehicle. 10. Connect the cable terminals to the battery post, making sure tops of the terminals are flush with the tops of the posts. -
Page 174
Starting System… -
Page 175
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The starting system includes the battery, starter, solenoid switch, ignition switch, inhibitor switch (A/T), ignition lock switch, connection wires and the battery cable. When the ignition key is turned to the start position, current flows and energizes the starter motor’s solenoid coil. The solenoid plunger and clutch shift lever are activated, and the clutch pinion engages the ring gear. -
Page 176
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > STARTER CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING The battery must be in good condition and fully charged. 1. Remove the fuel pump relay(A) from the fuse box. 2. With the shift lever in N or P (A/T) or clutch pedal pressed (M/T), turn the ignition switch to «START» If the starter normally cranks the engine, starting system is OK. -
Page 177
4. Disconnect the battery also from the body. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is working properly. To avoid damaging the starter, do not leave the battery connected for more than 10 seconds. FREE RUNNING TEST 1. Place the starter motor in a vise equipped with soft jaws and connect a fully-charged 12-volt battery to starter motor as follows. -
Page 178
Starter… -
Page 179
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT… -
Page 180
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL STATATER 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable. 2. Disconnect the starter cable (A) from the B terminal (B) on the solenoid (C), then disconnect the connector (D) from the S terminal (E). 3. Remove the 2 bolts holding the starter, then remove the starter. 4. -
Page 181
4. Remove the brush holder assembly (A), yoke (b) and armature (C). 5. Remove the shield (A) and packing (B). 6. Remove the lever plate (A) and lever packing (B). 7. Disconnect the planet gear (A). -
Page 182
8. Disconnect the planet shaft assembly (A) and lever (B). 9. Press the stop ring (A) using a socket (B). 10. After removing the stopper (A) using stopper pliers (B). 11. Disconnect the stop ring (A), overrunning clutch (B), internal gear (C) and planet shaft (D). 12. -
Page 183
INSPECTION ARMATURE INSPECTION AND TEST 1. Remove the starter. 2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of this procedure. 3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from contact with the permanent magnet. If there is wear or damage, replace the armature. -
Page 184
6. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), undercut the mica with a hacksaw blade to the proper depth. Cut away all the mica (C) between the commutator segments. The undercut should not be too shallow, too narrow, or v-shaped (D). -
Page 185
STARTER BRUSH HOLDER TEST 1. Check that there is no continuity between the (+) brush holder (A) and (-) brush holder (B). If there is no continuity, replace the brush holder assembly. 2. Pry back each brush spring (A) with a screwdriver, then position the brush (B) about halfway out of its holder, and release the spring to hold it there. -
Page 186
INSPECT OVERRUNNING CLUTCH 1. Slide the overrunning clutch along the shaft. Replace it if does not slide smoothly. 2. Rotate the overrunning clutch both ways. Does it lock in one direction and rotate smoothly in reverse? If it does not lock in either direction of it locks in both directions, replace it. -
Page 187
Starter Relay… -
Page 188
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Remove the fuse box cover. 2. Remove the starter relay. 3. Using an ohmmeter, check that there is continuity between each terminal. Terminal Continuity 30 — 87 85 — 86 4. Apply 12V to terminal 85 and ground to terminal 86. Check for continuity between terminals 30 and 87. -
Page 189
CHAPTER 4: Emission Control System… -
Page 190
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM… -
Page 191
General Information… -
Page 192
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Components Function Remarks Crankcase Emission System HC reduction Variable flow rate type a. Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve Evaporative Emission System HC reduction a. Evaporative emission canister HC reduction Duty control solenoid valve b. -
Page 193
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve Canister Catalytic Converter (Bank 1) -
Page 194
Catalytic Converter (Bank 2) -
Page 195
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom Suspect area Remedy Vacuum hose disconnected or damaged Repair or replace Engine will not start or hard to Malfunction of the Purge Control Solenoid start Repair or replace Valve Vacuum hose disconnected or damaged Repair or replace Malfunction of the PCV valve Replace… -
Page 196
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATIONS ▷ Specification Item Specification 14.0 ~ 18.0 Ω [20°C (68°F)] Coil Resistance (Ω) TIGHTENING TORQUES Item N·m kgf·m lbf·m Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve 8.0 ~ 12.0 0.8 ~ 1.2 6.0 ~ 8.0… -
Page 197
Crankcase Emission Control System… -
Page 198
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 199
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the ventilation hose from the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve. Remove the PCV valve from the rocker cover and reconnect it to the ventilation hose. 2. Run the engine at idle and put a finger on the open end of the PCV valve and make sure that intake manifold vacuum can be felt. -
Page 200
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PVC) Valve… -
Page 201
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > OPERATION Engine condition Not running Engine condition Idling or decelerating PCV valve Not operating PCV valve Fully operating Vacuum passage Restricted Vacuum passage Small Engine condition Normal operation Engine condition Accelerating and high load PCV valve Properly operating PCV valve… -
Page 202
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A). 2. Remove the PCV Valve (B). INSTALLATION Install the PCV valve and tighten to the specified torque. PCV Valve installation : 7.8 ~ 11.8 N·m (0.8 ~ 1.2 kgf·m, 5.8 ~ 8.7lbf·ft) INSPECTION 1. -
Page 203
Evaporative Emission Control System… -
Page 204
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION… -
Page 205
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the throttle body, and connect a vacuum pump to the vacuum hose. 2. Check the following points when the engine is cold [engine coolant temperature 60°C(140°F) or below] and when it is warm [engine coolant temperature 80°C(176°F) or higher]. -
Page 206
Canister… -
Page 207
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the vacuum hoses (A,B). 2. Remove the canister assembly (A) with unscrewing the two mounting bolts (B). 3. Open the canister upper cover (A) with unfastening the four bolts (B) and remove the canister (C) from the canister lower cover (D). -
Page 208
INSTALLATION Install the canister according to the reverse order of «REMOVAL» procedure. INSPECTION 1. Look for loose connections, sharp bends or damage to the fuel vapor lines. 2. Look for distortion, cracks or fuel damage. 3. After removing the canister, inspect for cracks, damage or saturated canister. -
Page 209
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) -
Page 210
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION When disconnecting the vacuum hose, make an identification mark on it so that it can be reconnected to its original position. 1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the solenoid valve. 2. Detach the harness connector. 3. -
Page 211
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect PCSV connector. 3. Measure resistance between PCSV terminals 1 and 2. 4. Check that the resistance is within the specification. Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. -
Page 212
Fuel Filler cap… -
Page 213
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION… -
Page 214
Exhaust Emission Control System… -
Page 215
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Modifications to the combustion chamber, intake manifold, camshaft and ignition system form the basic control system. These items have been integrated into a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining good driveability and fuel economy. AIR/FUEL MIXTURE CONTROL SYSTEM [MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) SYSTEM] This in turn allows the engine to produce exhaust gases of the proper composition to permit the use of a three way catalyst. -
Page 216
CVVT (Continuously Variable Valve Timing) System… -
Page 217
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The CVVT (Continuously Variable Valve Timing) which is installed on the exhaust camshaft controls intake valve open and close timing in order to improve engine performance. The intake valve timing is optimized by CVVT system depending on engine rpm. This CVVT system improves fuel efficiency and reduces NOx emissions at all levels of engine speed, vehicle speed, and engine load by EGR effect because of valve over-lap optimization. -
Page 218
1. The above figure shows the relative operation structures of the housing vane to the rotor vane. 2. If the CVVT is held a certain control angle, to hold this state, oil is replenished as much as oil leaks from the oil pump. -
Page 219
CHAPTER 5: Fuel System… -
Page 220
General Information… -
Page 221
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS Tool Illustration Application (Number and name) 09353-24100 Measuring the fuel line pressure Fuel Pressure Gauge 09353-38000 Connection between the delivery pipe and Fuel Pressure Gauge fuel feed line Adapter 09353-24000 Connection between Fuel Pressure Gauge Fuel Pressure Gauge (09353-24100) and Fuel Pressure Gauge Connector… -
Page 222
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > BASIC TROUBLESHOOTING BASIC TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS SHEET… -
Page 223
BASIC INSPECTION PROCEDURE The measured resistance at high temperature after vehicle running may be high or low. So all resistance must be measured at ambient temperature (20°C, 68°F), unless stated otherwise. The measured resistance in except for ambient temperature (20°C, 68°F) is reference value. Sometimes the most difficult case in troubleshooting is when a problem symptom occurs but does not occur again during testing. -
Page 224
during testing. An example would be if a problem appears only when the vehicle is cold but has not appeared when warm. In this case, the technician should thoroughly make out a «CUSTOMER PROBLEM ANALYSIS SHEET» and recreate (simulate) the environment and condition which occurred when the vehicle was having the issue. 1. -
Page 225
1. Handling of Connector a. Never pull on the wiring harness when disconnecting connectors. b. When removing the connector with a lock, press or pull locking lever. c. Listen for a click when locking connectors. This sound indicates that they are securely locked. d. -
Page 226
e. Check waterproof connector terminals from the connector side. Waterproof connectors cannot be accessed from harness side. a. Use a fine wire to prevent damage to the terminal. b. Do not damage the terminal when inserting the tester lead. 2. Checking Point for Connector a. -
Page 227
Never use sand paper when polishing the contact points, otherwise the contact point may be damaged. b. In case of abnormal contact pressure, replace the female terminal. WIRE HARNESS INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. Before removing the wire harness, check the wire harness position and crimping in order to restore it correctly. 2. -
Page 228
b. Disconnect connector (B), and measure for resistance between connector (C) and (B1) and between (B2) and (A) as shown in [FIG. 3]. In this case the measured resistance between connector (C) and (B1) is higher than 1MΩ and the open circuit is between terminal 1 of connector (C) and terminal 1 of connector (B1). -
Page 229
2. Continuity Check Method (with Chassis Ground) Lightly shake the wire harness above and below, or from side to side when measuring the resistance. Specification (Resistance) 1Ω or less → Short to Ground Circuit 1MΩ or Higher → Normal Circuit a. -
Page 230
MAIN SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE ALSO CHECK FOR Unable to start a. Test the battery (Engine does not turn b. Test the starter over) c. Inhibitor switch (A/T) or clutch start switch (M/T) a. DTC a. Test the battery Unable to start b. -
Page 231
b. Check the fuel pressure d. Contaminated fuel c. Check the injector e. Weak ignition spark d. Test the exhaust system for a possible restriction e. Check the ECTS and circuit a. Test the canister close valve b. Inspect the fuel filler hose/pipe Hard to refuel a. -
Page 232
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATIONS FUEL DELIVERY SYSTEM Items Specification Fuel Tank Capacity 80 lit. (21.1 U.S.gal., 17.6 Imp.gal.) Fuel Filter (built in Fuel Pump Type High pressure type assembly) Fuel Pressure Regulator (built in Regulated Fuel 375 ~ 385 kPa(3.82 ~ 3.92 kgf/cm², 54.3 ~ 55.8 psi) Fuel Pump assembly) Pressure Type… -
Page 233
3.51 1.47 0.67 0.33 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR (MAPS) ▷ Type: Piezo-resistive pressure type ▷ Specification Pressure (kPa) Output Voltage (V) 20.0kPa 0.79 46.66kPa 1.84 101.32kPa ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE SENSOR (ECTS) ▷ Type: Thermistor type ▷ Specification Temperature Resistance (kΩ) °C °F 48.14… -
Page 234
Item Sensor Resistance (kΩ) TPS1 4.0 ~ 6.0 [20°C (68°F)] TPS2 2.7 ~ 4.1 [20°C (68°F)] ACCELERATOR POSITION SENSOR (APS) ▷ Type: Variable resistor type ▷ Specification (When reference voltage = 5.0V) Output Voltage (V) Accelerator Position APS1 APS2 0.70 ~ 0.80 0.29 ~ 0.46 W.O.T 3.85 ~ 4.35… -
Page 235
▷ Specification Item Specification Capacitance (pF) 950 ~ 1,350pF CVVT OIL TEMPERATURE SENSOR (OTS) ▷ Type: Thermistor type ▷ Specification Temperature Resistance (kΩ) °C °F 52.0 16.5 2.45 1.10 0.544 0.290 0.164 0.099 ACTUATORS INJECTOR ▷ Number: 6 ▷ Specification Item Specification Coil Resistance (Ω) -
Page 236
Coil Resistance (Ω) 6.7 ~ 7.7 [20°C (68°F)] CVVT OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) [BANK 2] ▷ Specification Item Specification Coil Resistance (Ω) 6.7 ~ 7.7 [20°C (68°F)] ETC MOTOR ▷ Specification Item Specification Coil Resistance (Ω) 1.275 ~ 1.725 [20°C (68°F)] IGNITION COIL ▷… -
Page 237
Heated oxygen sensor (Bank 2 / Sensor 2) installation 3.5 ~ 4.5 34.3 ~ 44.1 25.3 ~ 32.6 Ignition coil installation bolt 1.0 ~ 1.2 9.8 ~ 11.8 7.2 ~ 8.7 Knock sensor [Bank 1] installation 1.9 ~ 2.4 18.6 ~ 23.5 13.7 ~ 17.4 Knock sensor [Bank 2] installation 1.9 ~ 2.4… -
Page 238
Engine Control System… -
Page 239
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. Engine is hard to start or does not start at all. 2. Unstable idle. 3. Poor driveability If any of the above conditions are noted, first perform a routine diagnosis that includes basic engine checks (ignition system malfunction, incorrect engine adjustment, etc.). -
Page 240
Faults with the following items will illuminate the MIL a. Heated oxygen sensor (HO2S) b. Mass Air Flow sensor (MAFS) c. Throttle position sensor (TPS) d. Engine coolant temperature sensor (ECTS) e. Idle speed control actuator (ISCA) f. Injectors g. ECM Refer to «INSPECTION CHART FOR DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTC)»… -
Page 241
detected. 4. A Diagnostic Trouble Code(DTC) will automatically erase from ECM memory if the same malfunction is not detected for 40 driving cycles. a. A «warm-up cycle» means sufficient vehicle operation such that the coolant temperature has risen by at least 40 degrees Fahrenheit from engine starting and reaches a minimum temperature of 160 degress Fahrenheit. -
Page 242
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION 2. Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) 1. PCM (Powertrain Control Module) 3. Intake Air Temperature Sensor (IATS) -
Page 243
4. Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (MAPS) 5. Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) 17. ETC Module [Throttle Position Sensor (TPS) + ETC 7. Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) [Bank2] Motor] 6. Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) [Bank 1] 8. Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) 9. -
Page 244
13. Knock Sensor (KS) [Bank 1] 15. Injector 14. Knock Sensor (KS) [Bank 2] 26. Ignition Coil 18. CVVT Oil Control Valve (OCV) [Bank 1] 16. Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) 19. CVVT Oil Control Valve (OCV) [Bank 2] 20. CVVT Oil Temperature Sensor (OTS) 22. -
Page 245
23. Variable Intake Solenoid (VIS) #2 Valve (Intake 24. Fuel Pump Relay Manifold Side) 25. Main Relay 27. Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) 28. Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) 31. A/C Pressure Transducer (APT) -
Page 246
Engine Control Module (ECM) -
Page 247
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > CIRCUIT DIAGRAM… -
Page 252
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > PCM PROBLEM INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. TEST PCM GROUND CIRCUIT: Measure resistance between PCM and chassis ground using the backside of PCM harness connector as PCM side check point. If the problem is found, repair it. Specification (Resistance): 1Ω… -
Page 253
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM) 1. HARNESS CONNECTOR 2. TERMINAL FUNCTION CONNECTOR [C151-1] Description Connected to 2nd CAN [High] Multi-Purpose Check Connector 2nd CAN [Low] Multi-Purpose Check Connector Power Steering Switch signal input Power Steering Switch … -
Page 254
A/C Pressure Transducer signal input A/C Pressure Transducer (APT) Sensor ground A/C Pressure Transducer (APT) Battery voltage supply after main relay Main Relay Battery voltage supply after main relay Main Relay Battery voltage supply after main relay Main Relay CAN [High] ABS/ESP Control Module… -
Page 255
Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #2 control output Manifold Side] Throttle Position Sensor signal (PWM) output ABS/ESP Control Module Cruise «MAIN» lamp control output Cruise «MAIN» Lamp Fuel Pump Relay control output Fuel Pump Relay Variable Intake Solenoid (VIS) Valve #1 Surge Variable Intake Solenoid Valve #1 control output Tank Side] Immobilizer lamp control output… -
Page 256
Knock Sensor (KS) [Bank 1], Knock Sensor (KS) Sensor Shield [Bank 2] Camshaft Position Sensor [Bank 2] signal input Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) [Bank 2] Camshaft Position Sensor [Bank 1] signal input Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) [Bank 1] Sensor ground HO2S [B2 / S1] [Except for LEADED] Sensor ground… -
Page 257
CVVT Oil Control Valve [Bank 2] control output CVVT Oil Control Valve (OCV) [Bank 2] CVVT Oil Control Valve [Bank 1] control output CVVT Oil Control Valve (OCV) [Bank 1] Injector (Cylinder #2) control output Injector (Cylinder #2) Injector (Cylinder #3) control output Injector (Cylinder #3) … -
Page 258
Hi: Battery Voltage 13.67V Alternator load signal input Idle Pulse Lo: Max 1.5 V -0.125mV Cruise Switch ground Idle Max. 50 mV 22.44mV A/C Relay OFF Battery Voltage 12.37V A/C switch «ON» signal input A/C Relay ON Max. -
Page 259
IG OFF Max. 1.0 V -25mV Battery voltage supply after main relay IG ON Battery Voltage 12.37V Recessive 2.0 ~ 3.0 V 2.4V CAN [High] Pulse Dominant 2.75~4.5 V 3.56V Recessive 2.0 ~ 3.0 V 2.42V CAN [Low] Pulse Dominant 0.5~2.25 V 1.62V Relay ON… -
Page 260
A/C OFF Battery Voltage 13.97V A/C Compressor Relay control output A/C ON Max. 1.0V 175mV Fan OFF Battery Voltage 13.77V Cooling Fan [Low] control output Fan ON Max. 1.0V 175mV Fan OFF Battery Voltage 13.57V Cooling Fan [High] control output Fan ON Max. -
Page 261
IG ON 3.9 ~ 4.1V 3.96V Manifold Absolute Pressure Analog Sensor signal input Idle 0.8 ~ 1.6V 1.31V IG OFF Max. 0.5V 4.91V Reference voltage (+5V) IG ON 4.9 ~ 5.1V -50mV IG OFF Max. -
Page 262
Power ground Idle Max. 50 mV Power ground Idle Max. 50 mV 1st Voltage: 294V Ignition Coil (Cylinder #4) control 2300~400V Idle Pulse output ON Voltage: Max. 2V 1.93V Crankshaft Position Sensor [Low] SINE Idle Vp_p: Min.1.0V 8.24V signal input WAVE … -
Page 263
Battery Voltage 14.06V Injector (Cylinder #2) control Idle Pulse output Max. 1.0V 44.2mV Battery Voltage Injector (Cylinder #3) control Idle Pulse output Max. 1.0V 38.31mV Hi: Battery Voltage 14.07V Heated Oxygen Sensor [Bank 2 / Engine Run Pulse Sensor 1] Heater control output… -
Page 264
Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) -
Page 265
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRINCIPLE Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) is a hot-film type sensor and is located in between the air cleaner and the throttle body. It consists of a tube, a sensor assembly and honeycomb cell and detects intake air quantity flowing into the intake manifold. -
Page 266
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Check the MAFS visually. a. Mounting direction correct. b. Any contamination, corrosion or damage on connector. c. Air cleaner’s clogging or wet. d. MAFS cylinder’s deforming or blocking by any foreign material. 2. Check any leakage on intake system and intercooler system. -
Page 267
Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (MAPS) -
Page 268
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Manifold Absolute Pressure Sensor (MAPS) is speed-density type sensor and is installed on the surge tank. This MAPS senses absolute pressure in surge tank and transfers this analog signal proportional to the pressure to the PCM. -
Page 269
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Connect a scantool on Diagnisis Link Connector (DLC). 2. Check MAPS output voltage at idle and IG ON. Condition Output Voltage (V) Idle 0.8V ~ 1.6V IG ON 3.9V ~ 4.1V… -
Page 270
Intake Air Temperature Sensor (IATS) -
Page 271
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Intake Air Temperature Sensor (IATS) is installed inside the Mass Air Flow Sensor (MAFS) and detects the intake air temperature. To calculate precise air quantity, correction of the air temperature is needed because air density varies according to the temperature. -
Page 272
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect IATS connector. 3. Measure resistance between IATS terminals 4 and 5. 4. Check that the resistance is within the specification. Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. -
Page 273
Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) -
Page 274
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (ECTS) is located in the engine coolant passage of the cylinder head for detecting the engine coolant temperature. The ECTS uses a thermistor whose resistance changes with the temperature. -
Page 275
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect ECTS connector. 3. Remove the ECTS. 4. After immersing the thermistor of the sensor into engine coolant, measure resistance between ECTS terminals 1 and 3. 5. Check that the resistance is within the specification. Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. -
Page 276
Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) -
Page 277
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) is installed on the accelerator pedal module and detects the rotation angle of the accelerator pedal. The APS is one of the most important sensors in engine control system, so it consists of the two sensors which adapt individual sensor power and ground line. -
Page 278
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Connect a scantool on Diagnoisis Link Connector (DLC). 2. Start engine and check output voltages of APS 1 and 2 at C.T and W.O.T. Specification Output Voltage (V) Condition APS1 APS2 0.70 ~ 0.80 0.29 ~ 0.46 W.O.T 3.85 ~ 4.35 1.93 ~ 2.18… -
Page 279
Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. -
Page 280
Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) -
Page 281
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) consists of zirconium and alumina and is installed on upstream and downstream of the Manifold Catalyst Converter (MCC). After it compares oxygen consistency of the atmosphere with the exhaust gas, it transfers the oxygen consistency of the exhaust gas to the PCM. -
Page 282
Heater Resistance (Ω) 3.0 ~ 4.0Ω at 21°C (69.8°F) WAVEFORM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM… -
Page 283
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Check signal waveform of HO2S using a scantool. Specification: Refer to «waveform». 2. Disconnet the HO2S connector. 3. Measure resistance between HO2S heater terminals 3 and 4. -
Page 284
4. Check that the resistance is within the specification. Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. -
Page 285
CVVT Oil Temperature Sensor (OTS) -
Page 286
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE The CVVT Oil Temperature Sensor (OTS) is a negative coefficient thermistor used by the PCM tl measure engine oil temperature for the purpose of adjusting CVVT calculations. SPECIFICATION Temperature Resistance (kΩ) °C °F… -
Page 287
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect OTS connector. 3. Remove the OTS. 4. After immersing the thermistor of the sensor into water (or engine coolant), measure resistance between OTS terminals 1 and 2. 5. Check that the resistance is within the specification. Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. -
Page 288
Knock Sensor (KS) -
Page 289
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Knocking is a phenomenon characterized by undesirable vibration and noise and can cause engine damage. Knock Sensor (KS) senses engine knocking and the two sensors are installed inside the V-valley of the cylinder block. When knocking occurs, the vibration from the cylinder block is applied as pressure to the piezoelectric element. -
Page 290
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM… -
Page 291
Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) -
Page 292
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) detects the crankshaft position and is one of the most important sensors of the engine control system. If there is no CKPS signal input, fuel is not supplied and the main relay does not operate. That is, vehicle can’t run without CKPS signal. -
Page 293
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Check signal waveform of CKPS and CMPS using a scantool. Specification : Refer to «WAVE FORM»… -
Page 294
Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) -
Page 295
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Camshaft Position Sensor (CMPS) is a hall sensor and detects the camshaft position by using a hall element. It is related with Crankshaft Position Sensor (CKPS) and detects the piston position of each cylinder which the CKPS can’t detect. -
Page 296
WAVEFORM CIRCUIT DIAGRAM… -
Page 297
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Check signal waveform of CMPS and CKPS using a scantool. Specification : Refer to «WAVE FORM»… -
Page 298
Injector… -
Page 299
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Based on information from various sensors, the PCM measures the fuel injection amount. The fuel injector is a solenoid-operated valve and the fuel injection amount is controlled by length of time that the fuel injector is held open. The PCM controls each injector by grounding the control circuit. -
Page 300
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect injector connector. 3. Measure resistance between injector terminals 1 and 2. -
Page 301
4. Check that the resistance is within the specification. Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. -
Page 302
CVVT Oil Control Valve (OCV) -
Page 303
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSTALLATION If the OCVs are installed incorrectly, the vehicle may be damaged. So when installing them, ensure the OCV and harness connector colors match(Components and harness side). [Bank and its color] Bank Component side Harness side Bank 1 (RH) Grey… -
Page 304
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect OCV connector. 3. Measure resistance between OCV terminals 1 and 2. 4. Check that the resistance is within the specification. Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. -
Page 305
Variable Intake Solenoid Valve (VIS) -
Page 306
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE Variable Intake manifold Solenoid (VIS) valves are installed on surge tank (VIS Valve #1) and intake manifold (VIS Valve #2). These VIS valve #1 and #2 control vacuum modulators which activate valves in surge tank and intake manifold. -
Page 307
COMPONENT INSPECTION 1. Turn ignition switch OFF. 2. Disconnect VIS Valve connector. 3. Measure resistance between VIS Valve #1,2 terminals 1 and 2. 4. Check that the resistance is within the specification. Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. -
Page 308
Electronic Throttle System (ETS) -
Page 309
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION FUNCTION AND OPERATION PRICIPLE ETC (Electronic Throttle Control) system is electronically controlled throttle device which controls the throttle valve. It consists of ETC motor, throttle body and throttle position sensor (TPS). A mechanical throttle control system receives a driver’s intention via a wire cable between the accelerator and the throttle valve, while this ETC system uses the signal from the Accelerator Position Sensor (APS) installed on the accelerator pedal. -
Page 310
SPECIFICATION [THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR] Output Voltage(V) [Vref = 5.0V] Throttle Angle(°) TPS1 TPS2 0° 5.0V 10° 0.5V 4.5V 20° 0.9V 4.1V 30° 1.4V 3.6V 40° 1.8V 3.2V 50° 2.3V 2.7V 60° 2.7V 2.3V 70° 3.2V 1.8V 80° 3.6V 1.4V 90° 4.1V 0.9V 100°… -
Page 311
[ETC MOTOR] Item Sensor Resistance Coil Resistance (Ω) 1.275 ~ 1.725Ω at 20°C (68°F) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM FAIL-SAFE MODE Mode Description Symptom Possible Cause a. ETC system can’t proceed reliable algorithm procedure… -
Page 312
algorithm procedure FORCED ENGINE MODE 1 Engine stop SHUTDOWN a. Fatal PCM internal programming error b. Faulty intake system or throttle body a. ETC system can’t control engine power FORCED IDLE & Forced idle state controlled by via throttle device MODE 2 POWER fuel quantity regulation and… -
Page 313
Specification: Refer to SPECIFICATION. ETC SYSTEM INITIALIZATION 1. Erase DTC(s) memorized in PCM with a scan tool. 2. Turn ignition switch off and wait for about 10 seconds. 3. Turn ignition switch on for more then 1 second. (At this time, the PCM records initial position of ETC motor on its EEPROM). -
Page 314
Fuel Delivery System… -
Page 315
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 316
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > FUEL PRESSURE TEST… -
Page 319
Fuel Tank… -
Page 320
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Preparation (1) Remove the 2nd seat(s) (Refer to «BD» group in this WORKSHOP MANUAL). (2) Remove the striker cover (A). (3) Remove the Service Cover (B). (4) Disconnect the Fuel Pump Connector (A). (5) Start the engine and wait until fuel in fuel line is exhausted. -
Page 321
3. Disconnect the fuel filler hose (A) and the leveling hose (B). 4. Disconnect the fuel feed quick connector (A) and vaccum hose (B). 5. Remove the fuel tank band (A) with unscrewing the mounting bolts (B) and remove the fuel tank from the vehicle. INSTALLATION 1. -
Page 322
Fuel Pump… -
Page 323
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL(INCLUDING FUEL FILTER AND FUEL PRESSURE REGULATOR) 1. Preparation (1) Remove the 2nd seat(s) (Refer to «BD» group in this WORKSHOP MANUAL). (2) Remove the striker cover (A). (3) Remove the Service Cover (B). (4) Disconnect the Fuel Pump Connector (A). -
Page 324
INSTALLATION 1. Install the Fuel Pump assembly according to the reverse order of «REMOVAL» procedure. Fuel Pump assembly mounting bolts : 2.0 ~ 2.9 N·m (0.2 ~ 0.3 kgf·m, 1.4 ~ 2.2 lbf·ft) -
Page 325
CHAPTER 6: Automatic Transaxle System… -
Page 326
General Information… -
Page 327
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL TOOLS TOOL Illustration (Number and name) 09200 — 38001 Removal and installation of transaxle. Engine support fixture… -
Page 328
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATION Item F4A51 Torque converter type 3-element, 1-stage, 2-phase type Transaxle type 4-speed forward, 1-speed reverse Engine displacement 2.7L GSL 2.842 1.495 Gear ratio 1.000 0.731 Reverse 2.720 Final gear ratio 4.520 Shift pattern Variable Shift range 4range ( P-R-N-D) + Sports mode… -
Page 329
LUBRICANT Item Specified lubricant Quantity Transmission oil Diamond ATF SP-III 8.5ℓ(9.0 Us qt, 7.5Imp.qt) SEALANT Item Specified Sealant Rear cover Torque converter housing Three Bond — TB 1281B or LOCTITE — FMD — 546 Valve body cover Transmission case side cover Three Bond — TB 1389 or LOCTITE — 518 Side cover Three Bond — TB 1389 or LOCTITE — 518/587… -
Page 330
Automatic Transaxle System… -
Page 331
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Electronic Control System DESCRIPTION The electronic control system used in the new generation auto transaxle is far superior to the previous systems. This system is able to adopt a variable shift pattern for smooth and problem free shifting. A solenoid valve is applied to each of the clutches and brakes and is independently controlled. -
Page 332
OPERATING COMPONENTS AND FUNCTIONS Sensor Function Input shaft speed sensor Detect turbine speed at UD retainer Output shaft speed sensor Detect T/F drive gear speed at T/F driven gear (4A/T) Crank angle sensor Detect engine speed TPS(Gasoline) Throttle opening ratio by potentiometer Air conditioner switch A/C load by thermister Inhibitor switch… -
Page 333
Sport mode up-shift switch Sport mode up-shift signal Sport mode downshift switch Sport mode downshift signal Request of torque reduction Send the request of torque reduction to ECM ABS-ECM, Engine ECM In case of CAN communication Sports Mode Sports Mode Switch Sports mode allows the manual up-shift and downshift with the accelerator pedal is depressed. -
Page 334
Input signals to TCM(PCM) through ‘CAN communication’ — Engine rpm, TPS signal — A/CON signal, Engine coolant temperature — Quantity of intake airflow, Vehicle speed — Shift holding signal (FTCS ON) Output signals from TCM(PCM) through ‘CAN communication’ — Request signal for torque reduction — ATF temperature, TCM(PCM) type, TCM(PCM) error or not — Damper clutch ON, OFF / Gear position TCM PIN DESCRIPITION… -
Page 335
A32 A/C Pressure Analog Recessive 2.0 ~ 3.0 V 3.85V CAN_HI Pulse Dominant 2.75 ~ 4.5 V 2.5V Recessive 2.0 ~ 3.0 V 2.55V CAN_LO Pulse Dominant 0.5 ~ 2.25 V 1.34V IG Off Max. 0.5 V IG On V_BAT IG. -
Page 336
OD Solenoid Pulse Vpeak : Max. 70V 56.3V W/H Open DTC Spec : P0765 DTC : P0765 HI : V_BAT 15.4V Lock_Up on LO : Max. 1.0V 0.45V DCC solenoid Pulse Vpeak : Max. 70V 56.3V W/H Open DTC Spec : P0743 DTC : P0743 HI : V_BAT 15.4V… -
Page 337
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Hydraulic Control System DESCRIPTION a. Better and smoother shift quality. b. In order to prevent ATF leakage from the valve body or each elements, the exhaust ports have been grouped into only one with an addition of a check ball. c. -
Page 338
VFS (Variable Force Solenoid) VRS Function The spool rod in VFS is not duty cycled like one of PWM, it minutely vibrates at the range between the control port and exhaust port to control the hydraulic pressure. That is, it uses the equilibrium effect between the spring force and the magnetic force, the spring force is mechanical characteristics decided at the stage of design and the magnetic force is controlled by TCM. -
Page 339
fluctuated even though turns on or off the input signal. The electrical ‘time constant’ is much more fast than one of mechanical so the frequency of VFS is extremely higher than the conventional PWM type. Characteristics of Bosch VFS: Supply pressure : 700~1600kPa Control pressure: typically 600~0 kPa Current range: typically 0~1,000 mA Dither frequency: Up to 600 Hz… -
Page 340
changed by VFS so the control pressure becomes unstable and some hydraulic pressure oscillation occurred. That is why the reducing pressure has been added in the hydraulic circuit of VFS system for both 4th and 5th speed A/T. The reducing pressure is about 6.5bar and this value does not be changed regardless of the driving or engine load condition. -
Page 341
↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 1030±20(149±3) ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 520±40(75±6) ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 210±40(30±6) ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 1030±20(149±3) ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 470±40(68±6) ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 170±40(25±6) ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ 270±40(39±6) DIR* ↑… -
Page 342
D 1ST gear… -
Page 343
D 2ND gear… -
Page 344
D 3nd gear… -
Page 345
D 4th gear… -
Page 346
Reverse… -
Page 348
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Description The automatic transmission is a combination of 3-element 2-phase 1-stage torque converter and double shaft electrocally-controlled unit which provides 4 speeds forward and 1 reverse. To improve the efficiency of power transmission, the line pressure control was changed applying “Variable Force Solenoid (VFS) valve” on this model. However, adopting VFS on this model, the line pressure is variably changed according to TPS and the vehicle speed, this will enable more improved efficiency of power transmission and fuel consumption. -
Page 349
Dynamic drive by sports mode… -
Page 350
MECHANICAL SYSTEM OPERATION COMPONENTS AND FUNCTION Operating Element Symbol Function Under drive clutch Connect input shaft and under drive sun gear Reverse clutch Connect input shaft and reverse sun gear Overdrive clutch Connect input shaft and over drive carrier… -
Page 351
Low&Reverse brake Hold LR annulus gear and OD carrier Second brake Hold reverse sun gear One way clutch Restrict the rotating direction of low & reverse annulus gear Operating elements UD/C OD/C REV/C 2ND/B LR/B ● ● ● ● ● ●… -
Page 352
Hydraulic pressure acts in the piston pressure chamber(B) (between the piston(c) and retainer) and thus pushes the piston(C). In turn, the piston depresses the clutch discs and thereby transmits driving force from the retainer(D) to the hub(E) side. At high speed, fluid remaining in the piston pressure chamber is subjected to centrifugal force and attempts to push the piston. -
Page 353
BRAKES The gear changing mechanism utilizes two multi-disc brakes. LOW&REVERSE BRAKE AND SECOND BRAKE The low&reverse brake(A) operates in 1st and reverse gears, when the vehicle is parked, and during manual operation. It locks the low&reverse annulus gear and overdrive planetary carrier to the case. The second(C) brake(B) operates in 2nd and 4th gears and locks the reverse sun gear(D) to the case. -
Page 354
Objective * Energy (hydraulic pressure) storage * Impact and pulsation damping when solenoid valves operating * Operation as spring element * Smooth shifting by preventing sudden operation of clutches and brakes TRANSFER DRIVE GEAR With the transfer drive gear, increased tooth height and a higher contact ratio have reduced gear noise. Also, the bearing that supports the drive gear is a preloaded type that eliminates rattle, and the rigidity of the gear mounting has been increased by bolting the bearing directly onto the case. -
Page 355
MANUAL CONTROL SYSTEM MANUAL CONTROL LEVER The manual control lever is fitted to the top of the valve body and is linked to the parking roller rod and manual control valve pin. A detent mechanism is provided to improve the gear shift feeling during manual selection. PARKING MECHANISM When the manual control lever is moved to the parking position, the parking roller rod moves along the parking roller support and pushes up the parking sprag. -
Page 356
1st GEAR POWER FLOW Hydraulic pressure is applied to the UD clutch(B) the LR brake(A) and the one way clutch(OWC), then the UD clutch transmits driving force from the input shaft to the UD sun gear, and the LR brake locks the LR annulus gear to the case.The UD sun gear of the planetary gear drives the output pinion gear, and the LR brake locks the annulus gear, and the output pinion drives the output carriers, and the output carrier drives the transfer drive gear, and the transfer drive gear drives the transfer driven gear of the output shaft, and power is transmitted to the differential gear through… -
Page 357
3rd GEAR POWER FLOW Hydraulic pressure is applied to the UD clutch(A) and the OD clutch(B), then the UD clutch transmits driving force from the input shaft to the UD sun gear, and the OD clutch transmits driving force from the input shaft to the overdrive planetary carrier and low&reverse annulus gear.The UD sun gear of the planetary gear drives the output pinion gear and the LR annulus gear, and the LR annulus gear drives the OD pinion gear through the OD planetary carrier, and the OD pinion gear drives the reverse sun gear and the output carrier.The OD clutch drives the OD carrier, and the… -
Page 358
Reverse GEAR POWER FLOW Hydraulic pressure is applied to the reverse clutch(A) and the LR brake(B), then the reverse clutch transmits driving force from the input shaft to the reverse sun gear, and the LR brake locks the LR annulus gear and OD planetary carrier to the case.The reverse clutch drives the reverse sun gear, and the reverse sun gear drives the output carrier through the OD pinion gear, and the output carrier drives the transfer drive gear, and the transfer drive gear drives the transfer driven gear of the output shaft, and power is transmitted to the differential gear through the differential drive… -
Page 359
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING DIAGNOSIS FLOW INSPECTION CHART FOR TROUBLE SYMPTOMS Trouble symptom Probable cause Communication with HI-SCAN is not possible a. Malfunction diagnosis line If communication with the HI-SCAN is not possible, the cause is b. Malfunction of connector probably a defective diagnosis line or the TCM(PCM) is not c. -
Page 360
c. Malfunction of the TCM(PCM) functioning. Driving impossible Starting impossible a. Malfunction of the engine system Starting is not possible when the selector b. Malfunction of the torque converter lever is in P or N range. In such cases, the c. -
Page 361
Shocks when changing from N to D, N to R a. Abnormal line pressure and large time lag b. Malfunction of the oil pump If abnormal shocks or a time lag of 2 seconds c. Malfunction of the valve body or more occur when the selector lever is shifted from N to D range and from N to R range while the engine is idling, the cause is… -
Page 362
Triple pressure switch system a. Malfunction of the triple pressure switch The cause is probably a defective dual pressure switch circuit or a b. Malfunction of connector defective TCM(PCM). c. Malfunction of A/C system d. Malfunction of the TCM(PCM) Vehicle speed sensor system a. -
Page 363
3. Prohibit Adaptive Control a. No learning is done 6. Prohibit Torque Reduction Request a. No torque reduction is sent to ECU 7. Prohibit Lockup Control a. Stay in non-lockup control state 8. Substitute Input Value Oil Temperature a. Set oil temperature(tf) to 80° C (192°F) 9. -
Page 364
Short to B+ DCC Solenoid valve P0743 P0743 Open or short to ground 1st speed asynchronous Synchronous error P0731 P0731 2nd speed asynchronous Synchronous error P0732 P0732 3rd speed asynchronous Synchronous error 0,11 P0733 P0733 4th speed asynchronous Synchronous error P0734 P0734 ―… -
Page 365
OIL TEMPERATURE °C 40°C Current Oil temperature 80°C N,P,REV/1st G/…/5th SHIFT POSITION Current shift position P, N SELECT LEVEL P,N/R/D/SPORTS Current shift lever position P, N OFF/ON/-/NOT A/CON SWITCH SUPP OFF/ON/-/NOT IDLE STATUS When idling, ON SUPP OFF/ON/-/NOT BRAKE SWITCH When braking, ON SUPP AUTO CRUISE… -
Page 366
3. P range 2ND SOLENOID(SCSV C) Solenoid valve driver for 5sec. 4. Vehicle speed 0km/h 5. Engine stop OD SOLENOID(SCSV D) 6. No failure TORQUE CONVERTER SOLENOID VALVE 7. TPS < 1V A/T CONTROL RELAY OFF for 3 sec. INTELLIGENT SHIFT PROHIBIT Prohibit until IG off CLEAR LEARNING VALUE ROAD TEST… -
Page 367
(1) 100%, (2) 0%, (3) Second solenoid valve c. Driving at constant 100% speed of 30 km/h in 2nd gear (2) 100%, (3) 100%, Overdrive solenoid valve d. Driving at 50 km/h in 3rd (4) 0% gear with accelerator (1) 0km/h Vehicle speed sensor fully closed (4) 50km/h… -
Page 368
5. Move the selector lever to the «D» position, fully depress the accelerator pedal and take a reading of the maximum engine speed at this time. Stall speed : 2,100~2,900rpm a. The throttle should not be left fully open for any more than five seconds. b. -
Page 369
STANDARD HYDRAULIC PRESSURE TEST Measurement condition Standard hydraulic pressure kPa (psi) Damper Damper Under Selector Engine Reverse Overdrive Low&reverse Second clutch clutch Shift drive lever speed clutch clutch brake brake Apply Release position clutch position (rpm) pressure pressure pressure pressure pressure pressure pressure… -
Page 370
(62-74) (62-74) 430-510 430-510 More than 0-10 3rd gear 2,500 (62-74) (62-74) 730 (100) (0-1) 430-510 780-880 More than 0-10 4th gear 2,500 (62-74) (110-130) 730 (100) (0-1) ※ The values are subject to change according to vehicle model or condition ※… -
Page 371
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SERVICE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE Automatic transaxle fluid INSPECTION 1. Drive the vehicle until the fluid reaches normal operating temperature [70~80°C]. 2. Place the vehicle on a level surface. 3. Move the selector lever through all gear positions. This will fill the torque converter and the hudraulic system with fluid and move the selector lever to the «N»… -
Page 372
REPLACEMENT If you have a fluid changer, use this changer to replace the fluid. If you do not, replace it using the following procedure. 1. Disconnect the hose which connects the transmission and the oil cooler which is within the radiator only in 2.4L engine(3.3L-the oil cooler is separated). -
Page 374
Automatic Transaxle… -
Page 375
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS (1) -
Page 376
COMPONENTS (2) -
Page 377
COMPONENTS (3) -
Page 378
COMPONENTS (4) -
Page 380
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL a. Use a cover not to damage the vehicle surface. b. Disconnect connectors carefully not to be damaged. a. Mark wires or hoses for identification not to be confused. 1. Remove the battery (A). 2. -
Page 381
5. Remove the inhibiter switch connector (A). 6. Remove the solenoid valve connector (A). 7. Remove the input speed sensor connector (A). 8. Remove the output speed sensor connector (A). -
Page 382
9. Remove the vehicle speed sensor connector (A). 10. Remove the control cable assembly(C) by removing the nut (A) and clip (B). 11. Disconnect the transaxle oil cooler hoses (B) from the tubes by loosening the clamps (A). 12. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts (A). -
Page 383
13. Remove the starter motor by disconnecting the connector. (see EE group) 14. Using the SST(09200-38001), hold the engine and transaxle assembly safely. 15. Remove the transaxle insulator mounting (B) bolts (A). 16. Remove the front wheels. (see SS group) 17. -
Page 384
19. Remove the under cover (A). 20. Drain the transaxle fluid. 21. Drain power steering fluid through the return tube(A). (see ST group) 22. Disconnect the power steering pressure tube (A) from the power steering oil pump. 23. Disconnect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link from the front knuckle. (see SS group) 24. -
Page 385
29. Lifting the vehicle up and lowering the jack slowly, remove the transaxle assembly. INSTALLATION Installation is in the reverse order of removal. Perform the following : a. Adjust the shift cable. b. Refill the transaxle with fluid. c. Refill the radiator with engine coolant. d. -
Page 386
8. Install the under cover (A). 9. Install the steering column joint bolt and the VRS connector (A). (see ST group) 10. Connect the return tube(A) with a clamp. (see ST group) 11. Install the front wheels and tires. 12. Tighten the transaxle insulator mounting (B) bolt (A). TORQUE: 90~110 Nm(9~11 kgf.m, 65.1~79.5 lb-ft) -
Page 387
13. Tighten the transaxle mounting bolts (A). TORQUE: 65~85 Nm(6.5~8.5 kgf.m, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft) 14. Remove the SST (09200-38001) holding the engine and transaxle assembly. 15. Install the starter motor. (see EE group). TORQUE: 65~85 Nm(6.5~8.5 kgf.m, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft) 16. Connect the power steering pressure tube (A) to the power steering oil pump. -
Page 388
17. Connect the transaxle oil cooler hoses (A) to the tubes by fastening the clamps (B). 18. Install the control cable assembly(C) by tightening the nut (A) and clip (B). TORQUE: 8~12 Nm(0.8~1.2 kgf.m, 5.8~8.6 lb-ft) 19. Install the inhibiter switch connector (A). -
Page 389
20. Install the solenoid valve connector (A). 21. Install the input speed sensor connector (A). 22. Install the output speed sensor connector (A). 23. Install the vehicle speed sensor connector (A). 24. Install the battery tray (B) by removing the four mounting bolts (A). -
Page 390
25. Install the air cleaner assembly (B) by tightening the two mounting bolts (A). 26. Reassemble the air cleaner filter, install the air cleaner upper body (B) and connect the air flow sensor connector (A). 27. Install the battery (A). 28. -
Page 391
30. Install the engine cover. (see ‘EM’ group) When replacing the automatic transaxle, reset the automatic transaxle’s values by using the High- Scan Pro. a. Connect the Hi-Scan Pro connector to the data link connector under the crash pad and power cable to the cigar jack under the center facia. -
Page 392
Valve Body System… -
Page 393
Solenoid Valve… -
Page 394
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Actuators Solenoid Valve for Pressure Control — Sensor type: Normal open 3-way — Operating temperature : -30°C~130°C(-22°F~266°F) — Frequency: LR, 2ND, UD, OD: 61.27Hz (at the ATF temp. above -20°C(-4°F)) DCC: 30.64Hz — Internal resistance: 3.0 ±… -
Page 395
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. If the value is out of specification according to the chart below, remove the valve body cover. 2. Measure the resistance again after disconnecting solenoid valve connector. Specification (20°C): 2.5 ~ 3.5 Ω (LR, 2ND, UD, OD, TCC) 3. -
Page 397
( Variable Force Solenoid) Valve… -
Page 398
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Actuators Solenoid Valve for Pressure Control — Sensor type: Normal open 3-way — Operating temperature : -30°C~130°C(-22°F~266°F) — Frequency: LR, 2ND, UD, OD: 61.27Hz (at the ATF temp. above -20°C(-4°F)) DCC: 30.64Hz — Internal resistance: 3.0 ±… -
Page 399
[46] 2.29[224] 1.82[178] 1.51[148] [50] 1.41[138] 0.09[88] 0.58[57] [50] 0.65[64] 0.14[14] 0[0] [24] 1,000 0.24[24] 0[0] [24] 1,100 0.24[24] 0[0] *Test condition: Ps : Supply Pressure (Ps=7.1 ± 0.3 KGf/cm²) Pc : Control Pressure Pex : Exhaust Pressure (Atmosphere pressure) ATF : DIAMOND ATF SP-Ⅲ… -
Page 400
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. If the value is out of specification according to the chart below, remove the valve body cover. 2. Measure the resistance again after disconnecting solenoid valve connector. Specification (20°C): 4.3 ~ 4.4Ω (VFS) 3. -
Page 401
Automatic Transaxle Control System… -
Page 402
Input Speed Sensor… -
Page 403
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Input shaft speed sensor — Type: Hall sensor — Current consumption: 22mA (MAX.) — Sensor body and sensor connector have been unified as one. Hall type sensor: specification Air gap (mm) Input shaft speed sensor Coil Resistance Input shaft speed sensor over 1MΩ… -
Page 405
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the battery and air cleaner (see «Transaxle range switch replacement»). 2. Remove the transaxle range switch connector. 3. Remove the control cable to transaxle range switch mounting nut. 4. Remove the input shaft speed sensor(A). (1) Disconnect the input shaft speed sensor connector. -
Page 406
Output Speed Sensor… -
Page 407
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Output shaft speed sensor — Type: Hall sensor — Current consumption: 22mA (MAX.) — Sensor body and sensor connector have been unified as one. Hall type sensor: specification Air gap (mm) Output shaft speed sensor 0.85 Coil Resistance Output shaft speed sensor… -
Page 409
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the battery and air cleaner. (see «Transaxle range switch replacement») 2. Remove the output shaft speed sensor(A). (1) Disconnect the output shaft speed sensor connector(B). (2) Remove the bolt(C). (3) Inspect the output shaft speed sensor bore. 3. -
Page 410
Transaxle Oil Temperature Sensor… -
Page 411
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Oil Temperature Sensor The oil temperature sensor is of the thermistor type, and senses the automatic transaxle fluid temperature. Using the signal from this sensor, TCM(PCM) controls the shift pattern optimally during shift. In order to operate the damper clutch, this signal is also referred. -
Page 412
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the automatic transaxle assembly. 2. Remove the valve body cover(refer to the overhaul manual). 3. Disconnect the oil temperature sensor connector. 4. Remove the oil temperature sensor(B), loosening the mounting bolt(A). 5. -
Page 413
Inhibiter Switch… -
Page 414
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Inhibitor Switch — Type: Rotary contact type — Range of temperature : -40°C~145°C(-40°F~293°F) Inhibitor Switch — Continuity check(Sports mode) -
Page 415
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Pull up the parking brake. 2. Position the shift lever in ‘N’ range. 3. Remove the air cleaner assembly. 4. Remove the battery. 5. Remove the battery tray. 6. Remove the inhibiter switch connector. 7. -
Page 416
9. If there is not continuity between the terminals in the table above for each switch position, replace the inhibiter switch. ADJUSTMENT 1. Set the select lever to the «N» position. 2. Loosen the control cable to manual control lever coupling nut to free the cable and lever. 3. -
Page 417
6. Gently pull the transmission control cable in the direction of the arrow, and then tighten the adjusting nut. 7. Check that the select lever is in the «N» position. -
Page 418
CHAPTER 7: Manual Transaxle… -
Page 419
General Information… -
Page 420
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL TOOLS Item(Namber&Name) Illustration 09452-21200 Oil seal installation Oil seal installer 09200-38001 Removal and installation of transaxle Engine supporting fixture 09455-32200 Removal of oil seal Oil seal puller 09455-21000 Removal of taper roller vearing Bearing&gear puller 09432-33200 Removal of oil seal… -
Page 421
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATION Engine type µ 2.7 Manual transaxle type M5GF2 Gear ratio 3.615 1.931 1.969 1.273 0.974 Reverse 3.416 Final gear ratio 5.071 3.737 T/M oil capacity(ℓ)※ 1.9 liter (2.0077US qt, 1.6718mp qt) ※ The quantity in the chart above is for the reference. The actual filling quantity of the automatic transaxle fluid must be set according to ‘INSPECTION’ or ‘REPLACEMENT’ procedure of the automatic transaxle fluid. -
Page 422
Differential end play 0.15T-0.20T (0.0059T~0.0079T) Input shaft end play 0.05T-0 (0.0020T~0) 1st output shaft end play 0.05T-0.10T (0.0020T~0.0039T) 2nd output shaft end play 0.05T-0.10T (0.0020T~0.0039T) 1st gear end play 0.135T-0.435T (0.0053T~0.0171T) 2nd gear end play 0.230T-0.430T (0.0091T~0.0169T) 3rd gear end play 0.142T-0.472T (0.0056T~0.0186T) 4th gear end play 0.230T-0.430T (0.0091T~0.0169T) -
Page 423
Manual Transaxle System… -
Page 424
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SERVICE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE Transmission oil inspection and replacement 1. After parking the vehicle on a plain, stop the engine. 2. After removing the oil filler plug and washer, inspect the manual transaxle fluid condition and quantity. 3. -
Page 425
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 426
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL a. Use a cover not to damage the vehicle surface. b. Disconnect connectors carefully not to be damaged. a. Mark wires or hoses for identification not to be confused. 1. Remove the battery(A). 2. -
Page 427
5. Disconnect the vehicle speed sensor connector (A) and the back up lamp switch(B). 6. Disconnect the shift cable assembly(A) after remaing the clips(B) and pins(C). 7. Remove the wire harness bracket(A). -
Page 428
8. Remove C.S.C (Concentric Slave Cylinder) tube(A) which is being clamped by loosening the nut(B). 9. Remove the transaxle upper mounting bolts(A). 10. Support the engine and transaxle by using the special tool (09200-38001). -
Page 429
11. Remove the transaxle insulator bracket (B) by removing the bolts (A). 12. Remove the front wheels and tires. (see SS group) 13. Lift up the vehicle. 14. Remove the steering column joint bolt. (see ST group). 15. Remove the under cover(A). 16. -
Page 430
17. Disconnect the power steering pressure hose (A) from the power steering oil pump. (see ST group) 18. Drain the tranaxle fluid through the drain plug. 19. Remove the hanger(A). 20. Disconnect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link from the front knuckle. (see SS group) 21. -
Page 431
23. Remove the rear roll stopper mounting bolts(A). 24. Disconnect the VRS connector(A). (see ST group) 25. Remove the mounting bolts from the sub frame by supporting the sub frame(A) with a jack. (see SS group) 26. Remove the exhaust pipe(A). -
Page 432
27. Remove the inner shaft bracket mounting bolt(A). RH 28. Remove the drive shafts(A) from the transaxle. (see DS group) 29. Remove the side cover(A). -
Page 433
30. Remove the starter motor cover(A). 31. Disconnect the starter motor connector and remove the starter motor(A). (see EE group) 32. Remove the mounting bolts(A) of lower part of the transaxle, and remove the transaxle assembly by supporting it with a jack. INSTALLATION 1. -
Page 434
2. Tighten the transaxle under mounting bolts. TORQUE: 65~85 Nm(6.5~8.5 kgf.m, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft) 3. Install the starter motor(A) and connect the starter motor connector. (see EE group) TORQUE: 65~85 Nm(6.5~8.5 kgf.m, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft) 4. install the starter motor cover(A). 5. install the side cover(A). -
Page 435
6. Install the drive shafts(A) to the transaxle. (see DS group) 7. Install the inner shaft bracket mounting bolt(A). (see DS group) 8. Install the exhaust pipe(A). TORQUE: 39.2~58.8Nm(4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft) -
Page 436
9. Install the sub frame(A). (see SS group) TORQUE: 60~80Nm(6.0~8.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.5lb-ft) 10. Connect the vrs connector(A). (see ST group) 11. Install the rear roll stopper mounting bolts(A). -
Page 437
12. Install the power steering return tube mounting bolt(A). 13. Install the front roll stopper mounting bolt(A). 14. Connect the lower arm, the rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link to the front knuckle.(see SS group) 15. Install the hanger(A). 16. -
Page 438
19. Install the under cover(A). 20. Install the steering column joint bolt.(See ST group). 21. Install the front wheels and tires. (see SS group) 22. Install the transaxle insulator and mounting bracket (B) by tightening the bolts (A). TORQUE: 60~80 Nm (6~8 kgf.m, 43.6~58.2 lb-ft) 23. -
Page 439
24. Install the transaxle upper mounting bolts(A). TORQUE: 65~85Nm(6.5~8.5kgf.m, 47.0~61.5lb-ft) 25. Install the C.S.C (Cincentric Slave Cylinder) tube(A) by tightening the nut(B). -
Page 440
26. Install the wire harness bracket(b). 27. Install the shift cable assembly (A) with the clips(B) and pins(C). 28. Install the vehicle speed sensor connector (A) and the back up lamp switch(B). 29. Install the battery tray(B) by removing the four mounting bolts(A). -
Page 441
30. Install the air cleaner assembly(B) by tightening the two mounting bolts(A). 31. Reassemble the air cleaner filter, install the air cleaner upper body(B) and connect the air flow sensor connector(A). 32. Install the battery(A). -
Page 442
CHAPTER 8: Driveshaft and Axle… -
Page 443
General Information… -
Page 444
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL TOOLS Tool(Number and name) Illustration Tie rod end puller Separation of a lower arm and a tie 09568-4A000 rod end ball joint Front hub remover and installer Removal of a front hub from a 09517-21500 knuckle. -
Page 445
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom Possible cause Remedy Vehicle pulls to one side Scoring of driveshaft ball joint Replace Wear, rattle or scoring of wheel bearing Replace Defective front suspension and steering Adjust or replace Vibration Wear, damage or bending of driveshaft Replace Driveshaft rattle and worn hub splines Replace… -
Page 446
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATIONS Driveshaft Joint type Max. permissible angle Engine Transaxle Inner Outer Inner Outer TSJ#26 BJ#28 46.5° 23° 2.9 CRDi UTJ-II#25 BJ#26 46.5° 23° 3.8 MPI UTJ-II#25 BJ#26 46.5° 23° Front hub & bearing assembly Starting torque 1.97 Nm (20 kgf.cm, 1.45 lb-ft) Rear hub &… -
Page 447
BJ#28 250 g BJ#26 210 g TSJ#26 150 g UTJ-II#25 CK-2 220 g… -
Page 448
Driveshaft Assembly Front Driveshaft… -
Page 449
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS COMPONENTS… -
Page 450
COMPONENTS… -
Page 452
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Raise the vehicle and remove the wheel & tire assembly (A) from the front hub assembly (B). Tightening torque Nm (Kgf.m, lb-ft): 90 ~ 110 (9.0 ~ 11.0, 65 ~ 80) 2. Unstake the driveshaft lock nut using a chisel and hammer. 3. -
Page 453
4. Remove the split pin and castle nut form the tie rod end ball joint. Tightening torque Nm (Kgf.m, lb-ft): 60 ~ 80 (6.0 ~ 8.0, 43 ~ 58) 5. Disconnect the tie rod end (A) from the knuckle using a SST (09568-4A000). 6. -
Page 454
7. Using a plastic hammer, disconnect the driveshaft (A) from the front hub assembly (B). 8. Removal of the driveshaft [RH]. a. [Gasoline 3.8 only] Remove the heat protector (A). b. Remove the inner shaft bearing bracket assembly mounting bolts (A). Tightening torque Nm (Kgf.m, lb-ft): Diesel: 43 ~ 63 (4.3 ~ 6.3, 31 ~ 46) -
Page 455
Gasoline: 50 ~ 65 (5.0 ~ 6.5, 36 ~ 47) 9. Insert pry bar (C) between the transaxle case (B) and driveshaft joint (A), separate driveshaft from the transaxle. a. Use a pry bar being careful not to damage the transaxle and joint. b. -
Page 456
1. Installation is reverse of the removal. a. The driveshaft lock nut should be replaced with new ones. b. After installation driveshaft lock nut, stake the lock nut using a chisel and hammer as shown in the illustration below. INSPECTION 1. -
Page 457
INSPECTION 1. Check the drive shaft spline for wear or damage. 2. Check that there is no water or foreign material in the BJ. 3. Check the spider assembly for roller rotation, wear or corrosion. 4. Check the groove inside the UTJ case for wear or corrosion. 5. -
Page 458
2. Remove the circlip using a screwdriver. 3. Remove the driveshaft from TSJ outer race. 4. Remove the snap ring and disassemble the spider assembly from the shaft. 5. Clean the spider assembly. 6. Remove the BJ boot band and removal of the TSJ boot and the BJ boot. If the boot is reused, wrap a tape around the driveshaft splines to protect the boot. -
Page 459
7. Remove both side of bands(B) of the dunamic damper(A). 8. Fix the drive shaft(A) with a vice(B) as illustrated. 9. Apply soapy water to the shaft to prevent being damaged between the shaftspline and the dynamic damper when the dynamic damper is removed. 10. -
Page 460
a. Do not disassemble the BJ assembly. b. Special grease must be applied to the drive shaft joint. Do not substitute with another type of grease. c. The boot band should be replaced with a new one. 1. Remove the clip (B) from drive shaft splines (A) of the transaxle side. 2. -
Page 461
5. Using a plier or flat-tipped (-) screwdriver, remove the snap ring (A). 6. Remove the spider assembly (B) from drive shaft (A) by using the Special Tool(09495-33000). 7. Clean the spider assembly. 8. Remove the boot (A), of the transaxle side joint(UTJ). Wrap tape (B) around the driveshaft splines (C) to protect the boot (A). -
Page 462
9. Remove both side of bands (B, C) of the dynamic damper (A). 10. Fix the driveshaft (A) with a vice (B) as illustrated. 11. Apply soap powder on the shaft to prevent being damage between the shaft spline and the dynamic damper when the dynamic damper is removal. -
Page 463
14. Pull out the joint(BJ) boot on the side of wheel into the transaxle direction. Be careful not to damage the boot. REASSEMBLY 1. Wrap tape around the drive shaft splines (UTJ side) to prevent damage to the boots. 2. Apply grease to the joint(BJ) boot on the side of wheel and install the boots. 3. -
Page 464
(B) on the driveshaft splines (C). 8. Add the specified grease to the joint(UTJ) boot as mush as wiped away at inspection. 9. Install the boots. 10. To control the air in the UTJ boot, keep the specified distance between the boot bands when they are tightened. Standard value [A] Standard (A) mm(in) Items… -
Page 466
Front Axle Assembly… -
Page 467
Front Hub — Axle… -
Page 468
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 469
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Raise the vehicle and remove the wheel & tire assembly (A) from the front hub assembly (B). Tightening torque Nm (Kgf.m, lb-ft): 90 ~ 110 (9.0 ~ 11.0, 65 ~ 80) 2. Remove the wheel speed sensor & wire (A) by loosening the bolts. 3. -
Page 470
5. Remove the driveshaft lock nut (A). Tightening torque Nm (kgf,m, lb-ft): 245 ~ 275 (24.5 ~ 27.5, 177 ~ 199) 6. Remove the caliper assembly (A) from the knuckle and suspend it with wire. Tightening torque Nm (kgf,m, lb-ft): 85 ~ 100 (8.5 ~ 10.0, 61 ~ 72) -
Page 471
7. Remove the split pin and castle nut from the tie rod end ball joint. Tightening torque Nm (Kgf.m, lb-ft): 60 ~ 80 (6.0 ~ 8.0, 43 ~ 58) 8. Disconnect the tie rod end (A) from the knuckle using a SST (09568-4A000). 9. -
Page 472
Tightening torque Nm (Kgf.m, lb-ft): 90 ~ 120 (9.0 ~ 12.0, 65 ~ 87) 10. Using a plastic hammer, disconnect the driveshaft (A) from the front hub assembly (B). 11. Remove the brake disc (A) from the front hub assembly. 12. -
Page 473
Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 100 ~ 120 (10.0 ~12.0, 72 ~ 87) INSTALLATION 1. Installation is reverse of the removal. a. The driveshaft lock nut should be replaced with new ones. b. After installation driveshaft lock nut, stake the lock nut using a chisel and hammer as shown in the illustration below. -
Page 474
INSPECTION 1. Check the hub for cracks and the splines for wear. 2. Check the brake disc for scoring and damage. 3. Check the knuckle for cracks. REASSEMBLY 1. Reassembly is reverse of the disassembly. 2. Measure the wheel bearing starting toque. 20 kgf.cm or less 3. -
Page 475
Rear Axle Assembly… -
Page 476
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 477
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Release the parking brake. 2. Remove the wheel & tire assembly. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 90 ~ 110 (9.0 ~ 11.0, 65 ~ 80) 3. Support lower part of the lower arm (A) using a jack and remove the bolt & nut (B). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 160 ~ 180 (16.0 ~ 18.0, 116 ~ 130) 4. -
Page 478
6. Remove the rear brake caliper assembly (A) from the carrier assembly and suspend it with wire. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 50 ~ 60 (5.0 ~ 6.0, 36 ~ 43) 7. Remove the rear brake disc (A) by loosening the screws. 8. -
Page 479
9. Remove the lock nut (A) and washer (B). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 200 ~ 260 (20.0 ~ 26.0, 145 ~ 188) 10. Remove the hub & bearing assembly (A). 11. Disconnect the parking brake cable (A) from the brake assembly. -
Page 480
12. Remove the clip (A) and bracket mounting bolt and disconnect the parking brake cable (B) from the carrier assembly. 13. Remove the rear brake assembly (A). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 50 ~ 60 (5.0 ~ 6.0, 36 ~ 43) 14. -
Page 481
16. After loosening the castle nut and split pin, disconnect the upper arm (A) from the carrier assembly using a SST (09562-4A000). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 90 ~ 100 (9.0 ~ 10.0, 65 ~ 72) 17. Remove the carrier assembly (A) from the trailing arm by loosening the bolts. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 80 ~ 110 (8.0 ~ 11.0, 58 ~ 80) INSTALLATION… -
Page 482
2. Check the rear hub & bearing assembly starting torque using a spring balance. 20 kgf.cm INSPECTION 1. Check the hub for cracks and wear. 2. Check the brake disc for scoring and damage. 3. Check the carrier for cracks. -
Page 483
CHAPTER 9: Suspension System… -
Page 484
General Information… -
Page 485
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS Tool (Number and Name) Illustration 09568-4A000 Removal of Ball joint Ball joint remover (Front upper arm/lower arm, & Rear upper arm) 09532-11600 Measurement of the front lower arm Preload socket ball joint starting torque. (Use with torque wrench) 09546-26000 Compression of the coil spring… -
Page 486
09552-38100 Removal and installation of the rear Rear trailing arm bushing remover trailing arm bushing and installer (Use with 09216-21600) -
Page 487
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING Vehicle inspection SYMPTOM CHART Symptom Suspect Area Remedy (See page) Squeak or grunt-noise from the front Front stabilizer bar Under these conditions, the noise is suspension, occurs more in cold acceptable. ambient temperatures-more noticeable over rough roads or when turning Clunk-noise from the front… -
Page 488
accelerating around a corner See DS group — driveshaft. Front suspension noise — A squeak, Steering components Go to detailed test A. creak, or rattle noise — occurs mostly Loose or bent front struts or shock over bumps or rough roads absorbers Damaged spring or spring mounts Damaged or worn arm bushings… -
Page 489
Loosen wheel nuts Check the wheel nuts. Tighten to specification. Damaged or uneven tire wear Spin the tire and Check for abnormal tire wear or damage. Install a new tire as necessary. Tire shimmy or shake — occurs at Wheel/tire out of balance lower speeds Uneven tire wear Check for abnormal tire wear. -
Page 490
Strut and spring assembly Spring and strut mounting Front lower arm ball joint Front lower arm mounting bolt bushing Stabilizer bar bushings Wheel hubs and bearing Rear suspension arms and bushings Tire/wheel Inflate tires to specification. Vehicle load Redistribute the load as necessary. Vehicle leans Suspension components Visually inspect the suspention… -
Page 491
● Are the front springs or spring mounts/brackets worn or damaged ? → YES Repair or Install new components as necessary. Test the system for normal operation. → NO Go toA5. CHECK THE STABILIZER BAR a. Check the stabilizer bar bushings and links for damage or wear. b. -
Page 492
operation. → NO Go toB4. CHECK THE TRAILING ARMS a. Inspect the trailing arm bushings for wear or damage. Check for loose trailing arm bolts. b. Inspect for twisted or bent trailing arms. ● Are the trailing arms loose, damaged or worn ? →… -
Page 493
c. Inspect the tire wear pattern. ● Do the tires have an abnormal wear pattern ? → YES Correct the condition that caused the abnormal wear. Install new tire(s). Test the system for normal operation. → NO Go to TIRE ROTATION DIAGNOSIS a. -
Page 494
specification for total lateral runout is 2.5mm (0.098 inch). ● Is the lateral runout within specifications ? → YES Wheel and tires are OK. Conduct diagnosis on other suspect systems. → NO Go toC9. LATERAL RUNOUT CHECK ON THE WHEEL Measure the lateral runout of the wheel. -
Page 495
Go toD3. → NO Adjust or Repair as necessary. Test the system for normal operation. MEASURE THE LATERAL RUNOUT AND THE RADIAL RUNOUT OF THE FRONT WHEELS ON THE VEHICLE Measure the lateral runout and the radial runout of the front wheels on the vehicle. -
Page 496
Dismount the tire and mount the wheel on a wheel balancer. Measure the runout on both wheel flanges. Go to detailed test C ● Is the runout within specifications ? → YES Locate and Mark the low spot on the wheel. Install the tire, matching the high spot on the tire with the low spot on the wheel. -
Page 497
Check the vehicle alignmnt. ● Is the alignment within specification ? → YES Go to → NO Adjust the alignment as necessary. See page SS-69 (wheel alignment). BRAKE DRAG DIAGNOSIS Apply the brakes while driving. ● Does drift or pull occur when the brakes are applied ? →… -
Page 498
→NO Replace bent or damaged parts. CHECK THE REAR SUSPENSION a. Measure the vehicle wheel base for LH and RH. b. Compare the measurements. ● Are the measurements the same ? → YES If the ride is smooth, vehicle is OK. If the ride is rough, Go to Detailed Test →… -
Page 499
Install new spring and/or stabilizer bars. → NO Go toI3. INSPECT THE FRONT SUSPENSION Inspect the front suspension components for excessive wear or damage. ● Are the front suspension components worn or damaged ? → YES Install new front suspension components. →… -
Page 500
● Is the vibration present ? → YES Go toK2. → NO The vehicle is OK. Go toTROUBLESHOOTING. INSPECT THE TIRES a. Raise and support the vehicle with a frame contact hoist. b. Inspect the tires for extreme wear or damage, cupping, or flat spots. ●… -
Page 501
a. Substitute a known good set of wheels and tires. b. Perform a road test. c. If the vehicle still exhibits a shake or vibration, note the vehicle speed and/or engine rpm which it occurs. ● Is the vibration felt ? →… -
Page 502
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATIONS FRONT SUSPENSION SYSTEM Items Specification Type Macpherson strut Type Stroke mm (in) 195.5 (7.70) Expansion mm (in) 595.5 ± 3 (23.44 ± 0.12) 400 + 3, -Free (15.75 + 3, Compression mm (in) Free) DIESEL WHITE… -
Page 503
610.0~642.2 Yellow 1 point Spring Free height mm (in) 291.1(11.46) White 2 point GASOLINE 623.6~653.0 Load(kg) I.D. Color 594.2~623.6 White 1 point WHEELS AND TIRES Items Specification 225/70 R16 Tire Size 235/60 R17 Steel 6.5J×16 Wheel Size 6.5J×16 Aluminium 6.5J×17 … -
Page 504
Rear shock absorber bracket mounting bolt(to body) 80 ~ 110 8 ~ 11 57.9 ~ 79.5 Rear shock absorber bracket mounting nut(to body) 90 ~ 120 9~ 12 65.1 ~ 86.8 Rear shock absorber nut (to rear knuckle) 140 ~ 160 14 ~ 16 101.2 ~ 115.7 Rear upper arm ball joint nut (to rear knuckle) -
Page 505
Front Suspension System… -
Page 506
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 507
Front Strut Assembly… -
Page 508
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 509
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Raise the front of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the front wheel and tire (A) from front hub (B). Be careful not to damage to the hub bolts (C) when removing the front wheel and tire (A). 3. -
Page 510
6. Remove the strut upper mounting nuts(A). 7. Remove the front strut assembly (A) bolts (B) from the front knuckle. INSTALLATION 1. Install the strut upper mounting nuts (A). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 45 ~ 60 (4.5 ~ 6.0, 32.5 ~ 43.4) -
Page 511
2. Install the front strut assembly (A) bolts (B) to the front knuckle. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 100 ~ 120 (10 ~ 12, 72.3 ~ 86.8) 3. Install the front stabilizer link (A) nut (B) to the strut assembly. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 100 ~ 120 (10 ~ 12, 72.3 ~ 86.8) 4. -
Page 512
5. Install the brake hose bracket bolt (A, B) to the axle assembly. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 6.9 ~ 11 (0.7 ~ 1.1, 5.1 ~ 8.0) 6. Install the wheel and the tire (A) to the front hub (B). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 110 (9 ~ 11, 65.1 ~ 79.5) Be careful not to damage the hub bolts(C) when installing the front wheel and tire(A). -
Page 513
2. Remove the self-locking nut (C) from the strut assembly (B). 3. Remove the insulator, spring seat, coil spring and dust cover from the strut assembly. INSPECTION 1. Check the strut insulator for wear or damage. 2. Check rubber parts for damage or deterioration. 3. -
Page 514
b. Install the coil spring wth the identification mark directed toward the knuckle. 3. After fully extending the piston rod, install the spring upper seat and insulator assembly. 4. After seating the upper and lower ends of the coil spring (A) in the upper and lower spring seat grooves (B) correctly, tighten new self-locking nut temporarily. -
Page 515
Front Lower Arm… -
Page 516
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 517
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Raise the front of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the front wheel and tire (A) from front hub (B). Be careful not to damage the hub bolts(C) when removing the front wheel and tire(A). 3. -
Page 518
2. Apply soap solution to the following parts. a. Outer surface of the bushing. b. Inner surface of the lower bushing mounting part. 3. Using the special tools(09214-32000 & 09216-21100), install the busing on the lower arm. Insert bushing in the direction shown in the illustration. Separation force is over 100 Nm (1000Kgf, 2204 lbf) INSTALLATION 1. -
Page 519
2. Install the front lower arm (A) ball joint mounting bolt (B) to the knuckle. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 120 (9 ~ 12, 65.1 ~ 86.8) 3. Install the wheel and the tire(A) to the front hub(B). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 110 (9 ~ 11, 65.1 ~ 79.5) Be careful not to damage the hub bolts(C) when installing the front wheel and tire(A). -
Page 520
4. Check all bolts. 5. Check the lower arm ball joint for rotating torque. (1) If a crack is noted in the dust cover, replace the ball joint assembly. (2) Move the ball joint stud several times in a circular motion. (3) Measure the ball joint rotating torque. -
Page 521
Front Stabilizer Bar… -
Page 522
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 523
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the connecting bolt (A) between the steering universal joint assembly (B) and the pinion assembly. 2. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Raise the front of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 3. -
Page 524
6. Remove both sides of the lower arm (A) mounting bolts (B). 7. Remove the engine mounting bolts (A, B) -
Page 525
8. Remove the twelve bolts and nuts of the sub frame by supporting it with a jack. 9. After lowering the jack which supports the sub frame in a proper level, remove both sides of the stabilizer bar assembly mounting bolts (A). 10. -
Page 526
INSTALLATION 1. Install the bushing (B) on the stabilizer bar (A). Bring clamp (C) of stabilizer bar (A) into contact with bushing (B). 2. Install the bracket on the bushing (B). 3. After tightening the bolts of the bushing bracket temporarily, install the bushing bracket on the opposite side. 4. -
Page 527
6. Install the engine mounting bolts (A, B) Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 65 ~ 85 (6.5 ~ 8.5, 47.0 ~ 61.5) 7. Install both sides of the lower arm (A) mounting bolts(B). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 120 (9 ~ 12, 65.1 ~ 86.8) 8. -
Page 528
specification. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 65 ~ 80 (6 ~ 8, 43.4 ~ 57.8) 9. Install the front stabilizer link (A) nut (B) to the strut assembly. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 100 ~ 120 (10 ~ 12, 72.3 ~ 86.8) 10. -
Page 529
Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 13 ~ 18 (1.3 ~ 1.8, 9.4 ~ 13.0) After installation, if neccessary, adjust the alignment of the steering wheel and front tires INSPECTION 1. Check the bushing for wear and deterioration. 2. Check the stabilizer bar for bending or breakage. 3. -
Page 530
Rear Suspension System… -
Page 531
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 532
Rear Shock Absorber… -
Page 533
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 534
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the rear wheel and tire (A) from rear hub (B). Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when removing the rear wheel and tire (A). 3. -
Page 535
INSTALLATION 1. Install the connecting bolt (A) between the rear shock absorber and the bracket. Tightening torque Nm(kgf.m, lb-ft) : 160 ~ 180 (16 ~ 18, 115.7 ~ 130.2) 2. Install the rear shock absorber (A) to the knuckle temporarily. 3. -
Page 536
4. Install the rear shock absorber (A) nut (B) to the knuckle. Tightening torque Nm(kgf.m, lb-ft) : 160 ~ 180 (16 ~ 18, 115.7 ~ 130.2) 5. Install the wheel and the tire (A) to the rear hub (B). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 110 (9 ~ 11, 65.1 ~ 79.5) Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when installing the rear wheel and tire (A). -
Page 537
Rear Upper Arm… -
Page 538
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 539
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the rear wheel and tire (A) from rear hub (B). Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when removing the rear wheel and tire (A). 3. -
Page 540
5. Remove the rear upper arm ball joint (A) by using the special tool(09568-4A000). 6. Remove the rear upper arm (A) mounting nut (B) from the cross member. INSTALLATION 1. Install the rear upper arm (A) mounting nut (B) to the cross member. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 160 ~ 180 (16 ~ 18, 115.7 ~ 130.2) -
Page 541
2. Install the rear upper arm ball joint self-locking nut (A) and the cotter pin. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 110 (9 ~ 11, 65.1 ~ 79.5) 3. Install the brake caliper mounting bolts (A). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 50 ~ 60 (5.0 ~ 6.0, 36.2 ~ 43.4) 4. -
Page 542
Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when installing the rear wheel and tire (A). INSPECTION 1. Check the bushing for wear and deterioration. 2. Check the upper arm for bending or breakage. 3. Check the ball joint for rotating torque. (1) If there is a crack in the dust cover, replace it and add grease. -
Page 543
Rear Lower Arm… -
Page 544
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 545
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the rear wheel and tire (A) from rear hub (B). Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when removing the rear wheel and tire (A). 3. -
Page 546
INSTALLATION 1. Pretighten the lower arm (A) mounting bolts (B) to the cross member. 2. Install the spring (A), the lower seat, and the upper pad. 3. Install the lower arm bolt (B) to the rear knuckle and the lower arm bolt (C) to the cross member with a specified torque, while supporting the lower arm (A) with a jack as shown in the illustration. -
Page 547
4. Install the wheel and the tire (A) to the rear hub (B). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 110 (9 ~ 11, 65.1 ~ 79.5) Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when installing the rear wheel and tire (A). INSPECTION Rear lower arm 1. -
Page 548
Rear Assist Arm… -
Page 549
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 550
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the rear wheel and tire (A) from rear hub (B). Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when removing the rear wheel and tire (A). 3. -
Page 551
5. Remove the rear assist arm ball joint (A) by using the special tool(09568-4A000). 6. Remove the rear assist arm (A) mounting nut (B) from the cross member. INSTALLATION 1. Install the rear assist arm (A) mounting nut (B) to the cross member. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 120 (9 ~ 12, 65.1 ~ 86.8) -
Page 552
2. Install the rear assist arm (A) ball joint self-locking nut (B) and the cotter pin. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 160 ~ 180 (16 ~ 18, 115.7 ~ 130.2) 3. Install the brake caliper mounting bolts (A). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 50 ~ 60 (5.0 ~ 6.0, 36.2 ~ 43.4) 4. -
Page 553
Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when installing the rear wheel and tire (A). INSPECTION 1. Check the bushing for wear and deterioration. 2. Check the upper arm for bending or breakage. 3. Check the ball joint for rotating torque. (1) If there is a crack in the dust cover, replace it and add grease. -
Page 554
Trailing Arm… -
Page 555
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 556
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the rear wheel and tire (A) from rear hub (B). Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when removing the rear wheel and tire (A). 3. -
Page 557
6. Remove the stabilizer link (B) nut (C) from the trailing arm (A). 7. Remove the trailing arm bracket (A) mounting bolts (B) from the body. 8. Remove the connecting bolt (B) between the trailing arm (A) and the bracket. INSTALLATION 1. -
Page 558
2. Install the trailing arm bracket (A) mounting bolts (B) from the body. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 80 ~ 110 (8 ~ 11, 57.9 ~ 79.5) 3. Install the trailing arm (A) mounting nuts (B) from the knuckle. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 80 ~ 100 (8 ~ 10, 57.9 ~ 72.3) 4. -
Page 559
5. Remove the wheel speed sensor wire’s bracket bolt (A) and the parking brake wire’s bracket bolt (B). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 7 ~ 11 (0.7 ~ 1.1, 5.1 ~ 8.0) 6. Install the wheel speed sensor wire’s bracket bolt (A) from the body and the connector. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 7 ~ 11 (0.7 ~ 1.1, 5.1 ~ 8.0) 7. -
Page 560
Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when installing the rear wheel and tire (A). INSPECTION 1. Check the bushing for wear and deterioration. 2. Check the trailing arm for bending or breakage. 3. Check all the bolts for damage. -
Page 561
Rear Stabilizer Bar… -
Page 562
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 563
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Loosen the wheel nuts slightly. Raise the rear of the vehicle, and make sure it is securely supported. 2. Remove the rear wheel and tire (A) from rear hub (B). Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when removing the rear wheel and tire (A). 3. -
Page 564
INSTALLATION 1. Install the rear stabilizer link (A) nut (B) to the stabilizer bar assembly. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 50 ~ 65 (5.0 ~ 6.5, 36.2 ~ 47.0) 2. Install the bushing (B) on the stabilizer bar (A). Bring clamp (C) of stabilizer bar (A) into contact with bushing (B). -
Page 565
5. Install the stabilizer link (B) nut (C) to the trailing arm (A). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 50 ~ 65 (5.0 ~ 6.5, 36.2 ~ 47.0) 6. Repeat step 4 and 5 for the other side. 7. Install the wheel and the tire (A) to the rear hub (B). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 110 (9 ~ 11, 65.1 ~ 79.5) Be careful not to damage the hub bolts (C) when installing the rear wheel and tire (A). -
Page 566
3. Check the ball joint for rotating torque. (1) If there is a crack in the dust cover, replace it and add grease. (2) Shake the stabilizer link ball joint stud several times. (3) Mount the self-locking nut on the ball joint, and then measure the ball joint rotating torque. Specified torque : 0.5 ~ 2.5 Nm (5 ~ 25 kgf.m, 3.62 ~ 1.81 lb-ft) Measure torque using the special tool(09532-11600) and torque wrench at the range of 0.5 — 2 rpm after… -
Page 567
Tires / Wheels… -
Page 568
Tires… -
Page 569
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TIRE WEAR 1. Measure the tread depth of the tires. Tread depth [limit] : 1.6 mm (0.063 in) 2. If the remaining tread(A) depth is less than the limit, replace the tire. When the tread depth of the tires is less than 1.6 mm (0.063 in), the wear indicators(B) will appear. TIRE ROTATION Rotate the tires in the pattern illustrated. -
Page 570
2. If the steering pulls to the opposite side, rotate the front and rear tires, and perform a road test again. 3. If the steering continues to pull to one side, rotate the front right and left tires again, and perform a road test. 4. -
Page 571
Wheel… -
Page 572
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > WHEEL ALIGNMENT When using commercially available computerized four wheel alignment equipment (caster, camber, toe) to inspect the front wheel alignment, always position the car on a level surface with the front wheels facing straight ahead. Prior to inspection, make sure that the front suspension and steering system are in normal operating condition and that the wheels and tires face straight ahead and the tires are inflated to the specified pressure. -
Page 573
[REAR] Standard value : Toe-in (B-A) mm (in) : 2.6 ± 2 (0.1024 ± 0.0787) Adjust the toe-in by turning the cambolt of the assist arm. Left cambolt : Clockwise → toe-in Right cambolt : Clockwise → toe-out The variation of toe by a rotation of the cambolt : About 3.2 mm (0.126 in) a. -
Page 574
Item Description Positive camber angle True vertical When the wheel tilts out at the top, then the camber is positive (+). When the wheel tilts in at the top, then the camber is negative(-). Standard value : 0° ± 30´ Difference between right and left angle is within 0°… -
Page 575
the bent or damaged parts. Caster : 3°46´ ± 30´ (to ground), 4°40´ (to body) a. The worn loose or damaged parts of the front suspension assembly must be replaced prior to measuring front wheel alignment. b. Caster are pre-set to the specified value at the factory and don’t need to be adjusted. c. -
Page 576
WHEEL NUT TIGHTENING 1. Tightening torque. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft) : 90 ~ 110 (9 ~11, 65.1 ~ 79.5) When using an impact gun, final tightening torque should be checked using a torque wrench. 2. Tightening order. Check the torque again after tightening the wheel nuts diagonally. -
Page 577
CHAPTER 10: Steering System… -
Page 578
General Information… -
Page 579
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL TOOLS Tool (Number and Name) Illustration 09222-32100 Installation of the oil pump oil seal Valve stem oil seal installer 09555-21000 Removal and installation of the oil seal (Use with 09573-33100, 09573- 33000,09573-21000) 09561-11001 Removal of steering wheel Steering wheel puller 09568-4A000… -
Page 580
09572-22100 Measurement of the oil pressure Oil pressure gauge adapter (Use with 09572-21000, 09572- 21200) 09573-21100 Installation of the back up washer Oil seal installer and oil seal (Use with 09753-21000,09573- 33100, 09555-21000) 09573-33100 Removal and installation of the oil Oil seal guide seal (Use with 09573-21000, 09573-… -
Page 581
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom Probable cause Remedy Excessive play in Loose yoke plug Retighten steering Loose steering gear mounting bolts Retighten Loose or worn tie rod end Retighten or replace as necessary Steering wheel V-belt slippage Readjust operation is not Damaged V-belt… -
Page 582
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SERVICE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE CHECKING STEERING WHEEL FREE PLAY 1. Start the engine and with the steering wheel in the straight ahead position. 2. Measure the play while turning the steering wheel to the left and right. Standard value : Steering wheel free play : 30 mm (1.1 in) 3. -
Page 583
2. Shake the ball joint stud several times to check for looseness. Tie rod end ball joint starting torque : 30 kg·cm or less 3. If the starting torque exceeds the upper limit of the standard value, replace the tie rod end. 4. -
Page 584
CHECKING POWER STEERING BELT TENSION Refer to EM group(Timing system). CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL 1. Position the vehicle on a level surface. 2. Start the engine. With the vehicle kept stationary, turn the steering wheel several times continuously to raise the fluid temperature to 50-60°C (122-140°F). -
Page 585
a. During air bleeding, replenish the fluid supply so that the level never falls below the lower position of the filter. b. If air bleeding is done while the vehicle is idling, the air will be broken up and absorbed into the fluid. Be sure to do the bleeding only while cranking. -
Page 586
5. Remove the special tools, and tighten the pressure hose to the specified torque. Tightening Torque Nm(kgf·m, lb-ft) : 65 ~ 75(6.5 ~ 7.5, 47 ~ 54) 6. Bleed the system. -
Page 587
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATIONS Items Specifications Type Tilt Steering column/ shaft Tilt stroke +7°/ -11.7° Type Rack & pinion Steering gear VRS On 148 mm (5.827 in) Rack stroke VRS Off 156 mm (6.142 in) Type Vane Relief pressure 90 kgf/cm²… -
Page 588
Steering Column & Shaft… -
Page 589
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 590
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the negative terminal (A) from the battery and then wait for 30 seconds. 2. Loosen the bolts in the illustration and then remove the horn pad (A). 3. Disconnect the connectors and remove the steering wheel lock nut. -
Page 591
Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 40 ~ 50 (4.0 ~ 5.0, 29 ~ 36) 4. After making the marks on the steering wheel and shaft for reinstallation, remove the steering wheel using a SST (09561-11002). Do not hammer on the steering wheel to remove it ; it may damage the steering column. 5. -
Page 592
8. Disconnect the connectors (A) and remove the mutifunction switch (B). 9. Loosen the bolt (A) and then disconnect the universal joint assembly (B) from the steering gear assembly. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 13 ~ 18 (1.3 ~ 1.8, 9.4 ~ 13.0) 10. -
Page 593
INSTALLATION Before installing, apply multi purpose grease to each moving parts. 1. Installation is the reverse of removal. Align the marks on the steering wheel and shaft for reinstallation when installing the steering wheel. DISASSEMBLY KEY LOCK ASSEMBLY 1. Make a groove on head of the special bolt (A) by using a punch. 2. -
Page 594
4. Tighten the special bolt until its head is cut off. UNIVERSAL JOINT ASSEMBLY 1. Remove the universal joint (B) assembly from the steering column assembly (C) by loosening the bolt (A). 2. Reassembly is the reverse of disassembly. INSPECTION 1. -
Page 595
Hydraulic Power Steering System… -
Page 596
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 597
Power Steering Gear… -
Page 598
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT… -
Page 599
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the both front wheel & tire assemblies. 2. Drain the power steering fluid. 3. Remove the bolt (A) connecting steering column to universal joint. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 13 ~ 18 (1.3 ~ 1.8, 9.4 ~ 13.0) 4. -
Page 600
[Diesel] [Gasoline] 6. Loosen the split pin and castle nut, and then remove the tie rod end (A) from the knuckle by using a SST (09568- 4A000). Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 50 ~ 55 (5.0 ~ 5.5, 36 ~ 40) -
Page 601
7. Remove the split pin and lower arm bolts and nut (A). Tightening torque Nm (kgf-m, lb-ft): 90 ~ 120 (9.0 ~ 12.0, 65 ~ 87) 8. Disconnect the stabilizer link (B) from the strut assembly (A) by loosening nut. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 100 ~ 120 (10.0 ~ 12.0, 72 ~ 87) 9. -
Page 602
11. Remove the sub-frame by loosening the bolts and nuts. 12. Remove the rear roll stopper (A) from the sub-frame. 13. Disconnect the pressure tube (A) and return (B) from the valve body housing. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 12 ~ 18 (1.2 ~ 1.8, 9 ~ 13) -
Page 603
14. Remove the power steering gear box (A) from the sub-frame by loosening the mounting bolts. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 60 ~ 80 (6.0 ~ 8.0, 43~58) INSTALLATION Be sure to connect between a tube and a hose as shown in the illustration. 1. -
Page 604
2. Remove the dust cover (B) from the ball joint (A). 3. Remove the bellows band (A). 4. Remove the bellows clip (A). 5. Pull the bellows out toward the tie rod. -
Page 605
Check for rust on the rack when the bellows are replaced. 6. Remove the feed tube(A) from the rack housing. 7. While moving the rack slowly, drain the fluid from the rack housing. 8. Unstake the tab washer (A) which fixes the tie rod (B) and rack (C) with a chisel. 9. -
Page 606
11. Remove the yoke plug (B) with a 14mm socket (A). 12. Remove the lock nut (D), yoke plug (C), rack support spring (B) and rack support yoke (A) from the gear box. 13. When the end of the circlip comes out of the notchedhole of the housing rack cylinder, turn the rack stopper (A) clockwise and remove the circlip. -
Page 607
14. When the end of the circlip comes out of the notched hole (A) of the housing rack cylinder, turn the rack stopper (B) counterclockwise and remove the circlip. Be careful not to damage the rack. 15. Remove the rack bushing and rack from the rack housing. 16. -
Page 608
18. Remove the valve body (A) from the valve body housing (B) with a soft hammer. 19. Using the special tool, remove the oil seal and ballbearing from the valve body housing. 20. Remove the oil seal and O-ring from the rack housing. Be careful not to damage the pinion valve cylinderinside of the rack housing. -
Page 609
(4) Check for oil seal ring damage or wear. (5) Check for oil seal damage or wear. 2. Pinion valve (1) Check for pinion gear tooth face damage or wear. (2) Check for oil seal contact surface damage. (3) Check for seal ring damage or wear. (4) Check for oil seal damage or wear. -
Page 610
3. Apply the specified fluid to the entire surface of the rack bushing oil seal. Recommended fluid : PSF-3 4. Install the oil seal (A) in the rack bushing (B). 5. Apply the specified fluid to the entire surface of the O-ring and install it in the rack bushing. 6. -
Page 611
8. Push in the rack stopper (A) until the circlip groove of the rack stopper is aligned with the notched hole of the rack housing. Then, install the circlip while turning the rack stopper. The circlip should not be visible through the notched hole of the rack housing. 9. -
Page 612
and O-ring in the gear box(B). 12. Install the rack support yoke (A), rack supportspring (B), yoke plug (C) and lock nut (D) in the ordershown in the illustration. Apply semi-drying sealantto the threaded section of the yoke plug before installation. 13. -
Page 613
15. Apply the specified grease to the bellows mounting position (fitting groove) of the tie rod. Recommended grease : Silicone grease 16. Install the new attaching band to the bellows. When the bellows are installed, a new band must be used. 17. -
Page 615
Power Steering Hoses… -
Page 616
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS [Diesel] [Gasoline]… -
Page 618
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Drain the power steering fluid. 2. Disconnect the pressure tube (A) and suction tube (B) from the power steering oil pump. Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft): 55 ~ 65 (4.5 ~ 5.5, 40 ~ 47) [Diesel] [Gasoline] 3. -
Page 619
[Diesel] [Gasoline] 5. Remove the bracket of the return tube and hose. [Diesel] [Gasoline]… -
Page 620
6. Remove the under cover and then loosen the oil cooler tube bracket bolts. (Refer to BD-group) Be sure to connect between a tube and a hose as shown in the illustration. 7. Installation is reverse of the removal. 8. After installation, bleed the power steering system. (Refer to the air bleeding in ST group) -
Page 621
Power Steering Oil Pump… -
Page 622
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 623
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the pressure tube (A) from the oil pump by loosening the eye bolt. Tightening torque Nm (kgf-m, lb-ft): 65 ~ 75 (6.5 ~ 7.5, 47 ~ 54) 2. Disconnect the suction hose (B) from the suction pipe. [Diesel] [Gasoline] 3. -
Page 624
Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m lb-ft): 38 ~ 47 (3.8 ~ 4.7, 27 ~ 34) [Diesel] Tightening torque Nm (kgf.m lb-ft): 35 ~ 50 (3.5 ~ 5.0, 25 ~ 36) [Gasoline] Be careful not to spill fluid from the power steering oil pump. INSTALLATION 1. -
Page 625
The pressure tube does not twist and come in contact with other components. 2. Add power steering fluid 3. Bleed the power steering system. (Refer to the air bleeding in ST group) 4. Check the oil pump pressure. DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove two bolts from the oil pump body (A), and then remove the suction pipe (B) and O-ring. 2. -
Page 626
4. Remove the cam ring. 5. Remove the oil pump side plate (A). 6. Remove the inner and outer O-ring (A). When assembling, use a new gasket and O-ring. -
Page 627
7. Mount the pump in a vise and remove the pulley (A) nut and the spring washer. 8. After removing the snap ring (A) of the shaft with snap ring pliers, remove the dust spacer. 9. Tap the rotor side of the shaft slightly with a plastic hammer (A) to remove the shaft (B). 10. -
Page 628
12. Remove the O-ring from the connector. Do not disassemble the flow control valve. INSPECTION 1. Check that the flow control valve is not bent. 2. Check the shaft for wear and damage. 3. Check the V belt for wear and deterioration. 4. -
Page 629
3. After inserting the shaft assembly into the pump body, install the dust spacer and snap ring (A). 4. Install the pump pulley(A). Tightening torque : 55 ~ 69 Nm (5.5 ~ 6.9 kgf·m, 39.8 ~ 49.9 lb-ft) 5. Install the inner O-ring and outer O-ring (A). -
Page 630
6. Install the oil pump side plate (A). 7. After inserting the lock pin into the groove of the front housing, install the camring (A) attending to the direction. 8. Install the rotor and the vanes. 9. Install the gasket and oil pump cover assembly (A). -
Page 631
10. Install the O-ring (A) and the suction pipe mounting bolt. Tightening torque : 13.6 ~ 18.4 Nm (1.36 ~ 1.84 kgf·m, 9.84 ~ 13.3 lb-ft) -
Page 632
Variouble Rack Stroke… -
Page 633
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Description The VRS (Variable Rack Stroke) is the system that controls the rack stroke using the operating unit installed on both ends of the gear box. Normally the VRS system keeps switching OFF and the rack stroke stays increased, so the vehicle’s turning radius becomes reduced. -
Page 635
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLE SHOOTING Symptom Probable cause Remedy a. Inspect the VRS operating unit. a. VRS operating unit There is no change made in rack b. Check Input/ output signal of the stroke even though turning the VRS b. -
Page 636
Supplied power Standard value VRS CM failure 8 V or above Below 8 V 12 V 11 V or above Below 11 V 15 V 14 V or above Below 14 V ▶ Inspect connection of connectors and harness for the VRS system. ▶… -
Page 637
VRS Control Unit… -
Page 638
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Description The VRS control module (A) controls the DC motor in the VRS operating unit according to signal of the VRS switch (ON or OFF) and is mounted behind the center fascia. -
Page 639
VRS Operating Unit… -
Page 640
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Description The VRS operating unit installed on both ends of the steering gear box can change the rack stoke by changing angle of the gear stopper. -
Page 641
VRS Switch… -
Page 642
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Description The VRS switch (A) is located on the cluster fascia panel as shown in the illustration and «VRS» is printed on the VRS switch. -
Page 643
CHAPTER 11: Heating, Ventilation, Air Conditioning… -
Page 644
Air Conditioning System… -
Page 645
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL TOOLS Tool Illustration (Number and name) 09977-29000 Removal and installation of the Disc & hub assembly bolt disc & hub assembly bolt remover… -
Page 646
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE Before replacing or repairing air conditioning components, first determine if the malfunction is due to the refrigerant charge, air flow or compressor. Use the table below to help you find the cause of the problem. The numbers indicate the priority of the likely cause of the problem. -
Page 647
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATION Air conditioner Item Specification Type VS (Variable capacity) Oil type & Capacity ND-OIL8 (PAG), 120 ± 10cc Compressor Pulley type L5OS-TYPE Displacement 180cc/rev Condenser Heat rejection 14,000 ± 5% kcal/hr ON: 370 ± 2.8 (26.0 ± 0.2) High [psi(kg/cm²)] OFF: 455 ±… -
Page 648
Air Conditioning System… -
Page 649
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSTRUCTIONS WHEN HANDLING REFRIGERANT 1. R-134a liquid refrigerant is highly volatile. A drop on the skin of your hand could result in localized frostbite. When handling the refrigerant, be sure to wear gloves. 2. It is standard practice to wear goggles or glasses to protect your eyes, and gloves to protect your hands. If the refrigerant splashes into your eyes, wash them with clean water immediately. -
Page 650
FLANGE WITH GUIDE PIN Check the new O-ring for damage (use only the specified) and lubricate it using compressor oil. Tighten the nut to specified torque. Tightening torque [ N.m (kg.m, lbf.ft) ] Size General bolt, nut 5-6(0.5 — 0.6, 3.6 — 4.3) 9-11(0.9 — 1.1, 6.5 — 7.9)a 12-14(1.2 — 1.4, 8.7 — 10) 20 — 26 (2.0 — 2.6, 14 — 18) -
Page 651
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REFRIGERATION CYCLE… -
Page 652
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX ENGINE ROOM INTERIOR… -
Page 654
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE BASICS REFRIGERANT RECOVERY Use only service equipment that is U.L-listed and is certified to meet the requirements of SAE J2210 to remove HFC- 134a(R-134a) from the air conditioning system. a. Air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor can irritate your eyes, nose, or throat. b. -
Page 655
Additional health and safety information may be obtained from the refrigerant and lubricant manufacturers. 1. When an A/C System has been opened to the atmosphere, such as during installation or repair, it must be evacuated using an R-134a refrigerant Recovery/Recycling/Charging System. (If the system has been open for several days, the receiver/dryer should be replaced, and the system should be evacuated for several hours.) 2. -
Page 656
In order to use the leak detector properly, read the manual supplied by the manufacturer. If a gas leak is detected, proceed as follows: 1. Check the torque on the connection fittings and, if too loose, tighten to the proper torque. Check for gas leakage with a leak detector (A). -
Page 657
Compressor… -
Page 658
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION COMPONENTS… -
Page 660
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. If the compressor is marginally operable, run the engine at idle speed, and let the air conditioning work for a few minutes, then shut the engine off. 2. Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 3. -
Page 661
volume, Subtract the volume of drained oil from 120cc(4.20 oz.) the result is the amount of oil you should drain from the new compressor (through the suction fitting). b. Replace the O-rings with new ones at each fitting, and apply a thin coat of refrigerant oil before installing them. Be sure to use the right O-rings for R-134a to avoid leakage. -
Page 662
4. Check operation of the magnetic clutch.Connect the compressor side terminals to the battery (+) terminal and the ground battery (-) terminal to the compressor body. Check the magnetic clutch operating noise to determine the condition. DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove the center bolt (A) while holding the disc & hub assembly with a commercially available disc & hub assembly bolt remover;… -
Page 663
4. Remove the screw (A) from the field coil ground terminal. Remove the retainer ring (B) and then remove the field coil (C) from the shaft with a puller. Be careful not to damage the coil and compressor. 5. Reassemble the compressor clutch in the reverse order of disassembly, and note these items : a. -
Page 664
Compressor oil… -
Page 665
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION Oil Specification 1. The HFC-134a system requires synthetic (PAG) compressor oil whereas the R-12 system requires mineral compressor oil. The two oils must never be mixed. 2. Compressor (PAG) oil varies according to compressor model. Be sure to use oil specified for the model of compressor. -
Page 666
Condenser… -
Page 667
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 668
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Check the condenser fins for clogging and damage. If clogged, clean them with water, and blow them with compressed air. If bent, gently bend them using a screwdriver or pliers. 2. Check the condenser connections for leakage, and repair or replace it, if required. REPLACEMENT CONDENSER ASSEMBLY 1. -
Page 669
2. Remove the desiccant (A) from condenser using a long nose plier. Check for crumbled desiccant and clogged bottom cap filter. 3. Apply air conditioning compressor oil along the O-rings and threads of the new bottom cap. 4. Insert the new desiccant into the receiver drier tank. The desiccant must be sealed in vacuum before it is exposed to air for use. -
Page 670
Refrigerant Line… -
Page 671
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 672
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Discharge refrigerant from refrigeration system (Refer to HA-8). 2. Replace faulty tube or hose. Cap the open fittings immediately to keep moisture or dirt out of the system. 3. Tighten joint of bolt or nut to specified torque. Connections should not be torque tighter than the specified torque. -
Page 673
A/C Pressure Transducer… -
Page 674
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 675
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION A/C pressure transducer convert the pressure value of high pressure line into voltage value after measure it. By converted voltage value, engine ECM controls cooling fan by operating it high speed or low speed. Engine ECM stop the operation of compressor when the temperature of refrigerant line is so high or so low irregularly to optimize air conditioning system. -
Page 676
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Measure the pressure of high pressure line by measuring voltage output between NO.1 and NO.2 terminals. 2. Inspect the voltage value whether it is sufficient to be regular value or not. Vout = Vdd(0.025 * P + 0.1) [kgf/cm²G] Vout = Vdd(0.001758 * P + 0.074162) [PSIA] 3. -
Page 677
Evaporator Temperature Sensor… -
Page 678
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 679
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The evaporator temperature sensor will detect the evaporator core temperature and interrupt compressor relay power in order to prevent evaporator freezing by excessive cooling. -
Page 680
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «OFF» 2. Disconnect evaporator temperature sensor. 3. Using the multi-tester, Measure resistance between terminal «1» and «2» of evaporator temperature sensor. Specification Evaporator core temperature [°C(°F)] Resistance [kΩ] -10(14) 13.6 0(32) 10(50) 15(59) 30(86) -
Page 681
3. Disconnect the evaporator sensor connector (A). 4. Loosen 2 screws and then remove the evaporator sensor cover(B). 5. Remove the evaporator sensor. Take care that evaporator core pins are not bent. 6. Installation is the reverse order of removal. -
Page 682
In-car Sensor… -
Page 683
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 684
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. In-car air temperature sensor is located at the center facia lower panel. 2. The sensor contains a thermistor which measures the temperature of the inside. The signal decided by the resistance value which changes in accordance with perceived inside temperature, is delivered to heater control unit and according to this signal the control unit regulates incar temperature to intended value. -
Page 685
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «ON» 2. Blow air with changing temperature to the in car sensor air inlet. Measure sensor resistance between 2 and 4 terminals. Specification Temperature [°C(°F)] Resistance between terminals 2and 4 (kΩ) 0 (32) 97.83 ±… -
Page 686
Photo Sensor… -
Page 687
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 688
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. The photo sensor (A) is located at the center of defrost nozzle. 2. The photo sensor contains a photovoltaic (sensitive to sunlight) diode. The solar radiation received by its light receiving portion, generates an electromotive force in proportion to the amount of radiation received which is transferred to the automatic temperature control module so that the solar radiation compensation will be performed. -
Page 689
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «ON» 2. Using the scan tool. 3. Emit intensive light toward photo sensor using a lamp, and check the output voltage change. 4. The voltage will rise with higher intensive light and reduce with lower intensive light. REPLACEMENT 1. -
Page 690
Water Temperature Sensor… -
Page 691
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 692
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. Water temperature sensor is located at the heater unit. 2. It detects coolant temperature. Its signal is used for cold engine lockout control. When the driver operates the heater before the engine is warmed up, the signal from sensor causes the heater control unit to reduce blower motor speed until coolant temperature reaches the threshold value. -
Page 693
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «ON» 2. Using the multi-tester, Measure resistance between terminal «1» and «2» of water temperature sensor. Specification Coolant temperature [°C(°F)] Resistance (kΩ) Voltage (V) -10(14) 55.85 ± 3% 4.24 ± 3% 0(32) 32.91 ±… -
Page 694
4. Installation is the reverse order of removal. Take care that wire of water temperature sensor is not to be damaged… -
Page 695
Ambient Sensor… -
Page 696
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 697
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. The ambient temperature sensor is located at the front of the condenser and detects ambient air temperature. It is a negative type thermistor; resistance will increase with lower temperature, and decrease with higher temperatures. 2. -
Page 698
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «OFF» 2. Disconnect ambient temperature sensor. 3. Check the resistance of ambient temperature sensor between terminals 1 and 2 whether it is changed by changing of the ambient temperature. Specification Ambient temperature [°C(°F)] Resistance between terminals 1and 2 (kΩ) -10(14) 164 ±… -
Page 699
Air Quality Sensor… -
Page 700
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 701
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. A.Q.S is located at center support in front of the engine radiator, and detects hazardous elements in ambient air providing output signal to control. 2. It will detect sulfurous acid gas, carbon dioxide, carbon monoxide, hydrocarbon and allergen. -
Page 702
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «ON» 2. Using the scan tool. 3. Check the output voltage of AQS between terminals 2 and 3. Specification Condition Output signal Fresh/recirculation Normal condition 4 ~ 5V Fresh Hazardous gas detection 0 ~ 1V Recirculation 4. -
Page 703
Humidity Sensor… -
Page 704
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 705
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. Humidity sensor is located at the lower crush pad and detected in-car humidity for in-car humidity control. 2. If ambient air temperature or in-car humidity is outside certain range, it will turn on A/C to control in-car humidity preventing in car fogging. -
Page 706
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «ON» 2. Using the scan tool. 3. Check the frequency of humidity sensor between terminals 2 and 3. Humidity (%) Frequency between terminals 2and 3 (Hz) 6976 ± 5% 6728 ± 5% 6600 ±… -
Page 707
Heater… -
Page 708
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION COMPONENTS… -
Page 713
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Recover the refrigerant with a recovery/ recycling/ charging station. (Refer to HA-8) 3. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator. 4. -
Page 714
10. Remove the blower unit (B) from heater unit after loosening 2 screws. 11. Remove the self-tapping screws (A) and remove the PTC heater unit (B) or cover. (In case of PTC heater) 12. Remove the heater core (B) after remove the cover (A). 13. -
Page 715
14. Remove the evaporator core(A). 15. Be careful that the inlet and outlet pipe are not bent during heater core removal, and pull out the heater core. 16. Install the heater core in the reverse order of removal. 17. Installation is the reverse order of removal, and note these items : a. -
Page 716
Temperature Control Actuator… -
Page 717
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 718
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. Heater unit includes mode control actuator and temperature control actuator. 2. Temperature control actuator is located at the heater unit. It regulates the temperature by the procedure as follows. Signal from control unit adjusts position of temperature door by operating temperature switch and then temperature will be regulated by the hot/cold air ratio decided by position of temperature door… -
Page 719
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «OFF» 2. Disconnect the connector of temperature control actuator. 3. Verify that the temperature control actuator operates to the hot position when connecting 12V to the terminal 1 and grounding terminal 2. Verify that the temperature control actuator operates to the cool position when connecting in the reverse. -
Page 720
1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the driver’s crush pad lower panel (Refer to BD group). 3. Disconnect the temperature control actuator connector (A) after removing the air duct. 4. Loosen the mounting screw and then remove the temperature control actuator (B). [Passenger’s] [Driver’s] 5. -
Page 721
Model Control Actuator… -
Page 722
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 723
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The mode control actuator is located at the heater unit. It adjusts position of mode door by operating mode control actuator based on signal of A/C control unit. Pressing mode select switch makes the mode control actuator shift in order of vent→ B/L → floor → mix. -
Page 724
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «OFF» 2. Disconnect the connector of mode control actuator. 3. Verify that the mode control actuator operates to the defrost mode when connecting 12V to the terminal 1 and grounding terminal 2. 4. -
Page 725
[Passenger’s] [Driver’s] 5. Installation is the reverse order of removal. -
Page 726
Fuel Fired Heater… -
Page 727
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 728
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The fuel fired heater has been applied to the diesel engine (CRDi) to increase heating capability by using diesel only in cold weather a. Follow the procedures specified in this bulletin during service or it may cause personal injury. b. -
Page 729
3. The two coolant temperature sensors are installed to the heater inner. The sensor valves determine heater operation. 4. One of the temperature sensors functions to prevent the heater from overheating. If the sensor temperature valve exceeds 125°C, the fuel will be cut and the heater will be deactivated by the determination of the overheating of the heater. -
Page 730
When the cleaning process is over, the operation of the heater is stopped. The time for cleaning when the engine is turned off during the operation of the heater at full load is about 175 seconds. About 100 seconds are required to conduct the cleaning of the heater at half load condition. The operating sound of cleaning the heater is heard from the outside of the heater after turning the engine off and this is a normal process of operation… -
Page 731
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION OPERATION TEST Fuel-fired heater operation test by force using Hi-Scan 1. Start the engine. 2. Connect the Hi-Scan to the vehicle. 3. Select «SORENTO» and then select «FUEL FIRED HEATER». 4. Select «04. ACTUATION TEST» mode. 5. -
Page 732
Component test 1. Using the Hi-Scan, conduct component test after selecting «FUEL FIRED HEATER» and «ACTUATION TEST» mode. 2. After conducting component test, perform self-diagnosis test. 3. It is recommended to conduct the fuel fired heater system test after completing the component test. 4. -
Page 733
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING SYMPTOM REMEDY Check fuel system on vehicle. Check the fuel supply line in the fuel fired heater for fuel leaking and Fuel smell fuel hose for twisting or clogging. If none of above is affected, there is likelihood of fuel leaking from the heater inner. -
Page 734
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATIONS ITEM OPERATION STATE SPECIFICATION Full load 5.0kw Heater discharge Half load 2.5kw Full load Diesel Full load 0.63 l/h Fuel consumption Half load 0.32 l/h Rated voltage 12.0V Operation voltage range 9.5V~15.0V Full load 37w(Normal) -
Page 735
Positive Temperature Coefficient Heater… -
Page 736
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION PTC (Positive Temperature Coefficient) heater (A) is an electric heater using a PTC element as an auxiliary heating device that supplements deficiency of interior heat source in highly effective diesel engine (U engine). An electric heater heats up the interior by directly heating the air that passes through the heater. -
Page 737
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION Inspect the PTC operation by confirmation logic as below. 1. Entering method (1) Set the floor mode, maximum heating (2) Turn off the blower switch (3) Press the intake button more than 5 times. (4) Indicator of entire button is flashed with an interval of 0.5 seconds continuously (Manual). -
Page 738
Rear Heater… -
Page 739
Rear Heater Unit… -
Page 740
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION COMPONENTS… -
Page 743
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the negative(-) battery terminal. 2. Recover the refrigerant with a recover/ recycling/ charging station. 3. When the engine is cool, drain the engine coolant from the radiator. 4. Remove luggage side trim(Refer to BD-). 5. -
Page 744
9. Remove the heater core mouting cover(A), after loosening the screw. 10. Remove the heater core(A). 11. Installation is the reverse order of removal. -
Page 745
Rear Blower Unit… -
Page 746
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Connect the battery voltage and check the blower motor rotation. 2. If the blower motor voltage is not operated well, substitute with a known-good blower motor and check for proper operation. 3. If the problem is corrected, replace the blower motor. REPLACEMENT 1. -
Page 747
Rear Temperature Control Actuator… -
Page 748
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. Heater unit includes mode control actuator and temperature control actuator. 2. Temperature control actuator is located at the heater unit. It regulates the temperature by the procedure as follows. Signal from control unit adjusts position of temperature door by operating temperature switch and then temperature will be regulated by the hot/cold air ratio decided by position of temperature door. -
Page 749
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «OFF». 2. Disconnect the connector of temperature control actuator. 3. Verify that the temperature control actuator operates to the hot position when connecting 12V to the terminal 1 and grounding terminal 2. Verify that the temperature control actuator operates to the cool position when connecting in the reverse. -
Page 750
Rear Mode Control Actuator… -
Page 751
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «OFF». 2. Disconnect the connector of mode control actuator. 3. Verify that the mode control actuator operates to the defrost mode when connecting 12V to the terminal 1 and grounding terminal 2. 4. -
Page 752
Rear Power Mosfet… -
Page 753
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «ON». 2. Manually operate the control switch and measure the voltage of blower motor between pin 1 and 2. 3. Select the control switch to raise voltage until high speed. Voltage Manual 1 STEP 4.5 ±… -
Page 754
Rear Control Panel… -
Page 755
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT Tail lamp (ILL+) IGN 2 Rear temp S/W Rear temp S/W (VENT) Rear temp S/W (B/L) -
Page 756
Rear temp S/W (FLOOR) Rhostat (ILL-) Sensor Ref (+5V) Sensor ground Rear mode IND (VENT) Rear mode IND (B/L) Rear mode IND (FLOOR) Rear blower S/W… -
Page 757
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the rear control panel(A) and then dissconnect the rear control panel connector(B). 2. Installation is the reverse order of removal. -
Page 758
Blower… -
Page 759
Blower Unit… -
Page 760
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION COMPONENTS… -
Page 762
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the crush pad.(Refer to BD group) 3. Disconnect the connectors from the intake actuator, the blower motor and power mosfet. 4. Remove the cowl cross bar assembly.(Refer to BD group) 5. -
Page 763
Blower Motor… -
Page 764
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 765
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Connect the battery voltage and check the blower motor rotation. 2. If the blower motor voltage is not operated well, substitute with a known-good blower motor and check for proper operation. 3. If the problem is corrected, replace the blower motor. REPLACEMENT 1. -
Page 766
Blower Relay… -
Page 767
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 768
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. There should be continuity between the NO.1 in the A and NO.10 in the B terminals when power and ground are connected to the NO.7 and NO.13 in the A terminals. (Passenger compartment relay box) 2. -
Page 769
Power Mosfet… -
Page 770
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 771
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «ON» 2. Manually operate the control switch and measure the voltage of blower motor between pin 1 and 2. 3. Select the control switch to raise voltage until high speed. Specification Motor Voltage Manual First speed… -
Page 772
4. Installation is the reverse order of removal. -
Page 773
Climate Control Air Filtar… -
Page 774
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION This has particle filter which eliminates foreign materials and odor. The particle filter includes odor filter as well as conventional dust filter to ensure comfortable interior environment. -
Page 775
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Open the glove box (B). Lower the glove box down completely by removing the glove box stopper (A) to the glove box. 2. Remove the filter cover (A) with pushing the knob. 3. -
Page 776
Intake Actuator… -
Page 777
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT LOCATION… -
Page 778
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. The intake actuator is located at the blower unit. 2. It regulates the intake door by signal from control unit. 3. Pressing the intake selection switch will shift between recirculation and fresh air modes. -
Page 779
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Ignition «OFF» 2. Disconnect the intake actuator connector. 3. Verify that the actuator operates to the recirculation position when connecting 12V to the terminal 3 and grounding terminal 4. 4. Verify that the intake actuator operates to the fresh position when connecting in the reverse. 5. -
Page 780
Controller… -
Page 781
MANUAL… -
Page 782
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT CONNECTOR PIN FUNCTION PIN NO. Function PIN NO. Function BATTERY IGN 2 POWER MOSFET (GATE) — REAR POWER MOSFET (DRAIN) — TAIL LAMP (ILL+) REAR REAR TEMP ACTUATOR (COOL) REAR TEMP ACTUATOR SENSOR GND (WARM) -
Page 783
Connector B REAR TEMP ACTUATOR SENSOR POWER (+5V) (F/B) REAR TEMP SWITCH REAR MODE ACTUATOR HAZARD SEIECT (VENT) REAR MODE ACTUATOR (FLOOR) REAR MODE ACTUATOR (F/B) DRIVE’S TEMP ACTUATOR BLOWER MOTOR (+) (COOL) DRIVE’S TEMP ACTUATOR GROUND (WARM) RHEOSTAT (ILL-) DRIVE’S TEMP ACTUATOR (F/B) Connector A DRIVE’S MODE ACTUATOR… -
Page 784
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the center air vent. (Refer to BD group) 3. Remove the heater & A/C controller (A) after loosening 4 screws. 4. Remove the heater & A/C controller (A). 5. -
Page 785
FULL AUTOMATIC… -
Page 786
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT CONNECTOR PIN FUNCTION PIN NO. Function PIN NO. Function BATTERY IGN 2 POWER MOSFET (GATE) — REAR POWER MOSFET (DRAIN) — TAIL LAMP (ILL+) REAR REAR TEMP ACTUATOR (COOL) REAR TEMP ACTUATOR SENSOR GND (WARM) -
Page 787
Connector B REAR TEMP ACTUATOR SENSOR POWER (+5V) (F/B) REAR TEMP SWITCH REAR MODE ACTUATOR HAZARD SEIECT (VENT) REAR MODE ACTUATOR (FLOOR) REAR MODE ACTUATOR (F/B) DRIVE’S TEMP ACTUATOR BLOWER MOTOR (+) (COOL) DRIVE’S TEMP ACTUATOR GROUND (WARM) RHEOSTAT (ILL-) DRIVE’S TEMP ACTUATOR (F/B) Connector A DRIVE’S MODE ACTUATOR… -
Page 788
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT 1. Disconnect the negative (-) battery terminal. 2. Remove the center air vent. (Refer to BD group) 3. Remove the heater & A/C controller (A) after loosening 4 screws. 4. Remove the heater & A/C controller (A). 5. -
Page 789
CHAPTER 12: Restraint… -
Page 790
General information… -
Page 791
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Precautions General Precautions Please read the following precautions carefully before performing the airbag system service. Observe the instructions described in this manual, or the airbags could accidentally deploy and cause damage or injuries. a. Except when performing electrical inspections, always turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the negative cable from the battery, and wait at least three minutes before beginning work. -
Page 792
c. Store the removed airbag on secure, flat surface away from any high heat source (exceeding 85°C/185°F). d. Never perform electrical inspections to the airbags, such as measuring resistance. e. Do not position yourself in front of the airbag assembly during removal, inspection, or replacement. f. -
Page 793
b. Be sure to install the harness wires so that they are not pinched, or interfere with other parts. c. Make sure all SRS ground locations are clean, and grounds are securely fastened for optimum metal-to-metal contact. Poor grounding can cause intermittent problems that are difficult to diagnose. Precautions for Electrical Inspections a. -
Page 794
Using improper tools could cause an error in inspection due to poor metal contact. Airbag Connector Connecting Hold both connector halves and press firmly until the projection (C) of the sleeve-side connector clicks to lock. -
Page 795
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > General The supplemental restraint system (SRS) is designed to supplement the seat belt to help reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and passenger by activating and deploying the driver, passenger, side airbag and belt pretensioner in certain frontal or side collisions. -
Page 796
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS Tool(Number and Name) Illustration Deployment tool Airbag deployment tool 0957A-34100A Deployment adapter Use with deployment tool. 0957A-3F100 (PAB, SAB) Deployment adapter Use with deployment tool. 0957A-38500 (DAB, PAB, CAB, BPT) Dummy Simulator to check the resistance of 0957A-38200 each wiring harness… -
Page 797
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > WARNING LAMP ACTIVATION WARNING LAMP BEHAVIOR AFTER IGNITION ON As soon as the operating voltage is applied to the SRSCM ignition input, the SRSCM activates the warning lamp for a bulb check. The lamp shall turn on for 6 seconds during the initialization phase and be turned off afterward. However, in order to indicate the driver, the warning lamp shall turn on for 6 seconds and off for one second then on continuously after the operating voltage is applied if any active fault exists. -
Page 798
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 799
COMPONENTS LOCATION DRIVER AIRBAG (DAB) / PASSENGER AIRBAG (PAB) -
Page 800
SIDE AIRBAG (SAB) SEAT BELT PRETENSIONER (BPT) -
Page 801
SEAT BELT BUCKLE PRETENSIONER (BUPT) SIDE IMPACT SENSOR (SIS) -
Page 802
FRONT IMPACT SENSOR (FIS) -
Page 803
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM CONTROL MODULE (SRSCM) -
Page 804
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT REPLACEMENT AFTER DEPLOYMENT Before doing any SRS repairs, use the Hi-Scan Pro to check for DTCs. Refer to the Diagnostic Trouble Code list for repairing of the related DTCs. When the front airbag(s) deployed after a collision, replace the following items. a. -
Page 805
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATION Item Resistance (Ω) Driver Airbag (DAB) 1.6 ~ 4.7 Passenger Airbag (PAB) 1.6 ~ 4.7 Side Airbag (SAB) 1.6 ~ 4.7 Curtain Airbag (CAB) 1.6 ~ 4.7 Seat Belt Pretensioner (BPT) 1.6 ~ 4.7 Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner (BUPT) 1.6 ~ 4.7 TIGHTENING TORQUES… -
Page 806
Supplemental Restraint System Control Module (SRSCM) -
Page 807
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > CIRCUIT DIAGRAM(1) CIRCUIT DIAGRAM(2) -
Page 808
SRSCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL SRSCM HARNESS CONNECTOR… -
Page 809
DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLE CODES (DTC) FAULT DESCRIPTION PAGE B1101 Battery Voltage too High B1102 Battery Voltage too Low B1328 Front Impact Sensor [Driver] Defect B1329 Front Impact Sensor [Driver] Communication Error B1333 Front Impact Sensor [Passenger] Defect B1334 Front Impact Sensor [Passenger] Communication Error B1346 Driver Airbag Resistance too High B1347… -
Page 810
B1348 Driver Airbag Circuit Short to Ground B1349 Driver Airbag Circuit Short to Battery B1352 Passenger Airbag Resistance too High B1353 Passenger Airbag Resistance too Low B1354 Passenger Airbag Circuit Short to Ground B1355 Passenger Airbag Circuit Short to Battery B1361 Seat Belt Pretensioner [Front-Driver] Resistance too High B1362… -
Page 811
B1529 Passenger Airbag Deactivation Switch Defect B1530 Passenger Airbag Deactivation Switch Instability B1620 Supplemental Restraint System Control Module Internal Fault (Replace SRSCM) B1650 Crash Recorded — Frontal (Replace SRSCM) B1651 Crash Recorded — Driver Side (Replace SRSCM) B1652 Crash Recorded — Passenger Side (Replace SRSCM) B1655 Crash Recorded — Passenger Side with PAB inhibited (Replace SRSCM) B1657… -
Page 812
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION HI-SCAN CHECK 1. Turn the ignition switch off. 2. Connect the Hi-Scan Pro connector to the data link connector located under the crash pad. 3. Turn the ignition switch on and power on the Hi-Scan Pro. 4. -
Page 813
TERMINAL & CONNECTOR INSPECTION Be sure to perform «TERMINAL & CONNECTOR INSPECTION» before doing «INSPECTION PROCEDURE» for troubleshooting of each DTC. 1. Visually inspect all connectors related to the affected circuit for damage and secure connection. 2. Inspect terminals for damage and corrosion. Avoid damaging connectors during the inspection process. -
Page 814
5. Disconnect the SRSCM connector. CHECKING OF SHORT OR OPEN CIRCUIT Refer to the following tips for checking of short or open circuit. 1. Shorting bar is located between the upper and lower side pins of SRSCM connector. 2. When checking the short circuit shorting bar must be opened. Use a plastic clip to put into as a shorting bar opener for disconnecting shorting bar. -
Page 815
SRS Control Module (SRSCM) -
Page 816
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The primary purpose of the SRSCM (Supplemental Restraints System Control Module) is to discriminate between an event that warrants restraint system deployment and an event that does not. The SRSCM must decide whether to deploy the restraint system or not. -
Page 817
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 818
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the negative (-) cable from battery and wait for at least three minutes. 2. Remove ignition key from the vehicle. 3. Disconnect the DAB, PAB, SAB, CAB and BPT connectors. 4. Remove the floor console and heater ducts. (Refer to BD group) 5. -
Page 819
5. Install the heater ducts and floor console. (Refer to BD group) 6. Connect the DAB, PAB, SAB, CAB and BPT connectors. 7. Reconnect the battery negative cable. 8. After installing the SRSCM, confirm proper system operation: a. Turn the ignition switch ON; the SRS indicator light should be turned on for about six seconds and then go off. -
Page 820
Front Impact Sensor (FIS) -
Page 821
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The front impact sensors (FIS) are installed in the side member. They are remote sensors that detect acceleration due to a collision at their mounting locations. The primary purpose of the Front Impact Sensor (FIS) is to provide an indication of a collision. -
Page 822
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 823
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > removal a. Removal of the airbag must be performed according to the precautions/ procedures described previously. b. Before disconnecting the front impact sensor connector, disconnect the front airbag connector(s). c. Do not turn the ignition switch ON and do not connect the battery cable while replacing the front impact sensor. -
Page 824
Side Impact Sensor (SIS) -
Page 825
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The Side Impact Sensor (SIS) system consists of two front SIS which are installed inside the Center Pillar (LH and RH) and two rear SIS which are installed in the rear pillar (LH and RH). They are remote sensors that detect acceleration due to collision at their mounting locations. -
Page 826
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 827
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL FRONT SIDE IMPACT SENSOR a. Removal of the airbag must be performed according to the precautions/procedures described previously. b. Before disconnecting the side impact sensor connector(s), disconnect the side airbag connector(s). c. Do not turn the ignition switch ON and do not connect the battery cable while replacing the side impact sensor. -
Page 828
a. Ensure that the harness is installed and routed properly to prevent damage to the wiring. b. Do not turn the ignition switch ON and do not connect the battery cable while replacing the side impact sensor. 1. Install the new Side Impact Sensor with the bolt then connect the SRS harness connector to the Side Impact Sensor. -
Page 829
Airbag Module… -
Page 830
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > AIRBAG DISPOSAL SPECIAL TOOL REQUIRED Before scrapping any airbags or side airbags (including those in a whole vehicle to be scrapped), the airbags or side airbags must be deployed. If the vehicle is still within the warranty period, before deploying the airbags or side airbags, the Technical Manager must give approval and/or special instruction. -
Page 831
DEPLOYING THE AIRBAG OUT OF THE VEHICLE If an intact airbag has been removed from a scrapped vehicle, or has been found defective or damage during transit, storage or service, it should be deployed as follows : 1. Position the airbag face up, outdoors on flat ground at least thirty feet (10meters) from any obstacles or people. DISPOSAL OF DAMAGED AIRBAG 1. -
Page 832
Drive Airbag (DAB) Module Clock Spring… -
Page 833
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Driver Airbag (DAB) is installed in steering wheel and electrically connected to SRSCM via clockspring. It protects the driver from danger by deploying a bag when frontal crash occurs. The SRSCM determines deployment of Driver Airbag (DAB). -
Page 834
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 835
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable and wait at least three minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the airbag module mounting bolts. 3. Disconnect the horn connector(A). 4. Release the connector locking pin(B), then disconnect the driver airbag module connector(C). The removed airbag module should be stored in a clean, dry place with the pad cover face up. -
Page 836
2. Remove ignition key from the vehicle. 3. Connect the clock spring harness connetor and horn harness connector to the clock spring. 4. Set the clock spring on neutral position and after turning the front wheels to the straight-ahead position, install the clock spring. -
Page 837
4. Check airbag inflator case for dents, cracks or deformities. 5. Install the airbag module to the steering wheel to check for fit or alignment with the wheel. Clockspring 1. If, as a result of the following checks, even one abnormal point is discovered, replace the clock spring with a new one. -
Page 838
Passenger Airbag (PAB) Module… -
Page 839
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The passenger Airbag (PAB) is installed inside the crash pad and protects the front passenger in the event of a frontal crash. The SRSCM determines if and when to deploy the PAB. Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the airbag module (squib) even if you are using the specified tester. -
Page 840
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > components… -
Page 841
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable and wait for at least three minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the glove box. (Refer to BD group) 3. Disconnect the PAB connector and remove the PAB mounting bolts. (Refer to BD group) 4. -
Page 842
INSTALLATION 1. Disconnect the negative (-) cable from battery and wait for at least three minutes. 2. Remove ignition key from the vehicle. 3. Place a Passenger Airbag (PAB) on the crash pad and tighten the Passenger Airbag (PAB) mounting nuts. Tightening Torque : 0.7 ~ 0.8 kgf.m (7.0 ~ 8.0 N.m, 5.2 ~ 5.9 lb.ft) 4. -
Page 843
Curtain Airbag (CAB) Module… -
Page 844
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION Curtain airbags are installed inside the headliner (LH and RH) and protect the driver and passenger from danger when side crash occurs. The SRSCM determines deployment of curtain airbag by using side impact sensor (SIS) signal. Never attempt to measure the circuit resistance of the airbag module even if you are using the specified tester. -
Page 845
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > components… -
Page 846
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > removal 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable and wait for at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the following parts. (Refer to BD group) a. Interior trim b. Headlining 3. Disconnect the Curtain Airbag harness connector (front & rear). 4. -
Page 847
Side Airbag (SAB) Module… -
Page 848
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The two Side Airbags (SAB) are installed inside the driver and passenger seat and protects the driver and front passenger from danger when side crash occurs. The SRSCM determines deployment of side airbag by using Side Impact Sensor (SIS) signal. -
Page 849
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > components… -
Page 850
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable and wait at least 3 minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the front seat assambly.(Refer to BD group) 3. Remove the seatback cover.(Refer to BD group) When the side airbag depoyed after a collision, replace the seatback as an assembly. 4. -
Page 851
4. Install the new seatback cover.(Refer to BD group) 5. Install the seat assembly, then connect the Side Airbag (SAB) harness connector. 6. Recline and slide the front seat forward fully, make sure the harness wires are not pinched or interfering with other parts. -
Page 852
Seat Belt Pretensioner (BPT) -
Page 853
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The Seat Belt Pretensioners (BPT) are installed inside Center Pillar (LH & RH). When a vehicle crashes with a certain degree of frontal impact, the pretensioner seat belt helps to reduce the severity of injury to the front seat occupants by retracting the seat belt webbing. -
Page 854
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > components… -
Page 855
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and wait for at least three minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the door scuff trim. (Refer to BD group) 3. Remove the center pillar trim. (Refer to BD group) 4. -
Page 856
Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner… -
Page 857
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioners (BUPT) are installed in the right side of the driver seat and the left side of the passenger seat. When a vehicle crashes with a certain degree of frontal impact, the seat belt buckle pretensioner helps to reduce the severity of injury to the front seat occupants by retracting the seat belt buckle. -
Page 858
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > components… -
Page 859
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Disconnect the battery negative cable, and wait for at least three minutes before beginning work. 2. Remove the front seat assembly. (Refer to BD group) 3. Loosen the Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner mounting bolt and remove the Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner. INSTALLATION 1. -
Page 860
CHAPTER 13: Brake System… -
Page 861
General information… -
Page 862
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL TOOL Tool(Number and Name) Illustration 09581-11000 Spreading the front disc brake piston Piston expander… -
Page 863
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE Symptom Suspect Area Reference Lower pedal or repair a. Brake system (Fluid leaks) spongy pedal air·bleed b. Brake system (Air in) replace c. Piston seals (Worn or damaged) adjust d. Rear brake shoe clearance(Out of adjustment) replace e. -
Page 864
replace e. master cylinder cap seal replace f. damaged brake lines Brake chatter is usually caused by loose or worn components, or glazed or burnt linings. Rotors with hard spots can also contribute to Brake Chatter brake chatter. Additional causes of chatter are out-of-tolerance rotors, brake lining not securely attached to the shoes, loose wheel bearings and contaminated brake lining. -
Page 865
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATIONS Item Specification Master cylinder · Type Tandem type · I.D. mm(in) 26.99/(1.063) · Piston stroke mm(in) 30(1.18) · Fluid level warning sensor Provided Brake booster · Type 8 + 9 in Tandem · Boosting ratio 9.0 : 1 Front brake(Disc) ·… -
Page 866
TIGHTENING TORQUE Items kgf.m lb-ft Master cylinder to booster mounting nut 8 ~ 12 0.8 ~ 1.2 5.8 ~ 8.7 Brake booster mounting nut 13 ~ 16 1.3 ~ 1.6 9.4 ~ 11.6 Bleeder screw 7 ~ 13 0.7 ~ 1.3 5.06 ~ 9.4 Brake tube nut, brake hose 13 ~ 17… -
Page 867
Part Item Standard Value Remark 4 channel 4 System sensor(Solenoid) Motor, valve relay HECU(Hydraulic and Type ·Total control(ABS, intergrated type Electronic Control EBD, TCS, ESP) Unit) Operating voltage 8 V ~ 16 V(DC) -40 ~ 120 °C(-40 ~ Operating temperature 248 °F) Operating voltage 12 V… -
Page 868
Brake System… -
Page 869
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Operation and Leakage Check Check all of the following items: Component Procedure Brake Booster (A) Check brake operation by applying the brakes during a test drive. If the brakes do not work properly, check the brake booster. Replace the brake booster as an assembly if it does not work properly or if there are signs of leakage. -
Page 870
2. With the engine stopped, step on the brake pedal several times. Then step on the brake pedal and start the engine. If the pedal moves downward slightly, the booster is in good condition. If there is no change, the booster is inoperative. 3. -
Page 871
[RHD] BRAKE PEDAL BRAKE SWITCH ADJUSTMENT PEDAL HEIGHT 1. Disconnect the brake switch connector, loosen the brake switch locknut (A), and brake off the brake switch (B) until it is no longer touching the brake pedal. 2. Lift up the carpet. At the insulator cutout, measure the pedal height (C) from the middle of the left-side center of the pedal pad (D). -
Page 872
BRAKE SWITCH CLEARANCE Screw in the brake switch until its plunger is fully depressed (threded end (A) touching the pad (B) on the pedal arm) then brake off the switch 3/4 turn to make 0.5 ~ 1.0 mm(0.0197 ~ 0.0394 in.) of clearance between the brake switch connector. -
Page 873
a. If the pad thickness is out of specilfication, left and right pads must be replaced as a complete set. b. When the thickness difference between the left pad and right pad is large, check the sliding condition of the piston and the guide rod. INSPECTION OF REAR DISC BRAKE PAD 1. -
Page 874
Brake Booster… -
Page 875
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 876
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > Removal 1. Disconnect the vacuum hose (A) from the brake booster (B). [LHD] [RHD] 2. Remove the master cylinder (Refer to ‘Master cylinder removal’). 3. Remove the snap pin (A) and clevis pin (B). 4. -
Page 877
INSTALLATION 1. Adjust push rod length of the booster, and then install the seal on the booster assembly. Standard length (A): LHD : 112 ± 0.5 mm (4.43 ± 0.019 in.) RHD : 115 ± 0.5 mm (4.53 ± 0.019 in.) [LHD] [RHD] 2. -
Page 878
3. Connect the booster push rod and brake pedal with a pin (B) and install a snap clevis pin (A) to the clevis pin (B). Grease the pin before installing the snap pin. Always use a new snap pin. 4. Install the master cylinder. 5. -
Page 879
Master Cylinder… -
Page 880
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 881
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint; if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off immediately with water. 1. Remove air cleaner mounting bolts (B) from the air cleaner mounting bracket and air cleaner body (A).(LHD) 2. -
Page 882
5. Remove the brake fluid from the master cylinder reservoir (C) with a syringe. 6. Disconnect the brake lines (A) from the master cylinder. To prevent spills, cover the hose joints with rags or shop towels. 7. Remove the master cylinder mounting nuts (B) and washers. [LHD] [RHD] 8. -
Page 883
[RHD] 3. Fill the brake reservoir with the brake fluid and bleed the brake system (Refer to ‘Bleeding of brake system’). DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove the reservoir cap and drain the brake fluid into a suitable container. 2. Remove the fluid level sensor. 3. -
Page 884
5. Remove the primary piston assembly (A). 6. Remove the pin (C) with the secondary piston (B) pushed completely using a screwdriver. Remove the secondary piston assembly (B). Do not disassemble the primary and secondary piston assembly. INSPECTION 1. Check the master cylinder bore for rust or scratching. 2. -
Page 885
4. Install the retainer ring (A) after installing primary piston assembly. 5. Mount two grommets. 6. Install the reservoir on the cylinder. -
Page 886
Brake Line… -
Page 887
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENT… -
Page 888
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the brake hose clip (A). 2. Loosen the brake tube (A) nut holding the brake hose (B) nut with a wrench. 3. Remove the brake hose (B). 4. Remove the brake hose connecting bolt (A) from the caliper assembly. INSTALLATION 1. -
Page 889
2. Tighten the brake tube (A) nut holding the brake hose (B) nut with a wrench. 3. Install the brake hose clip (A). 4. After installation, breed the air in the brake system. Be careful not to damage the brake hose by sharp edges or tools. INSPECTION a. -
Page 890
Brake Pedal… -
Page 891
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS COMPONENTS (ADJUSTABLE PEDAL) -
Page 893
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the lower crash pad. (Refer to BD group ‘Crash pad’) 2. Remove the brake switch connector. 3. Remove the trans cable (A) in case of the adjustable brake pedal. 4. Remove the mounting bolt(A) of the peal position sensor connector in case of the adjustable brake pedal. 5. -
Page 894
3. Install the snap pin. 4. Adjust the brake pedal height and free play. Before connecting trans cable, be sure that position of pivot pin (A) is initializen. 5. Install the stop lamp switch. INSPECTION 1. Check the bushing for wear. 2. -
Page 896
Front Disc Brake… -
Page 897
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 899
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL Frequent inhalation of brake pad dust, regardless of material composition, could be hazardous to your health. a. Avoid breathing dust particles. b. Never use on air hose or brush to clean brake assemblies. 1. -
Page 900
If you are reusing the pads, always reinstall the brake pads in their original positions to prevent a momentary loss of braking efficiency. 3. Insert the piston in the cylinder using the special tool (09581-11000). 4. Push in the piston (A) so that the caliper will fit over the pads. Make sure that the piston boot is in position to prevent damaging it when pivoting the caliper down. -
Page 901
10. After installation, check for leaks at hose and line joints or connections, and retighten if necessary. INSPECTION FRONT BRAKE DISC THICKNESS CHECK 1. Remove all rust and contramination from the surface, and measure the disc thickness at 8 points, at least, of same distance (5mm) front the brake disc outer circle. -
Page 902
Brake disc run out Limit : 0.03 mm (0.0012 in.) or less (new one) 2. If the run out of the brake disc exceeds the limit specification, replace the disc, and then measure the run out again. 3. If the run out does not exceed the limit specification, install the brake disc after turning it 180° and then check the run out of the brake disc again. -
Page 903
Rear Disc Brake… -
Page 904
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 905
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Raise the rear of the vehicle and make sure it is securely supported. Remove the rear wheel. 2. Remove the guide rod bolt(B), After raising the caliper assembly (A), support it with a wire. 3. -
Page 906
4. Grease the piston boot to prevent from twisting. 5. Install the guide rod. 6. Install the cylinder assembly (A) to the disc plate. Be careful not to damage the piston boot. 7. Install the guide rod bolt (B). Tightening torque Nm(kgf.m,lb-ft) : 22 ~ 32 (2.2 ~ 3.2, 15.9 ~ 23.1) INSPECTION REAR BRAKE DISC THICKNESS CHECK… -
Page 907
REAR BRAKE PAD CHECK 1. Check the pad wear. Measure the pad thickness and replace it, if it is less than the specified value. Pad thickness Standard value : 10.0 mm ( 0.39 in) Service limit : 2.0 mm (0.08 in) 2. -
Page 908
3. If the run out does not exceed the limit specification, install the brake disc after turning it 180° and then check the run out of the brake disc again. 4. If the run out cannot be corrected by changing the position of the brake disc, replace the brake disc. Seizing of Rear brake disc 1. -
Page 909
Parking Brake System Parking Brake Assembly… -
Page 910
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS(1) COMPONENTS(2) -
Page 911
COMPONENTS(3) -
Page 913
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the lower panel (A), after loosening the parking lever. (Refer to BD group ‘Crash pad’) 2. Remove the parking release nose (B). 3. Remove the parking brake switch (A). [LHD] [RHD] 4. -
Page 914
5. Remove the mounting nuts (A) and bolt (B) of the parking brake bracket. [LHD] [RHD] 6. Remove the release cable assembly (C). 7. Remove the damper assembly (A). [LHD]… -
Page 915
[RHD] 8. Remove the parking brake lamp switch (A). [LHD] 9. Raise the rear of the vehicle and make sure it is securely supported. 10. Remove the mounting bolt (A) of the parking brake wire bracket from the body. -
Page 916
11. Remove the four mounting bolts (A) of the parking brake wire bracket from the rear cross member. 12. Remove the rear wheels and tires from the rear hubs. 13. Remove the hub cap (A) and the disc (B). 14. Remove the hub nut (A) and washer (B) and remove the rear hub (C). 15. -
Page 917
16. Remove the adjuster assembly (B) and the lower return spring (C). 17. Remove the strut (B) and the upper return spring (A). 18. Remove the retaining ring (B) of the parking brake wire (A) from back of the backing plate. 19. -
Page 918
2. Connect the parking brake wire (B) to the brake shoe (A). 3. Install the shoe hold down pin and spring (A) to hold the brake shoe (B). 4. Install the adjuster assembly (B) and the lower return spring (C). 5. -
Page 919
9. Install the hub cap (A) and the disc (B). 10. Install the rear wheels and tires from the rear hubs. 11. Tighten the parking brake adjusting nut. 12. Install the parking brake wire and the pedal assembly. ADJUSTMENT ADJUSTMENT OF REAR BRAKE SHOE CLEARANCE 1. -
Page 920
is 200 N(20 kgf, 44 lb) after full stroke operation of parking pedal over 3 times for setting parking wire. a. The parking brake adjustment must be carried out after adjusting the rear shoe. b. After adjusting parking brake, notice following matter; a. -
Page 921
Parking Brake Switch… -
Page 922
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Remove the floor console and the connector (B) from the switch (A). [LHD] [RHD] 2. Inspect the continuity between (-) terminal and the ground. a. When the brake lever is pulled, there should be the continuity between them. b. -
Page 923
( Anti-lock Brake System ) -
Page 924
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > ABS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM(1) ABS CIRCUIT DIAGRAM(2) -
Page 925
ECU CONNECTOR INPUT/OUTPUT(ABS) Current max.permissible min.leakage Wire No. Designation wire resistance resistance R_L (mΩ) R_P (kΩ) Ground for recirculation pump 20~39 A 10 A Ground for solenoid valves 5~15 A 2.5 A and ECU Voltage supply for pump 20~39 A 10 A motor Voltage supply for solenoid… -
Page 926
Voltage for hybrid ECU 500 mA 200 to signal wheel speed sensor FL, 5,10,17,19 6 mA 16 mA ground 1.5M FR, RL,RR to bat Voltage supply for the active 200 to 16,9,6,8 wheel speed sensor FL,FR, 6 mA 16 mA ground 1.5M RL, RR to bat… -
Page 927
FR Wheel speed sensor FR WHEEL Km/h RL Wheel speed sensor RL WHEEL Km/h RR Wheel speed sensor RR WHEEL Km/h ABS Warning lamp ABS LAMP EBD Warning lamp EBD LAMP Brake Lamp B/LAMP Pump relay state PUMP RLY Valve relay state VALVE RLY Motor MOTOR… -
Page 928
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION This specification applies to HCU(Hydraulic Control Unit) and ECU(Electronic Control Unit) of the HECU.(Hydraulic and Electronic Control Unit) This specification is for the wiring design and installation of ABS/TCS/ESC ECU. This unit has the functions as follows. a. -
Page 929
1. ABS WARNING LAMP MODULE The active ABS warning lamp module indicates the selftest and failure status of the ABS.The ABS warning lamp shall be on: a. During the initialization phase after IGN ON. (continuously 3 seconds). b. In the event of inhibition of ABS functions by failure. c. -
Page 930
EV : Inlet Valve AV : Outlet Valve LR : Rear left wheel RF : Front right wheel LF : Front left wheel RR : Rear right wheel PE : Pump motor 2. DECREASE MODE Inlet valve(EV) Outlet valve(AV) Pump motor Operation Close Open… -
Page 931
EV : Inlet Valve AV : Outlet Valve LR : Rear left wheel RF : Front right wheel LF : Front left wheel RR : Rear right wheel PE : Pump motor 4. INCREASE MODE Inlet valve(EV) Outlet valve(AV) Pump motor Operation Open Close… -
Page 932
EV : Inlet Valve AV : Outlet Valve LR : Rear left wheel RF : Front right wheel LF : Front left wheel RR : Rear right wheel PE : Pump motor… -
Page 933
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 934
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > STANDARD FLOW OF DIAGNOSTIC TROUBLESHOOTING NOTES WITH REGARD TO DIAGNOSIS The phenomena listed in the following table are not abnormal. Phenomenon Explanation System check sound When starting the engine, a thudding sound can sometimes be heard coming from inside the engine compartment. -
Page 935
3. Turn the ignition switch ON. 4. Check for DTC using the Scan tool 5. After completion trouble of the repair or correction of the problem, erase the stored fault codes using the scan tool. 6. Disconnect the Scan tool from the 16P data link connector. ABS CHECK SHEET… -
Page 936
PROBLEM SYMPTOMS TABLE Symptom Suspect Area ABS does not operate. Only when 1. -4. are all normal and the problem is still occurring, replace the HECU. a. Check the DTC reconfirming that the normal code is output. b. Power source circuit. c. -
Page 937
c. Stop lamp switch circuit. d. Check the hydraulic circuit for leakage. Communication with Scan tool is not possible. a. Power source circuit (Communication with any system is not possible) b. Diagnosis line Communication with Scan tool is not possible. a. -
Page 938
control module. Repair if necessary. CHECK THE GROUND CIRCUIT. 1. Disconnect the connector from the ABS control module. 2. Check for continuity between terminals 1,4 of the ABS control module harness side connector and ground point. Is there continuity? ▶ Check the wheel speed sensor circuit. ▶… -
Page 939
b. Inoperative wheel speed sensor circuit DTC is displayed, check the following probable cause. When the c. Inoperative hydraulic circuit for leakage problem is still occurring, replace the ABS control module. d. Inoperative HECU INSPECTION PROCEDURES DTC INSPECTION 1. Connect the Scan Tool with the data link connector and turn the ignition switch ON. 2. -
Page 940
▶ Replace the leaking hydraulic lines. DETECTING CONDITION Trouble Symptoms Possible Cause Possible malfunction in the power supply system (including ground) a. An open in the wire for the diagnosis line. b. Poor ground c. Inoperative power source circuit INSPECTION PROCEDURES CHECK THE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR THE DIAGNOSIS Measure the voltage between terminal 9 of the data link connector and body ground. -
Page 941
be probably an open in the HECU power circuit or an open in the b. Inoperative HECU diagnosis output circuit. c. Inoperative power source circuit INSPECTION PROCEDURES CHECK FOR CONTINUITY IN THE DIAGNOSIS LINE 1. Disconnect the connector from the ABS control module. 2. -
Page 942
DETECTING CONDITION Trouble Symptoms Possible Cause When current flows in the HECU the ABS warning lamp turns from a. Inoperative ABS warning lamp bulb ON to OFF as the initial check.Therefore if the lamp does not light up, b. Blown No.2 fuse (10A) in the engine the cause may be an open in the lamp power supply circuit, a blown compartment junction block bulb, an open in the both circuits between the ABS warning lamp and… -
Page 943
CHECK FOR BLOWN FUSE Check continuity of fuse (10A) from the engine compartment junction block. Is there continuity? ▶ Repair an open in the wire between ABS fuse and 1 of cluster connector. ▶ Replace the blown fuse. DETECTING CONDITION Trouble Symptoms Possible Cause If the HECU detects trouble, it lights the ABS warning lamp while at… -
Page 944
4. Select and operate according to the instructions on the scan tool screen. You must obey the maximum operating time of the ABS motor with the scan tool to prevent the motor pump from burning. (1) Select kia vehicle diagnosis. (2) Select vehicle name. (3) Select Anti-Lock Brake system. -
Page 945
(6) Wait 60 sec. before operating the air bleeding again. (If not, you may damage the motor.) 5. Pump the brake pedal several times, and then loosen the bleeder screw until fluid starts to run out without bubbles. Then close the bleeder screw. 6. -
Page 946
WARNING LAMP DESCRIPTION REMARK О О О C1101 BATTERY VOLTAGE HIGH О О C1102 BATTERY VOLTAGE LOW О О C1200 FL WHEEL SPEED SENSOR- OPEN/SHORT О О C1201 FL WHEEL SENSOR- RANGE/ PERFORMANCE FL WHEEL WHEEL SPEED SENSOR-NO SIGNAL О О… -
Page 947
О О О C2332 RR INLET VALVE MALFUNCTION О О О C2336 RR OUTLET VALVE MALFUNCTION О О О C2366 TC VALVE PRIMARY(USV1) ERROR О О О C2370 TC VALVE SECONDARY (USV2) ERROR О О О C2372 ESP VALVE 1(HSV1) ERROR О… -
Page 948
ABS Control Unit… -
Page 949
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 950
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the air cleaner. (Refer to ‘Master cylinder Removal’) 2. Disconnect the brake tube from the HECU by unlocking the nuts counterclockwise with a spanner. 3. Disconnect the connector(A) from the HECU. 4. -
Page 951
Tighterning torque HECU mounting nut : 6~10 Nm (0.6~1.0 kgf·m, 4.34~7.23 Ib-ft) HECU bracket mounting bolt: 17~26 Nm (1.7~2.6 kgf·m, 12.3~18.8 Ib-ft) -
Page 952
Front Wheel Speed Sensor… -
Page 953
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 954
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the front wheel speed sensor mounting bolt (A) and the wire bracket mounting bolt (B).. 2. Remove the wire bracket bolt (A). 3. Remove the front wheel guard. 4. Remove the front wheel speed sensor after disconnecting the wheel speed sensor connector (A). INSPECTION 1. -
Page 955
2. Compare the change of the output voltage of the wheel speed sensor to the normal change of the output voltage as shown below. a. V_low : 0.44 V ~ 0.63 V b. V_high : 0.885 V ~ 1.26 V c. -
Page 956
Rear Wheel Speed Sensor… -
Page 957
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 958
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REMOVAL 1. Remove the rear wheel speed sensor mounting bolt (A). 2. Remove the rear seat side pad then disconnect the rear wheel speed sensor connector (A). INSPECTION 1. Measure the output voltage between the terminal of the wheel speed sensor and the body ground. In order to protect the wheel speed sensor, when measuring output voltage, a 75Ω… -
Page 959
a. V_low : 0.44 V ~ 0.63 V b. V_high : 0.885 V ~ 1.26 V c. Frequency range : 1~2,500 Hz… -
Page 960
EBFD (Electronic Brake Force Distribution) -
Page 961
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION The EBD system (Electronic Brake force Distribution) as a sub-system of the ABS system is to control the effective adhesion utilization by the rear wheels. It further utilizes the efficiency of highly developed ABS equipment by controlling the slip of the rear wheels in the partial braking range. -
Page 962
(Electronic Stability Program) System… -
Page 963
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > ESP circuit DIAGRAM(1) ESP circuit DIAGRAM(2) -
Page 964
ESP circuit DIAGRAM(3) -
Page 965
ESP HECU CONNECTOR INPUT / OUTPUT Connector Terminal Specifications Conditions Description Current range : Min-10 A Ground(Pump) Always Max-20 ~ 39 A Current range : Min-2.5 A Ground(Valve,ECU) Always Max-5 ~ 15 A Supply voltage(Pump) Battery voltage Always Supply voltage(Valve) -
Page 966
Wheel sensor voltage(FL) Wheel sensor voltage(FR) Battery voltage IG ON Wheel sensor voltage(RL) Wheel sensor voltage(RR) Wheel sensor signal(FL) Wheel sensor signal(FR) Voltage(High) : 0.89~1.26 V RUNNING Voltage(Low) : 0.44~0.63 V Wheel sensor signal(RL) Wheel sensor signal(RR) Voltage(High) : 0.8 * IG ON more SCAN TOOL Diagnosis Input/oupput Voltage(Low) : 0.2 * IG ON lower… -
Page 967
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > description of ESP Optimum driving safety now has a name : ESP, the Electronic Stability Control. ESP recognizes critical driving conditions, such as panic reactions in dangerous situations, and stabilizes the vehicle by wheel-individual braking and engine control intervention with no needfor actuating the brake or the gas pedal. ESP adds a further function known as Active Yaw Control (AYC) to the ABS, TCS, EBD and ESP functions. -
Page 968
VARIANT CODING The HECU is programmed with a variant code based on the vehicle powertrain configuration. This variant code is used to determine the appropriate ESP calculations. Variant code programming should be performed whenever an HECU is replaced. PROCEDURE OF VARIANT CODING 1. -
Page 969
5. Select the variant coding. 6. Follow the next procedure according to the comment . 7. Confirm the condition , and then push the «REST». 8. If the procedure is finished, the screen is displayed as shown below. 9. IGN off. 10. -
Page 970
If the warning lamp(ESP, EBD, ABS) is illuminated, follow the «Variant coding» again. INPUT AND OUTPUT DIAGRAM ESP OPERATION MODE 1. STEP 1 The ESP analyzes the intention of the driver. -
Page 971
2. STEP 2 It analyzes the movement of the ESP vehicle. 3. STEP 3 he HECU calculates the required strategy, then actuates the appropriate valves and sents torque control requests via CAN to maintain vehicle stability. ESP OPERATION MODE 1. ESP Non-operation-Normal braking. High pressure Inlet valve(EV) Outlet valve(AV) -
Page 972
USV : Pilot Valve HSV : High pressure Switch Valve 2. ESP INCREASE MODE High pressure Inlet valve(EV) Outlet valve(AV) Pilot valve(USV) Pump motor switch valve(HSV) ON(Motor speed Normal braking Open Close Close(Partial) Open control) EV : Inlet Valve AV : Outlet Valve LR : Rear left wheel RF : Front right wheel LF : Front left wheel… -
Page 973
EV : Inlet Valve AV : Outlet Valve LR : Rear left wheel RF : Front right wheel LF : Front left wheel RR : Rear right wheel PE : Pump motor USV : Pilot Valve HSV : High pressure Switch Valve 4. -
Page 974
EV : Inlet Valve AV : Outlet Valve LR : Rear left wheel RF : Front right wheel LF : Front left wheel RR : Rear right wheel PE : Pump motor USV : Pilot Valve HSV : High pressure Switch Valve ABS Warning Lamp module The active ABS warning lamp module indicates the self-test and failure status of the ABS .The ABS warning lamp shall be on:… -
Page 975
The active EBD warning lamp module indicates the self-test and failure status of the EBD. However, in case the Parking Brake Switch is turned on, the EBD warning lamp is always turned on regardless of EBD functions. The EBD warning lamp shall be on: a. -
Page 976
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 977
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > FAILURE DIAGNOSIS 1. In principle, ESP and TCS controls are prohibited in case of ABS failure. 2. When ESP or TCS fails, only the failed system control is prohibited. 3. However, when the solenoid valve relay should be turned off in case of ESP failure, refer to the ABS fail-safe. 4. -
Page 978
Steering Angle Sensor… -
Page 979
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. The yaw-rate & lateral G sensor is applied for the ESP system. 2. The yaw-rate is the angular velocity, when a vehicle turns a corner, and the lateral G is the acceleration to move a vehicle out of the way when cornering. -
Page 980
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM (YAW-RATE & LATERAL G SENSOR) -
Page 981
ESP OFF Switch… -
Page 982
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION 1. The ESP OFF switch is for the user to turn off the ESP system. 2. The ESP OFF lamp is on when ESP OFF switch is engaged. -
Page 983
Yaw — rate Lateral G Sensor… -
Page 984
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > INSPECTION 1. Remove the ESP OFF switch from the switch panel on the crach pad of the driver’s side. 2. Check the continuity between the switch terminals as the ESP OFF switch is engaged. -
Page 985
Steering Angle Sensor… -
Page 986
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > DESCRIPTION GENERAL DATA The steering angle speed sensor detects the angle of the steering wheel in order to which direction a user chooses. MEASUREING PRINCIPLE A non contact, analog angle sensor carrying out absolute measuring by the use of the Anisotropic-Magneto-Resistive effect (AMR).Measuring of the absolute angle by means of a toothed measuring gear with magnetic properties in combination with different ratios. -
Page 987
c. A steering angle sensor used in ESP adjusts 0° setting of steering wheel through K-line or CAN communication. 2. STEERING ANGLE SENSOR (SAS) CALIBRATION METHOD (1) Align the wheel to the straight line. (steering wheel < ± 5° ) ex) Perform the wheel alignment first. -
Page 988
(7) The procedure is finished. Push the «ESC» key. (8) Scanner OFF. (9) Remove the scanner from the vehicle. (10) Confirm the Steering angle sensor(SAS) calibration as driving the vehicle.(turn left once, turn right once) -
Page 989
CHAPTER 14: Body (Interior and Exterior) -
Page 990
General information… -
Page 991
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIAL TOOLS Tool (Number and name) Illustration 09793-21000 Adjustment, removal and installation Door hinge adjusting wrench Of the door hinge 09800-21000 Trim removal Ornament remover 09853-31000 Removal of the headliner clips Headliner clip remover 09861-31100 Cutting the sealant of the windshield Sealant cut-out tool… -
Page 992
09880-4F000 Installation of the hogring clip Hogring clip installer… -
Page 993
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom Suspect Area Remedy (See page) Water leaks from sunroof Dirt accumulated in drain tube Clear dirt inside of drain Clogged drain tube Blow air into drain to remove dirt Broken or dislocated drain tube, defective Check tube installation and Or cracked clip Flange contact… -
Page 994
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > SPECIFICATIONS HOOD Type Rear hinged, gas lifter type Construction Front hinged, full door construction REAR DOOR Regulator system X-ARM type Locking system Pin-fork system Construction Sliding door construction FRONT DOOR Regulator system Wire drum type Locking system Pin-fork system TAILGATE… -
Page 995
Exterior… -
Page 996
Fender… -
Page 997
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT a. Take care not to damage the hood and body. b. When removing the clips, use a clip remover. 1. Remove the following items. a. Headlamp assembly. b. Front bumper. c. Side garnish (B), mud guide (C), cover (D) 2. -
Page 998
Hood… -
Page 999
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT HOOD ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT a. When removing and installing the hood, an assistant is necessary. b. Take care not to damage the hood and body. c. When removing the clips, use a clip remover. 1. -
Page 1000
HOOD INSULATOR REPLACEMENT 1. Using a clip remover, detach the clips, and remove the hood insulator (A). a. Take care not to scratch the hood panel. -
Page 1001
2. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Replace any damaged clips. HOOD WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT 1. Detach the clips, then remove the hood weatherstrip(A). Take care not to scratch the hood. 2. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Replace any damaged clips. HOOD SEAL WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT 1. -
Page 1002
2. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Replace any damaged clips. HOOD LIFT REPLACEMENT 1. Using a screwdriver (A), lift up slightly the socket clips (B) of both ends on the lifter (D), and then remove the lifter from the bracket (C). 2. -
Page 1003
2. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Make sure the hood latch cable is connected properly. b. Make sure the hood locks securely. HOOD LATCH REPLACEMENT 1. Detach the clips, then remove the under cover(A). 2. Detach the clips, then remove the hood latch cover(A). -
Page 1004
3. Remove the hood latch (A) mounting bolts. 4. Remove the latch (A). 5. Disconnect the hood latch cable (A) and Remove the latch (B). 6. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Make sure the hood latch cable is connected properly. b. -
Page 1005
1. Remove the wiper (A). 2. Remove the hood seal weather strip. 3. Detach the clips, then remove the cowl top cover (A). 4. Installation is the reverse of removal. HOOD ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 1. After loosening the hinge (A) mounting bolt, adjust the hood (B) by moving it up or down, or right or left. 2. -
Page 1007
Taligate… -
Page 1008
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT INSIDE HANDLE REPLACEMENT 1. After loosening the mounting screws, remove the inside handle (A). 2. Installation is the reverse of removal. ROOM LAMP REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the room ramp. a. Remove the lens (A). b. -
Page 1009
b. Inside handle 2. Disconnect the clip (A), remove the tailgate lifter (B). 3. Using a screwdriver, remove the tailgate switch (A). 4. Disconnect the connector (B). 5. Using a screwdriver, remove the tailgate upper trim (A). 6. Loosen the screw, then remove tailgate side trim (A). -
Page 1010
7. Loosen the screws and clips to the lower tailgate trim (A). 8. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Replace and damaged clips. TAILGATE WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the tailgate weather strip (A). -
Page 1011
2. Installation is the reverse of removal. LATCH ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the tailgate trim. 2. Disconnect the outside handle rod (A), connector (B). 3. After loosening the mounting screws, then remove the latch assembly (A). 4. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. -
Page 1012
4. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Make sure the connector is connected properly and the connecting rod is connected properly. b. Make sure the tailgate opens properly and locks securely. OUTSIDE HANDLE REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the tailgate trim. 2. -
Page 1013
5. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Make sure the tailgate opens properly and locks securely. LIFTER REPLACEMENT 1. Using a screwdriver (A), lift up slightly the socket clips (B) of both ends on the lifter (D), and then remove the lifter from the bracket (C). -
Page 1014
2. Push the socket of the lifter into the bracket for installation. KEY HOLDER REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the tailgate trim. 2. Remove the tailgate garnish. 3. Disconnect the key rod (B) and connector (A). 4. Remove the key holder (A). -
Page 1015
5. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Make sure the tailgate opens properly and locks securely. POWER TAILGATE MOTER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the rear seat assembly. 2. Remove the luggage trim. 3. Disconnect the clip (A), remove the tailgate lifter (B). 4. -
Page 1016
a. Make sure the connector is plugged in properly. b. Make sure the tailgate opens properly and locks securely. REAR WIPER REPLACEMENT 1. Using a screwdriver, detach cover (A). 2. Remover the rear wiper (A). 3. Installation is the reverse of removal. REAR WIPER MOTER ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 1. -
Page 1017
3. Remove cover (A). 4. Loosen the mounting nut (A). 5. After disconnecting the connector (A), remove the motor (B). 6. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Make sure the connector is plugged in properly. b. Make sure the rear wiper. FUEL FILL DOOR REPLACEMENT 1. -
Page 1018
2. Loosen the bolts, then remove the fuel fill door (A). 3. Remove the fuel fill door (B). 4. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Make sure the fuel fill door opens properly and locks securely. 5. Check that the fuel fill door (A) fits flush against the body. If necessary, adjust it. -
Page 1019
TAILGATE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES 1. After loosening the tailgate hinge (A) mounting bolt, adjust the tailgate by moving it up or down, or right or left. 2. Adjust the tailgate fit by closing the tailgate over slam bumper and side bumper (B). 3. -
Page 1021
Front Door… -
Page 1022
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 1023
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT FRONT DOOR TRIM REPLACEMENT a. Take care not to scratch the door trim and other parts. b. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the quadrant inner cover (A). 2. Loosen the mounting screw, remove the inside handle cover (A). 3. -
Page 1024
[RHD] 4. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Make sure of connectors is plugged in properly and each rod is connected securely. b. Make sure the door locks and opens properly. GLASS REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the front door trim. 2. -
Page 1025
a. Roll the glass up down to see if it moves freely without binding. b. Make sure that there is no clearance between the glass and glass run channel when the glass is closed. c. Adjust the position of the glass as necessary. INSIDE HANDLE REPLACEMENT 1. -
Page 1026
3. Installation is the reverse of removal. POWER WINDOW MOTOR REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the door trim . 2. Disconnect the power window motor connector (A). 3. After loosening the mounting nuts, remove the power window motor (B). 4. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. -
Page 1027
3. Installation is the reverse the removal. a. Make sure the door locks and opens properly. DOOR MODULE ASSEMBLY REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the following parts. a. Front door trim. b. Glass. c. Channel. 2. Disconnect the wiring harness (A). 3. Disconnect the lock rod (A) and outside handle rod (B). 4. -
Page 1028
5. Installation is the reverse of removal. a. Make sure the connector is plugged in properly and each rod is connected securely. b. Make sure the door locks and opens properly. OUTSIDE HANDLE REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the door trim. 2. Remove the door trim seal. 3. -
Page 1029
6. After removing the outside handle mounting bolts, remove the outside handle (A). 7. Installation is the reverse the removal. a. Make sure the door locks and opens properly. DOOR BELT WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT 1. Loosen the mounting screw, then remove the door belt weather strip (A). 2. -
Page 1030
2. Remove the glass. 3. Loosen the rear channel mounting nuts. 4. After disconnecting the glass molding, remove the rear channel (A). 5. Installation is the reverse of removal. DOOR WEATHERSTRIP REPLACEMENT 1. Loosen the checker mounting bolts. 2. Release the clips then remove the door weatherstrip(A). 3. -
Page 1031
5. Installation is the reverse the removal. ADJUSTMENT GLASS ADJUSTMENT a. Check the glass run channel for damage or deterioration, and replace them necessary. 1. Remove the following parts. a. Quadrant cover. b. Door trim. 2. Carefully move the glass until you can see the glass mounting bolts, then loosen them. 3. -
Page 1032
b. Loosen the hinge mounting bolts (C) slightly, and move the door BACKWARD or FORWARD, UP or DOWN as necessary to equalize the gaps. c. Place a shop towel (D) on the jack (E) to prevent damage to the door when adjusting the door. 3. -
Page 1033
2. Lightly tighten the screws. 3. Wrap the striker with a shop towel, then adjust the striker by tapping it with a plastic hammer. Do not tap the striker too hard. 4. Loosen the screws and remove the shop towel. 5. -
Page 1034
Rear Door… -
Page 1035
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > COMPONENTS… -
Page 1036
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE > REPLACEMENT REAR DOOR TRIM REPLACEMENT a. Take care not to scratch the door trim and other parts. b. Put on gloves to protect your hands. 1. Remove the front side trim(A) and rear side trim. 2. -
Page 1037
5. Installation is the reverse of removal. GLASS REPLACEMENT 1. Remove the following items. a. Door trim. b. Door belt weather strip. c. Rear channel. a. Take care not to drop to glass and scratch the glass surface. 2. Carefully move the glass (A) until you can see the bolts, then loosen them. Separate the glass run from the door panel and carefully pull the glass out through the window slot.
Автосервис Москва, Авиамоторная
Автосервис ЮВАО, ВАО — метро Авиамоторная:
Автосервис Серп и Молот | Автосервис Красноказарменная | Автосервис Лефортово
Ближайшие станции метро — Авиамоторная, Площадь Ильича, Шоссе Энтузиастов, Чкаловская, Бауманская, Семеновская. Ближайшие для подъезда улицы — третье транспортное кольцо (ТТК), проезд завода Серп и Молот, Лефортовский вал, Красноказарменная улица.
Автосервис Москва, Октябрьское поле
Автосервис СЗАО, САО — метро Октябрьское поле, станция Зорге МЦК (район Щукино, Хорошёво—Мнёвники)
Ближайшие станции метро — Октябрьское поле, Полежаевская. Станция Московского Центрального Кольца — Зорге. Ближайшие для подъезда улицы — Маршала Бирюзова, Берзарина, Народного ополчения, Зорге, Куусинена, Расплетина.
Автосервис Москва, Измайлово
Автосервис ВАО — метро Соколиная гора (район Измайлово)
Ближайшие станции метро — Соколиная гора, Партизанская, Измайлово, Шоссе Энтузиастов, Черкизовская. Ближайшие для подъезда улицы — Вернисажная, Шоссе Энтузиастов, проспект Будённого, Северо-Восточная хорда, Щербаковская улица, Большая Черкизовская улица.
Автосервис Москва, Щелковская
Автосервис ВАО — метро Щелковская (район Гольяново)
Ближайшие станции метро — Щелковская, Черкизовская, Бульвар Рокоссовского, Первомайская, Партизанская, Измайловская. Ближайшие для подъезда улицы — Щелковское шоссе, Амурская, Сиреневый бульвар, Монтажная улица, Байкальская улица, Открытое шоссе.
AUTO-TEXCENTER.RU
Франшиза автосервиса, Вакансии автосервиса
Ремонт (сервис) корейских автомобилей. Специализированный техцентр (автосервис) в Москве. Copyright © 2000-2023. Все права сохранены. Обращаем Ваше внимание на то, что данный сайт носит исключительно информационный характер и ни при каких условиях не является публичной офертой, определяемой положениями Статьи 437 (2) Гражданского кодекса Российской Федерации.
Компания «АвтоМиг» является НЕОФИЦИАЛЬНЫМ техническим центром по обслуживанию и ремонту автомобилей марок KIA и HYUNDAI. Никакого отношения ни к официальным представителям (дилерам), ни к самим производителям транспортных средств автосервис не имеет! Все упоминания торговых знаков (марок автомобилей) на данном сайте носят исключительно ИДЕНТИФИЦИРУЮЩИЙ характер (используются не в качестве средства индивидуализации), указывают, какие именно автомобили обслуживает техцентр (в соответствии со ст. 1474, 1487 Гражданского Кодекса РФ).
Руководство на английском языке по кузовному ремонту автомобилей Kia Carnival и Kia Sedona 2006 года выпуска.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: —
- Год издания: 2005
- Страниц: 128
- Формат: PDF
- Размер: 15,0 Mb
Руководство на немецком языке по ремонту автомобиля Kia Carnival с 1999 года выпуска.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: Motorist
- Год издания: —
- Страниц: 978
- Формат: —
- Размер: —
Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту автомобиля Kia Carnival 2007 года выпуска.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: —
- Год издания: —
- Страниц: —
- Формат: PDF
- Размер: 78,3 Mb
Руководство на английском языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту автомобиля Kia Carnival 2009 года выпуска.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: —
- Год издания: —
- Страниц: —
- Формат: PDF
- Размер: 90,9 Mb
Руководства по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобиля Kia Carnival с 2021 года выпуска.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: Motorist
- Год издания: —
- Страниц: 905
- Формат: —
- Размер: —
Руководство на немецком языке по техническому обслуживанию и ремонту автомобиля Kia Carnival 1999-2001 годов выпуска.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: —
- Год издания: 1999
- Страниц: 1020
- Формат: PDF
- Размер: 23,0 Mb
Руководство по эксплуатации, техническому обслуживанию и ремонту автомобиля Kia Carnival 1998-2006 годов выпуска с бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: Легион-Автодата
- Год издания: —
- Страниц: 402
- Формат: —
- Размер: —
Руководство по эксплуатации и ремонту автомобиля Kia Carnival с 1999 года выпуска с бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: Гуси-лебеди
- Год издания: 2009
- Страниц: 251
- Формат: PDF
- Размер: 148,1 Mb
Руководство по эксплуатации и ремонту автомобилей Hyundai Entourage, Kia Carnival и Kia Sedona с 2006 года выпуска с бензиновыми и дизельными двигателями.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: Монолит
- Год издания: —
- Страниц: 510
- Формат: —
- Размер: —
Руководства по эксплуатации и техническому обслуживанию автомобиля Kia Carnival 2006 и 2009 годов выпуска.
- Автор: —
- Издательство: —
- Год издания: 2005/2008
- Страниц: 270/492
- Формат: PDF
- Размер: 13,0 Mb
CHAPTER 6:
Automatic Transaxle
System
General Information
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
SPECIAL TOOLS
TOOL
(Number and name)
09200 — 38001
Engine support fixture
Illustration
Use
Removal and installation of transaxle.
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine type
DIESEL(J2.9)
GASOLINE(λ-3.8)
Transaxle type
A5HF1
A5HF1
1ST
4.497
←
2ND
2.442
←
3RD
1.686
←
4TH
1.233
←
5TH
0.868
←
REV.
4.586
←
Final gear ratio
3.333
←
T/M oil capacity(ℓ)※
10.7
10.9
Gear ratio
※ The quantity in the chart above is for the reference. The actual filling quantity of the automatic transaxle fluid must
be set according to ‘INSPECTION’ or ‘REPLACEMENT’ procesure of the automatic transaxle fluid.
Recommended transaxle oil
Diamond ATF SP Ⅲ or SK ATF SP Ⅲ
Check & Replenishment
Every one year or every 20,000km
Every one year or every 15,000km only for European contries
Replacement
Normal use
Private use
Severe use(*)
Business use
No service required
Every 100,000km only for Australia
Every 90,000km only for European contries
Every 40,000km
Every 45,000km only for European contries
* Severe use(marked ‘*’) is defined as:
1. Driving on rough road(bumpy road, gravel road, snowy road, unpaved road etc.).
2. Driving on mountain road, ascent/descent.
3. Repetition of short distance driving.
4. More than 50% operation in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C(89.6°F).
5. Police car, Taxi, Commercial type operation or trailer towing, etc.
Automatic Transaxle
System
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
1. Structure & Technical highlights
2. Variable Line Pressure Control
a. Description
a. Form the most suitable line pressure according to the vehicle driving condition
b. Special Features
a. VFS (Variable Force Solenoid) valve (For varying line pressure)
b. Reducing valve added(Stabilize control pressure in shiftings)
c. Effects
a. Improved power transmission efficiency and fuel consumption
3. Gear durability improvement and less-noisy gear development
a. Description
a. Optimal gear transmission ratio design from analyzing gears
b. Special Features
a. Apply High-strength gear material
b. Gear teeth width increased
c. Planetary gear (3 pinions → 4 pinions)
d. Less-noisy gear development
c. Effects
a. Durability improvement
b. Reduction of noise level
4. Case/Housing intensity reinforced
a. Description
a. Case/Housing intensity reinforced
b. Special Features
a. Converter housing intensity reinforced(Ribs added and thickness increased)
b. Most suitable stiff reinforcement through analyzing
c. Effects
a. Intensity increased and banding vibration decreased
b. NVH Performance improvement
5. New frictional material
a. Description
a. Apply new frictional material for capacity and durability improvement
b. Special Features
a. SSP (Single Sided Plate) applied only on overdrive clutch and 2nd brake
b. Apply the next generation frictional material(BWA 6100/D 0880-88)
c. Effects
a. Thermal absorption capacity improvement
b. Energy capacity and durability improvement
MECHANICAL SYSTEM
CLUTCHES AND BRAKES FOR EACH RANGE
UD
Clutch
OD
Clutch
2ND
Brake
LR Brake
REV
Clutch
RED
Brake
DIR
Clutch
OWC 1
OWC 2
P
—
—
—
O
—
O
—
—
—
R
—
—
—
O
O
O
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
O
—
O
—
—
—
1st
O
—
—
O
—
O
—
●
●
2nd
O
—
O
—
—
O
—
—
●
3rd
O
O
—
—
—
O
—
—
●
4th
—
O
O
—
—
O
—
—
●
5th
—
O
O
—
—
—
O
—
—
D
(● : Locked when driving)
FUNCTIONS OF CLUTCHES AND BRAKES
Element
Underdrive clutch
Sign
UD
Function
Connect the input shaft with the underdrive sun gear
Reverse clutch
REV
Connect the input shaft with the reverse sun gear
Overdrive clutch
OD
Connect the input shaft with the overdrive carrier
Direct clutch
DIR
Connect the direct sun gear with the direct carrier
Low& Reverse brake
LR
Fix the planetary gear and the overdrive carrier
2nd brake
2ND
Fix the reverse sun gear
Reduction brake
RED
Fix the direct sun gear
One way clutch 1
OWC 1
Control the rotational driection of the low&reverse ring gear
One way clutch 2
OWC 2
Control the rotational driection of the direct sun gear
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
P/N
D(1 RANGE)
D(2 RANGE)
D(3 RANGE)
D(4 RANGE)
D(5 RANGE)
R RANGE
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SERVICE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
Automatic transaxle fluid
INSPECTION
1. Drive the vehicle until the fluid reaches normal operating temperature [70~80°C].
2. Place the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Move the selector lever through all gear positions. This will fill the torque converter and the hudraulic system with
fluid and move the selector lever to the «N» (Neutral) or «P»(Park) position.
4. Before removing the oil level gauge, wipe all contaminants from around the oil level gauge. Then take out the oil
level gauge and check the condition of the fluid.
If the fluid smells as if it is burning, it means that the fluid has been contaminated by fine particles from the
bushes and friction materials, a transaxle overhaul may be necessary.
5. Check that the fluid level is at the HOT mark on the oil level gauge. If the fluid level is low, add automatic transaxle
fluid until the level reaches the «HOT» mark.
Auto transaxle fluid:
DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III
Quantity : 10.7ℓ(Diesel), 10.9ℓ(Gasoline)
Low fluid level can cause a variety of a abnormal conditions because it allows the pump to take in air along
with fluid. Air trapped in the hydraulic system forms bubbles, which are compressable. Therefore, pressures
will be erratic, causing delayed shifting ,slipping clutches and brakes, etc. Improper filling can also raise fluid
level too high. When the transaxle has too much fluid, gears churn up foam and acuise the same conditions
which occur with low fluid level, resulting in accelerated deterioration of automatic transaxle fluid. In either
case, air bubbles can cause overheating, and fluid oxidation, which can interfere with normal valve, clutch, and
brake operation. Foaming can also result in fluid escaping from the transaxle vent where it may be mistaken
for a leak.
6. Insert the oil level gauge securely.
When new, automatic transmission fluid should be red. The red dye is added so the assembly plant can
identify it as transmission fluid and distinguish it from engine oil or antifreeze. The red dye, which is not an
indicator of fluid quality, is not permanent. As the vehicle is driven the transmission fluid will begin to look
darker. The color may eventually appear light brown.
REPLACEMENT
If you have a fluid changer, use this changer to replace the fluid. If you do not, replace it using the following
procedure.
1. Disconnect the hose which connects the transmission and the oil cooler.
2. Start the engine and let the fluid drain out.
Running conditions : «N» range with engine idling.
The engine should be stopped within one minute after it is started. If the fluid has all drained out before then,
the engine should be stopped at that point.
the engine should be stopped at that point.
3. Romove the drain plug(A) from the bottom of the transmission case to drain the fluid.
4. Install the drain plug via the gasket, and tighten it to the specified torque.
TORQUE :
40 ~ 50Nm (400 ~ 500 kgf.cm, 29 ~ 36 lb-ft)
5. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube.
Stop pouring if the full volume of fluid cannot be poured in.
6. Repeat the procedure in step (2).
Check the old fluid for contamination. If it has been contaminated, repeat the steps (5) and (6).
7. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube.
8. Reconnect the hose which was disconnected in step (1) above and firmly replace the oil level gauge.(In case of
this «replace», this means after wiping off any dirt around the oil level gauge, insert it into the filler tube.)
9. Start the engine and run it at idle for 1~2 minutes.
10. Move the select lever through all positions, and then move it to the «N» position.
11. Drive the vehicle until the fluid temperature rises to the normal temperature (70~80°C), and then check the fluid
level again. The fluid level must be at the HOT mark.
12. Firmly insert the oil level gauge into the oil filler tube.
Automatic Transaxle
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENTS (1)
COMPONENTS (2)
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
a. Use a cover not to damage the vehicle surface.
b. Disconnect connectors carefully not to be damaged.
a. Mark wires or hoses for identification.
1. Remove the battery (A).
2. Disconnect the AFS connector (A).
3. Remove the air cleaner upper cover (B) by loosening the clips (A).
4. Remove the air cleaner assembly (A).
5. Disconnect the air cleaner hose (B) by loosening the clamp (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
6. Remove the battery tray (B) by removing the four mounting bolts (A).
7. Disconnect the transaxle wire harness connectors.
(1) Remove the inhibiter switch connector (A).
(2) Remove the solenoid valve connector (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 DSL]
(3) Remove the input speed sensor connector (A).
(4) Remove the output speed sensor connector (A).
(5) Remove the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
(6) Remove the CKP sensor connector (A).
8. Remove the shift cable by removing the bolt (A) and clip (B).
9. Disconnect the transaxle oil cooler hoses (A) from the tubes (C) by loosening the clamps (B).
10. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
11. Using the SST(09200-38001), hold the engine and transaxle assembly safely.
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
12. Remove the transaxle insulator mounting bolt (A).
13. Remove the front wheels.
14. Remove the power steering column joint bolt. (see ST group)
15. Lift up the vehicle.
16. Remove the under cover (A).
17. Drain transaxle oil.
18. Drain power steering oil through the return tube. (see ST group)
19. Disconnect the power steering pressure tube (A) from the power steering oil pump.
20. Disconnect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link from the front knuckle. (see SS group)
21. Remove the roll stopper mounting bolts (A,B).
22. Remove the mounting bolts from the sub frame by supporting the sub frame with a jack. (see SS group)
23. Remove drive shaft from transaxle. (See DS group).
24. Install a jack for supporting the transaxle assembly.
25. Remove the plate (A) and the drive plate bolts (B).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
26. Lifting the vehicle up and lowering the jack slowly, remove the transaxle assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Perform the following :
a. Adjust the shift cable.
b. Refill the transaxle with fluid.
c. Refill the radiator with engine coolant.
d. Bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open.
e. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper, assemble them, and apply grease to prevent
corrosion.
1. Lowering the vehicle or lifting up a jack, install the transaxle assembly.
2. Tighten the transaxle under mounting bolts.
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
3. Install the starter motor. (see EE group).
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
4. Install the drive plate bolts (B) by turning the timing gear and the plate (A).
TORQUE:46~53 Nm(460~530 kgf.cm, 33.3~38.3 lb-ft)
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
5. After removing a jack, insert the drive shafts. (see DS group)
6. Install the sub frame. (see SS group).
7. Tighten the roll stopper mounting bolts (A,B)
TORQUE:
90~110 Nm(900~1100 kgf.cm, 65.1~79.5 lb-ft)
8. Connect the return tube with a clamp. (see ST group)
9. Connect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link to the front knuckle. (see SS group)
10. Connect the power steering pressure tube (A) to the power steering oil pump.
11. Install the under cover (A).
12. Install the steering column joint bolt. (see ST group).
13. Install the front wheels and tires.
14. Tighten the transaxle insulator mounting bolt (A).
TORQUE:
90~110 Nm(900~1100 kgf.cm, 65.1~79.5 lb-ft)
15. Tighten the transaxle mounting bolts (A).
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
16. Remove the SST (09200-38001) holding the engine and transaxle assembly.
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
17. Connect the transaxle oil cooler hoses (A) to the tubes (C) by fastening the clamps (B).
18. Install the shift cable by tightening the bolt (A) and clip (B).
TORQUE:
10~14 Nm(100~140 kgf.cm, 7.2~10.1 lb-ft)
19. Connect the transaxle wire harness connectors.
(1) Install the inhibiter switch connector (A).
(2) Install the solenoid valve connector (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
(3) Install the input speed sensor connector (A).
(4) Install the output speed sensor connector (A).
(5) Install the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
(6) Install the CKP sensor connector (A).
20. Install the battery tray (B) by tightening the four mounting bolts (A).
21. Connect the air cleaner hose (B) by fastening the clamp (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
22. Install the air cleaner assembly (A).
23. Install the air cleaner upper cover (B) by fastening the clips (A).
24. Connect the AFS connector (A).
25. Install the battery (A).
Automatic Transaxle
Control System
Shift Lever
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
1. Remove the console upper cover(A). (see BD group).
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Remove the front console cover (A). (see BD group).
[LHD]
[RHD]
3. Disconnect the connector (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Remove the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Remove the shift cable mounting nut (A) and cap (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
INSTALLATION
1. Install the shift cable mounting nut (A) and cap (B).
TORQUE:
10~14 Nm(100~140 kgf.cm, 7.3~10.2 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Install the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
TORQUE:
19~24 Nm(190~240 kgf.cm, 13.8~17.5 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
3. Connect the connector (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Install the front console cover (A). (see BD group)
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Install the console upper cover(A). (see BD group).
[LHD]
[RHD]
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the power relay (A) from the bracket.
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Remove both sides of the brackets.
3. Remove the shift lever knob (A) by removing the two screws.
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Disconnect the solenoid connector (A) and remove the indicator panel (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Remove the switch assembly (A) and ‘P’ position switch assembly.
[LHD]
[RHD]
6. Remove the solenoid (B) and solenoid lever (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
7. Remove the lever assembly (B) by the mounting bolt (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
8. Remove the lever (A) and tube (B) by removing the bolt (C).
[LHD]
[RHD]
REASSEMBLY
1. Grease the tube (B) and install the lever (A) by tightening the bolt (C).
TORQUE:
8~12 Nm(80~120 kgf.cm, 5.8~8.7 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Install the lever assembly (B) by tightening the bolt (A).
TORQUE:
8~12 Nm(80~120 kgf.cm, 5.8~8.7 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
3. Install the solenoid (B) and solenoid lever (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Install the switch assembly (A) and ‘P’ position switch assembly.
TORQUE:
1.3~1.9 Nm(13~19 kgf.cm, 0.95~1.38 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Connect the solenoid connector (A) and install the indicator panel (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
6. Install the shift lever knob (A) by tightening the two screws.
TORQUE:
2~3 Nm(20~30 kgf.cm, 1.45~2.18 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
7. Install both sides of the brackets.
TORQUE:
16~23 Nm(160~230 kgf.cm, 11.6~16.7 lb-ft)
8. Install the power relay (A) to the bracket.
[LHD]
[RHD]
CHAPTER 6:
Automatic Transaxle
System
General Information
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
SPECIAL TOOLS
TOOL
(Number and name)
09200 — 38001
Engine support fixture
Illustration
Use
Removal and installation of transaxle.
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine type
DIESEL(J2.9)
GASOLINE(λ-3.8)
Transaxle type
A5HF1
A5HF1
1ST
4.497
←
2ND
2.442
←
3RD
1.686
←
4TH
1.233
←
5TH
0.868
←
REV.
4.586
←
Final gear ratio
3.333
←
T/M oil capacity(ℓ)※
10.7
10.9
Gear ratio
※ The quantity in the chart above is for the reference. The actual filling quantity of the automatic transaxle fluid must
be set according to ‘INSPECTION’ or ‘REPLACEMENT’ procesure of the automatic transaxle fluid.
Recommended transaxle oil
Diamond ATF SP Ⅲ or SK ATF SP Ⅲ
Check & Replenishment
Every one year or every 20,000km
Every one year or every 15,000km only for European contries
Replacement
Normal use
Private use
Severe use(*)
Business use
No service required
Every 100,000km only for Australia
Every 90,000km only for European contries
Every 40,000km
Every 45,000km only for European contries
* Severe use(marked ‘*’) is defined as:
1. Driving on rough road(bumpy road, gravel road, snowy road, unpaved road etc.).
2. Driving on mountain road, ascent/descent.
3. Repetition of short distance driving.
4. More than 50% operation in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C(89.6°F).
5. Police car, Taxi, Commercial type operation or trailer towing, etc.
Automatic Transaxle
System
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
1. Structure & Technical highlights
2. Variable Line Pressure Control
a. Description
a. Form the most suitable line pressure according to the vehicle driving condition
b. Special Features
a. VFS (Variable Force Solenoid) valve (For varying line pressure)
b. Reducing valve added(Stabilize control pressure in shiftings)
c. Effects
a. Improved power transmission efficiency and fuel consumption
3. Gear durability improvement and less-noisy gear development
a. Description
a. Optimal gear transmission ratio design from analyzing gears
b. Special Features
a. Apply High-strength gear material
b. Gear teeth width increased
c. Planetary gear (3 pinions → 4 pinions)
d. Less-noisy gear development
c. Effects
a. Durability improvement
b. Reduction of noise level
4. Case/Housing intensity reinforced
a. Description
a. Case/Housing intensity reinforced
b. Special Features
a. Converter housing intensity reinforced(Ribs added and thickness increased)
b. Most suitable stiff reinforcement through analyzing
c. Effects
a. Intensity increased and banding vibration decreased
b. NVH Performance improvement
5. New frictional material
a. Description
a. Apply new frictional material for capacity and durability improvement
b. Special Features
a. SSP (Single Sided Plate) applied only on overdrive clutch and 2nd brake
b. Apply the next generation frictional material(BWA 6100/D 0880-88)
c. Effects
a. Thermal absorption capacity improvement
b. Energy capacity and durability improvement
MECHANICAL SYSTEM
CLUTCHES AND BRAKES FOR EACH RANGE
UD
Clutch
OD
Clutch
2ND
Brake
LR Brake
REV
Clutch
RED
Brake
DIR
Clutch
OWC 1
OWC 2
P
—
—
—
O
—
O
—
—
—
R
—
—
—
O
O
O
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
O
—
O
—
—
—
1st
O
—
—
O
—
O
—
●
●
2nd
O
—
O
—
—
O
—
—
●
3rd
O
O
—
—
—
O
—
—
●
4th
—
O
O
—
—
O
—
—
●
5th
—
O
O
—
—
—
O
—
—
D
(● : Locked when driving)
FUNCTIONS OF CLUTCHES AND BRAKES
Element
Underdrive clutch
Sign
UD
Function
Connect the input shaft with the underdrive sun gear
Reverse clutch
REV
Connect the input shaft with the reverse sun gear
Overdrive clutch
OD
Connect the input shaft with the overdrive carrier
Direct clutch
DIR
Connect the direct sun gear with the direct carrier
Low& Reverse brake
LR
Fix the planetary gear and the overdrive carrier
2nd brake
2ND
Fix the reverse sun gear
Reduction brake
RED
Fix the direct sun gear
One way clutch 1
OWC 1
Control the rotational driection of the low&reverse ring gear
One way clutch 2
OWC 2
Control the rotational driection of the direct sun gear
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
P/N
D(1 RANGE)
D(2 RANGE)
D(3 RANGE)
D(4 RANGE)
D(5 RANGE)
R RANGE
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SERVICE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
Automatic transaxle fluid
INSPECTION
1. Drive the vehicle until the fluid reaches normal operating temperature [70~80°C].
2. Place the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Move the selector lever through all gear positions. This will fill the torque converter and the hudraulic system with
fluid and move the selector lever to the «N» (Neutral) or «P»(Park) position.
4. Before removing the oil level gauge, wipe all contaminants from around the oil level gauge. Then take out the oil
level gauge and check the condition of the fluid.
If the fluid smells as if it is burning, it means that the fluid has been contaminated by fine particles from the
bushes and friction materials, a transaxle overhaul may be necessary.
5. Check that the fluid level is at the HOT mark on the oil level gauge. If the fluid level is low, add automatic transaxle
fluid until the level reaches the «HOT» mark.
Auto transaxle fluid:
DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III
Quantity : 10.7ℓ(Diesel), 10.9ℓ(Gasoline)
Low fluid level can cause a variety of a abnormal conditions because it allows the pump to take in air along
with fluid. Air trapped in the hydraulic system forms bubbles, which are compressable. Therefore, pressures
will be erratic, causing delayed shifting ,slipping clutches and brakes, etc. Improper filling can also raise fluid
level too high. When the transaxle has too much fluid, gears churn up foam and acuise the same conditions
which occur with low fluid level, resulting in accelerated deterioration of automatic transaxle fluid. In either
case, air bubbles can cause overheating, and fluid oxidation, which can interfere with normal valve, clutch, and
brake operation. Foaming can also result in fluid escaping from the transaxle vent where it may be mistaken
for a leak.
6. Insert the oil level gauge securely.
When new, automatic transmission fluid should be red. The red dye is added so the assembly plant can
identify it as transmission fluid and distinguish it from engine oil or antifreeze. The red dye, which is not an
indicator of fluid quality, is not permanent. As the vehicle is driven the transmission fluid will begin to look
darker. The color may eventually appear light brown.
REPLACEMENT
If you have a fluid changer, use this changer to replace the fluid. If you do not, replace it using the following
procedure.
1. Disconnect the hose which connects the transmission and the oil cooler.
2. Start the engine and let the fluid drain out.
Running conditions : «N» range with engine idling.
The engine should be stopped within one minute after it is started. If the fluid has all drained out before then,
the engine should be stopped at that point.
the engine should be stopped at that point.
3. Romove the drain plug(A) from the bottom of the transmission case to drain the fluid.
4. Install the drain plug via the gasket, and tighten it to the specified torque.
TORQUE :
40 ~ 50Nm (400 ~ 500 kgf.cm, 29 ~ 36 lb-ft)
5. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube.
Stop pouring if the full volume of fluid cannot be poured in.
6. Repeat the procedure in step (2).
Check the old fluid for contamination. If it has been contaminated, repeat the steps (5) and (6).
7. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube.
8. Reconnect the hose which was disconnected in step (1) above and firmly replace the oil level gauge.(In case of
this «replace», this means after wiping off any dirt around the oil level gauge, insert it into the filler tube.)
9. Start the engine and run it at idle for 1~2 minutes.
10. Move the select lever through all positions, and then move it to the «N» position.
11. Drive the vehicle until the fluid temperature rises to the normal temperature (70~80°C), and then check the fluid
level again. The fluid level must be at the HOT mark.
12. Firmly insert the oil level gauge into the oil filler tube.
Automatic Transaxle
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENTS (1)
COMPONENTS (2)
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
a. Use a cover not to damage the vehicle surface.
b. Disconnect connectors carefully not to be damaged.
a. Mark wires or hoses for identification.
1. Remove the battery (A).
2. Disconnect the AFS connector (A).
3. Remove the air cleaner upper cover (B) by loosening the clips (A).
4. Remove the air cleaner assembly (A).
5. Disconnect the air cleaner hose (B) by loosening the clamp (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
6. Remove the battery tray (B) by removing the four mounting bolts (A).
7. Disconnect the transaxle wire harness connectors.
(1) Remove the inhibiter switch connector (A).
(2) Remove the solenoid valve connector (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 DSL]
(3) Remove the input speed sensor connector (A).
(4) Remove the output speed sensor connector (A).
(5) Remove the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
(6) Remove the CKP sensor connector (A).
8. Remove the shift cable by removing the bolt (A) and clip (B).
9. Disconnect the transaxle oil cooler hoses (A) from the tubes (C) by loosening the clamps (B).
10. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
11. Using the SST(09200-38001), hold the engine and transaxle assembly safely.
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
12. Remove the transaxle insulator mounting bolt (A).
13. Remove the front wheels.
14. Remove the power steering column joint bolt. (see ST group)
15. Lift up the vehicle.
16. Remove the under cover (A).
17. Drain transaxle oil.
18. Drain power steering oil through the return tube. (see ST group)
19. Disconnect the power steering pressure tube (A) from the power steering oil pump.
20. Disconnect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link from the front knuckle. (see SS group)
21. Remove the roll stopper mounting bolts (A,B).
22. Remove the mounting bolts from the sub frame by supporting the sub frame with a jack. (see SS group)
23. Remove drive shaft from transaxle. (See DS group).
24. Install a jack for supporting the transaxle assembly.
25. Remove the plate (A) and the drive plate bolts (B).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
26. Lifting the vehicle up and lowering the jack slowly, remove the transaxle assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Perform the following :
a. Adjust the shift cable.
b. Refill the transaxle with fluid.
c. Refill the radiator with engine coolant.
d. Bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open.
e. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper, assemble them, and apply grease to prevent
corrosion.
1. Lowering the vehicle or lifting up a jack, install the transaxle assembly.
2. Tighten the transaxle under mounting bolts.
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
3. Install the starter motor. (see EE group).
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
4. Install the drive plate bolts (B) by turning the timing gear and the plate (A).
TORQUE:46~53 Nm(460~530 kgf.cm, 33.3~38.3 lb-ft)
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
5. After removing a jack, insert the drive shafts. (see DS group)
6. Install the sub frame. (see SS group).
7. Tighten the roll stopper mounting bolts (A,B)
TORQUE:
90~110 Nm(900~1100 kgf.cm, 65.1~79.5 lb-ft)
8. Connect the return tube with a clamp. (see ST group)
9. Connect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link to the front knuckle. (see SS group)
10. Connect the power steering pressure tube (A) to the power steering oil pump.
11. Install the under cover (A).
12. Install the steering column joint bolt. (see ST group).
13. Install the front wheels and tires.
14. Tighten the transaxle insulator mounting bolt (A).
TORQUE:
90~110 Nm(900~1100 kgf.cm, 65.1~79.5 lb-ft)
15. Tighten the transaxle mounting bolts (A).
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
16. Remove the SST (09200-38001) holding the engine and transaxle assembly.
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
17. Connect the transaxle oil cooler hoses (A) to the tubes (C) by fastening the clamps (B).
18. Install the shift cable by tightening the bolt (A) and clip (B).
TORQUE:
10~14 Nm(100~140 kgf.cm, 7.2~10.1 lb-ft)
19. Connect the transaxle wire harness connectors.
(1) Install the inhibiter switch connector (A).
(2) Install the solenoid valve connector (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
(3) Install the input speed sensor connector (A).
(4) Install the output speed sensor connector (A).
(5) Install the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
(6) Install the CKP sensor connector (A).
20. Install the battery tray (B) by tightening the four mounting bolts (A).
21. Connect the air cleaner hose (B) by fastening the clamp (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
22. Install the air cleaner assembly (A).
23. Install the air cleaner upper cover (B) by fastening the clips (A).
24. Connect the AFS connector (A).
25. Install the battery (A).
Automatic Transaxle
Control System
Shift Lever
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
1. Remove the console upper cover(A). (see BD group).
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Remove the front console cover (A). (see BD group).
[LHD]
[RHD]
3. Disconnect the connector (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Remove the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Remove the shift cable mounting nut (A) and cap (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
INSTALLATION
1. Install the shift cable mounting nut (A) and cap (B).
TORQUE:
10~14 Nm(100~140 kgf.cm, 7.3~10.2 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Install the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
TORQUE:
19~24 Nm(190~240 kgf.cm, 13.8~17.5 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
3. Connect the connector (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Install the front console cover (A). (see BD group)
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Install the console upper cover(A). (see BD group).
[LHD]
[RHD]
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the power relay (A) from the bracket.
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Remove both sides of the brackets.
3. Remove the shift lever knob (A) by removing the two screws.
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Disconnect the solenoid connector (A) and remove the indicator panel (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Remove the switch assembly (A) and ‘P’ position switch assembly.
[LHD]
[RHD]
6. Remove the solenoid (B) and solenoid lever (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
7. Remove the lever assembly (B) by the mounting bolt (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
8. Remove the lever (A) and tube (B) by removing the bolt (C).
[LHD]
[RHD]
REASSEMBLY
1. Grease the tube (B) and install the lever (A) by tightening the bolt (C).
TORQUE:
8~12 Nm(80~120 kgf.cm, 5.8~8.7 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Install the lever assembly (B) by tightening the bolt (A).
TORQUE:
8~12 Nm(80~120 kgf.cm, 5.8~8.7 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
3. Install the solenoid (B) and solenoid lever (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Install the switch assembly (A) and ‘P’ position switch assembly.
TORQUE:
1.3~1.9 Nm(13~19 kgf.cm, 0.95~1.38 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Connect the solenoid connector (A) and install the indicator panel (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
6. Install the shift lever knob (A) by tightening the two screws.
TORQUE:
2~3 Nm(20~30 kgf.cm, 1.45~2.18 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
7. Install both sides of the brackets.
TORQUE:
16~23 Nm(160~230 kgf.cm, 11.6~16.7 lb-ft)
8. Install the power relay (A) to the bracket.
[LHD]
[RHD]
CHAPTER 2:
Engine Mechanical System
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS
Tool (Number and name)
Illustration
Use
Valve spring lifter pivot.
(0K993 120 004)
Removal or installation of the valve spring
Valve spring lifter arm.
(0K993 120 001)
Removal or installation of the valve spring
Valve seal installer.
(09222-22001)
Installation of the valve seal
Camshaft pulley holder.
(09231 — 4X100)
Installation of the camshaft
Pressure gauge adapter.
(0K552 131 002)
Measurement of compression pressure
End york holder.
(09517-21700)
Removal or installation of the crankshaft
pulley bolt
(used with 09231-H1000)
Crankshaft pulley adapter.
Removal or installation of the crankshaft
Crankshaft pulley adapter.
(09231-H1000)
Removal or installation of the crankshaft
pulley bolt
(used with 09517-21700)
Oil pan remover.
(09215-3C000)
Removal of the oil pan
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom
Engine misfire with abnormal
internal lower engine noises.
Engine misfire with abnormal
valve train noise.
Engine misfire with coolant
consumption
Engine misfire with excessive
oil consumption
Engine noise on start-up, but
only lasting a few seconds.
Suspect area
Remedy
Loose or improperly installed engine
flywheel.
Repair or replace the flywheel as
required.
Worn piston rings.
(Oil consumption may or may not cause
the engine to misfire.)
Inspect the cylinder for a loss of
compression .
Repair or replace as required.
Worn crankshaft thrust bearings.
Replace the crankshaft and bearings as
required.
Stuck valves.
(Carbon buildup on the valve stem can
cause the valve not to close properly.)
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive worn or mis-aligned timing
chain.
Replace the timing chain and sprocket
as required.
Worn camshaft lobes.
Replace the camshaft and valve lifers.
a. Faulty cylinder head gasket and/or
cracking or other damage to the
cylinder head and engine block
cooling system .
b. Coolant consumption may or may not
cause the engine to overheat.
a. Inspect the cylinder head and engine
block for damage to the coolant
passages and/or a faulty head
gasket.
b. Repair or replace as required.
Worn valves, valve guides and/or valve
stem oil seals.
Repair or replace as required.
Worn piston rings.
(Oil consumption may or may not cause
the engine to misfire)
Inspection the cylinder for a loss of
compression
Repair or replace as required.
Incorrect oil viscosity.
Drain the oil.
Install the correct viscosity oil.
Worn crankshaft thrust bearing.
Inspect the thrust bearing and
crankshaft.
Repair or replace as required.
Upper engine noise, regardless Low oil pressure.
of engine speed.
Broken valve spring.
Repair or replace as required.
Replace the valve spring.
Worn or dirty valve lifters.
Replace the valve lifters.
Stretched or broken timing chain and/or
damaged sprocket teeth.
Replace the timing chain and sprockets.
Worn timing chain tensioner, if
applicable.
Replace the timing chain tensioner as
required.
Worn camshaft lobes.
Inspect the camshaft lobes.
Replace the camshaft and valve lifters as
required.
Worn valve guides or valve stems.
Inspect the valves and valve guides, then
repair as required.
Stuck valves. (Carbon on the valve stem Inspect the valves and valve guides, then
or valve seat may cause the valve to
repair as required.
stay open.)
Lower engine noise, regardless Low oil pressure.
of engine speed.
Engine noise under load.
Engine will not crank.
(crankshaft will not rotate)
Repair or replace damaged components
as required.
Loose or damaged flywheel.
Repair or replace the flywheel.
Damaged oil pan, contacting the oil
pump screen.
Inspect the oil pan.
Inspect the oil pump screen.
Repair or replace as required.
Oil pump screen loose, damaged or
restricted.
Inspect the oil pump screen .
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive piston-to-cylinder bore
clearance.
Inspect the piston and cylinder bore.
Repair as required.
Excessive piston pin-to-bore clearance.
Inspect the piston, piston pin and the
connecting rod.
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive connecting rod bearing
clearance.
Inspect the following components and
repair as required.
a. The connecting rod bearings.
b. The connecting rods.
c. The crankshaft.
d. The crankshaft journal.
Excessive crankshaft bearing clearance.
Inspect the following components and
repair as required.
a. The crankshaft bearings.
b. The crankshaft journals.
Incorrect piston, piston pin and
connecting rod installation.
Verify the piston pins and connecting
rods are installed correctly.
Repair as required.
Low oil pressure.
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive connecting rod bearing
clearance.
Inspect the following components and
repair as required.
a. The connecting rod bearings.
b. The connecting rods.
c. The crankshaft.
Excessive crankshaft bearing clearance.
Inspect the following components and
repair as required.
a. The crankshaft bearings.
b. The crankshaft journals.
c. The cylinder block crankshaft bearing
bore.
Hydraulically locked cylinder.
a. Coolant/antifreeze in cylinder.
b. Oil in cylinder.
c. Fuel in cylinder.
Remove spark plugs and check for fluid.
Inspect for broken head gasket.
Inspect for cracked engine block or
cylinder head.
Inspect for a sticking fuel injector and/or
leaking fuel regulator.
Broken timing chain and/or timing chain
gears.
Inspect timing chain and gears.
Repair as required.
Foreign material in cylinder.
a. Broken valve.
b. Piston material.
c. Foreign material.
Inspect cylinder for damaged
components and/or foreign materials.
Repair or replace as required.
Seized crankshaft or connecting rod
bearings.
Inspect crankshaft and connecting rod
bearing.
Repair or replace as required.
Bent or broken connecting rod.
Inspect connecting rods.
Repair or replace as required.
Broken crankshaft.
Inspect crankshaft.Repair or replace as
required.
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
INSPECTION
COMPESSION PRESSURE
If there is lack of power, excessive oil consumption or poor fuel economy, measure the compression pressure.
1. Warm up the engine until the coolant temperature becomes 80~95°C(176~203°F).
2. Remove the fuel inlet(A) and the return hose(B) from the fuel filter.
3. Crank the engine in order to exhaust fuel in the high pressure pump.
Gather residual fuel by putting the return hose into a proper vessel.
4. Remove the injection pipe, injector and washer.(Refer to FL group).
5. Measure the cylinder compression pressure.
(1) Insert the SST(0K552 131 002) into the injector hole.
(2) Cranking the engine, measure the pressure.
Use the complete charging battery for the engine to crank at the speed of 350rpm or more.
(3) Do the above step 1)~2) again for each cylinder.
This work must be done in as short time as possible.
Compression pressure :
3040.05kPa (31kg/cm², 440.92psi) (325 rpm)
Minimum pressure :
2745.85kPa (28kg/cm², 398.25psi)
Difference between each cylinder :
294.20kPa (3.0kg/cm², 42.67psi)
(4) If, in one or more cylinders, the measured value is below the limit, fill a little engine oil into the injector holes of
the cylinders, repeat the step 1)~2) and measure the compression pressure again.
a. If the re-measured pressure becomes higher, wear or damage of the piston ring or cylinder surface can be
the cause.
b. If the re-measured pressure does not become higher, adherence or poor contact of the valves or inferior
gasket can be the cause.
gasket can be the cause.
6. Install the injectors, washers and the injector pipes.(Refer to FL group).
7. Install the inlet and the return hoses to the fuel filter.
TIMING BELT TENSION ADJUSTMENT
1. Remove the battery terminals (A).
2. Install the jack for oil pan.
3. Remove the engine mounting (A).
4. Remove the engine support bracket(A).
5. Remove the drive belt.
6. Remove the water pump pulley.
7. Remove the bolts(B), nut(C) and timing belt upper cover (A).
8. Turn the crankshaft pulley(A) and align its groove with the timing mark “T” of the timing belt cover. Check that the
timing mark of camshaft sprocket(B) is aligned with that of the cylinder head cover. (No.1 cylinder positioned at the
TDC position)
9. Remove the crankshaft pulley bolt(A), washer(B) and crankshaft pulley(C).
Using the special tool(09517-21700, 09231-H1000), fix the crankshaft pulley and loosen the bolt(A).
10. Remove the drive belt idler(A).
11. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
12. Remove the timing belt lower cover(A).
13. Loosen the auto-tensioner fixing bolt(A).
14. Adjust tension of the timing belt.
(1) Align the pointer(B) with the tensioner fork(back plate)(C) as shown below by turning the special washer(A)
counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench.
(2) When the pointer(A) is aligned with the tensioner fork(back plate)(B), tighten the tensioner mounting bolts with
the special bolt fixed by a hexagonal wrench.
Tightening torque :
19.6~25.5Nm (2.0~2.6kgf.m, 14.5~18.8lb-ft)
(3) Remove the hexagonal wrench.
When the pointer (A) can not be aligned with the tensioner fork(back plate)(B), replace a new belt and
repeat the steps.
15. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two revolutions in order to align the timing marks on the crankshaft sprocket, the
camshaft sprocket and high pressure pump pulley.
16. Confirm that the location of the pointer is aligned with tensioner fork (back plate).
The margin of error : ± 5°
17. Install the timing belt lower cover(A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
18. Install the drive belt idler(A).
Tightening torque :
37.3Nm (3.8kgf.m, 27.5lb-ft)
19. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
20. Install the crankshaft pulley bolt(A), washer(B) and crankshaft pulley (A).
Tightening torque :
376.6~411.9Nm (38.4~42.0kgf.m, 277.7~303.8lb-ft)
Using the special tool(09517-21700, 09231-H1000), tighten the bolt(A).
21. Install the bolts(B), nut(C) and timing belt upper cover (A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
22. Install the water pump pulley.
Tightening torque :
5.9~9.8Nm (0.6 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 4.3 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
23. Install the drive belt.
24. Confirm that the ‘A’ part of the drivebelt auto-tensioner is positioned as shown below. If not, replace the belt.
25. Install the engine support bracket(A).
Tightening torque :
49.0~63.7Nm (5.0 ~ 6.5kgf.m, 36.2 ~ 47.0lb-ft)
26. Install the engine mounting (A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0 ~ 11.0kgf.m, 65.1 ~ 79.6lb-ft)
27. Remove the jack for oil pan.
28. Install the battery terminals (A).
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIFICATIONS
Description
Specifications(J3 — ENG)
General
Type
In-line, DOHC
Number of cylinders
4
Bore
101.5~101.526mm (3.9961~3.9971in)
Stroke
98mm (8.8583in)
Total displacement
2,902 cc (177.08 cu.in)
Compression ratio
18.4 : 1
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Valve timing
Intake valve
Exhaust valve
Opens (ATDC)
26°
Closes (ABDC)
50°
Opens (BBDC)
72°
Closes (ATDC)
32°
Cylinder head
Flatness of gasket surface
Flatness of manifold
mounting surface
Less than 0.05mm (0.0020in)
Intake
Less than 0.15mm (0.0059in)
Exhaust
Less than 0.15mm (0.0059in)
Intake
39.397 ~ 39.597mm (1.5511 ~ 1.5589in)
Exhaust
39.4932 ~ 39.6932mm (1.5548 ~ 1.5627in)
Camshaft
Cam height
Journal outer Diameter (Intake, Exhaust)
27.941 ~ 27.960mm (1.1000 ~ 1.1008in)
Bearing oil clearance
0.040 ~ 0.080mm (0.0016 ~ 0.0031in)
End play
0.08 ~ 0.17mm (0.0031 ~ 0.0067in)
Valve
Valve length
Stem outer diameter
Intake
126.24mm (4.9701in)
Exhaust
126.24mm (4.9701in)
Intake
6.965 ~ 6.980mm (0.2742 ~ 0.2748in)
Exhaust
6.945 ~ 6.960mm (0.2734 ~ 0.2740in)
Face angle
45°
Thickness of valve
head (margin)
Intake
1.7mm (0.0669in)
Exhaust
1.6mm (0.0630in)
Valve stem to valve
guide clearance
Intake
0.030 ~ 0.065mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0026in)
Exhaust
0.050 ~ 0.085mm ( 0.0020~ 0.0033in)
Intake
52.5mm (2.0669in)
Exhaust
52.5mm (2.0669in)
Valve guide
Length
Valve seat
Limit
Width of seat contact
Intake
1.4 ~ 2.0mm (0.0551 ~ 0.0787in)
Exhaust
0.9 ~ 1.5mm (0.0354 ~0.0591 in)
Seat angle
45°
Valve spring
Free length
Load(Intake)
Load(Exhaust)
52.477mm (2.0660in)
Installed
23.45±1.87kg/40.0mm(51.7±4.1lb/1.5748 in)
Valve opened
39.15±3.13kg/31.65mm(86.3±6.9 lb/1.2461 in)
Installed
23.45±1.87kg/40.0mm(51.7±4.1lb/1.5748 in)
Valve opened
39.43±3.15kg/31.50mm(86.9±6.9 lb/1.2402 in)
Out of squareness
Less than 2°
Rocker arm and rocker arm shaft
Rocker arm inner diameter
20.000 ~ 20.027mm (0.7874 ~ 0.7885in)
Rocker arm shaft outer diameter
19.959 ~ 19.980mm (0.7858 ~ 0.7866in)
Cylinder block
Cylinder bore
101.500 ~ 101.526mm (3.9961 ~3.9971 in)
Liner inner diameter
97.100 ~ 97.126mm (3.8228~ 3.8239in)
Liner outer diameter
101.480 ~ 101.526mm ( 3.9953~ 3.9971in)
Flatness of gasket surface
Less than 0.05mm (0.0020in)
Piston
Piston outer diameter
97.015 ~ 97.030mm ( 3.8195~ 3.8201in)
Piston to cylinder clearance
0.070 ~ 0.098mm (0.0028 ~ 0.0039in)
Ring groove width
No. 1 ring groove
2.397 ~ 2.417mm ( 0.0944~0.0952 in)
No. 2 ring groove
2.05 ~ 2.07mm ( 0.0807~ 0.0815in)
Oil ring groove
3.02 ~ 3.04mm (0.1189 ~ 0.1197in)
No. 2 ring
0.06 ~ 0.10mm (0.0024~0.0039 in)
Oil ring
0.03 ~ 0.07mm (0.0012~0.0028 in)
No. 1 ring
0.25 ~ 0.40mm (0.0098~ 0.0157in)
No. 2 ring
0.40 ~ 0.55mm (0.0157~0.0217in)
Oil ring
0.20 ~ 0.40mm (0.0079 ~ 0.0157in)
Piston ring
Side clearance
End gap
Piston pin
Piston pin outer diameter
31.994 ~ 32.000mm (1.2596 ~ 1.2598 in)
Piston pin hole inner diameter
32.015 ~ 32.025mm (1.2604 ~ 1.2608 in)
Piston pin hole clearance
0.015 ~ 0.031mm (0.0006 ~ 0.0012 in)
Connecting rod small end inner diameter
32.012 ~ 32.033mm (1.2603 ~ 1.2611 in)
Connecting rod small end hole clearance
0.012 ~ -0.039mm (0.0005 ~ 0.0015 in)
Connecting rod
Connecting rod big end inner diameter
60.833 ~ 60.846mm (2.3950 ~ 2.3955 in)
Connecting rod bearing oil clearance
0.043 ~ 0.077mm (0.0017 ~ 0.0030 in)
End play
0.239~0.39 (0.0094 ~ 0.0154 in)
3°
Crankshaft
Main journal outer
diameter
NO 1, 2, 4, 5
69.995 ~ 70.015mm (2.7557 ~2.7565 in)
NO 3
69.973~69.993mm (2.7548 ~2.7556 in)
Pin journal outer diameter
Main bearing oil
clearance
57.106~57.124mm (2.2483~2.2490 in)
NO 1, 2, 4, 5
0.045 ~ 0.079mm (0.0018 ~0.0031 in)
NO 3
0.067~0.101 mm (0.0026 ~0.0040 in)
End play
0.14 ~ 0.39mm (0.0055 ~0.0154 in)
Flywheel
Runout
0.10mm (0.0039in)
0.13mm (0.0051in)
Oil pump
Relief valve opening pressure
588.40±49.0kpa(6.0±0.5kg/cm²,85.34±7.1psi)
Discharge volume
75L/min(79.25 US qt/min, 65.99 lmp qt/min)
(engine3,800rpm)
Engine oil
Oil quantity (Total)
8.0 L (8.45 US qt, 7.03 lmp qt)
Oil quantity (Oil pan)
6.0 L (6.34 US qt, 5.27 lmp qt)
Oil quantity (Drain and refill including oil filter)
6.6 L (6.97 US qt, 5.08 lmp qt)
Oil quality
ABOVE API CH-4 or ABOVE ACEA B4
Oil pressure (Idle)
78.45 kpa (0.8 kg/cm², 11.38 psi)
Cooling system
Cooling method
Forced circulation with cooling fan
Thermostat
Radiator cap
Type
Wax pellet type
Opening temperature
88±1.5 °C (190.4 ±34.7 °F)
Pull opening
temperature
100 °C (212.0 °F)
Main valve opening
pressure
93.16 ~ 122.58kpa(0.95 ~ 1.25kg/cm², 13.51
~ 17.78psi)
Water temperature sensor
Type
Thermister type
Resistance
20°C (68°F)
2.27~2.64 kΩ
80°C (176°F)
0.31~0.33 kΩ
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Tightening torque
Quantity
N.m
kgf.m
lb-ft
8
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
Engine mounting insulator and engine mounting
bracket fixing nuts
4
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
Engine support bracket and engine mounting
insulator fixing nuts
2
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
Item
Cylinder block
Engine support bracket bolts
Engine mounting
Transaxle mounting bracket and body fixing
bolts
4
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
Transaxle mounting insulator and transaxle
mounting bracket fixing bolt
1
62.8 ~ 93.2
6.4 ~ 9.5
46.3 ~ 68.7
Transaxle and transaxle mounting insulator
fixing nuts
4
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
8
68.6→Unfasten
bolts→29.4+90°
7.0 → Unfasten
bolts→3.0+ 90°
50.6→ Unfasten
bolts→21.7+ 90°
10
69.6~79.4+55°~65°
7.1 ~
8.1+55°~65°
51.4~58.6+55°~65°
Flywheel (DMF) bolts (M/T)
8
122.6 ~ 132.4
12.5 ~ 13.5
90.4 ~ 97.6
Drive plate bolts (A/T)
8
159.8 ~ 169.7
16.3 ~ 17.3
117.9 ~ 125.1
Timing belt upper cover bolts
5
6.9 ~ 9.8
0.7 ~ 1.0
5.1 ~ 7.2
Timing belt upper cover nut
1
6.9 ~ 9.8
0.7 ~ 1.0
5.1 ~ 7.2
Timing belt lower cover bolts
8
6.9 ~ 9.8
0.7 ~ 1.0
5.1 ~ 7.2
Crankshaft pulley bolt
1
372.7 ~ 411.9
38.0 ~ 42.0
274.9 ~ 303.8
Camshaft sprocket bolts
2
58.8 ~ 68.6
6.0 ~ 7.0
43.4 ~ 50.6
Timing belt tensioner bolt
1
20.6 ~ 25.5
2.1 ~ 2.6
15.2 ~ 18.8
Timing belt N0. 1 idler bolt
1
39.2 ~ 49.0
4.0 ~ 5.0
28.9 ~ 36.2
Timing belt N0. 2 idler bolt
1
37.3 ~ 43.1
3.8 ~ 4.4
27.5 ~ 31.8
Touch idler bolt
1
20.6 ~ 25.5
2.1 ~ 2.6
15.2 ~ 18.8
High pressure pump puli nut
1
58.8 ~ 68.6
6.0 ~ 7.0
43.4 ~ 50.6
High pressure pump and Timing belt case fixing
bolts
3
21.6 ~ 25.5
2.2 ~ 2.6
15.9 ~ 18.8
High pressure pump bracket bolts (Pump)
2
21.6 ~ 25.5
2.2 ~ 2.6
15.9 ~ 18.8
High pressure pump bracket bolts (Cylinder
block)
2
34.3 ~ 40.2
3.5 ~ 4.1
25.3 ~ 29.7
Timing belt plate bolts
6
6.9 ~ 9.8
0.7 ~ 1.0
5.1 ~ 7.2
Timing belt case bolts (8 X 25)
8
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Timing belt case bolts (8 X 45)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Timing belt case bolts (8 X 50)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Timing belt case nut
1
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Balancer gear bolt
1
63.7 ~ 73.5
6.5 ~ 7.5
47.0 ~ 54.2
Oil pump gear bolt
1
33.3 ~ 39.2
3.4 ~ 4.0
24.6 ~ 28.9
Idler gear bolt
1
33.3 ~ 39.2
3.4 ~ 4.0
24.6 ~ 28.9
Cylinder head cover bolts
15
8.8 ~ -10.8
0.9 ~ -1.1
6.5 ~ -8.0
Rocker arm shaft And camshaft bearing cap
bolts
10
17.7 ~ 26.5
1.8 ~ 2.7
13.0 ~ 19.5
Camshaft bearing cap nuts
10
17.7 ~ 26.5
1.8 ~ 2.7
13.0 ~ 19.5
2
7.8 ~ 11.8
0.8 ~ 1.2
5.8 ~ 8.7
Main moving system
Connecting rod cap nuts
Crankshaft main bearing cap bolts
Timing belt
Cylinder head
Front camshaft bearing cap nuts(Small nuts)
Cylinder head bolt (Long bolts)
10
39.2 + 90° + 120°
4.0 + 90° + 120°
28.9 + 90° + 120°
Cylinder head bolt (Short bolts)
8
39.2 + 90°+ 90°
4.0 + 90° + 90°
28.9 + 90°+ 90°
Cooling fan water pump pulley bolts
4
5.9 ~ 9.8
0.6 ~ 1.0
4.3 ~ 7.2
Water pump bolt (Long bolts)
3
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Water pump bolt (Short bolts)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Water pump and generator brace fixing bolts (8
X 45)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Thermostat housing and generator strip nuts
2
18.6 ~ 22.6
1.9 ~ 2.3
13.7 ~ 16.6
Thermostat case cover bolts
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil filter
1
21.6 ~ 24.5
2.2 ~ 2.5
15.9 ~ 18.1
Oil cooler bolts (8 X 35)
4
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil cooler bolts (8 X 50)
4
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil cooler nuts
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
29
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil pan drain plug
1
34.3 ~ 44.1
3.5 ~ 4.5
25.3 ~ 32.5
Ladder frame bolts (10 X 45)
5
31.4 ~ 46.1
3.2 ~ 4.7
23.1 ~ 34.0
Ladder frame and oil suppling pipe bolt (8X 50)
1
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Ladder frame bracket (Oil pump and ladder
frame fixing) bolts
2
31.4 ~ 46.1
3.2 ~ 4.7
23.1 ~ 34.0
Oil supplying pipe and oil pump fixing bolts (8
X16)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil supplying pipe and Ladder frame fixing bolts
(8 X 16)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil pump bolts(10 X 60)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil pump bolt(8 X 30)
1
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil screen nuts
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil pressure switch
1
14.7 ~ 46.1
1.5 ~ 2.2
10.8 ~ 34.0
Intake manifold and cylinder head fixing bolts(8
X 45)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Intake manifold and cylinder head fixing bolts(8
X 95)
4
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Intake manifold and cylinder head fixing nuts
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Intake manifold and cylinder head fixing
hexagonal wrench bolt
1
17.7 ~ 26.5
1.8 ~ 2.7
13.0 ~ 19.5
Exhaust manifold and cylinder head fixing nut
9
26.5 ~ 34.3
2.7 ~ 3.5
19.5 ~ 25.3
Exhaust manifold heat cover and exhaust
manifold fixing bolts(6X12)
3
8.8 ~ 12.7
0.9 ~ 1.3
6.5 ~ 9.4
Engine hanger bracket and exhaust manifold
fixing bolts (8 X 18)
2
17.7 ~ 26.5
1.8 ~ 2.7
13.0 ~ 19.5
Exhaust manifold and front muffler fixing nut
2
39.2 ~ 58.8
4.0 ~ 6.0
28.9 ~ 43.4
Cooling system
Lubrication system
Oil pan nuts
Intake and exhaust system
Front muffler CPF(Catalyzed Particulate Filter)
fixing nuts
2
39.2 ~ 58.8
4.0 ~ 6.0
28.9 ~ 43.4
CPF(Catalyzed Particulate Filter) main muffler
fixing nuts
2
39.2 ~ 58.8
4.0 ~ 6.0
28.9 ~ 43.4
Main muffler and tail pipe fixing nuts
2
39.2 ~ 58.8
4.0 ~ 6.0
28.9 ~ 43.4
Timing system
Timing belt
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
Engine removal is not required for this procedure.
1. Remove the battery terminals (A).
2. Install the jack for oil pan.
3. Remove the engine mounting (A).
4. Remove the engine support bracket(A).
5. Remove the drive belt.
6. Remove the water pump pulley.
7. Remove the bolts(B), nut(C) and timing belt upper cover (A).
8. Turn the crankshaft pulley(A), and align its groove with timing mark “T” of the timing belt cover. Check that the
timing mark of camshaft sprocket(B) is aligned with the timing mark of cylinder head cover. (No.1 cylinder
compression TDC position)
9. Remove the crankshaft pulley bolt(A), washer(B) and crankshaft pulley (C).
Using the special tool(09517-21700, 09231-H1000), fix the crankshaft pulley and loosen the bolt(A).
10. Remove the drive belt idler(A).
11. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
12. Remove the timing belt lower cover(A).
13. Remove the auto-tensioner(A) with the timing belt.
In reusing the timing belt, install the belt with the arrow mark facing to rotating direction.
14. Remove the timing belt sprocket(A).
15. Remove the timing belt No.1 idler(A).
16. Remove the timing belt No.2 idler(A).
17. Remove the touch idler(A).
18. Fix the high pressure pump pulley, using the setting bolt(B) for the pulley not to be rotated.
19. Remove the high pressure pulley nut(A), with the washer(B), pulley(C).
Using SST, remove the pulley. (Refer to FL group).
20. Using SST(09231-4X100), remove the camshaft pulley.
INSTALLATION
1. Using SST (09231-4X100), install the camshaft pulley.
Tightening torque :
58.8~68.6Nm (6.0~7.0kgf.m, 43.4 ~ 50.6lb-ft)
2. After installing the high pressure pump pulley(A), tighten the high pressure pump pulley nut with the setting bolt(B)
for the pulley not to be rotated.
Tightening torque :
58.8~68.6Nm (6.0~7.0kgf.m, 43.4 ~ 50.6lb-ft)
3. Install the touch idler(A).
Tightening torque :
7.8 ~ 9.8Nm (2.1~2.6kgf.m, 5.8 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
4. Install the timing belt No.2 idler(A).
Tightening torque :
7.8 ~ 9.8Nm (3.8~4.4kgf.m, 5.8 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
Ensure the location of idlers.
No.1 idler : 60mm(2.3622in)
No.2 idler : 55mm(2.1654in)
5. Install the timing belt No.1 idler(A).
Tightening torque :
7.8 ~ 9.8Nm (4.0~5.0kgf.m, 5.8 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
6. Install the timing belt sprocket(A).
7. Check that the timing mark of camshaft pulley(A), high pressure pump pulley(B) and crankshaft pulley(c).
8. Install the timing belt.
Crankshaft sprocket pulley(A)→No.2 idler(B)→High pressure pump pulley (C) → No.1 idler(D) → camshaft sprocket
pulley (E)
Because the auto-tensioner should be installed after the timing belt, be careful about the tension of the belt
before the installation of the auto-tensioner.
before the installation of the auto-tensioner.
9. Install the auto-tensioner as shown below which the tensioner fork(back plate)(A) positioned around the dowel
pin(B).
Be careful for the auto-tensioner not to be stained with oil. If so, replace the auto-tensioner with a new one.
The location of the pointer, the back plate and the special washer is as shown.
10. Adjust the tension of the timing belt.
(1) Adjust the location of the pointer (B) aligning the tensioner fork(back plate)(C) as shown below by turning the
special washer(A) counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench.
(2) When aligning the pointer(A) with the tensioner fork(back plate)(B), tighten the tensioner mounting bolt with
fixing the special washer not to move by a hexagonal wrench.
Tightening torque :
19.6~25.5Nm (2.0~2.6kgf.m, 14.5~18.8lb-ft)
(3) Remove the hexagonal wrench.
If the pointer is not aligned with the tensioner fork(back plate), replace the belt with a new one and adjust
them again.
11. Align the timing marks of the crankshaft sprocket, the camshaft sprocket and the high pressure pump pulley by
turning the crankshaft clockwise two revolutions.
12. Check that the location of the pointer is aligned with the tensioner fork (back plate).
The margin of error : ± 5°
If the location of the pointer is not within the margin of error, repeat the steps 10)~12).
13. Install the timing belt lower cover(A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
14. Install the drive belt idler(A).
Tightening torque :
37.3Nm (3.8kgf.m, 27.5lb-ft)
15. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
16. Install the crankshaft pulley bolt(A), washer(B) and crankshaft pulley (A).
Tightening torque :
376.6~411.9Nm (38.4~42.0kgf.m, 277.7~303.8lb-ft)
Using the special tool(09517-21700, 09231-H1000).
17. Install the bolts(B), nut(C) and timing belt upper cover (A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
18. Install the water pump pulley.
Tightening torque :
5.9~9.8Nm (0.6 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 4.3 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
19. Install the drive belt.
20. Check that the ‘A’ part of the drivebelt auto-tensioner is aligned as shown below. If not, replace the drivebelt.
21. Install the engine support bracket(A).
Tightening torque :
49.0~63.7Nm (5.0 ~ 6.5kgf.m, 36.2 ~ 47.0lb-ft)
22. Install the engine mounting (A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0 ~ 11.0kgf.m, 65.1 ~ 79.6lb-ft)
23. Remove the jack for oil pan.
24. Install the battery terminals (A).
INSPECTION
SPROCKETS, TENSIONER, IDLER
1. Check the camshaft sprocket, crankshaft sprocket, tensioner pulley, and idler pulley for abnormal wear, cracks, or
damage. Replace as necessary.
2. Inspect the tensioner pulley and the idler pulley for easy and smooth rotation and check for play or noise. Replace
as necessary.
3. Replace the pulley if there is a grease leak from its bearing.
TIMING BELT
1. Check the belt for oil or dust deposits.
Replace, if necessary.
Small deposits should be wiped away with a dry cloth or paper. Do not clean with solvent.
2. When the engine is overhauled or belt tension adjusted, check the carefully. If any of the following flaws are
evident, replace the belt.
a. Do not bend, twist or turn the timing belt inside out.
b. Do not allow timing belt to come into contact with oil, water and steam.
Cylinder Head Assembly
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
Engine removal is not required for this procedure.
a. To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the engine coolant temperature drops below normal
temperature before removing it.
b. When handling a metal gasket, take care not to fold the gasket or damage the contact surface of the gasket.
c. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
a. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
b. Inspect the timing belt before removing the cylinder head.
c. Turn the crankshaft pulley so that the No. 1 piston is at top dead center.
1. Remove the battery(A).
2. Drain the engine coolant.
Remove the radiator cap to speed draining.
3. Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Disconnect the AFS(Air Flow Sensor) connector(A).
(2) Disconnect the air cleaner upper cover(A).
(3) Remove the air cleaner assembly(A).
(4) Remove the air intake hose(A).
4. Remove the radiator upper hose(A).
5. Remove the reservoir tank hose(A).
6. Remove the PCV(Positive Crankcase Ventilation) hose(A), EGR valve vacuum hose(B), EGR cooler water hose(C),
pump vacuum oil hose(D).
7. Remove the intercooler hose(A,C), pipe(B).
8. Remove the wiring connectors and clamps from cylinder head and intake manifold.
(1) Remove the generator connector (A) and ETC(Engine Coolant Temperature) sensor connector (B).
(2) Remove the injector connector(A), common rail pressure sensor connector(B), wire harness protector(C).
(3) Remove the ground cable(A) from cylinder head.
(4) Remove the knock sensor connector (A), high pressure pump fuel hose (B), high pressure pump connector(C).
(5) Remove the air conditioner condenser (A).
(6) Remove the oil pressure switch connector (A).
(7) Remove the air heater (A), CMP (Camshaft Position Sensor) connector (B).
9. Remove the injection pipe, injector. (Refer to FL- injector.)
10. Remove the exhaust manifold.
11. Remove the intake manifold.
12. Remove the timing belt.
13. Remove the hose(C, D) and pipe (E) from. the ventilation housing(A) and the air separator(B).
14. Remove the oil pipe (B) and hose(C) from the generator vacuum pump (A).
15. Remove the generator fixing bolts(B,C), nuts(D) and then the generator(A).
16. After removing the water hose(C) from the thermostat housing (B), remove the generator fixing bracket (A) and
the thermostat housing (B).
17. Remove the cylinder head cover(A).
18. Remove the timing belt plate(A).
19. Remove the rockerarm shaft(A).
20. Remove the camshaft bearing caps(A).
21. Remove the camshaft(A).
22. Remove the cylinder head bolts, then remove the cylinder head.
(1) Remove the 18 cylinder head bolts, in several steps and the sequence shown below.
Head warpage or cracking could result from removing bolts in an incorrect order.
(2) Lift the cylinder head from the dowels on the cylinder block and replace the cylinder head on wooden blocks
on a bench.
Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of the cylinder head and cylinder block.
INSTALLATION
a.
b.
c.
d.
Thoroughly clean all parts to be assembled.
Always use a new cylinder head and manifold gasket.
The cylinder head gasket is a metal gasket. Take care not to bend it.
Rotating the crankshaft, set the No. 1 piston at TDC.
1. Install the cylinder head gasket(A) on the cylinder block.
Ensure the installation direction.
2. Place the cylinder head quietly in order not to damage the gasket with the bottom part of the end.
3. Install the cylinder head bolts.
(1) Apply a light coat if engine oil on the threads and under the heads of the cylinder head bolts.
After measuring the length of the cylinder head bolts, replace them, if necessary.
Long bolts : 132mm(5.1968in)
Short bolts :93mm(3.6614in)
(2) Install and tighten the 18 cylinder head bolts and plate washers, in several passes, in the sequence shown.
Tightening torque :
Long bolts: 39.2Nm (4.0kgf.m, 28.9lb-ft)+ 90° + 120°
Short bolts: 39.2Nm (4.0kgf.m, 28.9lb-ft)+ 90° + 90°
4. Install the camshaft(A) on the cylinder head.
Apply sealant before assembling the front bearing caps
(LOCTITE NO. 518 or equivalent).
5. Install the bearing caps aligning the cap numbers with the direction of the arrow marks.
6. Install the rockerarm shaft assembly(A) after bearing cap.
Tightening torque :
Nuts, Bolts: 17.7~26.5Nm (1.8 ~ 2.7kgf.m, 13.0~19.5lb-ft)
Small nuts: 7.8~11.8Nm (0.8 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 5.8~8.7lb-ft)
Distinguish between the intake and the exhaust rocker arm shaft (Intake: yellow, exhaust: black).
7. Install the camshaft oil seal.
8. Install the timing belt plate(A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7~1.0kgf.m, 5.1~7.2lb-ft)
9. Install the cylinder head cover.
(1) Apply sealant on the cylinder head as shown below.
(2) Before installing the cylinder head cover, check the clearance (A) between dowel pin on the edge of the
camshaft and the phase sensor.
Clearance (A) :
0.5 ~ 1.5mm (0.0197 ~ 0.0591in.)
(3) Install the cover (A) to the cylinder head after the gasket.
Tightening torque :
8.8~10.8Nm (0.9~1.1kgf.m, 6.5~8.0lb-ft)
10. Install the thermostat housing (B), the generator fixing bracket (A), and the water hose(C).
Tightening torque :
18.6~27.5Nm (1.9~2.8kgf.m, 13.7~20.3lb-ft)
11. Install the generator(A) with the fixing bolts(B,C), nut(D).
Tightening torque :
38.2~58.8Nm (3.9~6.0kgf.m, 28.2~43.4lb-ft)
12. Install the oil pipe(B), hose(C) to generator pressure pump(A).
Oil pipe eyd bolt
Tightening torque :
19.6~24.5Nm (2.0~2.5kgf.m, 14.5~18.1lb-ft)
13. Install the hose(C,D) and the pipe(E) to the ventilation housing(A) and the air separator(B).
14. Install the timing belt.
15. Install the intake manifold.
16. Install the exhaust manifold.
17. Install the injection pipe, injector. (Refer to FL- injector.)
18. Install the wire harness and the clamp to the cylinder head and the intake manifold.
(1) Install the air heater(A), CMP (Camshaft Position Sensor) connector(B).
(2) Install the oil pressure switch connector(A).
(3) Install the air conditioner condenser(A).
(4) Install the knock sensor connector(A), high pressure pump fuel hose(B), high pressure pump connector(C).
(5) Install the ground cable(A) from cylinder head.
(6) Install the injector connector(A), common rail pressure sensor connector(B), wire harness protector(C).
(7) Install the generator connector(A) and the ETC(Engine Coolant Temperature) sensor connector(B).
19. Install the intercooler hose(A,C), pipe(B).
20. Install the PCV(Positive Crankcase Ventilation) hose(A), EGR valve vacuum hose(B), EGR cooler water hose(C),
pump vacuum oil hose(D).
21. Install the reservoir tank hose(A).
22. Install the radiator upper hose(A).
23. Install the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Install the air intake hose(A).
(2) Install the air cleaner assembly(A).
(3) Install the air cleaner upper cover(A).
(4) Install the AFS(Air Flow Sensor) connector(A).
24. Fill with engine coolant.
25. Install the battery(A).
26. Start engine and check for leaks.
27. Check the engine coolant and engine oil level.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the valves.
(1) Using the SST (0K9993 120 004, 0K993 120 001), compress the valve spring and remove the retainer lock.
(2) Remove the spring retainer.
(3) Remove the valve spring.
(4) Remove the valve.
(5) Using a needle-nose pliers, remove the oil seal.
(6) Using a magnetic finger, remove the spring seat.
INSPECTION
CYLINDER HEAD
1. Inspect for flatness.
Using a precision straight edge and feeler gauge, measure the surface the contacting the cylinder block and the
manifolds for warpage.
Flatness of cylinder head gasket surface
Less than 0.05mm (0.0020in)
Flatness of manifold mating surface
Less than 0.15mm (0.0059in)
2. Inspect for cracks.
Check the combustion chamber, intake ports, exhaust ports and cylinder block surface for cracks. If cracked,
replace the cylinder head.
VALVE AND VALVE SPRING
1. Inspect the valve stems and valve guides.
(1) Using a caliper gauge, measure the innner diameter of valve guide.
Valve guide inner diameter :
7.010~7.030mm (0.2760~0.2768in)
(2) Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of valve stem.
Valve stem outer diameter
Intake : 6.965~6.980mm (0.2742~0.2748in)
Exhaust : 6.945~6.960mm (0.2734~0.2740in)
(3) Subtract the valve stem outer diameter measurement from the valve guide innner diameter measurement.
Valve stem- to-guide clearance
Intake : 0.030 ~ 0.065mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0026in)
Exhaust : 0.050 ~ 0.085mm (0.0020 ~ 0.0033in)
If the clearance is greater than maximum, replace the valve and valve guide.
2. Inspect the valves.
(1) Check the valve is ground to the correct valve face angle.
(2) Check that the surface of valve for wear.
If the valve face is worn, replace the valve.
(3) Check the valve head margin thickness.
If the margin thickness is less than minimum, replace the valve.
Margin
Intake : 1.7mm (0.0669in)
Exhaust : 1.6mm (0.0630in)
(4) Check the surface of valve stem tip for wear.
If the valve stem tip is worn, replace the valve.
3. Inspect the valve seats.
(1) Check the valve seat for evidence of overheating and improper contact with the valve face.
Replace the seat if necessary.
(2) Before reconditioning the seat, check the valve guide for wear. If the valve guide is worn, replace it, then
recondition the seat.
(3) Recondition the valve seat with a valve seat grinder or cutter. The valve seat contact width should be within
4. Inspect the valve springs.
(1) Using a steel square, measure the out-of-square of valve spring.
(2) Using a vernier calipers, measure the free length of valve spring.
Valve spring
Free height : 52.477mm (2.0660in)
Installed load: 51.7±4.1kg/40.0mm(41.4±2.0lb/1.5748in)
Compressed load:86.3±6.9kg/31.65mm(41.4±2.0lb/1.2461in) (Intake)
86.9±6.9kg/31.50mm(41.4±2.0lb/1.2402in) (Exhaust)
Out of square : Less than 2°
If the loads is not as specified, replace the valve spring.
CAMSHAFT
1. Inspect the cam lobes.
Using a micrometer, measure the cam lobe height.
Cam height
Intake : 39.397~39.597mm (1.5511~1.5589in)
Exhaust : 39.4932~39.6932mm (1.5548~1.5627in)
If the cam lobe height is less than minimum, replace the camshaft.
2. Inspect the camshaft journal clearance.
(1) Clean the bearing caps and camshaft journals.
(2) Place the camshafts on the cylinder head.
(3) Lay a strip of plastigage across each of the camshaft journal.
(4) Install the bearing caps and tighten the bolts with specified torque.
Do not turn the camshaft.
(5) Remove the bearing caps.
(6) Measure the plastigage at its widest point.
Bearing oil clearance
Standard : 0.040 ~ 0.080mm (0.0016 ~ 0.0031in)
If the oil clearance is greater than maximum, replace the camshaft. If necessary, replace the bearing caps and
cylinder head as a set.
(7) Completely remove the plastigage.
(8) Remove the camshafts.
3. Inspect the camshaft end play.
(1) Install the camshafts.
(2) Using a dial indicator, measure the end play while moving the camshaft back and forth.
Camshaft end play
Standard : 0.08 ~ 0.17mm (0.0031 ~ 0.0067in)
If the end play is greater than maximum, replace the camshaft. If necessary, replace the bearing caps and
cylinder head as a set.
(3) Remove the camshafts.
Rockerarm and rockerarm shaft
1. Inspect the rockerarm and rockerarm shaft.
(1) Measure the inner diameter of the rocker arm, using a caliper gauge.
Rockerarm inner diameter
20.000~20.027mm (0.7874~0.7885in)
(2) Measure the inner diameter of the rocker arm, using a micro meter.
Rockerarm shaft outer diameter
19.959~19.980mm (0.7858~0.7866in)
Calculate the clearance between the rocker arm and the rocker arm shaft by the difference between the inner
and outer diameter of the rocker arm.
Rockerarm and rockerarm shaft clearance
0.020~0.068mm (0.0008~0.0027in)
If the clearance is out of the specification above, replace the rocker arm and rocker arm shaft.
HLA (HYDRAULIC LASH ADJUSTER)
Sieze the ‘A’ part of the HLA filled with engine oil. If it is moved when pushed the ‘B’ part by hand, replace it.
Problem
Temporary noise when startinga
cold engine
Possible cause
Action
Normal
This noise will disappear afterthe
oil in the engine reachesthe
normal pressure.
Continuous noise when theengine
Oil leakage of the high pressurechamber on
is started after parkingmore than
the HLA, allowingair to get in.
48 hours.
Noise will disappear within
15minutes when engine runs
at2,000~3,000 rpm.If it
doesn’tdisappear, refer to step 7
below.
Continuous noise when theengine
is first started afterrebuilding
Insufficient oil in cylinder head oil gallery.
cylinder head.
Continuous noise when theengine Oil leakage of the high-pressure chamber in
is started after excessively
the HLA, allowing air to get in.
cranking the engine by the starter Insufficient oil in the HLA.
motor.
Do not run engine at a speed
higher than 3,000 rpm, as this
may damage the HLA.
Continuous noise when the
engine is running after changing
the HLA.
Continuous noise during idleafter
high engine speed.
Engine oil level too high or too low.
Excessive amount of air in theoil at high
engine speed.
Noise continues for morethan 15
minutes.
Check oil level.
Drain or add oil as necessary.
Check oil supply system
Deteriorated oil.
Check oil quality.
If deteriorated, replace with
specified type.
Low oil pressure
Check oil pressure and oil
supplysystem of each part of
engine.
Faulty HLA.
Remove the cylinder head
coverand press HLA down by
hand.If it moves, replace the HLA.
Be careful with the hot HLAs.
REASSEMBLY
a. Thoroughly clean all parts to be assembled.
b. Before installing the parts, apply fresh engine oil to all sliding and rotating surface.
c. Replace oil seals with new ones.
1. Install the valves.
(1) Install the spring seats.
(2) Using the SST (09222 — 22001), push in a new oil seal.
Do not reuse old valve stem oil seals.
Incorrect installation of the seal could result in oil leakage past the valve guides.
(3) Install the valve, valve spring and spring retainer.
Place the valve springs so that the side coated with enamel faces toward the valve spring retainer and
then installs the retainer.
(4) Using the SST(0K993 120 004, 0K993 120 001), compress the spring and install the retainer locks. After
installing the valves, ensure that the retainer locks are correctly in place before releasing the valve spring
compressor.
(5) Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with the wooden handle of a hammer to ensure
proper seating of the valve and retainer lock.
proper seating of the valve and retainer lock.
Engine
And
Transaxle Assembly
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
a. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
b. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
a. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
1. Remove the battery(A).
2. Remove the under cover(A).
3. Drain the engine coolant.
Remove the radiator cap to speed draining.
4. Drain the engine oil.
Remove the oil filler cap to speed draining.
5. Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Disconnect the AFS(Air Flow Sensor) connector(A).
(2) Disconnect the air cleaner upper cover(A).
(3) Remove the air cleaner assembly(A).
(4) Remove the air intake hose(A).
6. Remove the batter tray(A).
7. Remove the radiator upper hose(A).
8. Remove the radiator lower hose(A).
9. Remove the reservoir tank hose(A).
10. Remove the intercooler hose(A,C), pipe(B).
11. Remove the wire harness and the clamp from the cylinder head and the intake manifold.
(1) Remove the generator connector(A) and the ETC(Engine Coolant Temperature) sensor connector(B).
(2) Remove the injector connector(A), common rail pressure sensor connector(B), wire harness protector(C).
(3) Remove the ground cable(A) from cylinder head.
(4) Remove the knock sensor connector(A), high pressure pump fuel hose(B), high pressure pump connector(C).
(5) Remove the air conditioner condenser(A).
(6) Remove the oil pressure switch connector(A).
(7) Remove the air heater(A), CMP (Camshaft Position Sensor) connector(B).
12. Remove the transaxle wire harness connectors and control cable.
(1) Remove the inhibitor switch connector(A).
(2) Remove the solenoid valve connector(A).
(3) Remove the input shaft speed sensor connector(A).
(4) Remove the output shaft speed sensor connector(A).
(5) Remove the vehicle speed sensor connector(A).
(6) Remove the CKP(Crankshaft position sensor) connector(A).
13. Remove the shift cable(A).
14. Remove the transaxle oil cooler hoses(A).
15. Remove the ground cable(A) from transaxle.
16. Remove the fuse box.(A).
17. Remove the vacuum hose (A) from the generator.
18. Remove the heater hose(A,B).
19. Remove the starter motor connector(A).
20. Remove the front exhaust manifold(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
21. Remove the power steering pump bolt(A).
22. Remove the power steering return hose(A).
23. Remove the engine mounting support bracket(A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9N.m (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
24. Remove the transaxle insulator mounting bolt(A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9N.m (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
25. Remove the front tires.(Refer to DS group).
26. Remove the ABS wheel speed sensors(A).(Refer to BR group).
27. Remove the caliper and hang the caliper assembly(A).(Refer to BR group).
28. Remove the knuckle mounting bolts(B).(Refer to SS group).
29. Remove the stabilizer link fixing nut(A).(Refer to SS group).
30. Remove the steering u-joint mounting bolt(A).
31. Install the jack for supporting engine and transaxle assembly.
Support the assembly safely because the engine and transaxle assembly can be dropped down after removal
of the sub frame.
32. Remove the sub frame mounting bolts(A).
Tightening torque :
Bolt(A): 156.9~ 176.5Nm (16.0~18.0kgf.m, 115.7~ 130.2lb-ft)
Bolts(B) :44.1~58.8Nm (4.5~6.0kgf.m, 32.5~43.4lb-ft)
33. Remove the engine and transaxle assembly by lifting vehicle.
When remove the engine and transaxle assembly, be careful not to damage any surrounding parts or body
components.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Perform the following :
a. Adjust the shift cable.
b. Adjust the throttle cable.
c. Refill the engine with engine oil.
d. Refill the transaxle with fluid.
e. Refill the radiator and reservoir tank with engine coolant.
f. Place the heater control knob on “HOT” positon.
g. Bleed air from the cooling system.
a. Start engine and let it run until it warms up. (until the radiator fan operates 3 or 4 times.)
b. Turn Off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, add coolant if needed. This will allow trapped air to be
removed from the cooling system.
removed from the cooling system.
c. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again and check for leaks.
h. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper assemble them, then apply grease to prevent
corrosion.
i. Inspect for fuel leakage.
a. After assemble the fuel line, turn on the ignition switch (do not operate the starter) so that the fuel pump runs for
approximately two seconds and fuel line pressurizes.
b. Repeat this operation two or three times, then check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line.
Cylinder Block
3LVWRQDQG
&RQQHFWLQJ5RG
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DISASSEMBLY
1. Install the engine to engine stand for disassembly.
2. Remove the timing belt.
3. Remove the cylinder head.
4. Remove the water pump.
5. Remove the air separator(A), hose(B).
6. Remove the oil cooler assembly(A), knock sensor(B).
7. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
8. Remove the generator mounting bracket(A), power steering pump bracket(B).
9. Remove the A/C compressor bracket(A).
10. M/T : remove flywheel.
11. A/T : remove drive plate and mass wheel.
12. Using the SST(09215 — 3C000) remove the oil pan(A).
13. Remove the oil pump feed pipe(A) and the ladder frame bracket(B).
14. Remove the ladder frame(A) and the oil pump assembly(B).
15. Remove the balancer shaft(A) to the ladder frame.
(1) Remove the gear cover(A) to the ladder frame.
(2) Remove the balancer sprocket and the balancer gear by loosening the bolts(B).
Not to make the balance shaft be rotated, insert the 5mm-thickeness urethane rubber (B) in the balance
gear (A) for protection.
(3) Remove the thrust plate and the balance shaft.
16. Remove the timing belt case(A).
17. Check the connecting rod end play.
18. Remove the connecting rod caps and check oil clearance.
19. Remove the piston and connecting rod assemblies.
(1) Using a ridge reamer, remove all the carbon from the top of the cylinder.
(2) Push the piston, connecting rod assembly and upper bearing through the top of the cylinder block.
a. Keep the bearings, connecting rod and cap together.
b. Arrange the piston and connecting rod assemblies in the correct order.
20. Remove the rear oil seal case.
Remove the 5 bolts(B) and the rear oil seal case(A).
21. Remove the crankshaft bearing cap and check oil clearance.
22. Check the crankshaft end play.
23. Lift the crankshaft(A) out of the engine, being careful not to damage journals.
Arrange the main bearings and thrust bearings in the correct order.
24. Check fit between piston and piston pin.
25. Remove the piston rings.
(1) Using a piston ring expender, remove the 2 compression rings.
(2) Remove the 2 side rails and oil ring by hand.
Arrange the piston rings in the correct order only.
26. Remove the connecting rod from the piston.
Using a press, remove the piston pin from piston.
INSPECTION
CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT
1. Check the connecting rod end play.
Using feeler gauge, measure the end play while moving the connecting rod back and forth.
End play
0.239 ~ 0.39mm (0.0094 ~ 0.0154in)
a. If out-of-tolerance, install a new connecting rod.
b. If still out-of-tolerance, replace the crankshaft.
2. Check the connecting rod bearing oil clearance.
(1) Check the match marks on the connecting rod and cap are aligned to ensure correct reassembly.
(2) Remove the 2 connecting rod cap nuts.
(3) Remove the connecting rod cap and lower bearing.
(4) Clean the crankshaft pin journal and bearing.
(5) Place a plastigage across the crankshaft pin journal.
(6) Reinstall the lower bearing and cap, and tighten the nuts.
Tightening torque :
68.6Nm (7.0 kgf.m, 50.6lb-ft) → Unfasten bolts→29.4Nm (3.0kgf.m, 21.7lb-ft) + 90°
Do not turn the crankshaft.
(7) Remove the 2nuts, connecting rod cap and lower bearing .
(8) Measure the plastigage at its widest point.
Standard oil clearance
0.043 ~ 0.077mm (0.0017 ~ 0.0030in)
(9) If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper and lower bearing and then install a new
bearings with the same color mark. (Refer to connecting rod bearing selection table)
Recheck the oil clearance.
Do not file, shim, of scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
(10) If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing. ( Refer to
connecting rod bearing selection table))
Recheck the oil clearance.
If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace
the crankshaft and start over.
If the marks are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a
wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
Connecting rod mark location
Discrimination of connecting rod
Mark
Connecting rod big-endinner diameter
1
60.833 ~ 60.839mm
(2.3950 ~ 2.3952 in)
60.839 ~ 60.846mm
(2.3952 ~ 2.3955 in)
2
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL
Journal outer diameter
57.106~57.124mm (2.2483~2.2490in)
CONNECTING ROD BEARING MARK LOCATION
Discrimination of crankshaft pin journal
Color
Connecting rod bearing thickness
Blue
1.0828~1.832mm
(0.0720~0.0721in)
Red
1.832~1.836mm
(0.0721~0.0723in)
(11) Select the bearing by using the selection table.
Connecting rod bearing selection table
Connecting rod mark
Connecting rod bearing thickness
Oil clearance
1
Blue
0.045~0.077mm(0.0018~0.0030in)
2
Red
0.043~0.076mm(0.0017~0.0030in)
3. Check the connecting rods.
(1) When reinstalling, make sure that cylinder numbers put on the connecting rod and cap at disassembly match.
When a new connecting rod is installed, make sure that the notches for holding the bearing in place are on the
same side.
(2) Replace the connecting rod if it is damaged on the thrust faces at either end. Also if step wear or a severely
rough surface of the inside diameter of the small end is apparent, the rod must be replaced as well.
(3) Using a connecting rod aligning tool, check the rod for bend and twist. If the measured value is close to the
repair limit, correct the rod by a press. Any connecting rod that has been severely bent or distorted should be
replaced.
Allowable bend of connecting rod :
0.04mm / 50mm (0.0016in / 1.9685in ) or less
Allowable twist of connecting rod :
0.1mm / 50mm (0.0039in / 1.9685in) or less
4. Check the crankshaft bearing oil clearance.
(1) To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the main bearing caps and lower bearings.
(2) Clean each main journal and lower bearing with a clean shop towel.
(3) Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal.
(4) Reinstall the lower bearings and caps, then tighten the bolts.
Tightening torque :
69.6~79.4Nm(7.1~8.1kgf.m, 51.4~58.6lb-ft)+55°~ 65°
Do not turn the crankshaft.
(5) Remove the cap and lower bearing again, and measure the widest part of the plastigage.
Standard oil clearance :
No.1, 2, 3, 5: 0.045~0.079mm (0.0018 ~0.0031 in)
No.3: 0.067~0.101 mm (0.0026 ~0.0040 in)
(6) If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper and lower bearing and then install a new
bearings with the same color mark. (Refer to crankshaft main bearing selection table).
Recheck the oil clearance.
Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the cap to adjust clearance.
(7) If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing. (Refer to crankshaft
main bearing selection table).
Recheck the oil clearance.
If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the
crankshaft and start over.
If the marks are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire
brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
CYLINDER BLOCK CRANKSHAFT JOURNAL BORE MARK LOCATION
Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a mark for the size of each of the 5 main journal bores.
Use them, and the numbers or letters stamped on the crank (marks for main journal size), to choose the correct
bearings.
Discrimination of cylinder block crankshaft journal bore
Mark
Cylinder block crankshaft journal bore inner diameter
A
74.066~74.075mm
(2.9160~2.9163in)
None
74.075~74.084mm
(2.9163~2.9167in)
C
74.084~74.092mm
(2.9167~2.9170in)
Crankshaft main journal mark location
Discrimination of crankshaft main journal
Mark
Crankshaft main journalouter diameter
No.1, 2, 3, 5 journal
No.3 journal
1
69.995~70.002mm(2.7557~2.7560in)
69.973~69.980mm(2.7548~2.7551in)
*
70.002~70.009mm(2.7560~2.7563in)
69.980~69.987mm(2.7551~2.7554in)
3
70.009~70.015mm(2.7563~2.7565in)
69.987~69.993mm(2.7554~2.7556in)
Crankshaft main bearing mark location
Discrimination of crankshaft bearing
Color
Crankshaft bearing thickness
Black
2.013 ~ 2.018mm(0.0793~0.0794in)
Brown
2.008 ~ 2.013mm(0.0791~0.0793in)
Green
2.003 ~ 2.008mm(0.0789~0.0791in)
Yellow
1.998 ~ 2.003mm(0.0787~0.0789in)
(8) Select the bearing by using selection table.
Crankshaft main bearing selection table
Cylinder block crankshaft journal bore mark
Crank shaft main
journal mark
A
None
C
A
(Green)
(Brown)
(Black)
*
(Yellow)
(Green)
(Brown)
C
(Yellow)
(Yellow)
(Green)
5. Check the crankshaft end play.
Using a dial indicator, measure the thrust clearance while prying the crankshaft back and forth with a screwdriver.
End play
Standard: 0.14~ 0.39mm (0.0055 ~ 0.0154in)
If the end play is greater than maximum, replace the thrust bearings as a set.
6. Inspect the crankshaft main journals and pin journals.
Using a micrometer, measure the diameter of each main journal and pin journal.
Main journal outer diameter :
NO.1, 2, 3, 5: 69.995 ~ 70.015mm (2.7557 ~2.7565 in)
NO.3: 69.973~69.993 mm (2.7548 ~2.7556 in)
Pin journal outer diameter :
57.106 ~ 57.124mm (2.2483 ~2.2490 in)
CYLINDER BLOCK
1. Remove the gasket material.
Using a gasket scraper, remove all the gasket material from the top surface of the cylinder block.
2. Clean the cylinder block
Using a soft brush and solvent, thoroughly clean the cylinder block.
3. Inspect the top surface of cylinder block for flatness.
Using a precision straight edge and feeler gauge, measure the surface contacting the cylinder head gasket for
warpage.
Flatness of cylinder block gasket surface Standard:
Less than 0.05mm (0.0020in)
4. Inspect the cylinder bore.
Visually check the cylinder for vertical scratchs.
If deep scratchs are present, replace the cylinder block.
5. Inspect the cylinder bore diameter.
Using a cylinder bore gauge, measure the cylinder bore diameter at position in the thrust and axial direction.
Standard diameter :
97.100~97.126mm (3.8228~3.8239in)
6. Check the cylinder bore size code on the cylinder block bottom face.
Cylinder bore inner diameter mark location
Discrimination of cylinder bore inner diameter
Mark
Cylinder bore inner diameter
Y
101.513~101.526mm
(3.9966~3.9971in)
X
101.500~101.513mm
(3.9961~3.9966in)
Cylinder liner classifying mark location
The outer discrimination mark of the cylinder liner is on the outer surface of the liner and the inner mark is on
the top surface of it.
Discrimination of cylinder liner
Mark
Outer diameter (mm)
Mark
Inner diameter (mm)
3Y
101.493~101.506mm(3.9958~3.9963in)
Yellow
97.113~97.126mm(3.8233 ~ 3.8239in)
3Y
101.493~101.506mm(3.9958~3.9963in)
Blue
97.100~97.113mm(3.8228~ 3.8233in)
3X
101.480~101.493mm(3.9953 ~ 3.9958in)
Yellow
97.113~97.126mm(3.8233~3.8239in)
3X
101.480~101.493mm(3.9953 ~ 3.9958in)
Blue
97.100~97.113mm(3.8228~ 3.8233in)
Piston Outer diameter mark location
Discrimination of piston outer diameter
Mark
Piston outer diameter
A
97.015~97.030mm(3.8195~3.8201in)
B
97.030~97.045mm(3.8201~3.8207in)
7. Check the piston size mark on the piston top face.
Cylinder liner selection table
Cylinder bore mark
Cylinder liner mark
Oil clearance
Y
3Y- Yellow
0.007~0.033mm(0.0003~0.0013in)
Y
3Y- Blue
0.007~0.033mm(0.0003~0.0013in)
X
3X- Yellow
0.007~0.033mm(0.0003~0.0013in)
X
3X- Blue
0.007~0.033mm(0.0003~0.0013in)
Cylinder liner mark
Piston outer diameter
mark
Oil clearance
Yellow
B
0.068~0.096mm(0.0027~0.0038in)
Blue
A
0.070~0.098mm(0.0028~0.0039in)
Piston
PISTON AND PISTON RINGS
1. Clean the piston.
(1) Using a gasket scraper, remove the carbon from the piston top.
(2) Using a groove cleaning tool or broken ring, clean the piston ring grooves.
(3) Using solvent and a brush, thoroughly clean the piston.
Do not use a wire brush.
2. The standard measurement of the piston outside diameter is taken 47mm (1.85in) from top land of the piston.
Standard diameter :
97.015~97.045mm (3.8195 ~ 3.8207in)
3. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore inner diameter and the piston outer diameter.
Piston-to-cylinder clearance :
0.070 ~ 0.098mm (0.0028 ~ 0.0039in)
4. Inspect the piston ring side clearance.
Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between new piston ring and the wall of ring groove.
Piston ring side clearance
No. 2 : 0.06 ~ 0.10mm (0.0024 ~ 0.0039in)
Oil ring : 0.03 ~ 0.07mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0028in)
If the clearance is greater than maximum, replace the piston.
5. Inspect the piston ring end gap.
To measure the piston ring end gap, insert a piston ring into the cylinder bore. Position the ring at right angles to
the cylinder wall by gently pressing it down with a piston. Measure the gap with a feeler gauge. If the gap exceeds
the service limit, replace the piston rings. If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore inner diameter. If the
bore is over the service limit, the cylinder block must be rebored.
Piston ring end gap
Standard
No.1 : 0.25~ 0.40mm (0.0098 ~ 0.0157in)
No.2 : 0.40 ~ 0.55mm (0.0157 ~ 0.0217in)
Oil ring : 0.20 ~ 0.40mm(0.0079 ~ 0.0157in)
PISTON PINS
1. Measure the outer diameter of piston pin.
Piston pin diameter :
31.994~32.000mm (1.2596 ~ 1.2598in)
2. Measure the piston pin-to-piston clearance.
Piston pin hole inner diameter:
32.015~32.025 mm (1.2604~1.2608 in)
0.015~0.031 mm(0.0003~0.0012 in)
3. Check the difference between the piston pin outer diameter and the connecting rod small end inner diameter.
Inside diameter of connecting rod small end bore:
32.012~32.033mm (1.2603~1.2611 in)
0.012~0.039 mm(0.0005~0.0015 in)
4. Apply oil on the piston pin when assembling.
LADDER FRAME AND BALANCE SHAFT
1. Measure the ladder frame inner diameter.
Ladder frame inner diameter
LH1
25.000 ~ 25.021 mm(0.9843~0.9851in)
LH2
54.000 ~ 54.030 mm(2.1260~2.1272in)
LH3
56.000 ~ 56.030 mm(2.2047~2.2059in)
RH1
35.000 ~ 35.025 mm(1.3780~1.3789in)
RH2
54.000 ~ 54.030 mm(2.1260~2.1272in)
RH3
56.000 ~ 56.030 mm(2.2047~2.2059in)
2. Measure the balance shaft outer diameter.
Balance shaft outer diameter
LH1
24.939 ~ 24.960 mm(0.9818~0.9827in)
LH2
53.910 ~ 53.940 mm(2.1224~2.1236in)
LH3
55.910 ~ 55.940 mm(2.2012~2.2024in)
RH1
34.925 ~ 34.950 mm(1.3750~1.3760in)
RH2
53.910 ~ 53.940 mm(2.1224~2.1236in)
RH3
55.910 ~ 55.940 mm(2.2012~2.2024in)
3. Measure the end play of the balance shaft.
0.10~0.25mm (0.0036~0.0098in)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Check the continuity between the terminal and the body with an ohmmeter. If there is no continuity, replace the oil
pressure switch.
2. Check the continuity between the terminal and the body when the oil hole is blocked with a fine stick. If there is
continuity with a fine stick is pushed, replace the switch.
3. If there is no continuity when a 49.0kpa (0.5kg/cm², 7.1psi) pressure is applied through the oil hole, the switch is
operating properly.
Check for air leakage. If air leaks, the diaphragm is broken. Replace it.
REASSEMBLY
a. Thoroughly clean all parts to assembled.
b. Before installing the parts, apply fresh engine oil to all sliding and rotating surfaces.
c. Replace all gaskets, O-rings and oil seals with new parts.
1. Assemble the piston and connecting rod.
(1) Insert the piston pin and fix the piston pin clip.
(2) The piston front mark and the connecting rod front mark must face the timing belt side of the engine.
2. Install the piston rings.
(1) Install the oil ring expander and two side rails by hand.
(2) Using a piston ring expander, install the two compression rings with the code mark facing upward.
(3) Position the piston rings so that the ring ends are as shown.
3. Install the connecting rod bearings.
(1) Align the bearing (A) claw with the groove of the connecting rod and bearing cap (B).
(2) Install the bearings (A) in the connecting rod and bearing cap (B).
4. Install the crankshaft main bearings.
Upper bearings have oil grooves of the oil holes; Lower bearings do not.
(1) Aligning the bearing protrusions with the grooves of the cylinder block, push in the 5 upper bearings (A).
(2) Aligning the bearing protrusions with the grooves of the main bearing cap, and push in the 5 lower bearings.
5. Install the thrust bearings.
Install the 2 thrust bearings(A) under the No.3 journal position of the cylinder block with the oil grooves facing
outward.
6. Place the crankshaft on the cylinder block.
7. Place the main bearing caps on the cylinder block.
8. Install the main bearing cap bolts.
a. The main bearing cap bolts are tightened in 2 progressive steps.
b. If any of the bearing cap bolts is broken or deformed, replace it.
(1) Apply a light coat of engine oil on the threads of the main bearing cap bolts.
(2) Install and uniformly tighten the 10 bearing cap bolts (A), in several passes, in the sequence shown.
Tightening torque :
69.6 ~ 79.4Nm (7.1 ~ 8.1kgf.m, 51.4 ~ 58.6lb-ft) + 55° ~ 65°
(3) Check that the crankshaft turns smoothly.
9. Check the crankshaft end play.
10. Install the piston and connecting rod assemblies.
a. Before installing the piston, apply a coat of engine oil to the piston ring grooves and the cylinder bores.
b. When installing the piston pin to the piston, apply engine oil sufficiently
(1) Remove the connecting rod bearing caps and insert short sections of rubber hose over the threaded ends of
the connecting rod bolts.
(2) Install the ring compressor, checking that the rings are securely in place and positioning the piston in the
cylinder, tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer.
(3) Stop inserting after the ring inserted in the cylinder, and check the connecting rod to crank journal alignment
before complete inserting.
(4) Apply engine oil to the bolt threads after removing rubber hose. Install the connecting rod caps with bearings,
and tighten the nuts.
and tighten the nuts.
Tightening torque :
68.9Nm (7.0kgf.m, 50.6lb-ft) → Loosened →29.4Nm (3.0kgf.m, 21.7lb-ft) + 90°
Maintain downward force on the ring compressor to prevent the rings from expending before entering the
cylinder bore.
11. Install a new gasket and rear oil seal case(A) with 5 bolts(B).
Tightening torque :
7.8 ~ 10.8Nm (0.8 ~ 1.1kgf.m, 5.8 ~ 8.0lb-ft)
Check that the mating surfaces are clean and dry.
12. Install the rear oil seal.
(1) Apply engine oil to a new oil seal lip.
(2) Tap in the rear oil seal until its surface is flush with the rear oil seal retainer edge.
13. Install the balance shaft to the ladder frame.
(1) Install the thrust plate and balance shaft to the ladder frame.
(2) Aligning the timing marks on the balance gear(A), install the balance sprocket.
(3) Tighten the balance sprocket bolt and balance gear bolt(C).
Tightening torque :
Rear balance gear bolt(C)37.3 ~ 52.0Nm (3.8 ~ 5.3kgf.m, 27.5 ~ 38.3lb-ft)
Front balance gear bolt63.7 ~ 73.5Nm (6.5 ~ 7.5kgf.m, 47.0 ~ 54.2lb-ft)
Not to make the balance shaft be rotated, insert the 5mm-thickeness urethane rubber (B) in the balance
gear (A) for protection.
(4) Install the gear cover (A) to the ladder frame and tighten the bolts (B).
Tightening torque :
18.6 ~ 25.5Nm (1.9 ~ 2.6kgf.m, 13.7 ~ 18.8lb-ft)
14. Install the oil screen with a new gasket to the oil pump.
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
15. Install the ladder frame(A) and pump assembly(B) and tighten the bolts(C,D,E).
Tightening torque :
Bolts (C): 31.4 ~ 46.1Nm (3.2 ~ 4.7kgf.m, 23.1 ~ 34.0lb-ft)
Bolts (D): 15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
Bolts (E): 31.4 ~ 46.1Nm (3.2 ~ 4.7kgf.m, 23.1 ~ 34.0lb-ft)
Check that the timing marks on the crankshaft sprocket(A), idler(B) and balance sprocket(C) are aligned.
16. Install the oil pump supplying pipe(A) and ladder frame bracket(B) and tighten the bolts(C,D) as shown below.
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
17. Install the timing belt case.
Length of the bolts :
(A): 25mm, (B): 45mm, (C):50mm, (D): nut
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
18. Install the oil pan.
(1) Remove the gasket from the surface of the oil pan by using a knife or a scraper.
After checking that the contact surface is clean and dry, apply liquid gasket.
(2) Apply liquid gasket on the surface of the oil pan.
Liquid gasket: LOCTITE 5900 or equivalent.
a. Apply liquid gasket on the thread of the bolts in order to prevent oil from being leaked.
b. If the time, five minutes, passes after applying, remove the applied gasket before. Apply it again and
install it.
c. After the minimum 30 minutes passing from assembly, refill engine oil.
(3) Install the oil pan (A) and tighten the oil pan bolts uniformly in several steps.
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
19. Install the fly wheel (manual transaxle vehicles only).
Tightening torque :
122.6 ~ 132.4Nm (12.5 ~ 13.5kgf.m, 90.4 ~ 97.6lb-ft)
20. Install the mass wheel and drive plate (automatic transaxle vehicles only).
Tightening torque :
159.8 ~ 169.7Nm (16.3 ~ 17.3kgf.m, 117.9 ~ 125.1lb-ft)
21. Install the air conditioning compressor bracket (A).
Tightening torque :
BOLT (B):
38.2 ~ 58.8Nm (3.9 ~ 6.0kgf.m, 28.2 ~ 43.4lb-ft)
BOLT (C):
18.6 ~ 27.5Nm (1.9 ~ 2.8kgf.m, 13.7 ~ 20.3lb-ft)
22. Install the generator mounting bracket (A) and the power steering pump bracket (B).
Tightening torque :
BOLT (C):
38.2 ~ 58.8Nm (3.9 ~ 6.0kgf.m, 28.2 ~ 43.4lb-ft)
BOLT (D):
34.3 ~ 53.9Nm (3.5 ~ 5.5kgf.m, 25.3 ~ 39.8lb-ft)
BOLT (E):
68.6 ~ 93.2Nm (7.0 ~ 9.5kgf.m, 50.6 ~ 68.7lb-ft)
23. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
24. Install the oil cooler assembly (A) and the knock sensor (B).
Tightening torque :
Oil cooler bolts:
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
Knock sensor bolts:
14.7 ~ 24.5Nm (1.5 ~ 2.5kgf.m, 10.8 ~ 18.1lb-ft
25. Install the air separator (A) and hose (B).
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
26. Install the water pump, cylinder head and timing belt in order.
27. Remove the engine stand.
Cooling system
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
ENGINE COOLANT REFILLING AND BLEEDING
When pouring engine coolant, be sure to shut the relay box lid and not to let coolant spill on the electrical parts of
the paint. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately.
1. Slide the heater temperature control lever to maximum heat. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the
touch.
2. Remove the radiator cap(A).
3. Loosen the drain plug(A), and drain the coolant.
4. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely.
5. Remove the coolant reservoir tank. Drain the coolant and reinstall the coolant reservoir tank. Fill the coolant
reservoir tank to the MAX mark with the coolant.
6. Mix the recommended antifreeze with an equal amount of water in a clean container.
a. Use only genuine antifreeze/coolant.
b. For best corrosion protection, the coolant concentration must be maintained year-round at 50% minimum.
Coolant concentrations less than 50% may not provide sufficient protection against corrosion of freezing.
c. Coolant concentrations greater then 60% will impair cooling efficiency and are not recommended.
a. Do not mix different brands of antifreeze/coolants.
b. Do not use additional rust inhibitors or antirust products; they may not be compatible with the coolant.
7. Pour the coolant into the radiator to the base of the filler neck, and install the radiator cap loosely.
8. Start the engine and let it run until it warms up. ( until the radiator fan operates 3 or 4 times.)
9. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, add coolant if needed. This will allow trapped air to be removed
from the cooling system.
10. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again and check for leaks.
RADIATOR CAP TESTING
1. Remove the radiator cap, wet its seal with engine coolant, then install it no pressure tester.
2. Apply a pressure of 93.16 ~ 122.58kpa (0.95 ~ 1.25kg/cm², 13.51 ~ 17.78psi).
3. Check for a drop in pressure.
4. If the pressure drops, replace the cap.
RADIATOR LEAKGE TEST
1. Wait until engine is cool, then carefully remove the radiator cap and fill the radiator with engine coolant, then install
it on the pressure tester.
2. Apply a pressure tester to the radiator and apply a pressure of 93.16 ~ 122.58kpa (0.95 ~ 1.25kg/cm², 13.51 ~
17.78psi).
3. Inspect for engine coolant leaks and a drop in pressure.
4. Remove the tester and reinstall the radiator cap.
Check for engine oil in the coolant and/or coolant in the engine oil.
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
WATER PUMP
1. Drain the engine coolant.
System is under high pressure when the engine is hot. To avoid danger of releasing scalding engine coolant,
remove the cap only when the engine is cool.
2. Remove the drive belts.
3. Remove the timing belt.
4. Remove the water pump.
THRMOSTAT
Disassembly of the thermostat would have an adverse effect, causing a lowering of cooling efficiency.
1. Drain the engine coolant so its level is below thermostat.
2. Remove the thermostat housing, gasket and thermostat.
RADIATOR
1. Drain the engine coolant.
2. Remove the radiator upper cover(A).
3. Remove the radiator upper hose(A).
4. Remove the radiator lower hose(A).
5. Remove the intercooler hose(A,C), pipe(B).
6. Remove the transaxle oil cooler hose(A).
7. Remove the cooling fan motor connector(A) diagnosis connector(B).
8. Remove the cooling fan motor assembly(A).
9. Remove the radiator upper bracket(A).
10. Remove the radiator bracket(A,B).
11. Remove the intercooler.
12. Remove the radiator.
INSTALLATION
WATER PUMP
1. Install the water pump.
(1) Install the water pump and a new gasket with the bolts, nuts(A,B,C).
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kg-m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
2. Install the timing belt.
3. Install the water pump pulley, cooling fan.
4. Install the drive belt.
5. Fill with engine coolant.
6. Start engine and check for leaks.
7. Recheck engine coolant level.
THERMOSTAT
1. Install the thermostat housing, thermostat.
2. Install the thermostat bolts.
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
3. Fill with engine coolant.
4. Start engine and check for leaks.
RADIATOR
1. Install the radiator. Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
2. Install the air conditioner condenser. (Refer to HA- air conditioner condenser).
3. Install the upper and lower radiator hoses.
4. Refill with engine coolant.
5. Start engine and check for leaks.
INSPECTION
WATER PUMP
1. Check each part for cracks, damage or wear, and replace the coolant pump assembly if necessary.
2. Check the bearing for damage, abnormal noise and sluggish rotation, and replace the coolant pump assembly if
necessary.
3. Check for coolant leakage. If coolant leaks from hole, the seal is defective. Replace the coolant pump assembly.
A small amount of «engine coolant» from the bleed hole can be weeped.
THERMOSTAT
1. Immerse the thermostat in water and gradually heat the water.
2. Check the valve opening temperature.
Valve opening temperature : 86.5~89.5°C (187.7~193.1°F)
Full opening temperature : 100°C (212°F)
If the valve opening temperature is not as specified, replace the thermostat.
3. Check the valve lift.
Valve lift : 8.5mm(0.3346in) or more at 100°C (212°F)
If the valve lift is not as specified, replace the thermostat.
Lubrication system
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DISASSEMBLY
RELIEF PLUNGER
1. Remove the relief plunger.
Remove the plug(A), spring and relief plunger.
INSPECTION
RELIEF PLUNGER
1. Inspect the relief plunger.
Coat the plunger with engine oil and check that it falls smoothly into the plunger hole by its own weight.
If it does not, replace the relief plunger. If necessary, replace the front case.
2. Inspect the relief valve spring.
Inspect for distorted or broken relief valve spring.
Standard value
Free height : 46.3mm (1.8228in)
Load : 6.13±5% kgf/38.05mm (13.5±1.1% lb/1.4980in)
ENGINE OIL
1. Check the engine oil quality.
Check the oil deterioration, entry of water, discoloring of thinning.
If the quality is visibly poor, replace the oil.
2. Check the engine oil level.
After warning up the engine and then 5 minutes after the engine stop, oil level should be between the “L” and “F”
marks in the dipstick.
If low, check for leakage and add oil up to the “F” mark.
Do not fill with engine oil above the “F” mark.
SELECTION OF ENGINE OIL
Recommended API classification : CH- 4 OR ABOVE(5W-30)
Recommended SAE viscosity grades :
For best performance and maximum protection of all types of operation, select only those lubricants which :
a. Satisfy the requirement of the API classification.
b. Have proper SAE grade number for expected ambient temperature range.
Lubricants that do not have both an SAE grade number and API service classification on the container should not
be used.
REASSEMBLY
RELIEF PLUNGER
1. Install the relief plunger.
Install relief plunger and spring into the front case hole, and install the plug(A).
Tightening torque :
32.4~42.2Nm (3.3~4.3kgf.m, 23.9~31.1lb-ft)
REMOVAL
OIL PAN
1. Drain the engine oil.
2. Remove the RH tires.
3. Remove the RH stabilizer bar link(A).
4. Remove the front roll stopper insulator mounting bolt(A).
5. Remove the rear roll stopper insulator mounting bolt(B).
6. Remove the RH sub frame mounting bolts.
7. Tilt the sub frame(A) sideways by loosening the RH sub frame mounting bolts only.
8. Remove the plate(A) between the engine and the transaxle.
9. Using the SST(09215-3C000), remove the oil pan(A).
OIL PUMP
1. Drain the engine oil.
2. Turn the crankshaft pulley, and align its groove with timing mark “T” of the timing belt cover.
3. Remove the oil pan.
4. Remove the oil supply pipe(A), ladde frame bracket(B).
5. Remove the ladde frame(A), oil pump assembly(B).
REPLACEMENT
OIL AND FILTER
a. Prolonged and repeated contact with mineral oil will result in the removal of natural fats from the skin, leading
to dryness, irritation and dermatitis. In addition, used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants
which may cause skin cancer.
b. Exercise caution in order to minimize the length and frequency of contact of your skin to used oil. Wear
protective clothing and gloves. Wash your skin thoroughly with soap and water, or use water-less hand
cleaner, to remove any used engine oil. Do not use gasoline, thinners, or solvents.
c. In order to preserve the environment, used oil and used oil filter must be disposed of only at designated
disposal sites.
1. Drain the engine oil.
(1) Remove the oil filler cap.
(2) Remove the oil drain plug, and drain the oil into a container.
2. Replace the oil filter.
(1) Remove the oil filter.
(2) Check and clean the oil filter installation surface.
(3) Check the part number of the new oil filter is as same as old one.
(4) Apply clean engine oil to the gasket of a new oil filter.
(5) Lightly screw the oil filter into place, and tighten it until the gasket contacts the seat.
(6) Tighten it an additional 3/4 turn.
Tightening torque :
21.6~24.5Nm (2.2~2.5kgf.m, 15.9~18.1lb-ft)
3. Refill with engine oil.
(1) Clean and install the oil drain plug with a new gasket.
Tightening torque :
34.3~44.1Nm (3.5~4.5kgf.m, 25.3~32.5lb-ft)
(2) Fill with fresh engine oil.
Oil Capacity
Total : 8.0 L (8.45 US qt, 7.03 lmp qt)
Oil pan : 6.0 L (6.34 US qt, 5.27 lmp qt)
Drain and refill including oil filter : 6.6 L (6.97 US qt, 5.08 lmp qt)
Oil quality : ABOVE API CH-4 or ABOVE ACEA B4
(3) Install the oil filler cap.
4. Start engine and check for oil leaks.
5. Recheck the engine oil level.
INSTALLATION
OIL PUMP
1. Install the oil screen and new gasket.
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
2. Install the ladde frame(A), oil pump assembly(B) with the bolts(C,D,E).
Tightening torque :
Bolts(C): 31.4~46.1Nm (3.2~4.7kgf.m, 23.1~34.0lb-ft)
Bolts(D): 15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
Bolts(E): 31.4~46.1Nm (3.2~4.7kgf.m, 23.1~34.0lb-ft)
Align the timing marks on the crankshaft sprocket(A), idler(B) and balancer sprocket(C).
3. Install the oil supply pipe(A), ladde frame bracket(B) with the bolts(C,D).
Tightening torque:
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
4. Install the oil pan.
5. Fill with engine oil.
OIL PAN
1. Install the oil pan.
(1) Using a razor blade and gasket scraper, remove all the old packing material from the gasket surfaces.
Check that the mating surfaces are clean and dry before applying liquid gasket.
(2) Apply liquid gasket as an even bead, centered between the edges of the mating surface.
Liquid gasket: LOCTITE 5900 or equivalent
a. To prevent leakage of oil, apply liquid gasket to the inner threads of the bolt holes.
b. Do not install the parts if five minutes or more have elapsed since applying the liquid gasket.
Instead, reapply liquid gasket after removing the residue.
c. After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil.
(3) Install the oil pan(A) with the bolts.
Uniformly tighten the bolts in several passes.
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
2. Install the plate(A) between the engine and the transaxle assembly.
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
3. Install the RH, LH sub frame mounting bolts(A,B).
Tightening torque :
156.9~176.5Nm (16.0~18.0kgf.m, 115.7~130.2lb-ft)
44.1~58.8Nm (4.5~6.0kgf.m, 32.5~43.4lb-ft)
4. Install the front roll stopper insulator mounting bolt(A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
5. Install the rear roll stopper insulator mounting bolt(A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
6. Install the RH stabilizer bar link(A).
Tightening torque:
98.1~117.7Nm (10.0~12.0kgf.m, 72.3~86.8lb-ft)
7. Remove the RH tires.
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
8. Fill with engine oil
INSPECTION
RELIEF PLUNGER
1. Inspect the relief plunger.
Coat the plunger with engine oil and check that it falls smoothly into the plunger hole by its own weight.
If it does not, replace the relief plunger. If necessary, replace the front case.
2. Inspect the relief valve spring.
Inspect for distorted or broken relief valve spring.
Standard value
Free height : 46.3mm (1.8228in)
Load : 6.13±5% kgf/38.05mm (13.5±1.1% lb/1.4980in)
ENGINE OIL
1. Check the engine oil quality.
Check the oil deterioration, entry of water, discoloring of thinning.
If the quality is visibly poor, replace the oil.
2. Check the engine oil level.
After warning up the engine and then 5 minutes after the engine stop, oil level should be between the “L” and “F”
marks in the dipstick.
If low, check for leakage and add oil up to the “F” mark.
Do not fill with engine oil above the “F” mark.
SELECTION OF ENGINE OIL
Recommended API classification : CH- 4 OR ABOVE(5W-30)
Recommended SAE viscosity grades :
For best performance and maximum protection of all types of operation, select only those lubricants which :
a. Satisfy the requirement of the API classification.
b. Have proper SAE grade number for expected ambient temperature range.
Lubricants that do not have both an SAE grade number and API service classification on the container should not
be used.
Intake
and
Exhaust system
Intercooler
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
Intake Manifold
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
INTAKE MANIFOLD
1. Remove the air intake hose, air cleaner assembly.
2. Remove the intercooler hoses(A).
3. Remove the ground cable(A) from cylinder head.
4. Remove the air hester terminals(A) CMP(Crankshaft position sensor) connector(B).
5. Remove the injection high pressure. (Refer to FL group).
6. Remove the EGR pipe(B).
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
7. Remove the EGR pipe
Tightening torque :
Bolts(D), Nut(E): 15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
8. Remove the EGR pipe(A).
9. Remove the intake manifold.
Tightening torque :
Bolts(A,B), Nut(C): 15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
Hexagonal wrench bolt (D): 17.7 ~ 26.5Nm (1.8 ~ 2.7kgf.m, 13.0 ~ 19.5lb-ft)
10. Installation is in the reverse order of removal with new gasket.
Exhaust Manifold
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
1. Remove the air intake hose, air cleaner assembly.
2. Remove the intercooler hoses, pipe(A, B).
3. Remove the PCV(Positive Crankcase Ventilation) hose(A), EGR valve vacuum hose(B), EGR cooier water hose(C),
vacuum pump oil hose(D).
4. Remove the EGR pipe(B).
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
5. Remove the EGR pipe
Tightening torque :
Bolts(D), Nut(E): 15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
6. Remove the EGR pipe(A).
7. Remove the turbo chargers water inlet pipe(A).
Tightening torque :
Eye bolt(B): 23.5~35.3Nm (2.4~3.6kgf.m, 17.4~26.0lb-ft)
Bolt(C): 8.8~12.7Nm (0.9~1.3kgf.m, 6.5~9.4lb-ft)
8. Remove the heat protector(A).
Tightening torque :
8.8~12.7Nm (0.9~1.3kgf.m, 6.5~9.4lb-ft)
9. Remove the EGR cooler(A).
Tightening torque :
26.5~34.3Nm (2.7~3.5kgf.m, 19.5~25.3lb-ft)
10. Remove the EGR valve(A).
Tightening torque :
21.6~26.5Nm (2.2~2.7kgf.m, 15.9~19.5lb-ft)
11. Remove the exhaust manifold insulator(A), engine hanger(B).
Tightening torque :
Bolts(C): 8.8~12.7Nm (0.9~1.3kgf.m, 6.5~9.4lb-ft)
Bolts(D): 17.7 ~ 26.5Nm (1.8 ~ 2.7kgf.m, 13.0 ~ 19.5lb-ft)
12. Remove the turbo charger oil inlet pipe(A), oil outlet hose(B).
Tightening torque :
11.8~17.7Nm (1.2~1.8kgf.m, 8.7~13.0lb-ft)
13. Remove the turbo charger water outlet pipe, hose(A).
Tightening torque :
23.5~35.3Nm (2.4~3.6kgf.m, 17.4~26.0lb-ft)
14. Remove the turbo charger stay(A).
Tightening torque :
30.4~36.3Nm (3.1~3.7kgf.m, 22.4~26.8lb-ft)
15. Remove the turbo charger assembly(A).
Tightening torque :
26.5~34.3Nm (2.7~3.5kgf.m,19.5~25.3lb-ft)
16. Remove the generator. (Refer to EE group).
17. Remove the thermostat case(A), oil level gauge tube(B).
18. Remove the exhaust manifold(A).
Tightening torque :
26.5~34.3Nm (2.7~3.5kgf.m,19.5~25.3lb-ft)
INSPECTION
TURBO CHARGER
1. Warm up the engine to the normal temperature.
2. After removing the hose between the intake manifold and the intercooler, install the pressure gauge with 3-way
connector.
3. Measure the maximum pressure data by starting the engine and raising up the rpm.
PRESSURE GAUGE
Not fixed pressure or low pressure
Pressure is above the standard.
(630~670mmHg/3,800rpm)
INSPECTION
a. Leakage from the intake or exhaust system
b. Inferior turbocharger
a. Leakage from the inferior actuator hose
b. Actuator defect
ACTUATOR
1. After removing the air hose from the actuator, install the pressure tester.
2. Install the dial gauge in a straight line with the actuator rod.
3. Using the pressure tester, when the pressure, 1,320~1,360Hg is applied, check whether the actuator rod is shifted
2.0mm.
If the pressure more than 1.7 kg/cm²(1,250mmHg) is applied, there is a danger which the actuator will be
damaged.
4. Replace an actuator when it is not working or pressure can not be applied.
Front Exhaust Pipe
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front muffler(A).
Tightening torque:
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
2. Remove the catalytic converter(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
3. Remove the center muffler(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
4. Remove the main muffler(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
5. Remove the tail pipe(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
CHAPTER 3:
Engine Electrical System
General information
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
TROUBLESHOOTING
CHARGING SYSTEM
Symptom
Suspect area
Remedy
Charging warning
indicator does not
light with ignition
switch «ON» and
engine off.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Charging warning
indicator does not go
out with engine
running. (Battery
requires frequent
recharging)
a. Drive belt loose or worn
b. Battery cable loose, corroded or worn
c. Inperior electronic voltage regulator or
generator
d. Bad wiring connection
a. Adjust belt tension or replace belt
b. Inspect cable connection, repair or replace
cable
c. Replace voltage regulator or generator
d. Repair or replace wiring
Overcharge
a. Electronic voltage regulator
b. Voltage sensing wire
a. Replace voltage regulator
b. Repair or replace wiring
Discharge
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
a. Adjust belt tension or replace belt
b. Inspect wiring connection, repair or
replace wiring
c. Replace voltage regulator or generator
d. Inspect ground or repair
e. Replace battery
Fuse blown
Light burned out
Poor wiring connection
Inferior electronic voltage regulator
Drive belt loose or worn
Wiring connection loose or short circuit
Electronic voltage regulator or generator
Poor grounding
Worn battery
a.
b.
c.
d.
Check fuses
Replace a lamp
Tighten loose connection
Replace voltage regulator
STARTING SYSTEM
Symptom
Suspect area
Remedy
Engine will not crank
a. Battery charge low
b. Battery cables loose, corroded or worn out
c. Transaxle range switch (Vehicle with automatic
transaxle only)
d. Fuse blown
e. Starter motor faulty
f. Ignition switch faulty
a. Charge or replace battery
b. Repair or replace cables
c. Refer to AT group-automatic
transaxle
d. Replace fuse
e. Replace
f. Replace
Engine cranks slowly
a. Battery charge low
b. Battery cables loose, corroded or worn out
c. Starter motor faulty
a. Charge or replace battery
b. Repair or replace cables
c. Replace
Starter keeps running
a. Starter motor
b. Ignition switch
a. Replace
b. Replace
Starter spins but
engine will not crank
a. Short in wiring
b. Pinion gear teeth broken or starter motor
c. Ring gear teeth broken
a. Repair wiring or replace
b. Replace
c. Replace fly wheel or torque
converter
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIFICATION
STARTING SYSTEM
Item
J3 common rail
Rated voltage
12V, 2.0KW
No. of pinion teeth
12
Starter
No-load charasteristics
Voltage
11.5V
Amperage
190A, MAX
Speed
3,000rpm, MIN
CHARGING SYSTEM
Item
J3 common rail
Type
Rated voltage
Generator
Voltage regulator tyqe
Regulator setting voltage
Battery
Battery voltage sensing
12V, 120A
I.C regulator built-in type
14.4 ± 0.3V
Temperature compensation
-10 ± 3mV/°C
Type
CMF 100 AH
Cold cranking amperage at-18°C (-0.4°F)
Reserve capacity
Specific gravity at 25°C (77°F)
900A
182min
1.280 ± 0.01
MF 80AH
660A
145min.
←
a. COLD CRANKING AMPERAGE is the amperage a battery can deliver for 30 seconds and maintain a terminal
voltage of 7.2V or greater at a specified temperature.
b. REVERSE CAPACITY RATING is amount of time a battery can deliver 25A and maintain a minimum terminal
voltage of 10.5V at 26.7°C(80°F)
Charging System
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DESCRIPTION
The charging system includes a battery, an generator with a built-in regulator, and the charging indicator light and
wire.
The generator has eight built-in diodes, each rectifying AC current to DC current.
Therefore, DC current appears at generator «B» terminal.
In addition, the charging voltage of this generator is regulated by the battery voltage detection system in the regulator.
The generator is regulated by the voltage detection system. The main components of the generator are the rotor,
stator, rectifier, capacitor, brushes, bearings and overrunning alternator pulley (OAP). The brush holer contains a builtin electronic voltage regulator.
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
ON-VEHICLE INPECTION
a. Check that the battery cables are connected to the correct terminals.
b. Disconnect the battery cables when the battery is given a quick charge.
c. Never disconnect the battery while the engine is running.
CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
1. If 20 minutes have not passed since the engine was stopped, turn the ignition switch ON and turn on the electrical
system (headlamp, blower motor, rear defogger etc.) for 60 seconds to remove the surface charge.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and turn off the electrical systems.
3. Measure the battery voltage between the negative (-) and positive (+) terminals of the battery.
Standard voltage : 12.5 ~ 12.9V at 20°C(68°F)
If the voltage is less than specification, charge the battery.
CHECK THE BATTERY TERMINALS AND FUSES
1. Check that the battery terminals are not loose or corroded.
2. Check the fuses for continuity.
INSPECT DRIVE BELT
Visually check the belt for excessive wear, frayed cords etc.
If any defect has been found, replace the drive belt.
Cracks on the rib side of a belt are considered acceptable. If the belt has chunks missing from the ribs, it should
be replaced.
VISUALLY CHECK ALTERNATOR WIRING AND LISTEN FOR ABNORMAL NOISES
1. Check that the wiring is in good condition.
2. Check that there is no abnormal noise from the alternator while the engine is running.
CHECK DISCHARGE WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT
1. Warm up the engine and then turn it off.
2. Turn off all accessories.
3. Turn the ignition switch «ON». Check that the discharge warning light is lit.
4. Start the engine. Check that the light is lit.
If the light does not go off as specified, troubleshoot the discharge light circuit.
INSPECT CHARGING SYSTEM
VOLTAGE DROP TEST OF ALTERNATOR OUTPUT WIRE
This test determines whether or not the wiring between the alternator «B» terminal and the battery (+) terminal is good
by the voltage drop method.
PREPARATION
1. Turn the ignition switch to «OFF».
2. Disconnect the output wire from the alternator «B» terminal. Connect the (+) lead wire of ammeter to the «B»
terminal of alternator and the (-) lead wire of ammeter to the output wire. Connect the (+) lead wire of voltmeter to
the «B» terminal of alternator and the (-) lead wire of voltmeter to the (+) terminal of battery.
TEST
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn on the headlamps and blower motor, and set the engine speed until the ammeter indicates 20A.
And then, read the voltmeter at this time.
RESULT
1. The voltmeter may indicate the standard value.
Standard value: 0.2V max
2. If the value of the voltmeter is higher than expected (above 0.2V max.), poor wiring is suspected. In this case
check the wiring from the alternator «B» terminal to the battery (+) terminal. Check for loose connections, color
change due to an over-heated harness, etc. Correct them before testing again.
3. Upon completion of the test, set the engine speed at idle.
Turn off the headlamps, blower motor and the ignition switch.
OUTPUT CURRENT TEST
This test determines whether or not the alternator gives an output current that is equivalent to the normal output.
PREPARATION
1. Prior to the test, check the following items and correct as necessary.
Check the battery installed in the vehicle to ensure that it is good condition. The battery checking method is
described in the section «Battery».
The battery that is used to test the output current should be one that has been partially discharged. With a fully
charged battery, the test may not be conducted correctly due to an insufficient load.
Check the tension of the alternator drive belt. The belt tension check method is described in the section «Inspect
drive belt».
2. Turn off the ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
4. Disconnect the alternator output wire from the alternator «B» terminal.
5. Connect a DC ammeter (0 to 150A) in series between the «B» terminal and the disconnected output wire. Be sure
to connect the (-) lead wire of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.
Tighten each connection securely, as a heavy current will flow. Do not rely on clips.
6. Connect a voltmeter (0 to 20V) between the «B» terminal and ground. Connect the (+) lead wire to the alternator «B»
terminal and (-) lead wire to a good ground.
7. Attach an engine tachometer and connect the battery ground cable.
8. Leave the engine hood open.
TEST
1. Check to see that the voltmeter reads as the same value as the battery voltage. If the voltmeter reads 0V, and the
open circuit in the wire between alternator «B» terminal and battery (-) terminal or poor grounding is suspected.
2. Start the engine and turn on the headlamps.
3. Set the headlamps to high beam and the heater blower switch to HIGH, quickly increase the engine speed to 2,500
rpm and read the maximum output current value indicated by the ammeter.
After the engine start up, the charging current quickly drops.
Therefore, the above operation must be done quickly to read the maximum current value correctly.
RESULT
1. The ammeter reading must be higher than the limit value. If it is lower but the alternator output wire is in good
condition, remove the alternator from the vehicle and test it.
Limit value : 70% of the rated current
a. The nominal output current value is shown on the nameplate affixed to the alternator body.
b. The output current value changes with the electrical load and the temperature of the alternator itself.
Therefore, the nominal output current may not be obtained. If such is the case, keep the headlamps on the
cause discharge of the battery, or use the lights of another vehicle to increase the electrical load.
The nominal output current may not be obtained if the temperature of the alternator itself or ambient
temperature is too high.
In such a case, reduce the temperature before testing again.
2. Upon completion of the output current test, lower the engine speed to idle and turn off the ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
4. Remove the ammeter and voltmeter and the engine tachometer.
5. Connect the alternator output wire to the alternator «B» terminal.
6. Connect the battery ground cable.
REGULATED VOLTAGE TEST
The purpose of this test is to check that the electronic voltage regulator controls voltage correctly.
PREPARATION
1. Prior to the test, check the following items and correct if necessary.
Check that the battery installed on the vehicle is fully charged. The battery checking method is described in the
section «Battery».
Check the alternator drive belt tension. The belt tension check method is described in the section «Inspect drive
belt».
2. Turn ignition switch to «OFF».
3. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
4. Connect a digital voltmeter between the «B» terminal of the alternator and ground. Connect the (+) lead of the
voltmeter to the «B» terminal of the alternator. Connect the (-) lead to good ground or the battery (-) terminal.
5. Disconnect the alternator output wire from the alternator «B» terminal.
6. Connect a DC ammeter (0 to 150A) in series between the «B» terminal and the disconnected output wire.
Connect the (-) lead wire of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.
7. Attach the engine tachometer and connect the battery ground cable.
TEST
1. Turn on the ignition switch and check to see that the voltmeter indicates the following value.
Voltage: Battery voltage
If it reads 0V, there is an open circuit in the wire between the alternator «B» terminal and the battery and the battery
(-) terminal.
2. Start the engine. Keep all lights and accessories off.
3. Run the engine at a speed of about 2,500 rpm and read the voltmeter when the alternator output current drops to
10A or less
RESULT
1. If the voltmeter reading agrees with the value listed in the regulating voltage table below, the voltage regulator is
functioning correctly. If the reading is other than the standard value, the voltage regulator or the alternator is faulty.
REGULATING VOLTAGE TABLE
Voltage regulator ambient temperature °C (°F)
-20 (-4)
20 (68)
60 (140)
80 (176)
Regulating voltage (V)
14.2
14.0
13.7
13.5
~
~
~
~
15.4
15.0
14.9
14.7
2. Upon completion of the test, reduce the engine speed to idle, and turn off the ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
4. Remove the voltmeter and ammeter and the engine tachometer.
5. Connect the alternator output wire to the alternator «B» terminal.
6. Connect the battery ground cable.
Alternator
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENT
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal frist, then the positive terminal.
2. Disconnect the alternator connector(A) and «B» terminal cable(B).
3. Remove the oil pipe(B), oil hose(C) from the vacuum pump(A).
4. Remove the drive belt.
5. Remove the movnting bolts(B.C) and net(D) then remove the alternator(A).
6. Installation is the reverse of removal.
Battery
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
1. The maintenance-free battery is, as the name implies, totally maintenance free and has no removable battery cell
caps.
2. Water never needs to be added to the maintenance-free battery.
3. The battery is completely sealed, except for small vent holes in the cover.
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
INSPECTION
BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC TEST (1)
CHECKING FLOW
LOAD TEST
1. Perform the following steps to complete the load test procedure for maintenance free batteries.
2. Connect the load tester clamps to the terminals and proceed with the test as follow:
(1) If the battery has been on charge, remove the surface charge by connect a 300ampere load for 15 seconds.
(2) Connect the voltmeter and apply the specified load.
(3) Read the voltage after the load has been applied for 15 seconds.
(4) Disconnect the load.
(5) Compare the voltage reading with the minimum and replace the battery if battery test voltage is below that
shown in the voltage table.
Voltage
Temperature
9.6V
20°C (68.0°F) and above
9.5V
16°C (60.8°F)
9.4V
10°C (50.0°F)
9.3V
4°C (39.2°F)
9.1V
-1°C (30.2°F)
8.9V
-7°C (19.4°F)
8.7V
-12°C (10.4°F)
8.5V
-18°C (-0.4°F)
a. If the voltage is greater shown in the table, the battery is good.
b. If the voltage is less than shown in the table, replace the battery.
BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC TEST (2)
1. Make sure the ignition switch and all accessories are in the OFF position.
2. Disconnect the battery cables (negative first).
3. Remove the battery from the vehicle.
Care should be taken in the event the battery case is cracked or leaking, to protect your skin from the
electrolyte.
Heavy rubber gloves (not the household type) should be wore when removing the battery.
4. Inspect the battery tray for damage caused by the loss of electrolyte. If acid damage is present, it will be necessary
to clean the area with a solution of clean warm water and baking soda. Scrub the area with a stiff brush and wipe
off with a cloth moistened with baking soda and water.
5. Clean the top of the battery with the same solution as described above.
6. Inspect the battery case and cover for cracks. If cracks are present, the battery must be replaced.
7. Clean the battery posts with a suitable battery post tool.
8. Clean the inside surface of the terminal clamps with a suitable battery cleaning tool. Replace damaged or frayed
cables and broken terminal clamps.
9. Install the battery in the vehicle.
10. Connect the cable terminals to the battery post, making sure tops of the terminals are flush with the tops of the
posts.
11. Tighten the terminal nuts securely.
12. Coat all connections with light mineral grease after tightening.
When batteries are being charged, an explosive gas forms beneath the cover of each cell. Do not smoke
near batteries being charged or which have recently been charged. Do not break live circuit at the terminals
of batteries being charged.
A spark will occur when the circuit is broken. Keep open flames away form battery.
Starting System
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
The starting system includes the battery, starter, solenoid switch, ignition switch, inhibitor switch (A/T), ignition lock
switch, connection wires and the battery cable.
When the ignition key is turned to the start position, current flows and energizes the starter motor’s solenoid coil.
The solenoid plunger and clutch shift lever are activated, and the clutch pinion engages the ring gear.
The contacts close and the starter motor cranks. In order to prevent damage caused by excessive rotation of the
starter armature when the engine starts, the clutch pinion gear overruns.
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
TROUBLESHOOTING
STARTER CIRCUIT
The battery must be in good condition and fully charged.
1. With the shift lever in N or P (A/T) or clutch pedal pressed (M/T), turn the ignition switch to «START»
If the starter normally cranks the engine, starting system is OK. If the starter will not crank the engine at all, go to
next step.
If it won’t disengage from the ring gear when you release key, check for the following until you find the cause.
a. Solenoid plunger and switch malfunction.
b. Dirty pinion gear or damaged overrunning clutch.
2. Check the battery condition. Check electrical connections at the battery, battery negative cable connected to the
body, engine ground cables, and the starter for looseness and corrosion. Then try starting the engine again.
If the starter cranks normally the engine, repairing the loose connection repaired the problem. The starting system
is now OK.
If the starter still does not crank the engine, go to next step.
3. Disconnect the connector from the S-terminal of solenoid. Connect a jumper wire from the B-terminal of solenoid to
the S-terminal of solenoid.
If the starter cranks the engine, go to next step.
If the starter still does not crank the engine, remove the starter, and repair or replace as necessary.
4. Check the following items in the order listed until you find the open circuit.
a. Check the wire and connectors between the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box and the ignition switch, and
between the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box and the starter.
b. Check the ignition switch (Refer to BE group — ignition system)
c. Check the transaxle range switch connector or ignition lock switch connector.
d. Inspect the starter relay.
STATER SOLENOID TEST
1. Disconnect the field coil wire from the M-terminal of solenoid switch.
2. Connect a 12V battery between S-terminal and the starter body.
3. Connect the field coil wire to the M-terminal.
This test must be performed quickly (in less than 10 seconds) to prevent the coil from burning.
4. If the pinion moves out, the pull-in coil of solenoid is working properly.
If the pinion does not move, replace the solenoid.
5. Diconnect the field coil wire from the M-terminal.
6. If the pinion has moved out, the hold-in coil of the solenoid is working properly.
If the pinion moves in, replace the solenoid.
FREE RUNNING TEST
1. Place the starter motor in a vise equipped with soft jaws and connect a fully-charged 12-volt battery to starter
motor as follows.
2. Connect a test ammeter (100-ampere scale) and carbon pile rheostats shown is the illustration.
3. Connect a voltmeter (15-volt scale) across starter motor.
4. Rotate carbon pile to the off position.
5. Connect the battery cable from battery’s negative post to the starter motor body.
6. Adjust until battery voltage shown on the voltmeter reads 11volts.
7. Confirm that the maximum amperage is within the specifications and that the starter motor turns smoothly and
freely.
Current : Max.190 Amps
Speed : Min. 3,000 Rpm
Starter
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENT
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REPLACEMENT
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
2. Remove the starter motor cable(A).
3. Remove the 2 bolts holding the starter, then remove the starter.
4. Installation is the reverse of removal.
5. Connect the battery positive cable and negative cable to the battery.
Preheating System
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
INSPECT
Conditions before inspection :
Battery voltage : 12V
Cooling water temperature : Below 30°C (86°F)
(Disconnect the water temperature sensor connector).
Reconnect the water temperature sensor connector after inspection.
1. Connect voltmeter between glow plug plate and plug body (ground).
2. Check indicated value on voltmeter with ignition switch ON.
3. Check that preheat indication lamp lights for about 6 seconds and indicates battery voltage (about 9V or over) for
about 36 seconds immediately after ignition switch is turned on. [At cooling water temperature 20°C (68.0°F)]
Continuity time varies depending upon cooling water temperature.
4. After checking 3, set ignition switch at START position.
5. The system is normal if battery voltage (about 9V or over) is generated for about 6 seconds during engine cranking
and after start operation. [at cooling water temperature 20°C (68.0°F)]
6. When the voltage or continuity time is not normal, check the terminal voltage in glow control unit, and single parts.
GLOW PLUG RELAY
1. Remove the glow plug relay.
2. Inspect the relay continuity.
a. Using an ohmmeter, check that there is continuity between terminals 86 and 85.
If there is no continuity, replace the relay.
b. Check that there is no continuity between terminals 87 and 30.
If there is continuity, replace the relay.
3. Inspect the relay operation.
a. Apply battery positive voltage across terminals 85 and 85.
b. Using an ohmmeter, check that there is continuity between terminals 87 and 30.
If there is no continuity, replace the relay.
4. Install the glow plug relay.
CHAPTER 3:
Engine Electrical System
General information
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
TROUBLE SHOOTING
IGNITION SYSTEM
Symptom
Suspect area
Remedy
Engine will not start or Ignition lock switch
is hard to start
Ignition coil
(Cranks OK)
Spark plugs
Ignition wiring disconnected or broken
Inspect ignition lock switch, or replace as required
Inspect ignition coil, or replace as required
Inspect spark plugs, or replace as required
Repair wiring, or replace as required
Rough idle or stalls
Ignition wiring
Ignition coil
Repair wiring, or replace as required
Inspect ignition coil, or replace as required
Engine hesitates/poor
acceleration
Spark plugs and spark plug cables
Ignition wiring
Inspect spark plugs / cable, or replace as required
Repair wiring, or replace as required
Poor mileage
Spark plugs and spark plug cables
Inspect spark plugs / cable, or replace as required
CHARGING SYSTEM
Symptom
Suspect area
Remedy
Charging warning
indicator does not
light with ignition
switch «ON» and
engine off.
Fuse blown
Light burned out
Wiring connection loose
Electronic voltage regulator
Charging warning
indicator does not go
out with engine
running. (Battery
requires frequent
recharging)
Drive belt loose or worn
Battery cable loose, corroded or worn
Electronic voltage regulator or alternator
Wiring
Overcharge
Electronic voltage regulator
Voltage sensing wire
Replace voltage regulator
Repair or replace wiring
Discharge
Drive belt loose or worn
Wiring connection loose or short circuit
Electronic voltage regulator or alternator
Poor grounding
Worn battery
Adjust belt tension or replace belt
Inspect wiring connection, repair or replace
wiring
Replace voltage regulator or alternator
Inspect ground or repair
Replace battery
Check fuses
Replace light
Tighten loose connection
Replace voltage regulator
Adjust belt tension or replace belt
Inspect cable connection, repair or replace
cable
Replace voltage regulator or alternator
Repair or replace wiring
STARTING SYSTEM
Symptom
Suspect area
Remedy
Engine will not crank
Battery charge low
Battery cables loose, corroded or worn out
Transaxle range switch (Vehicle with automatic
transaxle only)
Fuse blown
Starter motor faulty
Ignition switch faulty
Charge or replace battery
Repair or replace cables
Refer to TR group-automatic transaxle
Replace fuse
Replace
Replace
Engine cranks slowly
Battery charge low
Battery cables loose, corroded or worn out
Starter motor faulty
Charge or replace battery
Repair or replace cables
Replace
Starter keeps running
Starter motor
Ignition switch
Replace
Replace
Starter spins but
engine will not crank
Ignition switch
Replace
Short in wiring
Pinion gear teeth broken or starter motor
Ring gear teeth broken
Repair wiring
Replace
Replace fly wheel or torque converter
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SPECIFICATION
IGNITION SYSTEM
Items
Ignition coil
Spark plugs
Specification( 3.8L)
Primary resistance
0.62 ± 10 % (Ω)
Secondary resistance
7.0 ± 15 % (kΩ)
Unleaded
NGK
IFR5G-11
Gap
1.0 ~ 1.1 mm (0.0394 ~ 0.0433 in.)
STARTING SYSTEM
Specification
Items
3.8L
Rated voltage
12 V, 1.4 kW
No. of pinion teeth
8
Starter
No-load
characteristics
Voltage
11.5 V
Ampere
85A, MAX
Speed
2,600 rpm, MIN
CHARGING SYSTEM
Specification
Items
Type
Battery voltage sensing
Rate voltagea
13.5V, 130A
Speed in use
1,000 ~ 18,000 rpm
Voltage regulator
IC regulator built-in type
Regulator setting voltage
14.2 ~ 14.8V
Temperature compensation
-4 ± 4 mV / °C
Type
MF 68AH(3.3L) / MF 80AH(3.8L)
Cold cranking amperage [at -18°C(-0.4°F)]
600 A(3.3L) / 630 A(3.8L)
Reserve capacity
110 min(3.3L) / 130 min(3.8L)
Specific gravity [at 20°C(68°F)]
1.280 ± 0.01
Alternator
Battery
/ 3.8L
a. COLD CRANKING AMPERAGE is the amperage a battery can deliver for 30 seconds and maintain a terminal
voltage of 7.2V or greater at a specified temperature.
b. RESERVE CAPACITY RATING is amount of time a battery can deliver 25A and maintain a minimum terminal
voltage of 10.5V at 26.7°C(80.1°F).
AUTO CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
Items
Specification
Setting error
Within ± 1.5Km/h on level road
Vehicle speed memory variation
No variation
Setting time
0.1sec max
Resuming time
0.1sec max.
Minimum operating speed
40 ± 2Km/h
Cancel speed range
15 ± 2Km/h
Maximum memorized speed
160 ± 2Km/h
Pulling force
127N(13Kgf)
Main switch serial resistance value
3.9kΩ ± 1%
Command switch serial resistance value
SET switch : 220Ω ± 1%
RESUME switch : 910Ω ± 1%
Ignition System
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRITION
Ignition timing is controlled by the electronic control ignition timing system. The standard reference ignition timing data
for the engine operating conditions are preprogrammed in the memory of the ECM (Engine Control Module).
The engine operating conditions (speed, load, warm-up condition, etc.) are detected by the various sensors. Based on
these sensor signals and the ignition timing data, signals to interrupt the primary current are sent to the ECM. The
ignition coil is activated, and timing is controlled.
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
IGNITION COIL
1. Remove the engine cover.
2. Disconnect the ignition coil connector(A).
When removing the ignition coil connector, pull the lock pin(A) and push the clip(B).
3. Remove the ignition coil (B).
4. Installation is the reverse of removal.
ON-VEHICLE INSPECTION
SPARK TEST
1. Remove the ignition coil connector(A).
When removing the ignition coil connector, pull the lock pin (A) and push the clip(B).
2. Remove bolt holding down the ignition coil.
3. Remove ignition coil from engine.
4. Using a spark plug socket, remove the spark plug.
5. Attach the spark plug to the ignition coil.
6. Reconnect ignition coil harness connector to ignition coil.
7. Ground the spark plug to the engine.
8. Check if spark occurs while engine is being cranked.
To prevent fuel being injected from injectors while the engine is being cranked, remove the fuel pump relay(A)
from the fuse box.
Crank the engine for no more than 5 ~ 10 seconds.
9. Continue to inspect other cylinders of suspected ‘no spark’ concerns.
10. Install in the reverse order of testing and removal.
INSPECT SPARK PLUG
1. Remove the ignition coil connector(A).
When removing the ignition coil connector, pull the lock pin(A) and push the clip(B).
2. Remove the ignition coil(B).
3. Using a spark plug socket, remove the spark plug.
Be careful that no contaminates enter through the spark plug holes.
4. Inspect the electrodes (A) and ceramic insulator (B).
INSPECTION OF ELECTRODES
Condition
Description
Dark deposits
a. Fuel mixture too rich
b. Low air intake
5. Check the electrode gap (A).
Standard :
Unleaded : 1.0 ~ 1.1 mm (0.0394 ~ 0.0433 in.)
INSPECT IGNITION COIL
1. Measure the primary coil resistance between terminals (+) and (-).
White deposits
a. Fuel mixture too lean
b. Advanced ignition timing
c. Insufficient plug tightening torque
Standard value: 0.62Ω ± 10%
Charging System
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
The charging system included a battery, an alternator with a built-in regulator, and the charging indicator light and
wire.
The Alternator has built-in diodes, each rectifying AC current to DC current.
Therefore, DC current appears at alternator «B» terminal.
In addition, the charging voltage of this alternator is regulated by the battery voltage detection system.
The alternator is regulated by the battery voltage detection system. The main components of the alternator are the
rotor, stator, rectifier, capacitor brushes, bearings and V-ribbed belt pulley. The brush holder contains a built-in
electronic voltage regulator.
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
ON-VEHICLE INPECTION
a. Check that the battery cables are connected to the correct terminals.
b. Disconnect the battery cables when the battery is given a quick charge.
c. Never disconnect the battery while the engine is running.
CHECK BATTERY VOLTAGE
1. If 20 minutes have not passed since the engine was stopped, turn the ignition switch ON and turn on the electrical
system (headlamp, blower motor, rear defogger etc.) for 60 seconds to remove the surface charge.
2. Turn the ignition switch OFF and turn off the electrical systems.
3. Measure the battery voltage between the negative (-) and positive (+) terminals of the battery.
Standard voltage : 12.5 ~ 12.9V at 20°C(68°F)
If the voltage is less than specification, charge the battery.
CHECK THE BATTERY TERMINALS AND FUSES
1. Check that the battery terminals are not loose or corroded.
2. Check the fuses for continuity.
INSPECT DRIVE BELT
Visually check the belt for excessive wear, frayed cords etc.
If any defect has been found, replace the drive belt.
Cracks on the rib side of a belt are considered acceptable. If the belt has chunks missing from the ribs, it should
be replaced.
VISUALLY CHECK ALTERNATOR WIRING AND LISTEN FOR ABNORMAL NOISES
1. Check that the wiring is in good condition.
2. Check that there is no abnormal noise from the alternator while the engine is running.
CHECK DISCHARGE WARNING LIGHT CIRCUIT
1. Warm up the engine and then turn it off.
2. Turn off all accessories.
3. Turn the ignition switch «ON». Check that the discharge warning light is lit.
4. Start the engine. Check that the light is lit.
If the light does not go off as specified, troubleshoot the discharge light circuit.
INSPECT CHARGING SYSTEM
VOLTAGE DROP TEST OF ALTERNATOR OUTPUT WIRE
This test determines whether or not the wiring between the alternator «B» terminal and the battery (+) terminal is good
by the voltage drop method.
PREPARATION
1. Turn the ignition switch to «OFF».
2. Disconnect the output wire from the alternator «B» terminal. Connect the (+) lead wire of ammeter to the «B»
terminal of alternator and the (-) lead wire of ammeter to the output wire. Connect the (+) lead wire of voltmeter to
the «B» terminal of alternator and the (-) lead wire of voltmeter to the (+) terminal of battery.
TEST
1. Start the engine.
2. Turn on the headlamps and blower motor, and set the engine speed until the ammeter indicates 20A.
And then, read the voltmeter at this time.
RESULT
1. The voltmeter may indicate the standard value.
Standard value: 0.2V max
2. If the value of the voltmeter is higher than expected (above 0.2V max.), poor wiring is suspected. In this case
check the wiring from the alternator «B» terminal to the battery (+) terminal. Check for loose connections, color
change due to an over-heated harness, etc. Correct them before testing again.
3. Upon completion of the test, set the engine speed at idle.
Turn off the headlamps, blower motor and the ignition switch.
OUTPUT CURRENT TEST
This test determines whether or not the alternator gives an output current that is equivalent to the normal output.
PREPARATION
1. Prior to the test, check the following items and correct as necessary.
Check the battery installed in the vehicle to ensure that it is good condition. The battery checking method is
described in the section «Battery».
The battery that is used to test the output current should be one that has been partially discharged. With a fully
charged battery, the test may not be conducted correctly due to an insufficient load.
Check the tension of the alternator drive belt. The belt tension check method is described in the section «Inspect
drive belt».
2. Turn off the ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
4. Disconnect the alternator output wire from the alternator «B» terminal.
5. Connect a DC ammeter (0 to 150A) in series between the «B» terminal and the disconnected output wire. Be sure
to connect the (-) lead wire of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.
Tighten each connection securely, as a heavy current will flow. Do not rely on clips.
6. Connect a voltmeter (0 to 20V) between the «B» terminal and ground. Connect the (+) lead wire to the alternator «B»
terminal and (-) lead wire to a good ground.
7. Attach an engine tachometer and connect the battery ground cable.
8. Leave the engine hood open.
TEST
1. Check to see that the voltmeter reads as the same value as the battery voltage. If the voltmeter reads 0V, and the
open circuit in the wire between alternator «B» terminal and battery (-) terminal or poor grounding is suspected.
2. Start the engine and turn on the headlamps.
3. Set the headlamps to high beam and the heater blower switch to HIGH, quickly increase the engine speed to 2,500
rpm and read the maximum output current value indicated by the ammeter.
After the engine start up, the charging current quickly drops.
Therefore, the above operation must be done quickly to read the maximum current value correctly.
RESULT
1. The ammeter reading must be higher than the limit value. If it is lower but the alternator output wire is in good
condition, remove the alternator from the vehicle and test it.
Limit value : 70% of the rated current
a. The nominal output current value is shown on the nameplate affixed to the alternator body.
b. The output current value changes with the electrical load and the temperature of the alternator itself.
Therefore, the nominal output current may not be obtained. If such is the case, keep the headlamps on the
cause discharge of the battery, or use the lights of another vehicle to increase the electrical load.
The nominal output current may not be obtained if the temperature of the alternator itself or ambient
temperature is too high.
In such a case, reduce the temperature before testing again.
2. Upon completion of the output current test, lower the engine speed to idle and turn off the ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
4. Remove the ammeter and voltmeter and the engine tachometer.
5. Connect the alternator output wire to the alternator «B» terminal.
6. Connect the battery ground cable.
REGULATED VOLTAGE TEST
The purpose of this test is to check that the electronic voltage regulator controls voltage correctly.
PREPARATION
1. Prior to the test, check the following items and correct if necessary.
Check that the battery installed on the vehicle is fully charged. The battery checking method is described in the
section «Battery».
Check the alternator drive belt tension. The belt tension check method is described in the section «Inspect drive
belt».
2. Turn ignition switch to «OFF».
3. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
4. Connect a digital voltmeter between the «B» terminal of the alternator and ground. Connect the (+) lead of the
voltmeter to the «B» terminal of the alternator. Connect the (-) lead to good ground or the battery (-) terminal.
5. Disconnect the alternator output wire from the alternator «B» terminal.
6. Connect a DC ammeter (0 to 150A) in series between the «B» terminal and the disconnected output wire.
Connect the (-) lead wire of the ammeter to the disconnected output wire.
7. Attach the engine tachometer and connect the battery ground cable.
TEST
1. Turn on the ignition switch and check to see that the voltmeter indicates the following value.
Voltage: Battery voltage
If it reads 0V, there is an open circuit in the wire between the alternator «B» terminal and the battery and the battery
(-) terminal.
2. Start the engine. Keep all lights and accessories off.
3. Run the engine at a speed of about 2,500 rpm and read the voltmeter when the alternator output current drops to
10A or less
RESULT
1. If the voltmeter reading agrees with the value listed in the regulating voltage table below, the voltage regulator is
functioning correctly. If the reading is other than the standard value, the voltage regulator or the alternator is faulty.
REGULATING VOLTAGE TABLE
Voltage regulator ambient temperature °C (°F)
-20 (-4)
20 (68)
60 (140)
80 (176)
Regulating voltage (V)
14.2
14.0
13.7
13.5
~
~
~
~
15.4
15.0
14.9
14.7
2. Upon completion of the test, reduce the engine speed to idle, and turn off the ignition switch.
3. Disconnect the battery ground cable.
4. Remove the voltmeter and ammeter and the engine tachometer.
5. Connect the alternator output wire to the alternator «B» terminal.
6. Connect the battery ground cable.
Alternator
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENT
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the battery negative terminal first, then the positive terminal.
2. Disconnect the alternator connector, and remove the cable from alternator «B» terminal.
3. Remove the drive belt.
4. Pull out the through bolt and then remove the alternator(A).
5. Installation is the reverse of removal.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the alternator cover(A) using a screw driver(B).
2. Remove the slip ring guide(A).
3. Loosen the mounting bolts(B) and disconnect the brush holder assembly(C).
4. Remove the rectifler(A) with 4 screws.
5. Remove the nut, pulley(A) and spacer.
6. Loosen the 4 through bolts(A).
7. Disconnect the rotor(A) and cover(B).
8. Reassembly is the reverse order of disassembly.
INSPECTION
INSPECT ROTOR
1. Check that there is continuity between the slip rings (A).
2. Check that there is no continuity between the slip rings and the rotor (B) or rotor shaft (C).
3. If the rotor fails either continuity check, replace the alternator.
INSPECT STATOR
1. Check that there is continuity between each pair of leads (A).
2. Check that there is no continuity between each lead and the coil core.
3. If the coil fails either continuity check, replace the alternator.
Battery
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
1. The maintenance-free battery is, as the name implies, totally maintenance free and has no removable battery cell
caps.
2. Water never needs to be added to the maintenance-free battery.
3. The battery is completely sealed, except for small vent holes in the cover.
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
INSPECTION
BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC TEST (1)
CHECKING FLOW
LOAD TEST
1. Perform the following steps to complete the load test procedure for maintenance free batteries.
2. Connect the load tester clamps to the terminals and proceed with the test as follow:
(1) If the battery has been on charge, remove the surface charge by connect a 300ampere load for 15 seconds.
(2) Connect the voltmeter and apply the specified load.
(3) Read the voltage after the load has been applied for 15 seconds.
(4) Disconnect the load.
(5) Compare the voltage reading with the minimum and replace the battery if battery test voltage is below that
shown in the voltage table.
Voltage
Temperature
9.6V
20°C (68.0°F) and above
9.5V
16°C (60.8°F)
9.4V
10°C (50.0°F)
9.3V
4°C (39.2°F)
9.1V
-1°C (30.2°F)
8.9V
-7°C (19.4°F)
8.7V
-12°C (10.4°F)
8.5V
-18°C (-0.4°F)
a. If the voltage is greater shown in the table, the battery is good.
b. If the voltage is less than shown in the table, replace the battery.
BATTERY DIAGNOSTIC TEST (2)
1. Make sure the ignition switch and all accessories are in the OFF position.
2. Disconnect the battery cables (negative first).
3. Remove the battery from the vehicle.
Care should be taken in the event the battery case is cracked or leaking, to protect your skin from the
electrolyte.
Heavy rubber gloves (not the household type) should be wore when removing the battery.
4. Inspect the battery tray for damage caused by the loss of electrolyte. If acid damage is present, it will be necessary
to clean the area with a solution of clean warm water and baking soda. Scrub the area with a stiff brush and wipe
off with a cloth moistened with baking soda and water.
5. Clean the top of the battery with the same solution as described above.
6. Inspect the battery case and cover for cracks. If cracks are present, the battery must be replaced.
7. Clean the battery posts with a suitable battery post tool.
8. Clean the inside surface of the terminal clamps with a suitable battery cleaning tool. Replace damaged or frayed
cables and broken terminal clamps.
9. Install the battery in the vehicle.
10. Connect the cable terminals to the battery post, making sure tops of the terminals are flush with the tops of the
posts.
11. Tighten the terminal nuts securely.
12. Coat all connections with light mineral grease after tightening.
When batteries are being charged, an explosive gas forms beneath the cover of each cell. Do not smoke
near batteries being charged or which have recently been charged. Do not break live circuit at the terminals
of batteries being charged.
A spark will occur when the circuit is broken. Keep open flames away form battery.
Starting System
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
The starting system includes the battery, starter, solenoid switch, ignition switch, inhibitor switch (A/T), ignition lock
switch, connection wires and the battery cable.
When the ignition key is turned to the start position, current flows and energizes the starter motor’s solenoid coil.
The solenoid plunger and clutch shift lever are activated, and the clutch pinion engages the ring gear.
The contacts close and the starter motor cranks. In order to prevent damage caused by excessive rotation of the
starter armature when the engine starts, the clutch pinion gear overruns.
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
STARTER CIRCUIT TROUBLESHOOTING
The battery must be in good condition and fully charged.
1. Remove the fuel pump relay(A) from the fuse box.
2. With the shift lever in N or P (A/T) or clutch pedal pressed (M/T), turn the ignition switch to «START»
If the starter normally cranks the engine, starting system is OK. If the starter will not crank the engine at all, go to
next step.
If it won’t disengage from the ring gear when you release key, check for the following until you find the cause.
a. Solenoid plunger and switch malfunction.
b. Dirty pinion gear or damaged overrunning clutch.
3. Check the battery condition. Check electrical connections at the battery, battery negative cable connected to the
body, engine ground cables, and the starter for looseness and corrosion. Then try starting the engine again.
If the starter cranks normally the engine, repairing the loose connection repaired the problem. The starting system
is now OK.
If the starter still does not crank the engine, go to next step.
4. Disconnect the connector from the S-terminal of solenoid. Connect a jumper wire from the B-terminal of solenoid to
the S-terminal of solenoid.
If the starter cranks the engine, go to next step.
If the starter still does not crank the engine, remove the starter, and repair or replace as necessary.
5. Check the following items in the order listed until you find the open circuit.
a. Check the wire and connectors between the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box and the ignition switch, and
between the driver’s under-dash fuse/relay box and the starter.
b. Check the ignition switch (Refer to BE group — ignition system)
c. Check the transaxle range switch connector or ignition lock switch connector.
d. Inspect the starter relay.
STARTER SOLENOID TEST
1. Disconnect the field coil wire from the M-terminal of solenoid switch.
2. Connect the battery as shown. If the starter pinion pops out, it is working properly. To avoid damaging the starter,
do not leave the battery connected for more than 10 seconds.
3. Disconnect the battery from the M terminal.
If the pinion does not retract, the hold-in coil is working properly. To avoid damaging the starter, do not leave the
battery connected for more than 10 seconds.
4. Disconnect the battery also from the body. If the pinion retracts immediately, it is working properly. To avoid
damaging the starter, do not leave the battery connected for more than 10 seconds.
FREE RUNNING TEST
1. Place the starter motor in a vise equipped with soft jaws and connect a fully-charged 12-volt battery to starter
motor as follows.
2. Connect a test ammeter (100-ampere scale) and carbon pile rheostats as shown in the illustration.
3. Connect a voltmeter (15-volt scale) across starter motor.
4. Rotate carbon pile to the off position.
5. Connect the battery cable from battery’s negative post to the starter motor body.
6. Adjust until battery voltage shown on the voltmeter reads 11volts.
7. Confirm that the maximum amperage is within the specifications and that the starter motor turns smoothly and
freely.
Current : 85A MAX
Speed : 2,600 rpm
Starter
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENT
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
STATATER
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable.
2. Disconnect the starter cable (A) from the B terminal (B) on the solenoid (C), then disconnect the connector (D)
from the S terminal (E).
3. Remove the 2 bolts holding the starter, then remove the starter.
4. Installation is the reverse of removal.
5. Connect the battery negative cable to the battery.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Disconnect the M-terminal (A) on the magnet switch assembly (B).
2. After loosening the 3 screws (A), detach the magnet switch assembly (B).
3. Loosen the through bolts (A).
4. Remove the brush holder assembly (A), yoke (b) and armature (C).
5. Remove the shield (A) and packing (B).
6. Remove the lever plate (A) and lever packing (B).
7. Disconnect the planet gear (A).
8. Disconnect the planet shaft assembly (A) and lever (B).
9. Press the stop ring (A) using a socket (B).
10. After removing the stopper (A) using stopper pliers (B).
11. Disconnect the stop ring (A), overrunning clutch (B), internal gear (C) and planet shaft (D).
12. Reassembly is the reverse of disassembly.
Using a suitable pulling tool (A), pull the overrunning clutch stop ring (B) over the stopper (C).
INSPECTION
ARMATURE INSPECTION AND TEST
1. Remove the starter.
2. Disassemble the starter as shown at the beginning of this procedure.
3. Inspect the armature for wear or damage from contact with the permanent magnet. If there is wear or damage,
replace the armature.
4. Check the commutator (A) surface. If the surface is dirty or burnt, resurface with emery cloth or a lathe within the
following specifications, or recondition with #500 or #600 sandpaper (B).
5. Measure the commutator (A) runout.
a. If the commutator runout is within the service limit, check the commutator for carbon dust or brass chips
between the segments.
b. If the commutator run out is not within the service limit, replace the armature.
Commutator runout
Standard (New): 0.02mm (0.0008in.) max
Service limit: 0.05mm (0.0020in.)
6. Check the mica depth (A). If the mica is too high (B), undercut the mica with a hacksaw blade to the proper depth.
Cut away all the mica (C) between the commutator segments. The undercut should not be too shallow, too narrow,
or v-shaped (D).
Commutator mica depth
Standard (New) : 0.5 mm (0.0197 in.)
Limit : 0.2mm (0.0079 in.)
7. Check for continuity between the segments of the commutator. If an open circuit exists between any segments,
replace the armature.
8. Check with an ohmmeter that no continuity exists between the commutator (A) and armature coil core (B), and
between the commutator and armature shaft (C). If continuity exists, replace the armature.
INSPECT STARTER BRUSH
Brushes that are worm out, or oil-soaked, should be replaced.
STARTER BRUSH HOLDER TEST
1. Check that there is no continuity between the (+) brush holder (A) and (-) brush holder (B). If there is no continuity,
replace the brush holder assembly.
2. Pry back each brush spring (A) with a screwdriver, then position the brush (B) about halfway out of its holder, and
release the spring to hold it there.
3. Install the armature in the housing, and install the brush holder. Next, pry back each brush spring again, and push
the brush down until it seats against the commutator, then release the spring against the end of the brush.
To seat new brushes, slip a strip of #500 or #600 sandpaper, with the grit side up, between the commutator
and each brush, and smoothly rotate the armature. The contact surface of the brushes will be sanded to the
same contour as the commutator.
INSPECT OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
1. Slide the overrunning clutch along the shaft.
Replace it if does not slide smoothly.
2. Rotate the overrunning clutch both ways.
Does it lock in one direction and rotate smoothly in reverse? If it does not lock in either direction of it locks in both
directions, replace it.
3. If the starter drive gear is worn or damaged, replace the overrunning clutch assembly. (the gear is not available
separately).
Check the condition of the flywheel or torque converter ring gear if the starter drive gear teeth are damaged.
CLEANING
1. Do not immerse parts in cleaning solvent. Immersing the yoke assembly and/or armature will damage the
insulation. Wipe these parts with a cloth only.
2. Do not immerse the drive unit in cleaning solvent. The overrun clutch is pre-lubricated at the factory and solvent
will wash lubrication from the clutch.
3. The drive unit may be cleaned with a brush moistened with cleaning solvent and wiped dry with a cloth.
Starter Relay
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
INSPECTION
1. Remove the fuse box cover.
2. Remove the starter relay (A).
3. Using an ohmmeter, check that there is continuity between each terminal.
Terminal
Continuity
30 — 87
NO
85 — 86
YES
4. Apply 12V to terminal 85 and ground to terminal 86.
Check for continuity between terminals 30 and 87.
5. If there is no continuity, replace the starter relay.
6. Install the starter relay.
7. Install the fuse box cover.
Cruise Control System
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SYSTEM BLOCK DIAGRAM
COMPONENT PARTS AND FUNCTION OUTLINE
Component part
Function
Vehicle-speed sensor
Converts vehicle speed to pulse.
Engine control module (ECM)
Receives signals from sensor and control switches;
Cruise control indicator
Illuminate when CRUISE main switch is ON (Built into
cluster)
Cruise Control switches
CRUISE main switch
Switch for automatic speed control power supply.
Resume/Accel switch
Controls automatic speed control functions by
Resume/Accel switch (Set/Coast switch)
Set/Coast switch
Cancel switch
Cancel switch
Brake-pedal switch
Transaxle range switch
(A/T)
Clutch switch (M/T)
ETS motor
Sends cancel signals to ECM
Regulates the throttle valve to the set opening by ECM.
* ETS : Electronic Throttle System
CRUISE CONTROL
Cruise control system is engaged by «ON. OFF» main switch located on right of steering wheel column. System has
the capability to cruise, coast, resume speed, and accelerate, and raise «tap-up» or lower «tap-down» set speed.
It also has a safety interrupt, engaged upon depressing brake or shifting select lever.
ECM is a speed control system that maintains a required vehicle speed at normal driving conditions.
The main components of cruise control system are mode control switches, transaxle range switch, brake switch,
vehicle speed sensor, ECM and ETS motor that connect throttle body.
ECM contains a low speed limit which will prevent system engagement below a minimum speed of 40km/h (25mph).
The operation of the controller is controlled by mode control switches located on steering wheel.
Transaxle range switch and brake switch are provided to disengage the cruise control system. The switches are on
brake pedal bracket and transaxle. When the brake pedal is depressed or select lever shifted, the cruise control
system is electrically disengaged and the throttle is returned to the idle position.
Cruise main switch
Cruise control system is engaged by pressing «ON. OFF» push button. Releasing «ON.OFF» push button release
throttle, clears cruise memory speed, and puts vehicle in a non-cruise mode.
Coast/Set switch
COAST.SET switch located on right of steering wheel column has two positions — «Normal» and «Depressed». The set
position — With COAST.SET switch depressed and then released the cruise speed will be set at the speed the vehicle
was going when COAST.SET switch was released. The coast position — With COAST.SET switch fully depressed,
driver can lower cruise speed. To decrease cruise speed, COAST.SET switch is held in, disengaging cruise control
system. When vehicle has slowed to required cruise speed, releasing COAST.SET switch will re-engage speed at new
selected speed.
The tap down — To lower vehicle speed, cruise must be engaged and operating. Tap down is done by quickly pressing
and releasing COAST.SET switch. Do not hold COAST.SET switch in depressed position.
Tap down is a function in which cruise speed car be decreased by 1mph (1.6km/h)
Resume/Accel switch
RES.ACCEL switch located on right of steering wheel column has two positions — «Normal» and «Depressed».
The resume position — With RES.ACCEL switch depressed and then release, this switch also returns cruise control
operation to last speed (Which is temporarily disengaged by Cancel switch or Brake pedal), setting when momentarily
operating RES.ACCEL switch by constant acceleration.
The accel position — With RES.ACCEL switch depressed and held in, disengaging cruise control system, when vehicle
has accelerated to required cruise speed, releasing RES.ACCEL switch will re-engage speed at new selected speed.
The tap up — To increase vehicle speed, the cruise must be engaged and operating.
Tap up is done by quickly pressing and releasing RES.ACCEL switch less than 0.5 second. Do not hold RES.ACCEL
switch in depressed position. Tap up is a function in which cruise speed can be increased by 1mph (1.6km/h).
Cancel switch
Cruise control system is temporarily disengaged by pressing «CANCEL» switch.
Cruise speed canceled by this switch will be recovered by RES.ACCEL switch
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
TROUBLE SYMPTOM CHARTS
TROUBLE SYMPTOM 1
TROUBLE SYMPTOM 2
Trouble symptom
Probable cause
The set vehicle speed varies greatly
Malfunction of the vehicle speed
upward or downward
sensor circuit
«Surging» (repeated alternating
acceleration and deceleration) occurs Malfunction of ECM
after setting
Remedy
Repair the vehicle speed sensor
system, or replace the part
Replace the ECM
TROUBLE SYMPTOM 3
Trouble symptom
Probable cause
Damaged or disconnected wiring of
The CC system is not canceled when the brake pedal switch
the brake pedal is depressed
Malfunction of the ECM
Remedy
Repair the harness or replace the
brake pedal switch
Replace the ECM
TROUBLE SYMPTOM 4
Trouble symptom
Probable cause
Damaged or disconnected wiring of
The CC system is not canceled when inhibitor switch input circuit
the shift lever is moved to the «N»
Remedy
Repair the harness or repair or
replace the inhibitor switch
the shift lever is moved to the «N»
position (It is canceled, however,
when the brake pedal is depressed
Improper adjustment of inhibitor
switch
replace the inhibitor switch
Malfunction of the ECM
Replace the ECM
TROUBLE SYMPTOM 5
Trouble symptom
Cannot decelerate (coast) by using
the SET switch
Probable cause
Remedy
Temporary damaged or disconnected
wiring of SET switch input circuit
Repair the harness or replace the
SET switch
Malfunction of the ECM
Replace the ECM
TROUBLE SYMPTOM 6
Trouble symptom
Cannot accelerate or resume speed
by using the RESUME switch
Probable cause
Remedy
Damaged or disconnected wiring, or
Repair the harness or replace the
short circuit, or RESUME switch input
RESUME switch
circuit
Malfunction of the ECM
Replace the ECM
TROUBLE SYMPTOM 7
Trouble symptom
Probable cause
CC system can be set while driving at Malfunction of the vehicle-speed
a vehicle speed of less than 40km/h sensor circuit
(25mph), or there is no automatic
Malfunction of the ECM
cancellation at that speed
Remedy
Repair the vehicle speed sensor
system, or replace the part
Replace the ECM
TROUBLE SYMPTOM 8
Trouble symptom
Probable cause
The cruise main switch indicator lamp Damaged or disconnected bulb of
does not illuminate (But CC system is cruise main switch indicator lamp
normal)
Harness damaged or disconnected
Remedy
Repair the harness or replace the
part.
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
CIRCUIT DIAGRAM
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the battery (-) terminal.
2. Remove the driver side air bag module. (Refer to RT GR.)
3. Disconnect the cruise control switch connector and then remove the cruise control switch(A) with two screws.
4. Installation is the reverse of removal.
INSPECTION
MEASURING RESISTANCE
1. Disconnect the cruise control switch connector from the control switch.
2. Measure resistance between terminals on the control switch when each function switch is ON (switch is
depressed).
Function switch
Terminal
Resistance
Cruise Main
RH 1-2
3.9kΩ ± 1%
Cancel
RH 1-3
0Ω ± 1%
Set/Coast
RH 1-3
220Ω ± 1%
Resume/Accel
RH 1-3
910Ω ± 1%
3. If not within specification, replace switch.
MEASURING VOLTAGE
1. Connect the cruise control switch connector to the control switch.
2. Measure voltage between terminals on the harness side connector when each function switch is ON (switch is
depressed).
Function switch
Terminal
Voltage
Cruise Main
RH 1-2
—
Cancel
RH 1-3
0.0V ± 0.22V
Set/Coast
RH 1-3
1.5V ± 0.22V
Resume/Accel
RH 1-3
3.0V ± 0.22V
3. If not within specification, replace switch.
General Information
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool
(Number and Name)
09411-43000
Clutch disc guide
Illustration
Use
Installation of the clutch disc
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIFICATION
Item
SPECIFICATION
Engine type
J2.9
Clutch operation
Hydraulic type
Clutch disc
Single dry with diaphragm
Clutch cover assembly
Self Adjusting Clutch
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Item
Nm
Kgf.cm
lb-ft
Clutch cover (6EA)
25~36
250~360
18.2~26.2
Clutch pedal bracket mounting
19~26
190~260
13.8~18.9
Regulator bolt
28~33
280~330
20.3~24
Connecting rod adjusting bolt
9~14
90~140
6.5~10.1
Clutch master cylinder mounting
12~16
120~160
8.7~11.6
Stopper bolt
8~10 or 14~20
80~100 or 140~200
5.8~7.27 or
10.1~14.5
Clutch pedal bolt/nut
25~34
250~340
18.1~24.7
SERVICE STANDARD
Item
Standard value
Clutch pedal stroke
150mm (5.91in)
Clutch pedal free play
6~13mm (0.24~0.51in)
Clutch System
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DESCRIPTION
SELF ADJUSTING CLUTCH(S.A.C.) COVER
a. As a clutch disc facing is worn away according to its durability, a cover weight is increasing and a clutch pedal
pressure can be more needed.
b. To make up for this defect, the self adjusting clutch system makes the requsted pedal pressure minimized so that
makes the maintenance cycle longer.
CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER-C.S.C.
It improves working efficiency and lowers the number and the weight of part by unifing clutch release control
parts(clutch release bearing ~ clutch release cylinder) in a manual transaxle.
OPERATION
CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER-C.S.C
When the clutch pedal is pressed, oil pressure is transmitted along the arrow directions shown below and that moves
the clutch slave cylinder and the diaphragm spring of the clutch cover.
Clutch Cover and Disc
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REPLACEMENT
1. Remove a transaxle assembly (refer to ‘MT’-group).
2. Remove the clutch cover bolts. Not to be bent or twisted, loosen them in diagonal directions.
3. Remove the clutch cover and disc.
4. Using the SST(09411-43000), install a clutch disc and cover.
a. Replace a clutch cover and disc as a set.
* Possible problems when not following the caution
a. When replacing only a disc, slip problem can occur because of the initial clamp load loss by the adjusting
ring’s unusual work.
b. When replacing only a disc, it can be difficult to cut power because the thickness of the disc cannot be
permitted.
b. Apply grease on a disc spline part and transmission input shaft spline part as required.
* Possible problems when not following
a. When not applying: Excessively wear of splines and bad clutch operation
b. When excessively applying: Scattered grease by centrifugal force conteminates the clutch disc. Loss of friction
force can cause a slip
c. The ‘T/M SIDE’ marked surface should face the transaxle.
→ If the surface face the opposite side, there can be an interference between a disc and a flywheel surface.
5. Tighten the clutch cover.
TORQUE:
24.5~35.3Nm (250~360kgf.cm, 18.1~26.0lb-ft) (6EA)
When installing the clutch cover, tighten the bolts in diagonal directions not to be bent or twisted.
* Possible problems when not following
a. When tightening the bolt completely at a time: the clutch cover can be twisted and vibration can occur.
b. On vehicles with self adjusting clutches, it is necessary to follow this caution.
c. Not following tightening torque: There can be bad torque transmission in clutch and relaxation possibility of
bolts.
INSPECTION
1. Inspect diaphragm spring wear which is in contact with a concentric slave cylinder bearing.
2. Check the clutch cover and disc surface for wear or crack.
3. Check the clutch disc lining for slipping or oil mark.
4. Measure the depth from a clutch lining surface to a rivet. If the measured value is less than the specification below,
replace it.
Specification: 0.3mm(0.0118inch)
Clutch Master Cylinder
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off
immediately with water.
1. Remove the brake fluid fron the clutch master cylinder reservoir with a syringe.
2. Clamp the clutch master cylinder hose(A). If there is no enough room for clamping, you can also clamp the hose
from the brake master cylinder side.
3. Disconnect the hose(A) from the cylinder by releasing the clutch master cylinder clamp.
4. Remove the clutch master cylinder mounting bolts(A,B).
One is the engine room, the other near the clutch pedal assembly.
5. Remove the pin and washer which connect the clutch pedal with the clutch master cylinder.
6. Remove the clutch master cylinder. It can be helpful to do this step after removing the clutch pedal mounting
bracket.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
After installation, bleed the clutch hydaulic system.
CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER AIR BLEEDING PROCEDURE
1. After disconnecting a cap from the concentric slave cylinder air bleeder, insert a vinyl hose in the plug.
2. Loosening the plug screw, press and release the clutch pedal about 10 times.
Hold the air bleeder body not to rotate with a spanner(A). The holding is needed when the plug loosened or
tightened.
3. Tighten the plug during the clutch pedal pressed. Afterwards, raise the pedal with a hand.
TORQUE :
25~29Nm (250~290Kgf.cm, 18.2~21.1lb-ft)
4. After pressing the clutch pedal 3 times more, loosen the plug and retighten it with the pedal pressed. Raise it
again, then.
5. Repeat the step 4 two or three times. (until there is no bubble in the fluid)
a. Do not clamp the pipe of a concentric slave cylinder.
b. Be careful not to damage O-rings.
Clutch Pedal
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
IGNITION LOCK SWITCH
1. Disconnect 2P-connector from a ignition lock switch.
2. Disconnect the ignition lock switch. (if you can install a tester with the switch fixed, this step can be omissible)
3. Check for continuity between terminals. (refer to the table below)
Clutch pedal position
Ignition lock switch
Continuity
Released
Released
NO
Pressed
Pressed
YES
If there is difference between what tested and the table above, replace the ignition lock switch with a new one.
If not, install the ignition lock switch and adjust the clutch pedal.
TORQUE :
8~10Nm (80~100kgf.cm, 5.8~7.2lb-ft)
Clutch pedal and Ignition lock switch
a. Inspect a ignition lock switch.
b. Remove the driver’s seat mat to adjust a clutch pedal.
c. No gap between a clutch master cylinder pistion and push rod can cause clutch slip.
1. Loosen and draw out the bolt until it is off the pedal surface.
2. Push and pull a clutch master cylinder push rod to satisfy the specification below.
Specification:
Clutch pedal stroke(A) — 150mm(5.91in)
Clutch pedal free play(B) — 6~13mm(0.24~0.51in)
Clutch pedal distance — 234.7mm(9.24in)
3. With no pressure on a clutch pedal, tighten the bolt until it contacts on the pedal.
4. Fix the bolt with a nut.
TORQUE :
14~20Nm (140~200kgf.cm, 10.2~14.5lb-ft)
5. Press the clutch pedal to the seat ground.
6. Adjust the ignition lock switch position with the pedal a little(23~26mm) raised.
7. Install the ignition lock switch firmly.
TORQUE:
8~10Nm (80~100kgf.cm, 5.8~7.2lb-ft)
REPLACEMENT
a. Inspect the continuity of the ignition lock switch.
b. Remove the floor mat before adjusting the clutch pedal.
1. Remove the ignition lock switch.
2. Remove the snap pin and the clevis pin(A) connecting the clutch master cylinder push rod and the clutch pedal.
3. Remove the clutch master cylinder mounting nut(A,B) and the clutch pedal mounting nut(C).
4. Remove the clutch pedal.
5. Install a new one by tightening the bolts of the clutch pedal bracket and master cylinder .
TORQUE :
19~26 Nm(19~260 kgf.cm, 13.8~18.9 Ib-ft)(Clutch pedal bracket)
12~16 Nm(120~160 kgf.cm, 8.7~11.6 Ib-ft)(Clutch master cylinder)
6. Grease the clevis pin and insert it and the snap pin.
7. Adjust the clutch pedal and the ignition lock switch.
CHAPTER 2:
Engine Mechanical System
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS
Tool (Number and name)
Illustration
Use
Valve spring lifter pivot.
(0K993 120 004)
Removal or installation of the valve spring
Valve spring lifter arm.
(0K993 120 001)
Removal or installation of the valve spring
Valve seal installer.
(09222-22001)
Installation of the valve seal
Camshaft pulley holder.
(09231 — 4X100)
Installation of the camshaft
Pressure gauge adapter.
(0K552 131 002)
Measurement of compression pressure
End york holder.
(09517-21700)
Removal or installation of the crankshaft
pulley bolt
(used with 09231-H1000)
Crankshaft pulley adapter.
Removal or installation of the crankshaft
Crankshaft pulley adapter.
(09231-H1000)
Removal or installation of the crankshaft
pulley bolt
(used with 09517-21700)
Oil pan remover.
(09215-3C000)
Removal of the oil pan
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom
Engine misfire with abnormal
internal lower engine noises.
Engine misfire with abnormal
valve train noise.
Engine misfire with coolant
consumption
Engine misfire with excessive
oil consumption
Engine noise on start-up, but
only lasting a few seconds.
Suspect area
Remedy
Loose or improperly installed engine
flywheel.
Repair or replace the flywheel as
required.
Worn piston rings.
(Oil consumption may or may not cause
the engine to misfire.)
Inspect the cylinder for a loss of
compression .
Repair or replace as required.
Worn crankshaft thrust bearings.
Replace the crankshaft and bearings as
required.
Stuck valves.
(Carbon buildup on the valve stem can
cause the valve not to close properly.)
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive worn or mis-aligned timing
chain.
Replace the timing chain and sprocket
as required.
Worn camshaft lobes.
Replace the camshaft and valve lifers.
a. Faulty cylinder head gasket and/or
cracking or other damage to the
cylinder head and engine block
cooling system .
b. Coolant consumption may or may not
cause the engine to overheat.
a. Inspect the cylinder head and engine
block for damage to the coolant
passages and/or a faulty head
gasket.
b. Repair or replace as required.
Worn valves, valve guides and/or valve
stem oil seals.
Repair or replace as required.
Worn piston rings.
(Oil consumption may or may not cause
the engine to misfire)
Inspection the cylinder for a loss of
compression
Repair or replace as required.
Incorrect oil viscosity.
Drain the oil.
Install the correct viscosity oil.
Worn crankshaft thrust bearing.
Inspect the thrust bearing and
crankshaft.
Repair or replace as required.
Upper engine noise, regardless Low oil pressure.
of engine speed.
Broken valve spring.
Repair or replace as required.
Replace the valve spring.
Worn or dirty valve lifters.
Replace the valve lifters.
Stretched or broken timing chain and/or
damaged sprocket teeth.
Replace the timing chain and sprockets.
Worn timing chain tensioner, if
applicable.
Replace the timing chain tensioner as
required.
Worn camshaft lobes.
Inspect the camshaft lobes.
Replace the camshaft and valve lifters as
required.
Worn valve guides or valve stems.
Inspect the valves and valve guides, then
repair as required.
Stuck valves. (Carbon on the valve stem Inspect the valves and valve guides, then
or valve seat may cause the valve to
repair as required.
stay open.)
Lower engine noise, regardless Low oil pressure.
of engine speed.
Engine noise under load.
Engine will not crank.
(crankshaft will not rotate)
Repair or replace damaged components
as required.
Loose or damaged flywheel.
Repair or replace the flywheel.
Damaged oil pan, contacting the oil
pump screen.
Inspect the oil pan.
Inspect the oil pump screen.
Repair or replace as required.
Oil pump screen loose, damaged or
restricted.
Inspect the oil pump screen .
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive piston-to-cylinder bore
clearance.
Inspect the piston and cylinder bore.
Repair as required.
Excessive piston pin-to-bore clearance.
Inspect the piston, piston pin and the
connecting rod.
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive connecting rod bearing
clearance.
Inspect the following components and
repair as required.
a. The connecting rod bearings.
b. The connecting rods.
c. The crankshaft.
d. The crankshaft journal.
Excessive crankshaft bearing clearance.
Inspect the following components and
repair as required.
a. The crankshaft bearings.
b. The crankshaft journals.
Incorrect piston, piston pin and
connecting rod installation.
Verify the piston pins and connecting
rods are installed correctly.
Repair as required.
Low oil pressure.
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive connecting rod bearing
clearance.
Inspect the following components and
repair as required.
a. The connecting rod bearings.
b. The connecting rods.
c. The crankshaft.
Excessive crankshaft bearing clearance.
Inspect the following components and
repair as required.
a. The crankshaft bearings.
b. The crankshaft journals.
c. The cylinder block crankshaft bearing
bore.
Hydraulically locked cylinder.
a. Coolant/antifreeze in cylinder.
b. Oil in cylinder.
c. Fuel in cylinder.
Remove spark plugs and check for fluid.
Inspect for broken head gasket.
Inspect for cracked engine block or
cylinder head.
Inspect for a sticking fuel injector and/or
leaking fuel regulator.
Broken timing chain and/or timing chain
gears.
Inspect timing chain and gears.
Repair as required.
Foreign material in cylinder.
a. Broken valve.
b. Piston material.
c. Foreign material.
Inspect cylinder for damaged
components and/or foreign materials.
Repair or replace as required.
Seized crankshaft or connecting rod
bearings.
Inspect crankshaft and connecting rod
bearing.
Repair or replace as required.
Bent or broken connecting rod.
Inspect connecting rods.
Repair or replace as required.
Broken crankshaft.
Inspect crankshaft.Repair or replace as
required.
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
INSPECTION
COMPESSION PRESSURE
If there is lack of power, excessive oil consumption or poor fuel economy, measure the compression pressure.
1. Warm up the engine until the coolant temperature becomes 80~95°C(176~203°F).
2. Remove the fuel inlet(A) and the return hose(B) from the fuel filter.
3. Crank the engine in order to exhaust fuel in the high pressure pump.
Gather residual fuel by putting the return hose into a proper vessel.
4. Remove the injection pipe, injector and washer.(Refer to FL group).
5. Measure the cylinder compression pressure.
(1) Insert the SST(0K552 131 002) into the injector hole.
(2) Cranking the engine, measure the pressure.
Use the complete charging battery for the engine to crank at the speed of 350rpm or more.
(3) Do the above step 1)~2) again for each cylinder.
This work must be done in as short time as possible.
Compression pressure :
3040.05kPa (31kg/cm², 440.92psi) (325 rpm)
Minimum pressure :
2745.85kPa (28kg/cm², 398.25psi)
Difference between each cylinder :
294.20kPa (3.0kg/cm², 42.67psi)
(4) If, in one or more cylinders, the measured value is below the limit, fill a little engine oil into the injector holes of
the cylinders, repeat the step 1)~2) and measure the compression pressure again.
a. If the re-measured pressure becomes higher, wear or damage of the piston ring or cylinder surface can be
the cause.
b. If the re-measured pressure does not become higher, adherence or poor contact of the valves or inferior
gasket can be the cause.
gasket can be the cause.
6. Install the injectors, washers and the injector pipes.(Refer to FL group).
7. Install the inlet and the return hoses to the fuel filter.
TIMING BELT TENSION ADJUSTMENT
1. Remove the battery terminals (A).
2. Install the jack for oil pan.
3. Remove the engine mounting (A).
4. Remove the engine support bracket(A).
5. Remove the drive belt.
6. Remove the water pump pulley.
7. Remove the bolts(B), nut(C) and timing belt upper cover (A).
8. Turn the crankshaft pulley(A) and align its groove with the timing mark “T” of the timing belt cover. Check that the
timing mark of camshaft sprocket(B) is aligned with that of the cylinder head cover. (No.1 cylinder positioned at the
TDC position)
9. Remove the crankshaft pulley bolt(A), washer(B) and crankshaft pulley(C).
Using the special tool(09517-21700, 09231-H1000), fix the crankshaft pulley and loosen the bolt(A).
10. Remove the drive belt idler(A).
11. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
12. Remove the timing belt lower cover(A).
13. Loosen the auto-tensioner fixing bolt(A).
14. Adjust tension of the timing belt.
(1) Align the pointer(B) with the tensioner fork(back plate)(C) as shown below by turning the special washer(A)
counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench.
(2) When the pointer(A) is aligned with the tensioner fork(back plate)(B), tighten the tensioner mounting bolts with
the special bolt fixed by a hexagonal wrench.
Tightening torque :
19.6~25.5Nm (2.0~2.6kgf.m, 14.5~18.8lb-ft)
(3) Remove the hexagonal wrench.
When the pointer (A) can not be aligned with the tensioner fork(back plate)(B), replace a new belt and
repeat the steps.
15. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two revolutions in order to align the timing marks on the crankshaft sprocket, the
camshaft sprocket and high pressure pump pulley.
16. Confirm that the location of the pointer is aligned with tensioner fork (back plate).
The margin of error : ± 5°
17. Install the timing belt lower cover(A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
18. Install the drive belt idler(A).
Tightening torque :
37.3Nm (3.8kgf.m, 27.5lb-ft)
19. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
20. Install the crankshaft pulley bolt(A), washer(B) and crankshaft pulley (A).
Tightening torque :
376.6~411.9Nm (38.4~42.0kgf.m, 277.7~303.8lb-ft)
Using the special tool(09517-21700, 09231-H1000), tighten the bolt(A).
21. Install the bolts(B), nut(C) and timing belt upper cover (A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
22. Install the water pump pulley.
Tightening torque :
5.9~9.8Nm (0.6 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 4.3 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
23. Install the drive belt.
24. Confirm that the ‘A’ part of the drivebelt auto-tensioner is positioned as shown below. If not, replace the belt.
25. Install the engine support bracket(A).
Tightening torque :
49.0~63.7Nm (5.0 ~ 6.5kgf.m, 36.2 ~ 47.0lb-ft)
26. Install the engine mounting (A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0 ~ 11.0kgf.m, 65.1 ~ 79.6lb-ft)
27. Remove the jack for oil pan.
28. Install the battery terminals (A).
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIFICATIONS
Description
Specifications(J3 — ENG)
General
Type
In-line, DOHC
Number of cylinders
4
Bore
101.5~101.526mm (3.9961~3.9971in)
Stroke
98mm (8.8583in)
Total displacement
2,902 cc (177.08 cu.in)
Compression ratio
18.4 : 1
Firing order
1-3-4-2
Valve timing
Intake valve
Exhaust valve
Opens (ATDC)
26°
Closes (ABDC)
50°
Opens (BBDC)
72°
Closes (ATDC)
32°
Cylinder head
Flatness of gasket surface
Flatness of manifold
mounting surface
Less than 0.05mm (0.0020in)
Intake
Less than 0.15mm (0.0059in)
Exhaust
Less than 0.15mm (0.0059in)
Intake
39.397 ~ 39.597mm (1.5511 ~ 1.5589in)
Exhaust
39.4932 ~ 39.6932mm (1.5548 ~ 1.5627in)
Camshaft
Cam height
Journal outer Diameter (Intake, Exhaust)
27.941 ~ 27.960mm (1.1000 ~ 1.1008in)
Bearing oil clearance
0.040 ~ 0.080mm (0.0016 ~ 0.0031in)
End play
0.08 ~ 0.17mm (0.0031 ~ 0.0067in)
Valve
Valve length
Stem outer diameter
Intake
126.24mm (4.9701in)
Exhaust
126.24mm (4.9701in)
Intake
6.965 ~ 6.980mm (0.2742 ~ 0.2748in)
Exhaust
6.945 ~ 6.960mm (0.2734 ~ 0.2740in)
Face angle
45°
Thickness of valve
head (margin)
Intake
1.7mm (0.0669in)
Exhaust
1.6mm (0.0630in)
Valve stem to valve
guide clearance
Intake
0.030 ~ 0.065mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0026in)
Exhaust
0.050 ~ 0.085mm ( 0.0020~ 0.0033in)
Intake
52.5mm (2.0669in)
Exhaust
52.5mm (2.0669in)
Valve guide
Length
Valve seat
Limit
Width of seat contact
Intake
1.4 ~ 2.0mm (0.0551 ~ 0.0787in)
Exhaust
0.9 ~ 1.5mm (0.0354 ~0.0591 in)
Seat angle
45°
Valve spring
Free length
Load(Intake)
Load(Exhaust)
52.477mm (2.0660in)
Installed
23.45±1.87kg/40.0mm(51.7±4.1lb/1.5748 in)
Valve opened
39.15±3.13kg/31.65mm(86.3±6.9 lb/1.2461 in)
Installed
23.45±1.87kg/40.0mm(51.7±4.1lb/1.5748 in)
Valve opened
39.43±3.15kg/31.50mm(86.9±6.9 lb/1.2402 in)
Out of squareness
Less than 2°
Rocker arm and rocker arm shaft
Rocker arm inner diameter
20.000 ~ 20.027mm (0.7874 ~ 0.7885in)
Rocker arm shaft outer diameter
19.959 ~ 19.980mm (0.7858 ~ 0.7866in)
Cylinder block
Cylinder bore
101.500 ~ 101.526mm (3.9961 ~3.9971 in)
Liner inner diameter
97.100 ~ 97.126mm (3.8228~ 3.8239in)
Liner outer diameter
101.480 ~ 101.526mm ( 3.9953~ 3.9971in)
Flatness of gasket surface
Less than 0.05mm (0.0020in)
Piston
Piston outer diameter
97.015 ~ 97.030mm ( 3.8195~ 3.8201in)
Piston to cylinder clearance
0.070 ~ 0.098mm (0.0028 ~ 0.0039in)
Ring groove width
No. 1 ring groove
2.397 ~ 2.417mm ( 0.0944~0.0952 in)
No. 2 ring groove
2.05 ~ 2.07mm ( 0.0807~ 0.0815in)
Oil ring groove
3.02 ~ 3.04mm (0.1189 ~ 0.1197in)
No. 2 ring
0.06 ~ 0.10mm (0.0024~0.0039 in)
Oil ring
0.03 ~ 0.07mm (0.0012~0.0028 in)
No. 1 ring
0.25 ~ 0.40mm (0.0098~ 0.0157in)
No. 2 ring
0.40 ~ 0.55mm (0.0157~0.0217in)
Oil ring
0.20 ~ 0.40mm (0.0079 ~ 0.0157in)
Piston ring
Side clearance
End gap
Piston pin
Piston pin outer diameter
31.994 ~ 32.000mm (1.2596 ~ 1.2598 in)
Piston pin hole inner diameter
32.015 ~ 32.025mm (1.2604 ~ 1.2608 in)
Piston pin hole clearance
0.015 ~ 0.031mm (0.0006 ~ 0.0012 in)
Connecting rod small end inner diameter
32.012 ~ 32.033mm (1.2603 ~ 1.2611 in)
Connecting rod small end hole clearance
0.012 ~ -0.039mm (0.0005 ~ 0.0015 in)
Connecting rod
Connecting rod big end inner diameter
60.833 ~ 60.846mm (2.3950 ~ 2.3955 in)
Connecting rod bearing oil clearance
0.043 ~ 0.077mm (0.0017 ~ 0.0030 in)
End play
0.239~0.39 (0.0094 ~ 0.0154 in)
3°
Crankshaft
Main journal outer
diameter
NO 1, 2, 4, 5
69.995 ~ 70.015mm (2.7557 ~2.7565 in)
NO 3
69.973~69.993mm (2.7548 ~2.7556 in)
Pin journal outer diameter
Main bearing oil
clearance
57.106~57.124mm (2.2483~2.2490 in)
NO 1, 2, 4, 5
0.045 ~ 0.079mm (0.0018 ~0.0031 in)
NO 3
0.067~0.101 mm (0.0026 ~0.0040 in)
End play
0.14 ~ 0.39mm (0.0055 ~0.0154 in)
Flywheel
Runout
0.10mm (0.0039in)
0.13mm (0.0051in)
Oil pump
Relief valve opening pressure
588.40±49.0kpa(6.0±0.5kg/cm²,85.34±7.1psi)
Discharge volume
75L/min(79.25 US qt/min, 65.99 lmp qt/min)
(engine3,800rpm)
Engine oil
Oil quantity (Total)
8.0 L (8.45 US qt, 7.03 lmp qt)
Oil quantity (Oil pan)
6.0 L (6.34 US qt, 5.27 lmp qt)
Oil quantity (Drain and refill including oil filter)
6.6 L (6.97 US qt, 5.08 lmp qt)
Oil quality
ABOVE API CH-4 or ABOVE ACEA B4
Oil pressure (Idle)
78.45 kpa (0.8 kg/cm², 11.38 psi)
Cooling system
Cooling method
Forced circulation with cooling fan
Thermostat
Radiator cap
Type
Wax pellet type
Opening temperature
88±1.5 °C (190.4 ±34.7 °F)
Pull opening
temperature
100 °C (212.0 °F)
Main valve opening
pressure
93.16 ~ 122.58kpa(0.95 ~ 1.25kg/cm², 13.51
~ 17.78psi)
Water temperature sensor
Type
Thermister type
Resistance
20°C (68°F)
2.27~2.64 kΩ
80°C (176°F)
0.31~0.33 kΩ
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Tightening torque
Quantity
N.m
kgf.m
lb-ft
8
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
Engine mounting insulator and engine mounting
bracket fixing nuts
4
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
Engine support bracket and engine mounting
insulator fixing nuts
2
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
Item
Cylinder block
Engine support bracket bolts
Engine mounting
Transaxle mounting bracket and body fixing
bolts
4
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
Transaxle mounting insulator and transaxle
mounting bracket fixing bolt
1
62.8 ~ 93.2
6.4 ~ 9.5
46.3 ~ 68.7
Transaxle and transaxle mounting insulator
fixing nuts
4
36.3 ~ 53.9
3.7 ~ 5.5
26.8 ~ 39.8
8
68.6→Unfasten
bolts→29.4+90°
7.0 → Unfasten
bolts→3.0+ 90°
50.6→ Unfasten
bolts→21.7+ 90°
10
69.6~79.4+55°~65°
7.1 ~
8.1+55°~65°
51.4~58.6+55°~65°
Flywheel (DMF) bolts (M/T)
8
122.6 ~ 132.4
12.5 ~ 13.5
90.4 ~ 97.6
Drive plate bolts (A/T)
8
159.8 ~ 169.7
16.3 ~ 17.3
117.9 ~ 125.1
Timing belt upper cover bolts
5
6.9 ~ 9.8
0.7 ~ 1.0
5.1 ~ 7.2
Timing belt upper cover nut
1
6.9 ~ 9.8
0.7 ~ 1.0
5.1 ~ 7.2
Timing belt lower cover bolts
8
6.9 ~ 9.8
0.7 ~ 1.0
5.1 ~ 7.2
Crankshaft pulley bolt
1
372.7 ~ 411.9
38.0 ~ 42.0
274.9 ~ 303.8
Camshaft sprocket bolts
2
58.8 ~ 68.6
6.0 ~ 7.0
43.4 ~ 50.6
Timing belt tensioner bolt
1
20.6 ~ 25.5
2.1 ~ 2.6
15.2 ~ 18.8
Timing belt N0. 1 idler bolt
1
39.2 ~ 49.0
4.0 ~ 5.0
28.9 ~ 36.2
Timing belt N0. 2 idler bolt
1
37.3 ~ 43.1
3.8 ~ 4.4
27.5 ~ 31.8
Touch idler bolt
1
20.6 ~ 25.5
2.1 ~ 2.6
15.2 ~ 18.8
High pressure pump puli nut
1
58.8 ~ 68.6
6.0 ~ 7.0
43.4 ~ 50.6
High pressure pump and Timing belt case fixing
bolts
3
21.6 ~ 25.5
2.2 ~ 2.6
15.9 ~ 18.8
High pressure pump bracket bolts (Pump)
2
21.6 ~ 25.5
2.2 ~ 2.6
15.9 ~ 18.8
High pressure pump bracket bolts (Cylinder
block)
2
34.3 ~ 40.2
3.5 ~ 4.1
25.3 ~ 29.7
Timing belt plate bolts
6
6.9 ~ 9.8
0.7 ~ 1.0
5.1 ~ 7.2
Timing belt case bolts (8 X 25)
8
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Timing belt case bolts (8 X 45)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Timing belt case bolts (8 X 50)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Timing belt case nut
1
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Balancer gear bolt
1
63.7 ~ 73.5
6.5 ~ 7.5
47.0 ~ 54.2
Oil pump gear bolt
1
33.3 ~ 39.2
3.4 ~ 4.0
24.6 ~ 28.9
Idler gear bolt
1
33.3 ~ 39.2
3.4 ~ 4.0
24.6 ~ 28.9
Cylinder head cover bolts
15
8.8 ~ -10.8
0.9 ~ -1.1
6.5 ~ -8.0
Rocker arm shaft And camshaft bearing cap
bolts
10
17.7 ~ 26.5
1.8 ~ 2.7
13.0 ~ 19.5
Camshaft bearing cap nuts
10
17.7 ~ 26.5
1.8 ~ 2.7
13.0 ~ 19.5
2
7.8 ~ 11.8
0.8 ~ 1.2
5.8 ~ 8.7
Main moving system
Connecting rod cap nuts
Crankshaft main bearing cap bolts
Timing belt
Cylinder head
Front camshaft bearing cap nuts(Small nuts)
Cylinder head bolt (Long bolts)
10
39.2 + 90° + 120°
4.0 + 90° + 120°
28.9 + 90° + 120°
Cylinder head bolt (Short bolts)
8
39.2 + 90°+ 90°
4.0 + 90° + 90°
28.9 + 90°+ 90°
Cooling fan water pump pulley bolts
4
5.9 ~ 9.8
0.6 ~ 1.0
4.3 ~ 7.2
Water pump bolt (Long bolts)
3
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Water pump bolt (Short bolts)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Water pump and generator brace fixing bolts (8
X 45)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Thermostat housing and generator strip nuts
2
18.6 ~ 22.6
1.9 ~ 2.3
13.7 ~ 16.6
Thermostat case cover bolts
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil filter
1
21.6 ~ 24.5
2.2 ~ 2.5
15.9 ~ 18.1
Oil cooler bolts (8 X 35)
4
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil cooler bolts (8 X 50)
4
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil cooler nuts
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
29
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil pan drain plug
1
34.3 ~ 44.1
3.5 ~ 4.5
25.3 ~ 32.5
Ladder frame bolts (10 X 45)
5
31.4 ~ 46.1
3.2 ~ 4.7
23.1 ~ 34.0
Ladder frame and oil suppling pipe bolt (8X 50)
1
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Ladder frame bracket (Oil pump and ladder
frame fixing) bolts
2
31.4 ~ 46.1
3.2 ~ 4.7
23.1 ~ 34.0
Oil supplying pipe and oil pump fixing bolts (8
X16)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil supplying pipe and Ladder frame fixing bolts
(8 X 16)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil pump bolts(10 X 60)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil pump bolt(8 X 30)
1
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil screen nuts
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Oil pressure switch
1
14.7 ~ 46.1
1.5 ~ 2.2
10.8 ~ 34.0
Intake manifold and cylinder head fixing bolts(8
X 45)
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Intake manifold and cylinder head fixing bolts(8
X 95)
4
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Intake manifold and cylinder head fixing nuts
2
15.7 ~ 22.6
1.6 ~ 2.3
11.6 ~ 16.6
Intake manifold and cylinder head fixing
hexagonal wrench bolt
1
17.7 ~ 26.5
1.8 ~ 2.7
13.0 ~ 19.5
Exhaust manifold and cylinder head fixing nut
9
26.5 ~ 34.3
2.7 ~ 3.5
19.5 ~ 25.3
Exhaust manifold heat cover and exhaust
manifold fixing bolts(6X12)
3
8.8 ~ 12.7
0.9 ~ 1.3
6.5 ~ 9.4
Engine hanger bracket and exhaust manifold
fixing bolts (8 X 18)
2
17.7 ~ 26.5
1.8 ~ 2.7
13.0 ~ 19.5
Exhaust manifold and front muffler fixing nut
2
39.2 ~ 58.8
4.0 ~ 6.0
28.9 ~ 43.4
Cooling system
Lubrication system
Oil pan nuts
Intake and exhaust system
Front muffler CPF(Catalyzed Particulate Filter)
fixing nuts
2
39.2 ~ 58.8
4.0 ~ 6.0
28.9 ~ 43.4
CPF(Catalyzed Particulate Filter) main muffler
fixing nuts
2
39.2 ~ 58.8
4.0 ~ 6.0
28.9 ~ 43.4
Main muffler and tail pipe fixing nuts
2
39.2 ~ 58.8
4.0 ~ 6.0
28.9 ~ 43.4
Timing system
Timing belt
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
Engine removal is not required for this procedure.
1. Remove the battery terminals (A).
2. Install the jack for oil pan.
3. Remove the engine mounting (A).
4. Remove the engine support bracket(A).
5. Remove the drive belt.
6. Remove the water pump pulley.
7. Remove the bolts(B), nut(C) and timing belt upper cover (A).
8. Turn the crankshaft pulley(A), and align its groove with timing mark “T” of the timing belt cover. Check that the
timing mark of camshaft sprocket(B) is aligned with the timing mark of cylinder head cover. (No.1 cylinder
compression TDC position)
9. Remove the crankshaft pulley bolt(A), washer(B) and crankshaft pulley (C).
Using the special tool(09517-21700, 09231-H1000), fix the crankshaft pulley and loosen the bolt(A).
10. Remove the drive belt idler(A).
11. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
12. Remove the timing belt lower cover(A).
13. Remove the auto-tensioner(A) with the timing belt.
In reusing the timing belt, install the belt with the arrow mark facing to rotating direction.
14. Remove the timing belt sprocket(A).
15. Remove the timing belt No.1 idler(A).
16. Remove the timing belt No.2 idler(A).
17. Remove the touch idler(A).
18. Fix the high pressure pump pulley, using the setting bolt(B) for the pulley not to be rotated.
19. Remove the high pressure pulley nut(A), with the washer(B), pulley(C).
Using SST, remove the pulley. (Refer to FL group).
20. Using SST(09231-4X100), remove the camshaft pulley.
INSTALLATION
1. Using SST (09231-4X100), install the camshaft pulley.
Tightening torque :
58.8~68.6Nm (6.0~7.0kgf.m, 43.4 ~ 50.6lb-ft)
2. After installing the high pressure pump pulley(A), tighten the high pressure pump pulley nut with the setting bolt(B)
for the pulley not to be rotated.
Tightening torque :
58.8~68.6Nm (6.0~7.0kgf.m, 43.4 ~ 50.6lb-ft)
3. Install the touch idler(A).
Tightening torque :
7.8 ~ 9.8Nm (2.1~2.6kgf.m, 5.8 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
4. Install the timing belt No.2 idler(A).
Tightening torque :
7.8 ~ 9.8Nm (3.8~4.4kgf.m, 5.8 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
Ensure the location of idlers.
No.1 idler : 60mm(2.3622in)
No.2 idler : 55mm(2.1654in)
5. Install the timing belt No.1 idler(A).
Tightening torque :
7.8 ~ 9.8Nm (4.0~5.0kgf.m, 5.8 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
6. Install the timing belt sprocket(A).
7. Check that the timing mark of camshaft pulley(A), high pressure pump pulley(B) and crankshaft pulley(c).
8. Install the timing belt.
Crankshaft sprocket pulley(A)→No.2 idler(B)→High pressure pump pulley (C) → No.1 idler(D) → camshaft sprocket
pulley (E)
Because the auto-tensioner should be installed after the timing belt, be careful about the tension of the belt
before the installation of the auto-tensioner.
before the installation of the auto-tensioner.
9. Install the auto-tensioner as shown below which the tensioner fork(back plate)(A) positioned around the dowel
pin(B).
Be careful for the auto-tensioner not to be stained with oil. If so, replace the auto-tensioner with a new one.
The location of the pointer, the back plate and the special washer is as shown.
10. Adjust the tension of the timing belt.
(1) Adjust the location of the pointer (B) aligning the tensioner fork(back plate)(C) as shown below by turning the
special washer(A) counterclockwise with a hexagonal wrench.
(2) When aligning the pointer(A) with the tensioner fork(back plate)(B), tighten the tensioner mounting bolt with
fixing the special washer not to move by a hexagonal wrench.
Tightening torque :
19.6~25.5Nm (2.0~2.6kgf.m, 14.5~18.8lb-ft)
(3) Remove the hexagonal wrench.
If the pointer is not aligned with the tensioner fork(back plate), replace the belt with a new one and adjust
them again.
11. Align the timing marks of the crankshaft sprocket, the camshaft sprocket and the high pressure pump pulley by
turning the crankshaft clockwise two revolutions.
12. Check that the location of the pointer is aligned with the tensioner fork (back plate).
The margin of error : ± 5°
If the location of the pointer is not within the margin of error, repeat the steps 10)~12).
13. Install the timing belt lower cover(A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
14. Install the drive belt idler(A).
Tightening torque :
37.3Nm (3.8kgf.m, 27.5lb-ft)
15. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
16. Install the crankshaft pulley bolt(A), washer(B) and crankshaft pulley (A).
Tightening torque :
376.6~411.9Nm (38.4~42.0kgf.m, 277.7~303.8lb-ft)
Using the special tool(09517-21700, 09231-H1000).
17. Install the bolts(B), nut(C) and timing belt upper cover (A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
18. Install the water pump pulley.
Tightening torque :
5.9~9.8Nm (0.6 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 4.3 ~ 7.2lb-ft)
19. Install the drive belt.
20. Check that the ‘A’ part of the drivebelt auto-tensioner is aligned as shown below. If not, replace the drivebelt.
21. Install the engine support bracket(A).
Tightening torque :
49.0~63.7Nm (5.0 ~ 6.5kgf.m, 36.2 ~ 47.0lb-ft)
22. Install the engine mounting (A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0 ~ 11.0kgf.m, 65.1 ~ 79.6lb-ft)
23. Remove the jack for oil pan.
24. Install the battery terminals (A).
INSPECTION
SPROCKETS, TENSIONER, IDLER
1. Check the camshaft sprocket, crankshaft sprocket, tensioner pulley, and idler pulley for abnormal wear, cracks, or
damage. Replace as necessary.
2. Inspect the tensioner pulley and the idler pulley for easy and smooth rotation and check for play or noise. Replace
as necessary.
3. Replace the pulley if there is a grease leak from its bearing.
TIMING BELT
1. Check the belt for oil or dust deposits.
Replace, if necessary.
Small deposits should be wiped away with a dry cloth or paper. Do not clean with solvent.
2. When the engine is overhauled or belt tension adjusted, check the carefully. If any of the following flaws are
evident, replace the belt.
a. Do not bend, twist or turn the timing belt inside out.
b. Do not allow timing belt to come into contact with oil, water and steam.
Cylinder Head Assembly
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
Engine removal is not required for this procedure.
a. To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the engine coolant temperature drops below normal
temperature before removing it.
b. When handling a metal gasket, take care not to fold the gasket or damage the contact surface of the gasket.
c. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
a. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
b. Inspect the timing belt before removing the cylinder head.
c. Turn the crankshaft pulley so that the No. 1 piston is at top dead center.
1. Remove the battery(A).
2. Drain the engine coolant.
Remove the radiator cap to speed draining.
3. Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Disconnect the AFS(Air Flow Sensor) connector(A).
(2) Disconnect the air cleaner upper cover(A).
(3) Remove the air cleaner assembly(A).
(4) Remove the air intake hose(A).
4. Remove the radiator upper hose(A).
5. Remove the reservoir tank hose(A).
6. Remove the PCV(Positive Crankcase Ventilation) hose(A), EGR valve vacuum hose(B), EGR cooler water hose(C),
pump vacuum oil hose(D).
7. Remove the intercooler hose(A,C), pipe(B).
8. Remove the wiring connectors and clamps from cylinder head and intake manifold.
(1) Remove the generator connector (A) and ETC(Engine Coolant Temperature) sensor connector (B).
(2) Remove the injector connector(A), common rail pressure sensor connector(B), wire harness protector(C).
(3) Remove the ground cable(A) from cylinder head.
(4) Remove the knock sensor connector (A), high pressure pump fuel hose (B), high pressure pump connector(C).
(5) Remove the air conditioner condenser (A).
(6) Remove the oil pressure switch connector (A).
(7) Remove the air heater (A), CMP (Camshaft Position Sensor) connector (B).
9. Remove the injection pipe, injector. (Refer to FL- injector.)
10. Remove the exhaust manifold.
11. Remove the intake manifold.
12. Remove the timing belt.
13. Remove the hose(C, D) and pipe (E) from. the ventilation housing(A) and the air separator(B).
14. Remove the oil pipe (B) and hose(C) from the generator vacuum pump (A).
15. Remove the generator fixing bolts(B,C), nuts(D) and then the generator(A).
16. After removing the water hose(C) from the thermostat housing (B), remove the generator fixing bracket (A) and
the thermostat housing (B).
17. Remove the cylinder head cover(A).
18. Remove the timing belt plate(A).
19. Remove the rockerarm shaft(A).
20. Remove the camshaft bearing caps(A).
21. Remove the camshaft(A).
22. Remove the cylinder head bolts, then remove the cylinder head.
(1) Remove the 18 cylinder head bolts, in several steps and the sequence shown below.
Head warpage or cracking could result from removing bolts in an incorrect order.
(2) Lift the cylinder head from the dowels on the cylinder block and replace the cylinder head on wooden blocks
on a bench.
Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of the cylinder head and cylinder block.
INSTALLATION
a.
b.
c.
d.
Thoroughly clean all parts to be assembled.
Always use a new cylinder head and manifold gasket.
The cylinder head gasket is a metal gasket. Take care not to bend it.
Rotating the crankshaft, set the No. 1 piston at TDC.
1. Install the cylinder head gasket(A) on the cylinder block.
Ensure the installation direction.
2. Place the cylinder head quietly in order not to damage the gasket with the bottom part of the end.
3. Install the cylinder head bolts.
(1) Apply a light coat if engine oil on the threads and under the heads of the cylinder head bolts.
After measuring the length of the cylinder head bolts, replace them, if necessary.
Long bolts : 132mm(5.1968in)
Short bolts :93mm(3.6614in)
(2) Install and tighten the 18 cylinder head bolts and plate washers, in several passes, in the sequence shown.
Tightening torque :
Long bolts: 39.2Nm (4.0kgf.m, 28.9lb-ft)+ 90° + 120°
Short bolts: 39.2Nm (4.0kgf.m, 28.9lb-ft)+ 90° + 90°
4. Install the camshaft(A) on the cylinder head.
Apply sealant before assembling the front bearing caps
(LOCTITE NO. 518 or equivalent).
5. Install the bearing caps aligning the cap numbers with the direction of the arrow marks.
6. Install the rockerarm shaft assembly(A) after bearing cap.
Tightening torque :
Nuts, Bolts: 17.7~26.5Nm (1.8 ~ 2.7kgf.m, 13.0~19.5lb-ft)
Small nuts: 7.8~11.8Nm (0.8 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 5.8~8.7lb-ft)
Distinguish between the intake and the exhaust rocker arm shaft (Intake: yellow, exhaust: black).
7. Install the camshaft oil seal.
8. Install the timing belt plate(A).
Tightening torque :
6.9~9.8Nm (0.7~1.0kgf.m, 5.1~7.2lb-ft)
9. Install the cylinder head cover.
(1) Apply sealant on the cylinder head as shown below.
(2) Before installing the cylinder head cover, check the clearance (A) between dowel pin on the edge of the
camshaft and the phase sensor.
Clearance (A) :
0.5 ~ 1.5mm (0.0197 ~ 0.0591in.)
(3) Install the cover (A) to the cylinder head after the gasket.
Tightening torque :
8.8~10.8Nm (0.9~1.1kgf.m, 6.5~8.0lb-ft)
10. Install the thermostat housing (B), the generator fixing bracket (A), and the water hose(C).
Tightening torque :
18.6~27.5Nm (1.9~2.8kgf.m, 13.7~20.3lb-ft)
11. Install the generator(A) with the fixing bolts(B,C), nut(D).
Tightening torque :
38.2~58.8Nm (3.9~6.0kgf.m, 28.2~43.4lb-ft)
12. Install the oil pipe(B), hose(C) to generator pressure pump(A).
Oil pipe eyd bolt
Tightening torque :
19.6~24.5Nm (2.0~2.5kgf.m, 14.5~18.1lb-ft)
13. Install the hose(C,D) and the pipe(E) to the ventilation housing(A) and the air separator(B).
14. Install the timing belt.
15. Install the intake manifold.
16. Install the exhaust manifold.
17. Install the injection pipe, injector. (Refer to FL- injector.)
18. Install the wire harness and the clamp to the cylinder head and the intake manifold.
(1) Install the air heater(A), CMP (Camshaft Position Sensor) connector(B).
(2) Install the oil pressure switch connector(A).
(3) Install the air conditioner condenser(A).
(4) Install the knock sensor connector(A), high pressure pump fuel hose(B), high pressure pump connector(C).
(5) Install the ground cable(A) from cylinder head.
(6) Install the injector connector(A), common rail pressure sensor connector(B), wire harness protector(C).
(7) Install the generator connector(A) and the ETC(Engine Coolant Temperature) sensor connector(B).
19. Install the intercooler hose(A,C), pipe(B).
20. Install the PCV(Positive Crankcase Ventilation) hose(A), EGR valve vacuum hose(B), EGR cooler water hose(C),
pump vacuum oil hose(D).
21. Install the reservoir tank hose(A).
22. Install the radiator upper hose(A).
23. Install the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Install the air intake hose(A).
(2) Install the air cleaner assembly(A).
(3) Install the air cleaner upper cover(A).
(4) Install the AFS(Air Flow Sensor) connector(A).
24. Fill with engine coolant.
25. Install the battery(A).
26. Start engine and check for leaks.
27. Check the engine coolant and engine oil level.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the valves.
(1) Using the SST (0K9993 120 004, 0K993 120 001), compress the valve spring and remove the retainer lock.
(2) Remove the spring retainer.
(3) Remove the valve spring.
(4) Remove the valve.
(5) Using a needle-nose pliers, remove the oil seal.
(6) Using a magnetic finger, remove the spring seat.
INSPECTION
CYLINDER HEAD
1. Inspect for flatness.
Using a precision straight edge and feeler gauge, measure the surface the contacting the cylinder block and the
manifolds for warpage.
Flatness of cylinder head gasket surface
Less than 0.05mm (0.0020in)
Flatness of manifold mating surface
Less than 0.15mm (0.0059in)
2. Inspect for cracks.
Check the combustion chamber, intake ports, exhaust ports and cylinder block surface for cracks. If cracked,
replace the cylinder head.
VALVE AND VALVE SPRING
1. Inspect the valve stems and valve guides.
(1) Using a caliper gauge, measure the innner diameter of valve guide.
Valve guide inner diameter :
7.010~7.030mm (0.2760~0.2768in)
(2) Using a micrometer, measure the outer diameter of valve stem.
Valve stem outer diameter
Intake : 6.965~6.980mm (0.2742~0.2748in)
Exhaust : 6.945~6.960mm (0.2734~0.2740in)
(3) Subtract the valve stem outer diameter measurement from the valve guide innner diameter measurement.
Valve stem- to-guide clearance
Intake : 0.030 ~ 0.065mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0026in)
Exhaust : 0.050 ~ 0.085mm (0.0020 ~ 0.0033in)
If the clearance is greater than maximum, replace the valve and valve guide.
2. Inspect the valves.
(1) Check the valve is ground to the correct valve face angle.
(2) Check that the surface of valve for wear.
If the valve face is worn, replace the valve.
(3) Check the valve head margin thickness.
If the margin thickness is less than minimum, replace the valve.
Margin
Intake : 1.7mm (0.0669in)
Exhaust : 1.6mm (0.0630in)
(4) Check the surface of valve stem tip for wear.
If the valve stem tip is worn, replace the valve.
3. Inspect the valve seats.
(1) Check the valve seat for evidence of overheating and improper contact with the valve face.
Replace the seat if necessary.
(2) Before reconditioning the seat, check the valve guide for wear. If the valve guide is worn, replace it, then
recondition the seat.
(3) Recondition the valve seat with a valve seat grinder or cutter. The valve seat contact width should be within
4. Inspect the valve springs.
(1) Using a steel square, measure the out-of-square of valve spring.
(2) Using a vernier calipers, measure the free length of valve spring.
Valve spring
Free height : 52.477mm (2.0660in)
Installed load: 51.7±4.1kg/40.0mm(41.4±2.0lb/1.5748in)
Compressed load:86.3±6.9kg/31.65mm(41.4±2.0lb/1.2461in) (Intake)
86.9±6.9kg/31.50mm(41.4±2.0lb/1.2402in) (Exhaust)
Out of square : Less than 2°
If the loads is not as specified, replace the valve spring.
CAMSHAFT
1. Inspect the cam lobes.
Using a micrometer, measure the cam lobe height.
Cam height
Intake : 39.397~39.597mm (1.5511~1.5589in)
Exhaust : 39.4932~39.6932mm (1.5548~1.5627in)
If the cam lobe height is less than minimum, replace the camshaft.
2. Inspect the camshaft journal clearance.
(1) Clean the bearing caps and camshaft journals.
(2) Place the camshafts on the cylinder head.
(3) Lay a strip of plastigage across each of the camshaft journal.
(4) Install the bearing caps and tighten the bolts with specified torque.
Do not turn the camshaft.
(5) Remove the bearing caps.
(6) Measure the plastigage at its widest point.
Bearing oil clearance
Standard : 0.040 ~ 0.080mm (0.0016 ~ 0.0031in)
If the oil clearance is greater than maximum, replace the camshaft. If necessary, replace the bearing caps and
cylinder head as a set.
(7) Completely remove the plastigage.
(8) Remove the camshafts.
3. Inspect the camshaft end play.
(1) Install the camshafts.
(2) Using a dial indicator, measure the end play while moving the camshaft back and forth.
Camshaft end play
Standard : 0.08 ~ 0.17mm (0.0031 ~ 0.0067in)
If the end play is greater than maximum, replace the camshaft. If necessary, replace the bearing caps and
cylinder head as a set.
(3) Remove the camshafts.
Rockerarm and rockerarm shaft
1. Inspect the rockerarm and rockerarm shaft.
(1) Measure the inner diameter of the rocker arm, using a caliper gauge.
Rockerarm inner diameter
20.000~20.027mm (0.7874~0.7885in)
(2) Measure the inner diameter of the rocker arm, using a micro meter.
Rockerarm shaft outer diameter
19.959~19.980mm (0.7858~0.7866in)
Calculate the clearance between the rocker arm and the rocker arm shaft by the difference between the inner
and outer diameter of the rocker arm.
Rockerarm and rockerarm shaft clearance
0.020~0.068mm (0.0008~0.0027in)
If the clearance is out of the specification above, replace the rocker arm and rocker arm shaft.
HLA (HYDRAULIC LASH ADJUSTER)
Sieze the ‘A’ part of the HLA filled with engine oil. If it is moved when pushed the ‘B’ part by hand, replace it.
Problem
Temporary noise when startinga
cold engine
Possible cause
Action
Normal
This noise will disappear afterthe
oil in the engine reachesthe
normal pressure.
Continuous noise when theengine
Oil leakage of the high pressurechamber on
is started after parkingmore than
the HLA, allowingair to get in.
48 hours.
Noise will disappear within
15minutes when engine runs
at2,000~3,000 rpm.If it
doesn’tdisappear, refer to step 7
below.
Continuous noise when theengine
is first started afterrebuilding
Insufficient oil in cylinder head oil gallery.
cylinder head.
Continuous noise when theengine Oil leakage of the high-pressure chamber in
is started after excessively
the HLA, allowing air to get in.
cranking the engine by the starter Insufficient oil in the HLA.
motor.
Do not run engine at a speed
higher than 3,000 rpm, as this
may damage the HLA.
Continuous noise when the
engine is running after changing
the HLA.
Continuous noise during idleafter
high engine speed.
Engine oil level too high or too low.
Excessive amount of air in theoil at high
engine speed.
Noise continues for morethan 15
minutes.
Check oil level.
Drain or add oil as necessary.
Check oil supply system
Deteriorated oil.
Check oil quality.
If deteriorated, replace with
specified type.
Low oil pressure
Check oil pressure and oil
supplysystem of each part of
engine.
Faulty HLA.
Remove the cylinder head
coverand press HLA down by
hand.If it moves, replace the HLA.
Be careful with the hot HLAs.
REASSEMBLY
a. Thoroughly clean all parts to be assembled.
b. Before installing the parts, apply fresh engine oil to all sliding and rotating surface.
c. Replace oil seals with new ones.
1. Install the valves.
(1) Install the spring seats.
(2) Using the SST (09222 — 22001), push in a new oil seal.
Do not reuse old valve stem oil seals.
Incorrect installation of the seal could result in oil leakage past the valve guides.
(3) Install the valve, valve spring and spring retainer.
Place the valve springs so that the side coated with enamel faces toward the valve spring retainer and
then installs the retainer.
(4) Using the SST(0K993 120 004, 0K993 120 001), compress the spring and install the retainer locks. After
installing the valves, ensure that the retainer locks are correctly in place before releasing the valve spring
compressor.
(5) Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with the wooden handle of a hammer to ensure
proper seating of the valve and retainer lock.
proper seating of the valve and retainer lock.
Engine
And
Transaxle Assembly
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
a. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
b. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
a. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
1. Remove the battery(A).
2. Remove the under cover(A).
3. Drain the engine coolant.
Remove the radiator cap to speed draining.
4. Drain the engine oil.
Remove the oil filler cap to speed draining.
5. Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Disconnect the AFS(Air Flow Sensor) connector(A).
(2) Disconnect the air cleaner upper cover(A).
(3) Remove the air cleaner assembly(A).
(4) Remove the air intake hose(A).
6. Remove the batter tray(A).
7. Remove the radiator upper hose(A).
8. Remove the radiator lower hose(A).
9. Remove the reservoir tank hose(A).
10. Remove the intercooler hose(A,C), pipe(B).
11. Remove the wire harness and the clamp from the cylinder head and the intake manifold.
(1) Remove the generator connector(A) and the ETC(Engine Coolant Temperature) sensor connector(B).
(2) Remove the injector connector(A), common rail pressure sensor connector(B), wire harness protector(C).
(3) Remove the ground cable(A) from cylinder head.
(4) Remove the knock sensor connector(A), high pressure pump fuel hose(B), high pressure pump connector(C).
(5) Remove the air conditioner condenser(A).
(6) Remove the oil pressure switch connector(A).
(7) Remove the air heater(A), CMP (Camshaft Position Sensor) connector(B).
12. Remove the transaxle wire harness connectors and control cable.
(1) Remove the inhibitor switch connector(A).
(2) Remove the solenoid valve connector(A).
(3) Remove the input shaft speed sensor connector(A).
(4) Remove the output shaft speed sensor connector(A).
(5) Remove the vehicle speed sensor connector(A).
(6) Remove the CKP(Crankshaft position sensor) connector(A).
13. Remove the shift cable(A).
14. Remove the transaxle oil cooler hoses(A).
15. Remove the ground cable(A) from transaxle.
16. Remove the fuse box.(A).
17. Remove the vacuum hose (A) from the generator.
18. Remove the heater hose(A,B).
19. Remove the starter motor connector(A).
20. Remove the front exhaust manifold(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
21. Remove the power steering pump bolt(A).
22. Remove the power steering return hose(A).
23. Remove the engine mounting support bracket(A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9N.m (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
24. Remove the transaxle insulator mounting bolt(A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9N.m (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
25. Remove the front tires.(Refer to DS group).
26. Remove the ABS wheel speed sensors(A).(Refer to BR group).
27. Remove the caliper and hang the caliper assembly(A).(Refer to BR group).
28. Remove the knuckle mounting bolts(B).(Refer to SS group).
29. Remove the stabilizer link fixing nut(A).(Refer to SS group).
30. Remove the steering u-joint mounting bolt(A).
31. Install the jack for supporting engine and transaxle assembly.
Support the assembly safely because the engine and transaxle assembly can be dropped down after removal
of the sub frame.
32. Remove the sub frame mounting bolts(A).
Tightening torque :
Bolt(A): 156.9~ 176.5Nm (16.0~18.0kgf.m, 115.7~ 130.2lb-ft)
Bolts(B) :44.1~58.8Nm (4.5~6.0kgf.m, 32.5~43.4lb-ft)
33. Remove the engine and transaxle assembly by lifting vehicle.
When remove the engine and transaxle assembly, be careful not to damage any surrounding parts or body
components.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Perform the following :
a. Adjust the shift cable.
b. Adjust the throttle cable.
c. Refill the engine with engine oil.
d. Refill the transaxle with fluid.
e. Refill the radiator and reservoir tank with engine coolant.
f. Place the heater control knob on “HOT” positon.
g. Bleed air from the cooling system.
a. Start engine and let it run until it warms up. (until the radiator fan operates 3 or 4 times.)
b. Turn Off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, add coolant if needed. This will allow trapped air to be
removed from the cooling system.
removed from the cooling system.
c. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again and check for leaks.
h. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper assemble them, then apply grease to prevent
corrosion.
i. Inspect for fuel leakage.
a. After assemble the fuel line, turn on the ignition switch (do not operate the starter) so that the fuel pump runs for
approximately two seconds and fuel line pressurizes.
b. Repeat this operation two or three times, then check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line.
Cylinder Block
3LVWRQDQG
&RQQHFWLQJ5RG
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DISASSEMBLY
1. Install the engine to engine stand for disassembly.
2. Remove the timing belt.
3. Remove the cylinder head.
4. Remove the water pump.
5. Remove the air separator(A), hose(B).
6. Remove the oil cooler assembly(A), knock sensor(B).
7. Remove the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
8. Remove the generator mounting bracket(A), power steering pump bracket(B).
9. Remove the A/C compressor bracket(A).
10. M/T : remove flywheel.
11. A/T : remove drive plate and mass wheel.
12. Using the SST(09215 — 3C000) remove the oil pan(A).
13. Remove the oil pump feed pipe(A) and the ladder frame bracket(B).
14. Remove the ladder frame(A) and the oil pump assembly(B).
15. Remove the balancer shaft(A) to the ladder frame.
(1) Remove the gear cover(A) to the ladder frame.
(2) Remove the balancer sprocket and the balancer gear by loosening the bolts(B).
Not to make the balance shaft be rotated, insert the 5mm-thickeness urethane rubber (B) in the balance
gear (A) for protection.
(3) Remove the thrust plate and the balance shaft.
16. Remove the timing belt case(A).
17. Check the connecting rod end play.
18. Remove the connecting rod caps and check oil clearance.
19. Remove the piston and connecting rod assemblies.
(1) Using a ridge reamer, remove all the carbon from the top of the cylinder.
(2) Push the piston, connecting rod assembly and upper bearing through the top of the cylinder block.
a. Keep the bearings, connecting rod and cap together.
b. Arrange the piston and connecting rod assemblies in the correct order.
20. Remove the rear oil seal case.
Remove the 5 bolts(B) and the rear oil seal case(A).
21. Remove the crankshaft bearing cap and check oil clearance.
22. Check the crankshaft end play.
23. Lift the crankshaft(A) out of the engine, being careful not to damage journals.
Arrange the main bearings and thrust bearings in the correct order.
24. Check fit between piston and piston pin.
25. Remove the piston rings.
(1) Using a piston ring expender, remove the 2 compression rings.
(2) Remove the 2 side rails and oil ring by hand.
Arrange the piston rings in the correct order only.
26. Remove the connecting rod from the piston.
Using a press, remove the piston pin from piston.
INSPECTION
CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT
1. Check the connecting rod end play.
Using feeler gauge, measure the end play while moving the connecting rod back and forth.
End play
0.239 ~ 0.39mm (0.0094 ~ 0.0154in)
a. If out-of-tolerance, install a new connecting rod.
b. If still out-of-tolerance, replace the crankshaft.
2. Check the connecting rod bearing oil clearance.
(1) Check the match marks on the connecting rod and cap are aligned to ensure correct reassembly.
(2) Remove the 2 connecting rod cap nuts.
(3) Remove the connecting rod cap and lower bearing.
(4) Clean the crankshaft pin journal and bearing.
(5) Place a plastigage across the crankshaft pin journal.
(6) Reinstall the lower bearing and cap, and tighten the nuts.
Tightening torque :
68.6Nm (7.0 kgf.m, 50.6lb-ft) → Unfasten bolts→29.4Nm (3.0kgf.m, 21.7lb-ft) + 90°
Do not turn the crankshaft.
(7) Remove the 2nuts, connecting rod cap and lower bearing .
(8) Measure the plastigage at its widest point.
Standard oil clearance
0.043 ~ 0.077mm (0.0017 ~ 0.0030in)
(9) If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper and lower bearing and then install a new
bearings with the same color mark. (Refer to connecting rod bearing selection table)
Recheck the oil clearance.
Do not file, shim, of scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
(10) If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing. ( Refer to
connecting rod bearing selection table))
Recheck the oil clearance.
If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace
the crankshaft and start over.
If the marks are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a
wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
Connecting rod mark location
Discrimination of connecting rod
Mark
Connecting rod big-endinner diameter
1
60.833 ~ 60.839mm
(2.3950 ~ 2.3952 in)
60.839 ~ 60.846mm
(2.3952 ~ 2.3955 in)
2
CRANKSHAFT PIN JOURNAL
Journal outer diameter
57.106~57.124mm (2.2483~2.2490in)
CONNECTING ROD BEARING MARK LOCATION
Discrimination of crankshaft pin journal
Color
Connecting rod bearing thickness
Blue
1.0828~1.832mm
(0.0720~0.0721in)
Red
1.832~1.836mm
(0.0721~0.0723in)
(11) Select the bearing by using the selection table.
Connecting rod bearing selection table
Connecting rod mark
Connecting rod bearing thickness
Oil clearance
1
Blue
0.045~0.077mm(0.0018~0.0030in)
2
Red
0.043~0.076mm(0.0017~0.0030in)
3. Check the connecting rods.
(1) When reinstalling, make sure that cylinder numbers put on the connecting rod and cap at disassembly match.
When a new connecting rod is installed, make sure that the notches for holding the bearing in place are on the
same side.
(2) Replace the connecting rod if it is damaged on the thrust faces at either end. Also if step wear or a severely
rough surface of the inside diameter of the small end is apparent, the rod must be replaced as well.
(3) Using a connecting rod aligning tool, check the rod for bend and twist. If the measured value is close to the
repair limit, correct the rod by a press. Any connecting rod that has been severely bent or distorted should be
replaced.
Allowable bend of connecting rod :
0.04mm / 50mm (0.0016in / 1.9685in ) or less
Allowable twist of connecting rod :
0.1mm / 50mm (0.0039in / 1.9685in) or less
4. Check the crankshaft bearing oil clearance.
(1) To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the main bearing caps and lower bearings.
(2) Clean each main journal and lower bearing with a clean shop towel.
(3) Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal.
(4) Reinstall the lower bearings and caps, then tighten the bolts.
Tightening torque :
69.6~79.4Nm(7.1~8.1kgf.m, 51.4~58.6lb-ft)+55°~ 65°
Do not turn the crankshaft.
(5) Remove the cap and lower bearing again, and measure the widest part of the plastigage.
Standard oil clearance :
No.1, 2, 3, 5: 0.045~0.079mm (0.0018 ~0.0031 in)
No.3: 0.067~0.101 mm (0.0026 ~0.0040 in)
(6) If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper and lower bearing and then install a new
bearings with the same color mark. (Refer to crankshaft main bearing selection table).
Recheck the oil clearance.
Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the cap to adjust clearance.
(7) If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing. (Refer to crankshaft
main bearing selection table).
Recheck the oil clearance.
If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the
crankshaft and start over.
If the marks are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire
brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
CYLINDER BLOCK CRANKSHAFT JOURNAL BORE MARK LOCATION
Letters have been stamped on the end of the block as a mark for the size of each of the 5 main journal bores.
Use them, and the numbers or letters stamped on the crank (marks for main journal size), to choose the correct
bearings.
Discrimination of cylinder block crankshaft journal bore
Mark
Cylinder block crankshaft journal bore inner diameter
A
74.066~74.075mm
(2.9160~2.9163in)
None
74.075~74.084mm
(2.9163~2.9167in)
C
74.084~74.092mm
(2.9167~2.9170in)
Crankshaft main journal mark location
Discrimination of crankshaft main journal
Mark
Crankshaft main journalouter diameter
No.1, 2, 3, 5 journal
No.3 journal
1
69.995~70.002mm(2.7557~2.7560in)
69.973~69.980mm(2.7548~2.7551in)
*
70.002~70.009mm(2.7560~2.7563in)
69.980~69.987mm(2.7551~2.7554in)
3
70.009~70.015mm(2.7563~2.7565in)
69.987~69.993mm(2.7554~2.7556in)
Crankshaft main bearing mark location
Discrimination of crankshaft bearing
Color
Crankshaft bearing thickness
Black
2.013 ~ 2.018mm(0.0793~0.0794in)
Brown
2.008 ~ 2.013mm(0.0791~0.0793in)
Green
2.003 ~ 2.008mm(0.0789~0.0791in)
Yellow
1.998 ~ 2.003mm(0.0787~0.0789in)
(8) Select the bearing by using selection table.
Crankshaft main bearing selection table
Cylinder block crankshaft journal bore mark
Crank shaft main
journal mark
A
None
C
A
(Green)
(Brown)
(Black)
*
(Yellow)
(Green)
(Brown)
C
(Yellow)
(Yellow)
(Green)
5. Check the crankshaft end play.
Using a dial indicator, measure the thrust clearance while prying the crankshaft back and forth with a screwdriver.
End play
Standard: 0.14~ 0.39mm (0.0055 ~ 0.0154in)
If the end play is greater than maximum, replace the thrust bearings as a set.
6. Inspect the crankshaft main journals and pin journals.
Using a micrometer, measure the diameter of each main journal and pin journal.
Main journal outer diameter :
NO.1, 2, 3, 5: 69.995 ~ 70.015mm (2.7557 ~2.7565 in)
NO.3: 69.973~69.993 mm (2.7548 ~2.7556 in)
Pin journal outer diameter :
57.106 ~ 57.124mm (2.2483 ~2.2490 in)
CYLINDER BLOCK
1. Remove the gasket material.
Using a gasket scraper, remove all the gasket material from the top surface of the cylinder block.
2. Clean the cylinder block
Using a soft brush and solvent, thoroughly clean the cylinder block.
3. Inspect the top surface of cylinder block for flatness.
Using a precision straight edge and feeler gauge, measure the surface contacting the cylinder head gasket for
warpage.
Flatness of cylinder block gasket surface Standard:
Less than 0.05mm (0.0020in)
4. Inspect the cylinder bore.
Visually check the cylinder for vertical scratchs.
If deep scratchs are present, replace the cylinder block.
5. Inspect the cylinder bore diameter.
Using a cylinder bore gauge, measure the cylinder bore diameter at position in the thrust and axial direction.
Standard diameter :
97.100~97.126mm (3.8228~3.8239in)
6. Check the cylinder bore size code on the cylinder block bottom face.
Cylinder bore inner diameter mark location
Discrimination of cylinder bore inner diameter
Mark
Cylinder bore inner diameter
Y
101.513~101.526mm
(3.9966~3.9971in)
X
101.500~101.513mm
(3.9961~3.9966in)
Cylinder liner classifying mark location
The outer discrimination mark of the cylinder liner is on the outer surface of the liner and the inner mark is on
the top surface of it.
Discrimination of cylinder liner
Mark
Outer diameter (mm)
Mark
Inner diameter (mm)
3Y
101.493~101.506mm(3.9958~3.9963in)
Yellow
97.113~97.126mm(3.8233 ~ 3.8239in)
3Y
101.493~101.506mm(3.9958~3.9963in)
Blue
97.100~97.113mm(3.8228~ 3.8233in)
3X
101.480~101.493mm(3.9953 ~ 3.9958in)
Yellow
97.113~97.126mm(3.8233~3.8239in)
3X
101.480~101.493mm(3.9953 ~ 3.9958in)
Blue
97.100~97.113mm(3.8228~ 3.8233in)
Piston Outer diameter mark location
Discrimination of piston outer diameter
Mark
Piston outer diameter
A
97.015~97.030mm(3.8195~3.8201in)
B
97.030~97.045mm(3.8201~3.8207in)
7. Check the piston size mark on the piston top face.
Cylinder liner selection table
Cylinder bore mark
Cylinder liner mark
Oil clearance
Y
3Y- Yellow
0.007~0.033mm(0.0003~0.0013in)
Y
3Y- Blue
0.007~0.033mm(0.0003~0.0013in)
X
3X- Yellow
0.007~0.033mm(0.0003~0.0013in)
X
3X- Blue
0.007~0.033mm(0.0003~0.0013in)
Cylinder liner mark
Piston outer diameter
mark
Oil clearance
Yellow
B
0.068~0.096mm(0.0027~0.0038in)
Blue
A
0.070~0.098mm(0.0028~0.0039in)
Piston
PISTON AND PISTON RINGS
1. Clean the piston.
(1) Using a gasket scraper, remove the carbon from the piston top.
(2) Using a groove cleaning tool or broken ring, clean the piston ring grooves.
(3) Using solvent and a brush, thoroughly clean the piston.
Do not use a wire brush.
2. The standard measurement of the piston outside diameter is taken 47mm (1.85in) from top land of the piston.
Standard diameter :
97.015~97.045mm (3.8195 ~ 3.8207in)
3. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore inner diameter and the piston outer diameter.
Piston-to-cylinder clearance :
0.070 ~ 0.098mm (0.0028 ~ 0.0039in)
4. Inspect the piston ring side clearance.
Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between new piston ring and the wall of ring groove.
Piston ring side clearance
No. 2 : 0.06 ~ 0.10mm (0.0024 ~ 0.0039in)
Oil ring : 0.03 ~ 0.07mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0028in)
If the clearance is greater than maximum, replace the piston.
5. Inspect the piston ring end gap.
To measure the piston ring end gap, insert a piston ring into the cylinder bore. Position the ring at right angles to
the cylinder wall by gently pressing it down with a piston. Measure the gap with a feeler gauge. If the gap exceeds
the service limit, replace the piston rings. If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore inner diameter. If the
bore is over the service limit, the cylinder block must be rebored.
Piston ring end gap
Standard
No.1 : 0.25~ 0.40mm (0.0098 ~ 0.0157in)
No.2 : 0.40 ~ 0.55mm (0.0157 ~ 0.0217in)
Oil ring : 0.20 ~ 0.40mm(0.0079 ~ 0.0157in)
PISTON PINS
1. Measure the outer diameter of piston pin.
Piston pin diameter :
31.994~32.000mm (1.2596 ~ 1.2598in)
2. Measure the piston pin-to-piston clearance.
Piston pin hole inner diameter:
32.015~32.025 mm (1.2604~1.2608 in)
0.015~0.031 mm(0.0003~0.0012 in)
3. Check the difference between the piston pin outer diameter and the connecting rod small end inner diameter.
Inside diameter of connecting rod small end bore:
32.012~32.033mm (1.2603~1.2611 in)
0.012~0.039 mm(0.0005~0.0015 in)
4. Apply oil on the piston pin when assembling.
LADDER FRAME AND BALANCE SHAFT
1. Measure the ladder frame inner diameter.
Ladder frame inner diameter
LH1
25.000 ~ 25.021 mm(0.9843~0.9851in)
LH2
54.000 ~ 54.030 mm(2.1260~2.1272in)
LH3
56.000 ~ 56.030 mm(2.2047~2.2059in)
RH1
35.000 ~ 35.025 mm(1.3780~1.3789in)
RH2
54.000 ~ 54.030 mm(2.1260~2.1272in)
RH3
56.000 ~ 56.030 mm(2.2047~2.2059in)
2. Measure the balance shaft outer diameter.
Balance shaft outer diameter
LH1
24.939 ~ 24.960 mm(0.9818~0.9827in)
LH2
53.910 ~ 53.940 mm(2.1224~2.1236in)
LH3
55.910 ~ 55.940 mm(2.2012~2.2024in)
RH1
34.925 ~ 34.950 mm(1.3750~1.3760in)
RH2
53.910 ~ 53.940 mm(2.1224~2.1236in)
RH3
55.910 ~ 55.940 mm(2.2012~2.2024in)
3. Measure the end play of the balance shaft.
0.10~0.25mm (0.0036~0.0098in)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Check the continuity between the terminal and the body with an ohmmeter. If there is no continuity, replace the oil
pressure switch.
2. Check the continuity between the terminal and the body when the oil hole is blocked with a fine stick. If there is
continuity with a fine stick is pushed, replace the switch.
3. If there is no continuity when a 49.0kpa (0.5kg/cm², 7.1psi) pressure is applied through the oil hole, the switch is
operating properly.
Check for air leakage. If air leaks, the diaphragm is broken. Replace it.
REASSEMBLY
a. Thoroughly clean all parts to assembled.
b. Before installing the parts, apply fresh engine oil to all sliding and rotating surfaces.
c. Replace all gaskets, O-rings and oil seals with new parts.
1. Assemble the piston and connecting rod.
(1) Insert the piston pin and fix the piston pin clip.
(2) The piston front mark and the connecting rod front mark must face the timing belt side of the engine.
2. Install the piston rings.
(1) Install the oil ring expander and two side rails by hand.
(2) Using a piston ring expander, install the two compression rings with the code mark facing upward.
(3) Position the piston rings so that the ring ends are as shown.
3. Install the connecting rod bearings.
(1) Align the bearing (A) claw with the groove of the connecting rod and bearing cap (B).
(2) Install the bearings (A) in the connecting rod and bearing cap (B).
4. Install the crankshaft main bearings.
Upper bearings have oil grooves of the oil holes; Lower bearings do not.
(1) Aligning the bearing protrusions with the grooves of the cylinder block, push in the 5 upper bearings (A).
(2) Aligning the bearing protrusions with the grooves of the main bearing cap, and push in the 5 lower bearings.
5. Install the thrust bearings.
Install the 2 thrust bearings(A) under the No.3 journal position of the cylinder block with the oil grooves facing
outward.
6. Place the crankshaft on the cylinder block.
7. Place the main bearing caps on the cylinder block.
8. Install the main bearing cap bolts.
a. The main bearing cap bolts are tightened in 2 progressive steps.
b. If any of the bearing cap bolts is broken or deformed, replace it.
(1) Apply a light coat of engine oil on the threads of the main bearing cap bolts.
(2) Install and uniformly tighten the 10 bearing cap bolts (A), in several passes, in the sequence shown.
Tightening torque :
69.6 ~ 79.4Nm (7.1 ~ 8.1kgf.m, 51.4 ~ 58.6lb-ft) + 55° ~ 65°
(3) Check that the crankshaft turns smoothly.
9. Check the crankshaft end play.
10. Install the piston and connecting rod assemblies.
a. Before installing the piston, apply a coat of engine oil to the piston ring grooves and the cylinder bores.
b. When installing the piston pin to the piston, apply engine oil sufficiently
(1) Remove the connecting rod bearing caps and insert short sections of rubber hose over the threaded ends of
the connecting rod bolts.
(2) Install the ring compressor, checking that the rings are securely in place and positioning the piston in the
cylinder, tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer.
(3) Stop inserting after the ring inserted in the cylinder, and check the connecting rod to crank journal alignment
before complete inserting.
(4) Apply engine oil to the bolt threads after removing rubber hose. Install the connecting rod caps with bearings,
and tighten the nuts.
and tighten the nuts.
Tightening torque :
68.9Nm (7.0kgf.m, 50.6lb-ft) → Loosened →29.4Nm (3.0kgf.m, 21.7lb-ft) + 90°
Maintain downward force on the ring compressor to prevent the rings from expending before entering the
cylinder bore.
11. Install a new gasket and rear oil seal case(A) with 5 bolts(B).
Tightening torque :
7.8 ~ 10.8Nm (0.8 ~ 1.1kgf.m, 5.8 ~ 8.0lb-ft)
Check that the mating surfaces are clean and dry.
12. Install the rear oil seal.
(1) Apply engine oil to a new oil seal lip.
(2) Tap in the rear oil seal until its surface is flush with the rear oil seal retainer edge.
13. Install the balance shaft to the ladder frame.
(1) Install the thrust plate and balance shaft to the ladder frame.
(2) Aligning the timing marks on the balance gear(A), install the balance sprocket.
(3) Tighten the balance sprocket bolt and balance gear bolt(C).
Tightening torque :
Rear balance gear bolt(C)37.3 ~ 52.0Nm (3.8 ~ 5.3kgf.m, 27.5 ~ 38.3lb-ft)
Front balance gear bolt63.7 ~ 73.5Nm (6.5 ~ 7.5kgf.m, 47.0 ~ 54.2lb-ft)
Not to make the balance shaft be rotated, insert the 5mm-thickeness urethane rubber (B) in the balance
gear (A) for protection.
(4) Install the gear cover (A) to the ladder frame and tighten the bolts (B).
Tightening torque :
18.6 ~ 25.5Nm (1.9 ~ 2.6kgf.m, 13.7 ~ 18.8lb-ft)
14. Install the oil screen with a new gasket to the oil pump.
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
15. Install the ladder frame(A) and pump assembly(B) and tighten the bolts(C,D,E).
Tightening torque :
Bolts (C): 31.4 ~ 46.1Nm (3.2 ~ 4.7kgf.m, 23.1 ~ 34.0lb-ft)
Bolts (D): 15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
Bolts (E): 31.4 ~ 46.1Nm (3.2 ~ 4.7kgf.m, 23.1 ~ 34.0lb-ft)
Check that the timing marks on the crankshaft sprocket(A), idler(B) and balance sprocket(C) are aligned.
16. Install the oil pump supplying pipe(A) and ladder frame bracket(B) and tighten the bolts(C,D) as shown below.
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
17. Install the timing belt case.
Length of the bolts :
(A): 25mm, (B): 45mm, (C):50mm, (D): nut
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
18. Install the oil pan.
(1) Remove the gasket from the surface of the oil pan by using a knife or a scraper.
After checking that the contact surface is clean and dry, apply liquid gasket.
(2) Apply liquid gasket on the surface of the oil pan.
Liquid gasket: LOCTITE 5900 or equivalent.
a. Apply liquid gasket on the thread of the bolts in order to prevent oil from being leaked.
b. If the time, five minutes, passes after applying, remove the applied gasket before. Apply it again and
install it.
c. After the minimum 30 minutes passing from assembly, refill engine oil.
(3) Install the oil pan (A) and tighten the oil pan bolts uniformly in several steps.
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
19. Install the fly wheel (manual transaxle vehicles only).
Tightening torque :
122.6 ~ 132.4Nm (12.5 ~ 13.5kgf.m, 90.4 ~ 97.6lb-ft)
20. Install the mass wheel and drive plate (automatic transaxle vehicles only).
Tightening torque :
159.8 ~ 169.7Nm (16.3 ~ 17.3kgf.m, 117.9 ~ 125.1lb-ft)
21. Install the air conditioning compressor bracket (A).
Tightening torque :
BOLT (B):
38.2 ~ 58.8Nm (3.9 ~ 6.0kgf.m, 28.2 ~ 43.4lb-ft)
BOLT (C):
18.6 ~ 27.5Nm (1.9 ~ 2.8kgf.m, 13.7 ~ 20.3lb-ft)
22. Install the generator mounting bracket (A) and the power steering pump bracket (B).
Tightening torque :
BOLT (C):
38.2 ~ 58.8Nm (3.9 ~ 6.0kgf.m, 28.2 ~ 43.4lb-ft)
BOLT (D):
34.3 ~ 53.9Nm (3.5 ~ 5.5kgf.m, 25.3 ~ 39.8lb-ft)
BOLT (E):
68.6 ~ 93.2Nm (7.0 ~ 9.5kgf.m, 50.6 ~ 68.7lb-ft)
23. Install the drive belt auto-tensioner (A).
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
24. Install the oil cooler assembly (A) and the knock sensor (B).
Tightening torque :
Oil cooler bolts:
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
Knock sensor bolts:
14.7 ~ 24.5Nm (1.5 ~ 2.5kgf.m, 10.8 ~ 18.1lb-ft
25. Install the air separator (A) and hose (B).
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
26. Install the water pump, cylinder head and timing belt in order.
27. Remove the engine stand.
Cooling system
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
ENGINE COOLANT REFILLING AND BLEEDING
When pouring engine coolant, be sure to shut the relay box lid and not to let coolant spill on the electrical parts of
the paint. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately.
1. Slide the heater temperature control lever to maximum heat. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the
touch.
2. Remove the radiator cap(A).
3. Loosen the drain plug(A), and drain the coolant.
4. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely.
5. Remove the coolant reservoir tank. Drain the coolant and reinstall the coolant reservoir tank. Fill the coolant
reservoir tank to the MAX mark with the coolant.
6. Mix the recommended antifreeze with an equal amount of water in a clean container.
a. Use only genuine antifreeze/coolant.
b. For best corrosion protection, the coolant concentration must be maintained year-round at 50% minimum.
Coolant concentrations less than 50% may not provide sufficient protection against corrosion of freezing.
c. Coolant concentrations greater then 60% will impair cooling efficiency and are not recommended.
a. Do not mix different brands of antifreeze/coolants.
b. Do not use additional rust inhibitors or antirust products; they may not be compatible with the coolant.
7. Pour the coolant into the radiator to the base of the filler neck, and install the radiator cap loosely.
8. Start the engine and let it run until it warms up. ( until the radiator fan operates 3 or 4 times.)
9. Turn off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, add coolant if needed. This will allow trapped air to be removed
from the cooling system.
10. Put the radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again and check for leaks.
RADIATOR CAP TESTING
1. Remove the radiator cap, wet its seal with engine coolant, then install it no pressure tester.
2. Apply a pressure of 93.16 ~ 122.58kpa (0.95 ~ 1.25kg/cm², 13.51 ~ 17.78psi).
3. Check for a drop in pressure.
4. If the pressure drops, replace the cap.
RADIATOR LEAKGE TEST
1. Wait until engine is cool, then carefully remove the radiator cap and fill the radiator with engine coolant, then install
it on the pressure tester.
2. Apply a pressure tester to the radiator and apply a pressure of 93.16 ~ 122.58kpa (0.95 ~ 1.25kg/cm², 13.51 ~
17.78psi).
3. Inspect for engine coolant leaks and a drop in pressure.
4. Remove the tester and reinstall the radiator cap.
Check for engine oil in the coolant and/or coolant in the engine oil.
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
WATER PUMP
1. Drain the engine coolant.
System is under high pressure when the engine is hot. To avoid danger of releasing scalding engine coolant,
remove the cap only when the engine is cool.
2. Remove the drive belts.
3. Remove the timing belt.
4. Remove the water pump.
THRMOSTAT
Disassembly of the thermostat would have an adverse effect, causing a lowering of cooling efficiency.
1. Drain the engine coolant so its level is below thermostat.
2. Remove the thermostat housing, gasket and thermostat.
RADIATOR
1. Drain the engine coolant.
2. Remove the radiator upper cover(A).
3. Remove the radiator upper hose(A).
4. Remove the radiator lower hose(A).
5. Remove the intercooler hose(A,C), pipe(B).
6. Remove the transaxle oil cooler hose(A).
7. Remove the cooling fan motor connector(A) diagnosis connector(B).
8. Remove the cooling fan motor assembly(A).
9. Remove the radiator upper bracket(A).
10. Remove the radiator bracket(A,B).
11. Remove the intercooler.
12. Remove the radiator.
INSTALLATION
WATER PUMP
1. Install the water pump.
(1) Install the water pump and a new gasket with the bolts, nuts(A,B,C).
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kg-m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
2. Install the timing belt.
3. Install the water pump pulley, cooling fan.
4. Install the drive belt.
5. Fill with engine coolant.
6. Start engine and check for leaks.
7. Recheck engine coolant level.
THERMOSTAT
1. Install the thermostat housing, thermostat.
2. Install the thermostat bolts.
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
3. Fill with engine coolant.
4. Start engine and check for leaks.
RADIATOR
1. Install the radiator. Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
2. Install the air conditioner condenser. (Refer to HA- air conditioner condenser).
3. Install the upper and lower radiator hoses.
4. Refill with engine coolant.
5. Start engine and check for leaks.
INSPECTION
WATER PUMP
1. Check each part for cracks, damage or wear, and replace the coolant pump assembly if necessary.
2. Check the bearing for damage, abnormal noise and sluggish rotation, and replace the coolant pump assembly if
necessary.
3. Check for coolant leakage. If coolant leaks from hole, the seal is defective. Replace the coolant pump assembly.
A small amount of «engine coolant» from the bleed hole can be weeped.
THERMOSTAT
1. Immerse the thermostat in water and gradually heat the water.
2. Check the valve opening temperature.
Valve opening temperature : 86.5~89.5°C (187.7~193.1°F)
Full opening temperature : 100°C (212°F)
If the valve opening temperature is not as specified, replace the thermostat.
3. Check the valve lift.
Valve lift : 8.5mm(0.3346in) or more at 100°C (212°F)
If the valve lift is not as specified, replace the thermostat.
Lubrication system
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DISASSEMBLY
RELIEF PLUNGER
1. Remove the relief plunger.
Remove the plug(A), spring and relief plunger.
INSPECTION
RELIEF PLUNGER
1. Inspect the relief plunger.
Coat the plunger with engine oil and check that it falls smoothly into the plunger hole by its own weight.
If it does not, replace the relief plunger. If necessary, replace the front case.
2. Inspect the relief valve spring.
Inspect for distorted or broken relief valve spring.
Standard value
Free height : 46.3mm (1.8228in)
Load : 6.13±5% kgf/38.05mm (13.5±1.1% lb/1.4980in)
ENGINE OIL
1. Check the engine oil quality.
Check the oil deterioration, entry of water, discoloring of thinning.
If the quality is visibly poor, replace the oil.
2. Check the engine oil level.
After warning up the engine and then 5 minutes after the engine stop, oil level should be between the “L” and “F”
marks in the dipstick.
If low, check for leakage and add oil up to the “F” mark.
Do not fill with engine oil above the “F” mark.
SELECTION OF ENGINE OIL
Recommended API classification : CH- 4 OR ABOVE(5W-30)
Recommended SAE viscosity grades :
For best performance and maximum protection of all types of operation, select only those lubricants which :
a. Satisfy the requirement of the API classification.
b. Have proper SAE grade number for expected ambient temperature range.
Lubricants that do not have both an SAE grade number and API service classification on the container should not
be used.
REASSEMBLY
RELIEF PLUNGER
1. Install the relief plunger.
Install relief plunger and spring into the front case hole, and install the plug(A).
Tightening torque :
32.4~42.2Nm (3.3~4.3kgf.m, 23.9~31.1lb-ft)
REMOVAL
OIL PAN
1. Drain the engine oil.
2. Remove the RH tires.
3. Remove the RH stabilizer bar link(A).
4. Remove the front roll stopper insulator mounting bolt(A).
5. Remove the rear roll stopper insulator mounting bolt(B).
6. Remove the RH sub frame mounting bolts.
7. Tilt the sub frame(A) sideways by loosening the RH sub frame mounting bolts only.
8. Remove the plate(A) between the engine and the transaxle.
9. Using the SST(09215-3C000), remove the oil pan(A).
OIL PUMP
1. Drain the engine oil.
2. Turn the crankshaft pulley, and align its groove with timing mark “T” of the timing belt cover.
3. Remove the oil pan.
4. Remove the oil supply pipe(A), ladde frame bracket(B).
5. Remove the ladde frame(A), oil pump assembly(B).
REPLACEMENT
OIL AND FILTER
a. Prolonged and repeated contact with mineral oil will result in the removal of natural fats from the skin, leading
to dryness, irritation and dermatitis. In addition, used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants
which may cause skin cancer.
b. Exercise caution in order to minimize the length and frequency of contact of your skin to used oil. Wear
protective clothing and gloves. Wash your skin thoroughly with soap and water, or use water-less hand
cleaner, to remove any used engine oil. Do not use gasoline, thinners, or solvents.
c. In order to preserve the environment, used oil and used oil filter must be disposed of only at designated
disposal sites.
1. Drain the engine oil.
(1) Remove the oil filler cap.
(2) Remove the oil drain plug, and drain the oil into a container.
2. Replace the oil filter.
(1) Remove the oil filter.
(2) Check and clean the oil filter installation surface.
(3) Check the part number of the new oil filter is as same as old one.
(4) Apply clean engine oil to the gasket of a new oil filter.
(5) Lightly screw the oil filter into place, and tighten it until the gasket contacts the seat.
(6) Tighten it an additional 3/4 turn.
Tightening torque :
21.6~24.5Nm (2.2~2.5kgf.m, 15.9~18.1lb-ft)
3. Refill with engine oil.
(1) Clean and install the oil drain plug with a new gasket.
Tightening torque :
34.3~44.1Nm (3.5~4.5kgf.m, 25.3~32.5lb-ft)
(2) Fill with fresh engine oil.
Oil Capacity
Total : 8.0 L (8.45 US qt, 7.03 lmp qt)
Oil pan : 6.0 L (6.34 US qt, 5.27 lmp qt)
Drain and refill including oil filter : 6.6 L (6.97 US qt, 5.08 lmp qt)
Oil quality : ABOVE API CH-4 or ABOVE ACEA B4
(3) Install the oil filler cap.
4. Start engine and check for oil leaks.
5. Recheck the engine oil level.
INSTALLATION
OIL PUMP
1. Install the oil screen and new gasket.
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
2. Install the ladde frame(A), oil pump assembly(B) with the bolts(C,D,E).
Tightening torque :
Bolts(C): 31.4~46.1Nm (3.2~4.7kgf.m, 23.1~34.0lb-ft)
Bolts(D): 15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
Bolts(E): 31.4~46.1Nm (3.2~4.7kgf.m, 23.1~34.0lb-ft)
Align the timing marks on the crankshaft sprocket(A), idler(B) and balancer sprocket(C).
3. Install the oil supply pipe(A), ladde frame bracket(B) with the bolts(C,D).
Tightening torque:
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
4. Install the oil pan.
5. Fill with engine oil.
OIL PAN
1. Install the oil pan.
(1) Using a razor blade and gasket scraper, remove all the old packing material from the gasket surfaces.
Check that the mating surfaces are clean and dry before applying liquid gasket.
(2) Apply liquid gasket as an even bead, centered between the edges of the mating surface.
Liquid gasket: LOCTITE 5900 or equivalent
a. To prevent leakage of oil, apply liquid gasket to the inner threads of the bolt holes.
b. Do not install the parts if five minutes or more have elapsed since applying the liquid gasket.
Instead, reapply liquid gasket after removing the residue.
c. After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil.
(3) Install the oil pan(A) with the bolts.
Uniformly tighten the bolts in several passes.
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
2. Install the plate(A) between the engine and the transaxle assembly.
Tightening torque :
15.7~22.6Nm (1.6~2.3kgf.m, 11.6~16.6lb-ft)
3. Install the RH, LH sub frame mounting bolts(A,B).
Tightening torque :
156.9~176.5Nm (16.0~18.0kgf.m, 115.7~130.2lb-ft)
44.1~58.8Nm (4.5~6.0kgf.m, 32.5~43.4lb-ft)
4. Install the front roll stopper insulator mounting bolt(A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
5. Install the rear roll stopper insulator mounting bolt(A).
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
6. Install the RH stabilizer bar link(A).
Tightening torque:
98.1~117.7Nm (10.0~12.0kgf.m, 72.3~86.8lb-ft)
7. Remove the RH tires.
Tightening torque :
88.3~107.9Nm (9.0~11.0kgf.m, 65.1~79.6lb-ft)
8. Fill with engine oil
INSPECTION
RELIEF PLUNGER
1. Inspect the relief plunger.
Coat the plunger with engine oil and check that it falls smoothly into the plunger hole by its own weight.
If it does not, replace the relief plunger. If necessary, replace the front case.
2. Inspect the relief valve spring.
Inspect for distorted or broken relief valve spring.
Standard value
Free height : 46.3mm (1.8228in)
Load : 6.13±5% kgf/38.05mm (13.5±1.1% lb/1.4980in)
ENGINE OIL
1. Check the engine oil quality.
Check the oil deterioration, entry of water, discoloring of thinning.
If the quality is visibly poor, replace the oil.
2. Check the engine oil level.
After warning up the engine and then 5 minutes after the engine stop, oil level should be between the “L” and “F”
marks in the dipstick.
If low, check for leakage and add oil up to the “F” mark.
Do not fill with engine oil above the “F” mark.
SELECTION OF ENGINE OIL
Recommended API classification : CH- 4 OR ABOVE(5W-30)
Recommended SAE viscosity grades :
For best performance and maximum protection of all types of operation, select only those lubricants which :
a. Satisfy the requirement of the API classification.
b. Have proper SAE grade number for expected ambient temperature range.
Lubricants that do not have both an SAE grade number and API service classification on the container should not
be used.
Intake
and
Exhaust system
Intercooler
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
Intake Manifold
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
INTAKE MANIFOLD
1. Remove the air intake hose, air cleaner assembly.
2. Remove the intercooler hoses(A).
3. Remove the ground cable(A) from cylinder head.
4. Remove the air hester terminals(A) CMP(Crankshaft position sensor) connector(B).
5. Remove the injection high pressure. (Refer to FL group).
6. Remove the EGR pipe(B).
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
7. Remove the EGR pipe
Tightening torque :
Bolts(D), Nut(E): 15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
8. Remove the EGR pipe(A).
9. Remove the intake manifold.
Tightening torque :
Bolts(A,B), Nut(C): 15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
Hexagonal wrench bolt (D): 17.7 ~ 26.5Nm (1.8 ~ 2.7kgf.m, 13.0 ~ 19.5lb-ft)
10. Installation is in the reverse order of removal with new gasket.
Exhaust Manifold
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
1. Remove the air intake hose, air cleaner assembly.
2. Remove the intercooler hoses, pipe(A, B).
3. Remove the PCV(Positive Crankcase Ventilation) hose(A), EGR valve vacuum hose(B), EGR cooier water hose(C),
vacuum pump oil hose(D).
4. Remove the EGR pipe(B).
Tightening torque :
15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
5. Remove the EGR pipe
Tightening torque :
Bolts(D), Nut(E): 15.7 ~ 22.6Nm (1.6 ~ 2.3kgf.m, 11.6 ~ 16.6lb-ft)
6. Remove the EGR pipe(A).
7. Remove the turbo chargers water inlet pipe(A).
Tightening torque :
Eye bolt(B): 23.5~35.3Nm (2.4~3.6kgf.m, 17.4~26.0lb-ft)
Bolt(C): 8.8~12.7Nm (0.9~1.3kgf.m, 6.5~9.4lb-ft)
8. Remove the heat protector(A).
Tightening torque :
8.8~12.7Nm (0.9~1.3kgf.m, 6.5~9.4lb-ft)
9. Remove the EGR cooler(A).
Tightening torque :
26.5~34.3Nm (2.7~3.5kgf.m, 19.5~25.3lb-ft)
10. Remove the EGR valve(A).
Tightening torque :
21.6~26.5Nm (2.2~2.7kgf.m, 15.9~19.5lb-ft)
11. Remove the exhaust manifold insulator(A), engine hanger(B).
Tightening torque :
Bolts(C): 8.8~12.7Nm (0.9~1.3kgf.m, 6.5~9.4lb-ft)
Bolts(D): 17.7 ~ 26.5Nm (1.8 ~ 2.7kgf.m, 13.0 ~ 19.5lb-ft)
12. Remove the turbo charger oil inlet pipe(A), oil outlet hose(B).
Tightening torque :
11.8~17.7Nm (1.2~1.8kgf.m, 8.7~13.0lb-ft)
13. Remove the turbo charger water outlet pipe, hose(A).
Tightening torque :
23.5~35.3Nm (2.4~3.6kgf.m, 17.4~26.0lb-ft)
14. Remove the turbo charger stay(A).
Tightening torque :
30.4~36.3Nm (3.1~3.7kgf.m, 22.4~26.8lb-ft)
15. Remove the turbo charger assembly(A).
Tightening torque :
26.5~34.3Nm (2.7~3.5kgf.m,19.5~25.3lb-ft)
16. Remove the generator. (Refer to EE group).
17. Remove the thermostat case(A), oil level gauge tube(B).
18. Remove the exhaust manifold(A).
Tightening torque :
26.5~34.3Nm (2.7~3.5kgf.m,19.5~25.3lb-ft)
INSPECTION
TURBO CHARGER
1. Warm up the engine to the normal temperature.
2. After removing the hose between the intake manifold and the intercooler, install the pressure gauge with 3-way
connector.
3. Measure the maximum pressure data by starting the engine and raising up the rpm.
PRESSURE GAUGE
Not fixed pressure or low pressure
Pressure is above the standard.
(630~670mmHg/3,800rpm)
INSPECTION
a. Leakage from the intake or exhaust system
b. Inferior turbocharger
a. Leakage from the inferior actuator hose
b. Actuator defect
ACTUATOR
1. After removing the air hose from the actuator, install the pressure tester.
2. Install the dial gauge in a straight line with the actuator rod.
3. Using the pressure tester, when the pressure, 1,320~1,360Hg is applied, check whether the actuator rod is shifted
2.0mm.
If the pressure more than 1.7 kg/cm²(1,250mmHg) is applied, there is a danger which the actuator will be
damaged.
4. Replace an actuator when it is not working or pressure can not be applied.
Front Exhaust Pipe
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
1. Remove the front muffler(A).
Tightening torque:
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
2. Remove the catalytic converter(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
3. Remove the center muffler(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
4. Remove the main muffler(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
5. Remove the tail pipe(A).
Tightening torque :
39.2~58.8Nm (4.0~6.0kgf.m, 28.9~43.4lb-ft)
General Information
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool
(Number and Name)
09411-43000
Clutch disc guide
Illustration
Use
Installation of the clutch disc
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIFICATION
Item
SPECIFICATION
Engine type
J2.9
Clutch operation
Hydraulic type
Clutch disc
Single dry with diaphragm
Clutch cover assembly
Self Adjusting Clutch
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Item
Nm
Kgf.cm
lb-ft
Clutch cover (6EA)
25~36
250~360
18.2~26.2
Clutch pedal bracket mounting
19~26
190~260
13.8~18.9
Regulator bolt
28~33
280~330
20.3~24
Connecting rod adjusting bolt
9~14
90~140
6.5~10.1
Clutch master cylinder mounting
12~16
120~160
8.7~11.6
Stopper bolt
8~10 or 14~20
80~100 or 140~200
5.8~7.27 or
10.1~14.5
Clutch pedal bolt/nut
25~34
250~340
18.1~24.7
SERVICE STANDARD
Item
Standard value
Clutch pedal stroke
150mm (5.91in)
Clutch pedal free play
6~13mm (0.24~0.51in)
Clutch System
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DESCRIPTION
SELF ADJUSTING CLUTCH(S.A.C.) COVER
a. As a clutch disc facing is worn away according to its durability, a cover weight is increasing and a clutch pedal
pressure can be more needed.
b. To make up for this defect, the self adjusting clutch system makes the requsted pedal pressure minimized so that
makes the maintenance cycle longer.
CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER-C.S.C.
It improves working efficiency and lowers the number and the weight of part by unifing clutch release control
parts(clutch release bearing ~ clutch release cylinder) in a manual transaxle.
OPERATION
CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER-C.S.C
When the clutch pedal is pressed, oil pressure is transmitted along the arrow directions shown below and that moves
the clutch slave cylinder and the diaphragm spring of the clutch cover.
Clutch Cover and Disc
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REPLACEMENT
1. Remove a transaxle assembly (refer to ‘MT’-group).
2. Remove the clutch cover bolts. Not to be bent or twisted, loosen them in diagonal directions.
3. Remove the clutch cover and disc.
4. Using the SST(09411-43000), install a clutch disc and cover.
a. Replace a clutch cover and disc as a set.
* Possible problems when not following the caution
a. When replacing only a disc, slip problem can occur because of the initial clamp load loss by the adjusting
ring’s unusual work.
b. When replacing only a disc, it can be difficult to cut power because the thickness of the disc cannot be
permitted.
b. Apply grease on a disc spline part and transmission input shaft spline part as required.
* Possible problems when not following
a. When not applying: Excessively wear of splines and bad clutch operation
b. When excessively applying: Scattered grease by centrifugal force conteminates the clutch disc. Loss of friction
force can cause a slip
c. The ‘T/M SIDE’ marked surface should face the transaxle.
→ If the surface face the opposite side, there can be an interference between a disc and a flywheel surface.
5. Tighten the clutch cover.
TORQUE:
24.5~35.3Nm (250~360kgf.cm, 18.1~26.0lb-ft) (6EA)
When installing the clutch cover, tighten the bolts in diagonal directions not to be bent or twisted.
* Possible problems when not following
a. When tightening the bolt completely at a time: the clutch cover can be twisted and vibration can occur.
b. On vehicles with self adjusting clutches, it is necessary to follow this caution.
c. Not following tightening torque: There can be bad torque transmission in clutch and relaxation possibility of
bolts.
INSPECTION
1. Inspect diaphragm spring wear which is in contact with a concentric slave cylinder bearing.
2. Check the clutch cover and disc surface for wear or crack.
3. Check the clutch disc lining for slipping or oil mark.
4. Measure the depth from a clutch lining surface to a rivet. If the measured value is less than the specification below,
replace it.
Specification: 0.3mm(0.0118inch)
Clutch Master Cylinder
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off
immediately with water.
1. Remove the brake fluid fron the clutch master cylinder reservoir with a syringe.
2. Clamp the clutch master cylinder hose(A). If there is no enough room for clamping, you can also clamp the hose
from the brake master cylinder side.
3. Disconnect the hose(A) from the cylinder by releasing the clutch master cylinder clamp.
4. Remove the clutch master cylinder mounting bolts(A,B).
One is the engine room, the other near the clutch pedal assembly.
5. Remove the pin and washer which connect the clutch pedal with the clutch master cylinder.
6. Remove the clutch master cylinder. It can be helpful to do this step after removing the clutch pedal mounting
bracket.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
After installation, bleed the clutch hydaulic system.
CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER AIR BLEEDING PROCEDURE
1. After disconnecting a cap from the concentric slave cylinder air bleeder, insert a vinyl hose in the plug.
2. Loosening the plug screw, press and release the clutch pedal about 10 times.
Hold the air bleeder body not to rotate with a spanner(A). The holding is needed when the plug loosened or
tightened.
3. Tighten the plug during the clutch pedal pressed. Afterwards, raise the pedal with a hand.
TORQUE :
25~29Nm (250~290Kgf.cm, 18.2~21.1lb-ft)
4. After pressing the clutch pedal 3 times more, loosen the plug and retighten it with the pedal pressed. Raise it
again, then.
5. Repeat the step 4 two or three times. (until there is no bubble in the fluid)
a. Do not clamp the pipe of a concentric slave cylinder.
b. Be careful not to damage O-rings.
Clutch Pedal
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
IGNITION LOCK SWITCH
1. Disconnect 2P-connector from a ignition lock switch.
2. Disconnect the ignition lock switch. (if you can install a tester with the switch fixed, this step can be omissible)
3. Check for continuity between terminals. (refer to the table below)
Clutch pedal position
Ignition lock switch
Continuity
Released
Released
NO
Pressed
Pressed
YES
If there is difference between what tested and the table above, replace the ignition lock switch with a new one.
If not, install the ignition lock switch and adjust the clutch pedal.
TORQUE :
8~10Nm (80~100kgf.cm, 5.8~7.2lb-ft)
Clutch pedal and Ignition lock switch
a. Inspect a ignition lock switch.
b. Remove the driver’s seat mat to adjust a clutch pedal.
c. No gap between a clutch master cylinder pistion and push rod can cause clutch slip.
1. Loosen and draw out the bolt until it is off the pedal surface.
2. Push and pull a clutch master cylinder push rod to satisfy the specification below.
Specification:
Clutch pedal stroke(A) — 150mm(5.91in)
Clutch pedal free play(B) — 6~13mm(0.24~0.51in)
Clutch pedal distance — 234.7mm(9.24in)
3. With no pressure on a clutch pedal, tighten the bolt until it contacts on the pedal.
4. Fix the bolt with a nut.
TORQUE :
14~20Nm (140~200kgf.cm, 10.2~14.5lb-ft)
5. Press the clutch pedal to the seat ground.
6. Adjust the ignition lock switch position with the pedal a little(23~26mm) raised.
7. Install the ignition lock switch firmly.
TORQUE:
8~10Nm (80~100kgf.cm, 5.8~7.2lb-ft)
REPLACEMENT
a. Inspect the continuity of the ignition lock switch.
b. Remove the floor mat before adjusting the clutch pedal.
1. Remove the ignition lock switch.
2. Remove the snap pin and the clevis pin(A) connecting the clutch master cylinder push rod and the clutch pedal.
3. Remove the clutch master cylinder mounting nut(A,B) and the clutch pedal mounting nut(C).
4. Remove the clutch pedal.
5. Install a new one by tightening the bolts of the clutch pedal bracket and master cylinder .
TORQUE :
19~26 Nm(19~260 kgf.cm, 13.8~18.9 Ib-ft)(Clutch pedal bracket)
12~16 Nm(120~160 kgf.cm, 8.7~11.6 Ib-ft)(Clutch master cylinder)
6. Grease the clevis pin and insert it and the snap pin.
7. Adjust the clutch pedal and the ignition lock switch.
CHAPTER 2:
Engine Mechanical System
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SPECIAL SERVICE TOOLS
Tool (Number and name)
Illustration
Use
Crankshaft front oil seal
installer
(09231-3C100)
Installation of the front oil seal
Flywheel stopper
(09231-3C300)
Removal and installation of the flywheel and
crankshaft pulley.
Torque angle adapter
(09221-4A000)
Installation of bolts & nuts needing an angular
method
Valve stem seal remover
(09222-29000)
Remover of the valve stem seal
Valve stem seal remover
(09222-3C100)
Installation of the valve stem seal
Valve spring compressor &
holder
(09222-3K000)
(09222-3C300)
Removal and installation of the intake or
exhaust valve
A : 09222-3K000
B : 09222-3C300 (holder)
Crankshaft rear oil seal
installer
(09231-3C200)
(09231-H1100)
Installation of the crankshaft rear oil seal
A : 09231-3C200
B : 09231-H1100
Oil pan remover
Removal of oil pan
Oil pan remover
(09215-3C000)
Removal of oil pan
Oil filter wrench
(09263-3C100)
Removal and installation of the oil filter
housing cover
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom
Engine misfire with
abnormal internal
lower engine noises.
Suspect area
Worn crankshaft bearings.
Loose or improperly installed engine drive
plate.
Replace the crankshaft and bearings as
required.
Repair or replace the drive plate as required.
Worn piston rings.
(Oil consumption may or may not cause the
engine to misfire.)
Inspect the cylinder for a loss of compression.
Repair or replace as required.
Worn crankshaft thrust bearings
Engine misfire with
abnormal valve train
noise.
Engine misfire with
coolant consumption.
Engine misfire with
excessive oil
consumption.
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive worn or mis-aligned timing chain.
Replace the timing chain and sprocket as
required.
Worn camshaft lobes.
Replace the camshaft and valve lifters.
a. Malfunctioning cylinder head gasket and/or
cranking or other damage to the cylinder
head and engine block cooling system.
b. Coolant consumption may or may not
cause the engine to overheat.
Worn valves, guides and/or valve stem oil
seals.
Worn piston rings.
(Oil consumption may or may not cause the
engine to misfire)
a. Inspect the cylinder head and engine
block for damage to the coolant passages
and/or a malfunctioning head gasket.
b. Repair or replace as required.
Repair or replace as required.
a. Inspect the cylinder for a loss of
compression.
b. Repair or replace as required.
a. Drain the oil.
b. Install the correct viscosity oil.
a. Inspect the thrust bearing and crankshaft.
b. Repair or replace as required.
Low oil pressure.
Repair or replace as required.
Broken valve spring.
Replace the valve spring.
Worn or dirty valve lifters.
Replace the valve lifters.
Stretched or broken timing chain and/or
damaged sprocket teeth.
Replace the timing chain and sprockets.
Worn timing chain tensioner, if applicable.
Replace the timing chain tensioner as
required.
Worn camshaft lobes.
Lower engine
noise,regardless of
Replace the crankshaft and bearings as
required.
Stuck valves.
(Carbon buildup on the valve stem)
Engine noise on start- Incorrect oil viscosity.
up, but only lasting a
few seconds.
Worn crankshaft thrust bearing.
Upper engine
noise,regardless of
engine speed.
Remedy
a. Inspect the camshaft lobes.
b. Replace the timing camshaft and valve
lifters as required.
Worn valve guides or valve stems.
Inspect the valves and valve guides,then
repair as required.
Stuck valves. (Carbon on the valve stem or
valve seat may cause the valve to stay open.
Inspect the valves and valve guides, then
repair as required.
Worn drive belt, idler, tensioner and bearing.
Replace as required.
Low oil pressure.
Repair or required.
noise,regardless of
engine speed.
Loose or damaged drive plate.
Damaged oil pan, contacting the oil pump
screen.
a. Inspect the oil pan.
b. Inspect the oil pump screen.
c. Repair or replace as required.
Oil pump screen loose, damaged or
restricted.
a. Inspect the oil pump screen.
b. Repair or replace as required.
Excessive piston-to-cylinder bore clearance.
a. Inspect the piston, piston pin and cylinder
bore.
b. Repair as required.
Excessive piston pin-to-piston clearance.
a. Inspect the piston, piston pin and the
connecting rod.
b. Repair or replace as required.
Excessive connecting rod bearing clearance
Inspect the following components and repair
as required.
a. The connecting rod bearings.
b. The connecting rods.
c. The crankshaft pin journals.
Excessive crankshaft bearing clearance.
Inspect the following components, and repair
as required.
a. The crankshaft bearings.
b. The crankshaft main journals.
c. The cylinder block.
Incorrect piston, piston pin and connecting rod
installation
Engine noise under
load.
Repair or replace the drive plate.
a. Verify the piston pins and connecting rods
are installed correctly.
b. Repair as required.
Low oil pressure
Repair or replace as required.
Excessive connecting rod bearing clearance .
Inspect the following components andrepair
as required :
a. The connecting rod bearings.
b. The connecting rods.
c. The crankshaft.
Excessive crankshaft bearing clearance.
Inspect the following components, andrepair
as required.
a. The crankshaft bearings.
b. The crankshaft main journals.
c. The cylinder block.
Engine will not crank- Hydraulically locked cylinder.
crankshaft will not
a. Coolant/antifreeze in cylinder.
rotate.
b. Oil in cylinder.
c. Fuel in cylinder.
a. Remove spark plugs and check for fluid.
b. Inspect for broken head gasket.
c. Inspect for cracked engine block or
cylinder head.
d. Inspect for a sticking fuel injector and/or
leaking fuel regulator.
Broken timing chain and/or timing chain
and/or timing chain gears.
a. Inspect timing chain and gears.
b. Repair as required.
Material in cylinder.
a. Broken valve
b. Piston material
c. Foreign material
a. Inspect cylinder for damaged components
and/or foreign materials.
b. Repair or replace as required.
Seized crankshaft or connecting rod bearings.
a. Inspect crankshaft and connecting rod
bearing.
b. Repair as required.
Bent or broken connecting rod.
a. Inspect connecting rods.
b. Repair as required.
Broken crankshaft.
a. Inspect crankshaft.
b. Repair as required.
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
Compression pressure inspection
If the there is lack of power, excessive oil consumption or poor fuel economy, measure the compression
pressure.
1. Warm up the engine until the normal operating temperature becoming 80~95°C(176~203°F).
2. Remove the surge tank.
3. Remove the ignition coil connectors(B) and ignition coils.
4. Using a 16mm plug wrench, remove the 6 spark plugs.
5. Check cylinder compression pressure.
(1) Insert a compression gauge into the spark plug hole.
(2) Open the throttle fully.
(3) With the fully-open throttle in cranking, measure the compression pressure.
Always use a fully charged battery to get the engine speed of 250 rpm or more.
Repeat steps 1) through 3) for each cylinder.
This measurement must be done in as short a time as possible.
Compression pressure: 1,176.79kPa (12.0kgf/cm², 170.68psi) — 200 ~ 250rpm
Minimum pressure: 1,029.69kPa (10.5kgf/cm², 149.34psi)
Difference between cylinders: 98.07kPa (1.0kgf/cm², 14.22psi)
(4) If the compression pressure in 1 or more cylinders is lower than the specification above, pour a small amount
of engine oil into the cylinder through the spark plug hole, repeat the steps (1) through (3) for the cylinder and
measure the pressure again.
a. If adding oil increases the pressure up, the piston rings or cylinder bores might be worn or damaged.
b. If the pressure doesn’t increase, a valve may be sticking or seating may be improper, or there may be
leakage from the gasket.
6. Reinstall the spark plugs.
7. Install the ignition coils and connect ignition coil connectors.
8. Install the surge tank.
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
Inspect and adjust the valve clearance when the engine is cold (Engine coolant temperature : 20°C
±5°C(59~77°F)) and cylinder head is installed on the cylinder block.
1. Remove the engine cover.
2. Remove air cleaner assembly.
3. Remove the surge tank.
4. Remove the cylinder head cover.
(1) Disconnect the ignition coil connector and remove the ignition coil.
(2) Remove the cylinder head cover.
5. Set the piston of the No.1 cylinder to TDC(Top Dead Center) position.
(1) Turn the crankshaft pulley clockwise and align its groove with the timing mark «T» of the timing chain cover.
(2) Check that the timing marks of the camshaft sprocket are in straight line on that of the cylinder head cover
surface as shwn in the illustration. It makes the piston of the No.1 cylinder position at TDC.
If not, turn the crankshaft one revolution clockwise.
6. Inspect the intake and the exhaust valve clearance.
(1) With the piston of the No.1 cylinder positioning at TDC, the valves which can be measured its clearance are as
shown below.
Measurement method.
a. Using a thickness gauge, measure the clearance between the tappet and the base circle of camshaft.
b. Record the out-of-specification valve clearance measurements. They will be used later to determine the
required adjusting tappet for replacement.
Specification
Limit (Engine coolant temperature : 20°C [68°F])
Intake : 0.10 ~ 0.30mm (0.0039 ~ 0.0118in.)
Exhaust : 0.20 ~ 0.40mm (0.0079 ~ 0.0157in.)
(2) Turn the crankshaft pulley one revolution (360°) clockwise and align the groove with the timing mark «T» of the
timing chain cover.
(3) With the piston of the No.4 cylinder positioning at TDC, the valves which can be measured its clearance are as
shown below.
7. Adjust the intake and the exhaust valve clearances.
(1) Set the piston of the No.1 cylinder to the TDC/position.
(2) Remove the timing belt.
(3) Remove the camshaft bearing caps(A, B).
(4) Remove the camshaft assembly.
(5) Remove MLA(Mechanical Lash Adjuster)s.
(6) Measure the thickness of the removed tappet using a micrometer.
(7) Calculate the thickness of a new tappet so that the valve clearance comes within the specified value.
T : Thickness of removed tappet
A : Measured valve clearance
N : Thickness of new tappet
Intake : N = T + [A — 0.20mm(0.0079in.)]
Exhaust : N = T + [A — 0.30mm (0.0118in.)]
(8) Select a new tappet with a thickness as close as possible to the calculated value.
Tappets are available with 41different size increments of 0.015mm (0.0006in.) from 3.00mm (0.118in.) to
3.600mm (0.1417in.)
(9) Place a new tappet on the cylinder head.
Apply engine oil on the periphery surface of the selected tappet.
(10) Install the intake and exhaust camshafts.
(11) Install the bearing caps.
(12) Install the timing belt.
(13) Turn the crankshaft two revolutions in the operating direction(clockwise) and realign crankshaft sprocket and
camshaft sprocket timing marks(A).
(14) Recheck the valve clearance.
Specification (Engine coolant temperature: 20°C[68°F])
Intake : 0.17 ~ 0.23mm (0.0067 ~ 0.0090in.)
Exhaust : 0.27 ~ 0.33mm (0.0106 ~ 0.0129in.)
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SPECIFICATION
Description
Specifications
General
Type
V-type, DOHC
Number of cylinders
6
Bore
96mm(3.7795in)
Stroke
87.0mm(3.4252in)
Total displacement
3.778cc(230.55cu.in.)
Compression ratio
10.4
Firing order
1-2-3-4-5-6
Valve timing
Intake
Exhaust
Opens(ATDC)
10°
Closes(ABDC)
62°
Opens(BBDC)
42°
Closes(ATDC)
6°
Cylinder head
Flatness of gasket surface
Less than 0.05mm (0.0019in.)
[Less than 0.02mm (0.0008in.) / 150×150]
Flatness of manifold
mounting
Intake
Less than 0.1mm(0.0039in.)
[Less than 0.03mm(0.001in)/110×110]
Exhaust
Less than 0.1mm(0.0039in.)
[Less than 0.03mm(0.001in)/110×110]
Camshaft
Cam height
LH
Camshaft
Intake
RH
Camshaft
Intake
Journal outer diameter LH ,RHcamshaft
46.8mm(1.8425in.)
Exhaust 45.8mm (1.8031in.)
46.8mm(1.8425in.)
Exhaust 45.8mm (1.8031in.)
Intake
No.1: 27.964 ~ 27.980mm (1.1009 ~
1.1016in.)
No.2,3,4: 23.954 ~ 23.970mm (0.9430 ~
0.9437in.)
Exhaust No.1: 27.964 ~ 27.980mm (1.1009 ~
1.1016in.)
No.2,3,4: 23.954 ~ 23.970mm (0.9430 ~
0.9437in.)
Bearing oil clearance
LH ,RHcamshaft
Intake
No.1: 0.020 ~ 0.057mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0022in.)
No.2,3,4: 0.030 ~ 0.067mm (0.0012 ~
0.0026in.)
Exhaust No.1: 0.020 ~ 0.057mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0022in.)
No.2,3,4: 0.030 ~ 0.067mm (0.0012 ~
0.0026in.)
End play
0.02 ~ 0.18mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0071in.)
Valve
Valve length
Stem outer diameter
Intake
105.27mm(4.1445in.)
Exhaust
105.50mm (4.1535in.)
Intake
5.465 ~ 5.480mm (0.2151 ~ 0.2157in.)
Exhaust
5.458 ~ 5.470mm (0.2149 ~ 0.2153in.)
Limit
Face angle
45.25° ~ 45.75°
Thickness of
valvehead(margin)
Intake
1.56 ~ 1.86mm(0.06142 ~ 0.07323in.)
Exhaust
1.73 ~ 2.03mm(0.06811 ~ 0.07992in.)
Valve stem to valve
guide clearance
Intake
Exhaust
0.020 ~ 0.047mm (0.00078 ~ 0.00185in.)
0.07mm
(0.00275in.)
0.030 ~ 0.054mm (0.00118 ~ 0.00212in.)
0.09mm
(0.00354in.)
Valve guide
Inner diameter
Length
Intake
5.500 ~ 5.512mm (0.2165 ~ 0.2170in.)
Exhaust
5.500 ~ 5.512mm (0.2165 ~ 0.2170in.)
Intake
41.8 ~ 42.2mm (1.6457 ~ 1.6614in.)
Exhaust
41.8 ~ 42.2mm (1.6457 ~ 1.6614in.)
Intake
1.15 ~ 1.45mm(0.05118 ~ 0.05709in.)
Exhaust
1.35 ~ 1.65mm(0.05315 ~ 0.06496in.)
Intake
44.75° ~ 45.20°
Exhaust
44.75° ~ 45.20°
Valve seat
Width of seat contact
Seat angle
Valve spring
Free length
43.86mm (1.7267in.)
Load
19.3±0.8kg/34.0mm (42.7±1.8 lb/1.3386in.)
42.3±1.3kg/24.2mm (93.3±2.9 lb/0.9527in.)
Out of squareness
Less than 1.5°
MLA
MLA outer diameter
Intake
34.964 ~ 34.980mm (1.3765 ~ 1.3772in.)
Exhaust
34.964 ~ 34.980mm (1.3765 ~ 1.3772in.)
Cylinder head tappet
bore inner diameter
Intake
35.000 ~ 35.025mm (1.3779 ~ 1.3789in.)
Exhaust
35.000 ~ 35.025mm (1.3779 ~ 1.3789in.)
MLA to tappet bore
clearance
Intake
0.020 ~ 0.061mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0024in.)
0.07mm(0.0027in.)
Exhaust
0.020 ~ 0.061mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0024in.)
0.07mm(0.0027in.)
0.17 ~ 0.23mm (0.0067 ~ 0.0090in.)
0.10 ~ 0.30mm
(0.0039 ~
0.0118in.)
0.27 ~ 0.33mm (0.0106 ~ 0.0129in.)
0.20 ~ 0.40mm
(0.0078 ~
0.0157in.)
Valve clearance
Intake
Exhaust
Cylinder block
Cylinder bore
96.00 ~ 96.03mm (3.7795 ~ 3.7807in.)
Flatness of gasket surface
Less than 0.05mm (0.0019in.)
[Less than 0.02mm (0.0008in.) / 150×150]
Piston
Piston outer diameter
95.96 ~ 95.99mm(3.7779 ~ 3.7791in.)
Piston to cylinder clearance
0.03 ~ 0.05mm(0.0012 ~ 0.0020in.)
Ring groove width
No. 1 ring groove
No. 2 ring groove
Oil ring groove
1.22 ~ 1.24mm (0.0480 ~ 0.0488in.)
1.26mm
(0.0496in.)
1.22 ~ 1.24mm (0.0480 ~ 0.0488in.)
1.26mm
(0.0496in.)
2.05mm
Oil ring groove
2.01 ~ 2.03mm (0.0791 ~ 0.0799in.)
2.05mm
(0.0807in.)
No. 1 ring
0.03 ~ 0.07mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0027in.)
0.1mm (0.004in.)
No. 2 ring
0.03 ~ 0.07mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0027in.)
0.1mm (0.004in.)
Oil ring
0.06 ~ 0.15mm (0.0024 ~ 0.0059in.)
0.2mm (0.008in.)
No. 1 ring
0.17 ~ 0.32mm (0.0067 ~ 0.0126in.)
0.6mm (0.0236in.)
No. 2 ring
0.32 ~ 0.47mm (0.0126 ~ 0.0185in.)
0.7mm (0.0275in.)
Oil ring
0.20 ~ 0.70mm (0.0078 ~ 0.0275in.)
0.8mm (0.0315in.)
Piston ring
Side clearance
End gap
Piston pin
Piston pin outer diameter
23.001 ~ 23.006mm (0.9055 ~ 0.9057in.)
Piston pin hole inner diameter
23.016 ~ 23.021mm (0.9061 ~ 0.9063in.)
Piston pin hole clearance
0.01 ~ 0.02mm (0.0039 ~ 0.0078in.)
Connecting rod small end inner diameter
22.974 ~ 22.985mm (0.9045 ~ 0.9049in.)
Connecting rod small end hole clearance
-0.032 ~ -0.016mm (-0.0012 ~ 0.0006in.)
Connecting rod
Connecting rod big end innerdiameter
58.000 ~ 58.018mm(2.2834 ~2.2842in.)
Connecting rod bearing oil clearance
0.038 ~ 0.056mm (0.0015 ~ 0.0022in.)
Side clearance
0.1 ~ 0.25mm (0.0039 ~ 0.0098in.)
Crankshaft
Main journal outer diameter
68.942 ~ 68.960mm (2.7142 ~ 2.7149in.)
Pin journal outer diameter
54.954 ~ 54.972mm (2.1635 ~ 2.1642in.)
Main bearing oil clearance
0.022 ~ 0.040mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0016in.)
End play
0.10 ~ 0.28mm (0.0039 ~ 0.0110in.)
Oil pump
Relief valve opening pressure
450 ~ 550kPa
(4.59 ~ 5.61kgf/cm²,65.28 ~ 79.79psi)
Engine oil
Oil quantity (Total)
6.0 L (6.34 US qt, 5.27 lmp qt)
Oil quantity (Oil pan)
5.5 L (5.81 US qt, 4.83 lmp qt)
Oil quantity (Drain and refill including oil filter)
5.2 L (5.49 US qt, 4.57 lmp qt)
Oil quality
ABOVE API SJ / SL or SAE 5W-20
Oil pressure
130kPa(1.32kgf/cm²,18.77psi)
[at 1000rpm,110°C(230°F)]
Cooling system
Cooling method
Forced circulation with electrical fan
Coolant quantity
8.6L(9.09U.S.qts,7.57lmp.qts)
Thermostat
Radiator cap
Type
Wax pellet type
Opening temperature
82±2°C (179.6±35.6°F)
Fully openedtemperature
95°C (203°F)
Full lift
10mm (0.3937in.)
Main valve opening
pressure
93.16 ~ 122.58kpa
(0.95 ~ 1.25kg/cm², 13.51 ~ 17.78psi)
Vacuum valve opening
pressure
0.98 ~ 4.90 kpa
(0.01 ~ 0.05kg/cm², 0.14 ~ 0.71 psi)
Water temperature sensor
Type
Thermister type
Type
Thermister type
Resistance
20°C (68°F)
2.31 ~ 2.59KΩ
80°C(176°F)
0.3222 KΩ
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Item
Quantity
Nm
kgf.m
lb-ft
Crankshaft pulley bolt
1
284.2 ~ 303.8
29.0 ~ 31.0
209.76 ~ 224.22
Timing chain cover bolt B
17
18.62 ~ 21.56
1.9 ~ 2.2
13.74 ~ 15.91
Timing chain cover bolt C
4
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Timing chain cover bolt D
1
58.80 ~ 68.80
6.0 ~ 7.0
43.40 ~ 50.63
Timing chain cover bolt E
1
58.80 ~ 68.80
6.0 ~ 7.0
43.40 ~ 50.63
Timing chain cover bolt F
2
24.50 ~ 26.46
2.5 ~ 2.7
18.08 ~ 19.53
Timing chain cover bolt G
4
21.56 ~ 23.52
2.2 ~ 2.4
15.91 ~ 17.36
Timing chain cover bolt H
1
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Timing chain cover bolt I
1
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Timing chain cover bolt J
1
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Cam to cam guide bolt
4
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Timing chain auto tensioner bolt
2
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Timing chain auto tensioner nut
2
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Timing chain guide bolt
4
19.60 ~ 24.50
2.0 ~ 2.5
14.17 ~ 18.08
Oil pump chain cover bolt
3
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Oil pump chain tensioner bolt
1
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Oil pump chain guide bolt
2
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Oil pump chain sprocket bolt
1
18.62 ~ 21.56
1.9 ~ 2.2
13.74 ~ 15.91
Lower oil pan bolt
13
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Drive belt auto tensioner bolt(M12)
1
96.04 ~ 99.96
9.8 ~ 10.2
70.88 ~ 73.78
Drive belt auto tensioner bolt(M8)
1
17.64 ~ 21.56
1.8 ~ 2.2
13.02 ~ 15.91
Drive belt idler bolt
1
53.90 ~ 57.82
5.5 ~ 5.9
39.78 ~ 42.67
OCV(oil control valve) bolt
2
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Cylinder head bolt
16
Cylinder head bolt
1
18.62 ~ 23.52
1.9 ~ 2.4
13.74 ~ 17.36
CVVT & exhaust cam sprocket bolt
4
64.68 ~ 76.44
6.6 ~ 7.8
47.74 ~ 56.42
Camshaft bearing cap bolt
32
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Cylinder head cover bolt
38
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Connecting rod bearing bolt
12
19.60 + 90°
2.0 + 90°
14.46 + 90°
Main bearing cap inner bolt(M11)
8
49.00 + 90°
5.0 + 90°
36.16 + 90°
Main bearing cap outer bolt(M8)
8
19.60 + 120°
2.0 + 120°
14.46 + 120°
Main bearing cap side bolt(M8)
6
29.40 ~ 31.36
3.0 ~ 3.2
21.70 ~ 23.14
Oil drain cover bolt
6
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Rear oil seal case bolt
6
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Baffle plate bolt
12
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Upper oil pan bolt
16
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Knock sensor bolt
2
15.68 ~ 23.52
1.6 ~ 2.4
11.57 ~ 17.36
Drive plate bolt cap
8
71.54 ~ 75.46
7.3 ~ 7.7
52.80 ~ 55.69
39.2 + 120° + 90° 4.0 + 120° + 90°
28.93+ 120° +
90°
Oil filter cap
24.50
2.5
18.08
Oil drain bolt cap
1
34.30 ~ 44.10
3.5 ~ 4.5
25.31 ~ 32.55
Oil pump bolt
3
19.6 ~ 23.5
2.0 ~ 2.4
14.5 ~ 17.4
Oil filter body bolt
10
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Oil filter body cover bolt
11
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Water vent hose bolt(Timing chain cover bolt L)
2
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Water pump bolt(Timing chain cover bolt K)
1
21.56 ~ 26.46
2.2 ~ 2.7
15.91 ~ 19.53
Water pump bolt
4
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Water pump pulley bolt
4
7.84 ~ 9.80
0.8 ~ 1.0
5.78 ~ 7.23
Water temp. control nut
4
18.62 ~ 23.52
1.9 ~ 2.4
13.74 ~ 17.36
Water temp. control bolt
2
Water inlet pipe bolt
3
16.66 ~ 19.60
1.7 ~ 2.0
12.30 ~ 14.47
Air vent pipe bolt
2
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Intake manifold bolt
6
18.62 ~ 23.52
1.9 ~ 2.4
13.74 ~ 17.36
Intake manifold nut
2
18.62 ~ 23.52
1.9 ~ 2.4
13.74 ~ 17.36
Surge tank bolt (M8 × 25)
3
18.62 ~ 23.52
1.9 ~ 2.4
13.74 ~ 17.36
Surge tank bolt (M6 × 106)
2
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Surge tank nut
1
18.62 ~ 23.52
1.9 ~ 2.4
13.74 ~ 17.36
Breather pipe bolt
2
9.80 ~ 11.76
1.0 ~ 1.2
7.23 ~ 8.68
Surge tank bracket bolt rear (M10 × 18 )
2
27.44 ~ 31.36
2.8 ~ 3.2
20.25 ~ 23.14
Surge tank bracket bolt front (M8 × 16)
2
18.62 ~ 23.52
1.9 ~ 2.4
13.74 ~ 17.36
ETC bracket bolt
2
15.68 ~ 25.48
1.6 ~ 2.6
11.57 ~ 18.80
Exhaust manifold nut
16
39.20 ~ 44.10
4.0 ~ 4.5
28.93 ~ 32.55
Heat proctor bolt
8
3.9 ~ 5.9
0.4 ~ 0.6
2.89 ~ 4.34
Front muffler
2
39.20 ~ 58.80
4.0 ~ 6.0
28.93 ~ 43.40
18.62 ~ 23.52
1.9 ~2.4
13.74 ~ 17.36
COMPRESSION
If the there is lack of power, excessive oil consumption or poor fuel economy, measure the compression
pressure.
1. Warm up and stop engine.
Allow the engine to warm up to normal operating temperature.
2. Remove the surge tank.
3. Remove the ignition coil connectors(A) and ignition coils(B).
4. Remove the spark plugs.
Using a 16mm plug wrench, remove the 6 spark plugs.
5. Check cylinder compression pressure.
(1) Insert a compression gauge into the spark plug hole.
(2) Fully open the throttle.
(3) After 7 times of cranking the engine, measure the compression pressure.
Always use a fully charged battery to obtain engine speed of 250 rpm or more.
Repeat steps 1) through 3) for each cylinder.
This measurement must be done in as short a time as possible.
Compression pressure :
1,225kPa (12.5kgf/cm², 177psi) — 200 ~ 250rpm
Minimum pressure :
1,078kPa (11.0kgf/cm², 156psi)
(4) If the cylinder compression in 1 or more cylinders is low, pour a small amount of engine oil into the cylinder
through the spark plug hole and repeat steps (a) through (c) for cylinders with low compression.
a. If adding oil helps the compression, it is likely that the piston rings and/or cylinder bore are worn or
damaged.
b. If pressure stays low, a valve may be sticking or seating is improper, or there may be leakage past the
gasket.
6. Reinstall the spark plugs.
7. Install the ignition coil and ignition coil connectors.
8. Install the surge tank.
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
Inspect and adjust the valve clearance when the engine is cold (Engine coolant temperature : 20°C) and cylinder
head is installed on the cylinder block.
1. Remove the engine cover.
2. Remove air cleaner assembly.
3. Remove the surge tank.
4. Remove the cylinder head cover.
(1) Disconnect the ignition coil connector and remove the ignition coil.
(2) Disconnect the breather pipe assembly(A) from the cylinder head cover.
(3) Loosen the cylinder head cover bolts and then remove the cover(A) and gasket.
5. Set No.1 cylinder to TDC/compression.
(1) Turn the crankshaft pulley and align its groove with the timing mark «T» of the lower timing chain cover.
(2) Check that the mark(A) of the camshaft timing sprockets are in straight line on the cylinder head surface as
shown in the illustration.
If not, turn the crankshaft one revolution (360°)
Do not rotate engine counterclockwise
6. Inspect the valve clearance.
(1) Check only the valve indicated as shown. [No. 1 cylinder : TDC/Compression] measure the valve clearance.
Measurement method.
a. · Using a thickness gauge, measure the clearance between the tappet and the base circle of camshaft.
· Record the out-of-specification valve clearance measurements. They will be used later to determine the
required replacement adjusting tappet.
Valve clearance
Specification
Engine coolant temperature : 20°C [68°F]
Limit
Intake : 0.10 ~ 0.30mm (0.0039 ~ 0.0118in.)
Exhaust : 0.20 ~ 0.40mm (0.0079 ~ 0.0157in.)
(2) Turn the crankshaft pulley one revolution (360°) and align the groove with timing mark «T» of the lower timing
chain cover.
Do not rotate engine counterclockwise
(3) Check only valves indicated as shown. [NO. 4 cylinder : TDC/compression]. Measure the valve clearance.
(Refer to procedure step1))
7. Adjust the intake and exhaust valve clearance.
(1) Set the No.1 cylinder to the TDC/compression.
(2) Remove the timing chain.
Before removing the timing chain, mark the RH/LH timing chain with an identification based on the location
of the sproket because the identification mark on the chain for TDC(Top Dead Center) can be erased.
(3) Remove the camshaft bearing caps(A).
(4) Remove the camshaft assembly(A).
(5) Remove MLAs.
(6) Measure the thickness of the removed tappet using a micrometer.
(7) Calculate the thickness of a new tappet so that the valve clearance comes within the specified value.
Valve clearance(Engine coolant temperature: 20°C[68°F])
T : Thickness of removed tappet
A : Measured valve clearance
N : Thickness of new tappet
Intake : N = T + [A — 0.20mm(0.0079in.)]
Exhaust : N = T + [A — 0.30mm (0.0118in.)]
(8) Select a new tappet with a thickness as close as possible to the calculated value.
Shims are available in 41size increments of 0.015mm (0.0006in.) from 3.00mm (0.118in.) to 3.600mm
(0.1417in.)
(9) Place a new tappet on the cylinder head.
Appling engine oil at the selected tappet on the periphery and top surface.
(10) Install the intake and exhaust camshaft.
(11) Install the bearing caps
(12) Install the timing chain.
(13) Turn the crankshaft two turns in the operating direction(clockwise) and realign crankshaft sprocket and
camshaft sprocket timing marks(A).
(14) Recheck the valve clearance.
Valve clearance (Engine coolant temperature: 20°C[68°F])
[Specification]
Intake : 0.17 ~ 0.23mm (0.0067 ~ 0.0090in.)
Exhaust : 0.27 ~ 0.33mm (0.0106 ~ 0.0129in.)
Timing system
Timing belt
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENT
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
a. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
b. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
a. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
b. Turn the crankshaft pulley so that the No.1 piston is at top dead center.
1. Disconnect the battery negative cable (A).
2. Remove the engine cover (A).
3. Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Disconnect the MAF sensor connector (A).
(2) Disconnect the breather hose (B) from air intake hose.
(3) Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly(C).
4. Remove the RH front wheel.
5. Remove the under cover (A).
6. Remove the side cover.
7. Loosen the drain plug and drain the engine coolant.
8. Drain the engine oil.
9. Remove the surge tank.
(1) Disconnect the RH oxygen sensor connector (A) and loosen the power steering hose mounting bolts (B).
(2) Disconnect the RH injector connector (A) and ignition coil connector (B).
(3) Disconnect the PCSV connector (A), MAP sensor connector (B) and PCSV hose.
(4) Disconnect the ETC connector (A) and knock sensor connector (B).
(5) Disconnect the OCV connector (A) and knock sensor connector (B).
(6) Disconnect the LH front oxygen sensor connector (A).
(7) Disconnect the LH ignition coil connector (A), injector connector (B), condenser connector (C) and ground (D),
and remove the wiring harness protector (E).
(8) Disconnect the LH CMPS (A) and oil pressure switch connector (B).
(9) Remove the ETC bracket (A).
(10) Disconnect the water hoses (B) from ETC.
(11) Disconnect the PCV hose (C).
(12) Disconnect the brake vacuum hose.
(13) Remove the surge tank stay (A).
(14) Remove the connector bracket (A) from surge tank.
(15) Remove the surge tank (A).
Cover the inlet of intake manifold with a clean woven stuff or vinyl cover to prevent foreign materials from
entering.
10. Remove the cylinder head cover.
(1) Remove the connector bracket (A) from LH cylinder head cover.
(2) Disconnect the RH ignition coil connector (A), condenser connector (B) and remove the wiring bracket (C).
(3) Remove the LH, RH ignition coil.
(4) Remove the LH, RH cylinder head cover (A).
11. Using SST (09215-3C000) remove lower oil pan (A).
Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of upper oil pan and lower oil pan.
12. Set a jack to the upper oil pan.
13. Remove the coolant reservoir tank.
14. Remove the engine mounting bracket (A).
15. Set No.1 cylinder to TDC/compression.
(1) Turn the crankshaft pulley and align its groove with the timing mark «T» of the lower timing chain cover.
Do not rotate engine counterclockwise.
(2) Check that the mark (A) of the camshaft timing sprockets are in straight line on the cylinder head surface as
shown in the illustration.
If not, turn the crankshaft one revolution (360°).
Do not rotate engine counterclockwise.
16. Remove the drive belt (A).
17. Using SST (09231-3C300) remove the crankshaft damper pulley (A).
18. Lift up the engine assembly to using the jack.
19. Remove the drive belt idler (A).
20. Remove the drive belt auto tensioner (A).
21. Remove the water pump pulley (A).
22. Remove the timing chain cover (A).
Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of cylinder block, cylinder head and timing chain cover.
Before removing the timing chain, mark the RH/LH timing chain with an identification based on the location of
the sprocket because the identification mark on the chain for TDC (Top Dead Center) can be erased.
23. Install a set pin after compressing the timing chain tensioner.
24. Remove the RH cam-to-cam guide (A).
25. Remove the RH timing chain auto tensioner (A) and RH timing chain tensioner arm (B).
26. Remove the RH timing chain.
27. Remove the RH timing chain guide (A).
28. Remove the oil pump chain cover (A).
29. Remove the oil pump chain tensioner assembly (A).
30. Remove the oil pump chain guide (A).
31. Remove the oil pump chain sprocket (A) and oil pump chain (B).
32. Remove the crankshaft sprocket (A) (Oil pump & RH camshaft drive).
33. Install a set pin after compressing the LH timing chain tensioner.
34. Remove the LH cam-to-cam guide (A).
35. Remove the LH timing chain auto tensioner (A) and LH timing chain tensioner arm (B).
36. Remove the LH timing chain.
37. Remove the LH timing chain guide (A).
38. Remove the crankshaft sprocket (A) (LH camshaft drive).
39. Remove the tensioner adapter assembly (A).
Inspection
Sprockets, Chain Tensioner, Chain Guide, Chain Tensioner Arm
1. Check the camshaft sprocket and crankshaft sprocket for abnormal wear, cracks, or damage. Replace as
necessary.
2. Inspect the tensioner arm and chain guide for abnormal wear, cracks, or damage. Replace as necessary.
3. Check that the tensioner piston moves smoothly when the ratchet pawl is released with thin rod.
INSTALLATION
1. Install the jack to the upper oil pan.
2. The key (A) of crankshaft should be aligned with the timing mark (B) of timing chain cover. As a result of this, the
piston of No.1 cylinder is placed at the top dead center on compression stroke.
3. Install the tensioner adapter assembly (A).
4. Install the crankshaft sprocket (A) (LH camshaft drive).
5. Install the LH timing chain guide (A).
Tightening torque :
19.60 ~ 24.50N.m(2.0 ~ 2.5kgf.m, 14.17 ~ 18.08lb-ft)
6. Install LH timing chain.
To install the timing chain with no slack between each shaft (cam, crank), follow the procedure below.
Crankshaft sprocket → Timing chain guide → Exhaust camshaft sprocket(C) → Intake camshaft sprocket(D).
The timing mark of each sprocket should be matched with timing mark (color link) of timing chain at installing timing
chain.
7. Install the LH timing chain tensioner arm(B).
Tightening torque :
18.62 ~ 21.56N.m(1.9 ~ 2.2kgf.m, 13.74 ~ 15.91lb-ft)
8. Install the LH chain tensioner (A).
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76N.m(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
9. Install the LH cam-to-cam guide (A).
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76N.m(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
10. Install the crankshaft sprocket (A) (Oil pump & RH camshaft drive).
11. Install the oil pump chain (B) and oil pump sprocket (A).
Tightening torque :
18.62 ~ 21.56N.m(1.9 ~ 2.2kgf.m, 13.74 ~ 15.91lb-ft)
12. Install the RH timing chain guide (A).
Tightening torque :
19.60 ~ 24.50N.m(2.0 ~ 2.5kgf.m, 14.17 ~ 18.08lb-ft)
13. Install the RH timing chain.
To install the timing chain with no slack between each shaft (cam, crank), follow the procedure below.
Crankshaft sprocket (A) → Intake camshaft sprocket (B) → Exhaust camshaft sprocket (C).
The timing mark of each sprocket should be matched with timing mark (color link) of timing chain at installing
timing chain.
14. Install the RH timing chain tensioner arm (B).
Tightening torque :
18.62 ~ 21.56N.m(1.9 ~ 2.2kgf.m, 13.74 ~ 15.91lb-ft)
15. Install the RH timing chain auto tensioner (A).
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76N.m(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
16. Install the RH cam-to-cam guide (A).
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76N.m(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
17. Install the oil pump chain guide (A).
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76N.m(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
18. Install the oil pump chain tensioner assembly (A).
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76N.m(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
19. Pull out the pins of hydraulic tensioners (LH & RH).
20. Install the oil pump chain cover (A).
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
21. After rotating crankshaft 2 revolutions in regular direction (clockwise viewed from front), confirm the timing mark.
Always turn the crankshaft clockwise.
22. Install the timing chain cover.
(1) The sealant locations on chain cover and on counter parts (cylinder head, cylinder block, and lower oil pan)
must be free of engine oil and ETC.
(2) Before assembling the timing chain cover, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on the gap between
cylinder head and cylinder block.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied.
Bead width : 2.5mm(0.1in.)
(3) After applying liquid sealant TB1217H on the timing chain cover.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied.
Sealant should be applied without discontinuity.
Bead width : 2.5mm(0.1in.)
(4) Install the new gasket (A) to the timing chain cover.
During timing cover installation, care not to take off applied sealant on the timing cover by contact with
other parts.
(5) The dowel pins on the cylinder block and holes on the timing chain cover should be used as a reference in
order to assemble the timing chain cover to be in exact position.
Tightening torque :
B(17) :18.62 ~ 21.56N.m (1.9 ~ 2.2kgf.m, 13.74 ~ 15.91lb-ft)
C(4) :9.80 ~ 11.76N.m (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
D(1) :58.80 ~ 68.80N.m (6.0 ~ 7.0kgf.m, 43.40 ~ 50.63lb-ft)
E(1) :58.80 ~ 68.80N.m (6.0 ~ 7.0kgf.m, 43.40 ~ 50.63lb-ft)
F(2) :24.50 ~ 26.46N.m (2.5 ~ 2.7kgf.m, 18.08 ~ 19.53lb-ft)
G(4) :21.56 ~ 23.52N.m (2.2 ~ 2.4kgf.m, 15.91 ~ 17.36lb-ft)
H(1) :9.80 ~ 11.76N.m (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
I(1) :9.80 ~ 11.76N.m (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
J(1) :9.80 ~ 11.76N.m (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
K(4) :9.80 ~ 11.76N.m (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
L(1):21.56 ~ 26.46N.m (2.2 ~ 2.7kgf.m, 15.91 ~ 19.53lb-ft) — New bolt
(6) The firing and/or blow out test should not be performed within 30 minutes after the timing chain cover was
assembled.
23. Install the water pump pulley (A).
Tightening torque :
7.84 ~ 9.80N.m(0.8 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.78 ~ 7.23lb-ft)
24. Install the drive belt auto tensioner (A).
Tightening torque :
Bolt(B):81.39 ~ 85.32N.m (8.3 ~ 8.7kgf.m, 60.03 ~ 62.93lb-ft)
Bolt(C):17.64 ~ 21.56N.m (1.8 ~ 2.2kgf.m, 13.02 ~ 15.91lb-ft)
25. Install the drive belt idler (A).
Tightening torque :
52.92 ~ 57.82N.m(5.4 ~ 5.9kgf.m, 39.06 ~ 42.67lb-ft)
26. Lower the engine assembly by using the jack.
27. Using SST (09231-3C100), install timing chain cover oil seal.
28. Using SST (09231-3C300) install the crankshaft damper pulley (A).
Tightening torque :
284.2~303.8N.m (29.0~31.0kgf.m, 209.76~224.22lb-ft)
29. Install the drive belt (A).
Crankshaft pulley → A/C pulley → idler pulley → alternator pulley → water pump pulley → P/S pump pulley→
tensioner pulley.
Rotate auto tensioner arm in the counterclockwise moving auto tensioner pulley bolt with wrench.
After putting belt on auto tensioner pulley, release the auto tensioner pulley slowly.
30. Install the cylinder head cover.
(1) The hardening sealant located on the upper area between timing chain cover and cylinder head should be
removed before assembling cylinder head cover.
(2) After applying sealant (TB1217H), it should be assembled within 5 minutes.
Bead width: 2.5mm(0.1in.)
(3) The firing and/or blow out test should not be performed within 30 minutes after the cylinder head cover was
assembled.
(4) Install the cylinder head cover bolts as following method.
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76N.m (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
Do not reuse cylinder head cover gasket.
(5) Install the ignition coil.
(6) Connect the RH ignition coil connector (A), the condenser connector (B) and install the wiring bracket (C).
(7) Install the connector bracket (A) to the LH cylinder head cover.
31. Install the surge tank and wiring connectors.
(1) Install the surge tank (A).
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76N.m (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
(2) Install the connector bracket (A) to the surge tank.
Tightening torque :
6.86 ~ 10.78N.m (0.7 ~ 1.1kgf.m, 5.06 ~ 7.96lb-ft)
(3) Install the surge tank stay.
Tightening torque :
27.44 ~ 31.36N.m (2.8 ~ 3.2kgf.m, 20.25 ~ 23.14lb-ft)
(4) Connect the brake vacuum hose.
(5) Connect the PCV hose (C).
(6) Connect the water hoses (B) to the ETC.
(7) Install the ETC bracket (A).
(8) Connect the LH CMPS connector (A) and oil pressure switch connector(B).
(9) Install the wiring harness protector (E) and connect the LH ignition coil connector (A), injector connector (B),
condenser connector (C) and ground (D).
(10) Connect the LH front oxygen sensor connector (A).
(11) Connect the OCV connector (A) and knock sensor connector (B).
(12) Connect the ETC connector (A) and knock sensor connector (B).
(13) Connect the PCSV connector (A), MAP sensor connector (B) and PCSV hose.
(14) Connect the RH injector connector (A) and ignition coil connector (B).
(15) Connect the RH oxygen sensor connector (A) and tighten the power steering hose mounting bolts (B).
32. Install the engine mounting bracket (A).
Tightening torque :
88.3 ~ 107.9N.m (9.0 ~ 11.0kgf.m, 65.1 ~ 79.6lb-ft)
33. Install the coolant reservoir tank.
34. Remove the jack from the upper oil pan.
35. Install lower oil pan.
(1) Using a gasket scraper, remove all the old packing material from the gasket surfaces.
(2) Before assembling the oil pan, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on oil pan.
Bead width : 2.5mm(0.1in.).
But marked area(*) to be 5.0mm(0.2in.)
a.
b.
c.
d.
Make clean the sealing face before assembling two parts.
Remove harmful foreign matters on the sealing face before applying sealant.
When applying sealant gasket, sealant must not be protruded into the inside of oil pan.
To prevent leakage of oil, apply sealant gasket to the inner threads of the bolt holes.
(3) Install the lower oil pan (A).
Tightening torque :
9.80 ~ 11.76N.m (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
36. Install the side cover.
Tightening torque :
8.8 ~ 10.8N.m (0.9 ~ 1.1kgf.m, 6.5 ~7.9lb-ft)
37. Install the under cover (A).
Tightening torque :
8.8 ~ 10.8N.m (0.9 ~ 1.1kgf.m, 6.5 ~7.9lb-ft)
38. Install the RH front wheel.
Tightening torque :
88.3 ~ 107.9N.m (9.0 ~ 11.0kgf.m, 65.1 ~ 79.6lb-ft)
39. Install the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Install the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly(C).
(2) Connect the breather hose (B) to the air intake hose.
(3) Connect the MAF sensor connector (A).
40. Install the engine cover (A).
41. Connect the battery negative cable (A).
a.
b.
c.
a.
b.
Refill engine with engine oil.
Refill radiator and reservoir tank with engine coolant.
Bleed air from the cooling system.
Start engine and let it run until it warms up. (until the radiator fan operates 3 or 4 times.)
Turn Off the engine. Check the level in the radiator, add coolant if needed. This will allow trapped air to
be removed from the cooling system.
c. Put radiator cap on tightly, then run the engine again and check for leaks.
Cylinder Head Assembly
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENTS
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
a. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
b. To avoid damaging the cylinder head, wait until the engine coolant temperature drops below normal operating
temperature before removing it.
c. When handling a metal gasket, take care not to fold the gasket or damage the contact surface of the gasket.
d. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
a. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
b. Turn the crankshaft pulley so that the No. 1 piston is at top dead center.
Engine removal is required for this procedure.
1. Remove exhaust manifold.
2. Remove intake manifold.
3. Remove timing chain.
4. Remove water temperature control assembly.
5. Remove camshaft bearing cap(A).
6. Remove camshaft assembly(A).
7. Remove cylinder head bolts, then remove cylinder head.
(1) Uniformly loosen and remove the 16 cylinder head bolts, in several passes, in the sequence shown. Remove
the 16 cylinder head bolts and plate washers.
Head warpage or cracking could result from removing bolts in an incorrect order.
(2) Lift the cylinder head from the dowels on the cylinder block and place the cylinder head on wooden blocks on a
bench.
Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of the cylinder head and cylinder block.
INSTALLATION
a.
b.
c.
d.
Thoroughly clean all parts to be assembled.
Always use a new head and manifold gasket.
The cylinder head gasket is a metal gasket. Take care not to bend it.
Rotate the crankshaft, set theNo.1 piston at TDC.
1. Install the cylinder head.
a. The sealant locations on cylinder head and cylinder block must be free from contamination.
b. Apply sealant on cylinder block top face before assembling cylinder head gaskets.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied.
Refer to below illustration to apply the sealant.
Bead width : 2.0~3.0 mm
Sealant locations : 1.0~1.5mm from block surface
Recommended sealant :Liquid sealant TB1217H
c. Apply sealant on cylinder head gaskets after assembling cylinder head gaskets on cylinder block.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied.
Be careful of the installation direction.
d. Install the cylinder head.
Remove the extruded sealant after assembling cylinder heads.
2. Place the cylinder head carefully in order not to damage the gasket with the bottom part of the end.
3. Install cylinder head bolts.
(1) Do not apply engine oil on the threads and under the heads of the cylinder head bolts.
(2) Using SST(09221-4A000), install and tighten the cylinder head bolts and plate washers, in several passes, in
the sequence shown.
Tightening torque
1st step: 37.3~41.2Nm(3.8~4.2kgf.m, 27.5~30.4 lbf.ft)
2nd step:120° ± 2°
3rd step: 90° ± 2°
Always use new cylinder head bolt.
4. Install the CVVT and camshaft sprocket.
Tightening torque
64.68 ~ 76.44Nm(6.6 ~ 7.8 kgf.m, 47.74 ~ 56.4lb-ft)
a. Install camshaft-inlet to dowel pin of CVVT assembly .
Ensure that the camshaft oil inlet is not obstructed.
b. Hold the hexagonal head wrench portion of the camshaft with a vise, and install the bolt and CVVT
assembly.
c. Do not rotate CVVT assembly when camshaft is installed to dowel pin of CVVT assembly.
5. Install camshafts(A).
a. Apply a light coat of engine oil on camshaft journals.
b. Assemble the key groove of camshaft rear side to the same level of head top surface.
c. Ensure that the camshaft components are installed in the correct locations.
Intake camshaft
LH
RH
A: 30mm(1.1811in.)
B: 27mm(1.0630in.)
A: 27mm(1.0630in.)
B: 30mm(1.1811in.)
Exhaust camshaft
LH
RH
A: 27mm(1.0630in.)
A: 30mm(1.1811in.)
6. Install camshaft bearing caps.
Assemble camshaft bearing caps as the order below.
Tightening torque
5.9Nm(0.6kgf.m, 4.3lb-ft) — 1st step
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft) — 2nd step
Ensure that the cam bearing caps are installed in the correct location and direction. Refer to the table below.
A : L(LH),R(RH)
B : I(Intake),None(Exhaust)
C : Journal number
D : Front mark
Rotate the crankshaft not to contact the valves to the pistons by making the pistons below 10mm(0.3937in.)
from the top of cylinder block.
7. Install water temperature control assembly.
8. Install timing chain.
9. Check and adjust valve clearance.
10. Install the exhaust manifold.
11. Install the intake manifold.
DISASSEMBLY
Identify MLA, valves and valve springs as they are removed so that each item can be reinstalled in its original
position.
1. Remove MLAs(A).
2. Remove valves.
(1) Using SST(09222-3K000, 09222-3C300), compress the valve spring and remove retainer lock.
(2) Remove the spring retainer.
(3) Remove the valve spring.
(4) Remove the valve.
(5) Using SST(09222-29000), remove the valve stem seal.
Do not reuse old valve stem seals.
3. Remove OCV(A).
INSPECTION
CYLINDER HEAD
1. Inspect for flatness.
Using a precision straight edge and feeler gauge, measure the surface the contacting the cylinder block and the
manifolds for warpage.
Flatness of cylinder head gasket surface
Standard : Less than 0.05mm(0.002in.)[Less than 0.02mm(0.0008in.)/150×150]
Flatness of manifold gasket surface
Standard : Less than 0.03mm(0.001in)/110×110
2. Inspect for cracks.
Check the combustion chamber, intake ports, exhaust ports and cylinder block surface for cracks. If cracked,
replace the cylinder head.
VALVE AND VALVE SPRING
1. Inspect valve stems and valve guides.
(1) Using a caliper gauge, measure the inside diameter of the valve guide.
Valve guide I.D.
Intake / Exhaust : 5.500 ~ 5.512mm (0.216 ~ 0.217in.)
(2) Using a micrometer, measure the diameter of the valve stem.
Valve stem O.D.
Intake : 5.465 ~ 5.480mm (0.2151 ~ 0.2157in.)
Exhaust : 5.458 ~ 5.470mm (0.2149 ~ 0.2153in.)
(3) Subtract the valve stem diameter measurement from the valve guide inside diameter measurement.
Valve stem-to-guide clearance
[Standard]
Intake : 0.020 ~ 0.047mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0018in.)
Exhaust : 0.030 ~ 0.054mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0021in.)
[Limit]
Intake : 0.07mm (0.0027in.)
Exhaust : 0.09mm (0.0035in.)
2. Inspect valves.
(1) Check the valve is ground to the correct valve face angle.
(2) Check that the surface of the valve for wear.
If the valve face is worn, replace the valve.
(3) Check the valve head margin thickness.
If the margin thickness is less than minimum, replace the valve.
Margin
[Standard]
Intake : 1.56 ~ 1.86mm(0.06142 ~ 0.07323in.)
Exhaust : 1.73 ~ 2.03mm(0.06811 ~ 0.07992in.)
(4) Check the valve length.
Length
Intake : 105.27mm (4.1445in)
Exhaust : 105.50mm (4.1535in)
(5) Check the surface of the valve stem tip for wear.
If the valve stem tip is worn, replace the valve.
3. Inspect valve seats
Check the valve seat for evidence of overheating and improper contact with the valve face.
If the valve seat is worn, replace cylinder head.
Before reconditioning the seat, check the valve guide for wear. If the valve guide is worn, replace cylinder head.
Recondition the valve seat with a valve seat grinder or cutter. The valve seat contact width should be within
specifications and centered on the valve face.
4. Inspect valve springs.
(1) Using a steel square, measure the out-of-square of the valve spring.
(2) Using a vernier calipers, measure the free length of the valve spring.
Valve spring
[Standard]
Free height : 43.86mm (1.7267in.)
Out-of-square : 1.5°
MLA
1. Inspect MLA.
Using a micrometer, measure the MLA outside diameter.
MLA O.D.
Intake/Exhaust : 34.964 ~ 34.980mm(1.3765 ~ 1.3771in.)
2. Using a caliper gauge, measure MLA tappet bore inner diameter of cylinder head.
Tappet bore I.D.
Intake/Exhaust : 35.000 ~ 35.025mm(1.3779 ~ 1.3789in.)
3. Subtract MLA outside diameter measurement from tappet bore inside diameter measurement.
MLA to tappet bore clearance
[Standard]
Intake/Exhaust : 0.020 ~ 0.061mm(0.0008 ~ 0.0024in.)
[Limit]
Intake/Exhaust : 0.07mm(0.0027in.)
CAMSHAFT
1. Inspect cam lobes.
Using a micrometer, measure the cam lobe height.
Cam height
[Standard value]
Intake : 46.8mm (1.8425in.)
Exhaust : 45.8mm (1.8031in.)
If the cam lobe height is less than standard, replace the camshaft.
2. Inspect camshaft journal clearance.
(1) Clean the bearing caps and camshaft journals.
(2) Place the camshafts on the cylinder head.
(3) Lay a strip of plastigage across each of the camshaft journal.
(4) Install the bearing caps.
Do not turn the camshaft.
(5) Remove the bearing caps.
(6) Measure the plastigage at its widest point.
Bearing oil clearance
[Standard value]
Intake
No.1 journal : 0.020 ~ 0.057mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0022in.)
No.2,3,4 journal : 0.030 ~ 0.067mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0026in.)
Exhaust
No.1 journal : 0.020 ~ 0.057mm (0.0008 ~ 0.0022in.)
No.2,3,4 journal : 0.030 ~ 0.067mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0026in.)
If the oil clearance is greater than maximum, replace the camshaft. If necessary, replace cylinder head.
(7) Completely remove the plastigage.
(8) Remove the camshafts.
3. Inspect camshaft end play.
(1) Install the camshafts.
(2) Using a dial indicator, measure the end play while moving the camshaft back and forth.
Camshaft end play
[Standard value] : 0.02 ~ 0.18mm(0.0008 ~ 0.0071in.)
If the end play is greater than maximum, replace the camshaft. If necessary, replace cylinder head.
(3) Remove the camshafts.
CVVT ASSEMBLY
1. Inspect CVVT assembly.
(1) Check that the CVVT assembly will not turn.
(2) Apply vinyl tape to the retard hole except the one indicated by the arrow in the illustration.
(3) Wind tape around the tip of the air gun and apply air of approx. 150kpa(1.5kgf/cm², 21psi) to the port of the
camshaft.
(Perform this order to release the lock pin for the maximum delay angle locking.)
When the oil splashes, wipe it off with a shop rag.
(4) Under the condition of (3), turn the CVVT assembly to the advance angle side (the arrow marked direction in
the illustration) with your hand.
Depending on the air pressure, the CVVT assembly will turn to the advance side without applying force by
hand. Also, If excessive air leaks from the port, the lock pin may not be fully released.
(5) Except the position where the lock pin meets at the maximum delay angle, let the CVVT assembly turn back
and forth and check the movable range and that there is no resistance to movement.
Standard: Movable smoothly in the range about 22.5°
(6) Turn the CVVT assembly with your hand and lock it at the maximum delay angle position (counter clockwise).
REASSEMBLY
Thoroughly clean all parts to be assembled.
Before installing the parts, apply fresh engine oil to all sliding and rotating surfaces.
Replace oil seals with new ones.
1. Install valves.
(1) Using SST(09222-3C100), push in a new oil seal.
Do not reuse old valve stem seals.
Incorrect installation of the seal could result in oil leakage past the valve guides.
(2) Install the valve, valve spring and spring retainer.
Place valve springs so that the side coated with enamel faces toward the valve spring retainer and then
installs the retainer.
(3) Using the SST(09222 — 3K000, 09222-3C300), compress the spring and install the retainer locks. After
installing the valves, ensure that the retainer locks are correctly in place before releasing the valve spring
compressor.
(4) Lightly tap the end of each valve stem two or three times with the wooden handle of a hammer to ensure
proper seating of the valve and retainer lock.
2. Install MLAs.
Check that the MLA rotates smoothly by hand.
MLA can be reinstalled in its original position.
3. Install OCV(A).
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm(1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
a. To install OCV with gray colored connector into RH bank.
b. To install OCV with black colored connector into LH bank.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Do not reuse the OCV when dropped.
Keep the OCV assembly clean.
Do not hold the OCV sleeve during servicing.
When the OCV is installed on the engine, do not move the engine by holding the OCV yoke.
Engine
And
Transaxle Assembly
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
a. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
b. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
a. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
1. Remove the engine cover(A).
2. Recover refrigerant, opening the high & low pressure pipe caps and connecting the refrigerant station(Refer to HA
group).
3. Disconnect the neagative terminal from the battery and remove the battery(A).
4. Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Disconnect the MAF connector(A).
(2) Disconnect the breather hose(B) from air cleaner hose.
(3) Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly(C).
5. Remove the battery tray(A).
6. Remove the radiator grille upper cover(A).
7. Disconnect the RH and LH oxygen sensor connectors(A, B).
8. Remove the radiator upper and lower hoses(A).
9. Disconnect the automatic transaxle fluid cooler hoses(A).
10. Disconnect the high and low pressure pipes from the radiator or the compressor.
11. Disconnect engine wiring.
(1) Remove the engine room fuse and relay box cover(A).
(2) Disconnect the PCM connectors(B).
(3) Disconnect the FAM connectors(C)(Refer to HA group).
(4) Unscrew the FAM mounting bolts(D-3EA) and take the FAM(E) out of the splash shield(F).
(5) Disconnect the connector(G) from the splash shield(B).
12. Disconnect the transaxle wire harness connector and remove the transaxle control cable(Refer to TR group).
13. Remove heater hose(A).
14. Remove the brake vacuum hose(A).
15. Remove power steering pump hose(Refer to ST group).
16. Remove front wheels(Refer to DS group).
17. Remove the radiator grille upper cover(A) for convenience sake.
18. Disconnect the power steering return hose(A).
19. Remove the radiator support upper member assembly(A) for convenience sake.
The bottom side bolt(A) which can be seen after removing the under cover should be loosened for removal of
the radiator support upper member assembly.
20. Remove the under cover(A).
21. Drian engine oil.
22. Coolant should be drained before heater hose removal.
23. Remove front exhaust pipe(A).
24. Disconnect the wheel speed sensor and the stabilizer bar link(Refer to SS group).
25. Remove the caliper assembly and suspend it with a wire(Refer to DS group).
26. Supporting the engine and transaxle assembly with sub frame, remove the engine mounting bracket(A).
27. Remove the transaxle insulator mounting bolt(A).
28. Supporting the engine and transaxle assembly with a jack, remove the sub frame with the engine and transaxle
assembly.
When remove the engine and transaxle assembly, be careful not to damage any surrounding parts or body
components.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Perform the following :
a. Adjust the shift cable.
b. Refill the engine with engine oil.
c. Refill the transaxle with fluid.
d. Refill the radiator with engine coolant.
e. Bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open.
f. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper assemble them, then apply grease to prevent
corrosion.
g. Inspect for fuel leakage.
After assembling the fuel line, turn on the ignition switch (do not operate the starter) so that the fuel pump runs for
approximately two seconds and fuel line pressurizes.
Repeat this operation two or three times, then check for fuel leakage at any point in the fuel line.
Cylinder Block
3LVWRQDQG
&RQQHFWLQJ5RG
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENTS
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
a. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
b. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
a.
b.
c.
d.
Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
Inspection the timing belt before removing the cylinder head.
Turn the crankshaft pulley so that the No.1 piston is at top dead center.
Engine removal is required for this procedure.
1. Remove exhaust manifold.
2. Remove intake manifold.
3. Remove timing chain.
4. Remove water temperature control assembly.
5. Remove cylinder head.
6. Remove oil pump.
7. Remove oil filter assembly.
8. Remove A/C compressor(A) from engine.
9. Remove generator(A) from engine.
10. Remove power steering pump(A) from engine.
INSTALLATION
1. Install power steering pump.
2. Install generator.
3. Install air conditioner compressor
4. Install oil filter assembly.
5. Install oil pump.
6. Install cylinder head.
7. Install water temperature control assembly.
8. Install timing chain.
9. Install intake manifold.
10. Install exhaust manifold.
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove drive plate.
2. Remove knock sensor(A).
3. Remove upper oil pan(A).
4. Remove baffle plate(A).
5. Remove rear oil seal case(A).
6. Remove oil drain cover(A).
7. Check the connecting rod end play.
8. Check the connecting rod cap oil clearance.
9. Remove piston and connecting rod assemblies.
(1) Using a ridge reamer, remove all the carbon from the top of the cylinder.
(2) Push the piston, connecting rod assembly and upper bearing through the top of the cylinder block.
a. Keep the bearings, connecting rod and cap together.
b. Arrange the piston and connecting rod assemblies in the correct order.
10. Remove crankshaft main bearing cap and check oil clearance.
11. Check the crankshaft end play.
12. Lift the crankshaft(A) out of engine, being careful not to damage journals.
Arrange the main bearings and thrust bearings in the correct order.
13. Check fit between piston and piston pin.
Try to move the piston back and forth on the piston pin. If any movement is felt, replace piston and piston pin as a
set.
14. Remove piston rings.
(1) Using a piston ring expender, remove the 2 compression rings.
(2) Remove 2 side rails and the spacer by hand.
Arrange the piston rings in the correct order only.
15. Disconnect connecting rod from piston.
Using a press, remove the piston pin from piston.
(Press-in load : 800 ~ 1400kg (1764 ~ 3086lb)
INSPECTION
CONNECTING ROD AND CRANKSHAFT
1. Check the connecting rod end play.
Using a feeler gauge, measure the end play while moving the connecting rod back and forth.
Standard end play : 0.1~ 0.25mm(0.004 ~ 0.010in.)
a. If out-of-tolerance, install a new connecting rod.
b. If still out-of-tolerance, replace the crankshaft.
2. Check the connecting rod bearing oil clearance.
(1) Check the matchmarks on the connecting rod and cap are aligned to ensure correct reassembly.
(2) Remove 2 connecting rod cap bolts.
(3) Remove the connecting rod cap and bearing half.
(4) Clean the crank pin and bearing.
(5) Place plastigage across the crank pin.
(6) Reinstall the bearing half and cap, and torque the bolts.
Tightening torque
19.6Nm (2.0kgf.m, 14.46lb-ft) + 90°
Do not turn the crankshaft.
(7) Remove 2 bolts, connecting rod cap and bearinghalf.
(8) Measure the plastigage at its widest point.
Standard oil clearance
0.038 ~ 0.056mm(0.0015 ~ 0.0022in.)
(9) If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new,
complete bearing with the same color mark (select the color as shown in the next column), and recheck the
clearance.
Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
(10) If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed
above or below that one), and check clearance again.
If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace
the crankshaft and start over.
If the marks are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a
wire brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
CONNECTING ROD MARK LOCATION
DISCRIMINATION OF CONNECTING ROD
CLASS
MARK
INSIDE DIAMETER
0
a
58.000 ~ 58.006mm
(2.2834 ~ 2.2837in.)
1
b
58.006 ~ 58.012mm
(2.2837 ~ 2.2839in.)
2
c
58.012 ~ 58.018mm
(2.2839 ~ 2.2842in.)
CLASS
MARK
OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF PIN
I
1 or A
54.966 ~ 54.972mm
(2.1640 ~ 2.1642in.)
II
2 or B
54.960 ~ 54.966mm
(2.1638 ~ 2.1640in.)
III
3 or C
54.954 ~ 54.960mm
(2.1635 ~ 2.1638in.)
CRANKSHAFT PIN MARK LOCATION
DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT
DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT
PLACE OF IDENTIFICATION MARK (CONNECTING ROD BEARING)
DISCRIMINATION OF CONNECTING ROD BEARING
CLASS
MARK
THICKNESS OF BEARING
E
BLUE
1.514 ~ 1.517mm
(0.0596 ~ 0.0597in.)
D
BLACK
1.511 ~ 1.514mm
(0.0595 ~ 0.0596in.)
C
BROWN
1.508 ~ 1.511mm
(0.0594 ~ 0.0595in.)
B
GREEN
1.505 ~ 1.508mm
(0.0593 ~ 0.0594in.)
A
YELLOW
1.502 ~ 1.505mm
(0.0591 ~ 0.0593in)
(11) Selection
CONNECTING ROD IDENTIFICATION MARK
CRANKSHAFT
INDENTIFICATION MARK
0(a)
1(b)
2(c)
1 or A
A
(YELLOW)
B
(GREEN)
C
(BROWN)
2 or B
B
(GREEN)
C
(BROWN)
D
(BLACK)
3 or C
C
(BROWN)
D
(BLACK)
E
(BLUE)
3. Check the crankshaft bearing oil clearance.
(1) To check main bearing-to-journal oil clearance, remove the main bearing caps and bearing halves.
(2) Clean each main journal and bearing half with a clean shop tower.
(3) Place one strip of plastigage across each main journal.
(4) Reinstall the bearings and caps, then torque the bolts.
Tightening torque
49.00Nm(5.0 kgf.m, 36.16lb-ft) + 90°
19.60 Nm(2.0 kgf.m, 14.46lb-ft)+ 120°
29.40 ~ 31.36Nm(3.0 ~ 3.2 kgf.m, 21.70 ~ 23.14lb-ft)
Do not turn the crankshaft.
(5) Remove the cap and bearing again, and measure the widest part of the plastigage.
Standard oil clearance
0.022 ~ 0.040mm (0.0009 ~ 0.0016in.)
(6) If the plastigage measures too wide or too narrow, remove the upper half of the bearing, install a new,
complete bearing with the same color mark (select the color as shown in the next column), and recheck the
clearance.
Do not file, shim, or scrape the bearings or the caps to adjust clearance.
(7) If the plastigage shows the clearance is still incorrect, try the next larger or smaller bearing (the color listed
above or below that one), and check clearance again.
If the proper clearance cannot be obtained by using the appropriate larger or smaller bearings, replace the
crankshaft and start over.
If the marks are indecipherable because of an accumulation of dirt and dust, do not scrub them with a wire
brush or scraper. Clean them only with solvent or detergent.
Crankshaft bore mark location
Letters have been stamped on the block as a mark for the size of each of the 5 main journal bores.
Use them, and the numbers or bar stamped on the crank (marks for main journal size), to choose the correct
bearings.
DISCRIMINATION OF CYLINDER BLOCK
CLASS
MARK
INSIDE DIAMETER
a
A
73.500 ~ 73.506mm
(2.8937 ~ 2.8939in.)
b
B
73.506 ~ 73.512mm
(2.8939 ~ 2.8942in.)
c
C
73.512 ~ 73.518mm
(2.8942 ~ 2.8944in.)
CRANKSHAFT JOURNAL MARK LOCATION
DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT
DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT
CLASS
MARK
OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF JOURNAL
I
1 or A
68.954 ~ 68.960mm
(2.7147 ~ 2.7150in.)
II
2 or B
68.948 ~ 68.954mm
(2.7145 ~ 2.7147in.)
III
3 or C
68.942 ~ 68.948mm
(2.7142 ~ 2.7145in.)
PLACE OF IDENTIFICATION MARK (CRANKSHAFT BEARING)
DISCRIMINATION OF CRANKSHAFT BEARING
CLASS
MARK
THICKNESS OF BEARING
E
BLUE
2.277 ~ 2.280mm
(0.0896 ~ 0.0897in.)
D
BLACK
2.274 ~ 2.277mm
(0.0895 ~ 0.0896in.)
C
BROWN
2.271 ~ 2.274mm
(0.0894 ~ 0.0895in.)
B
GREEN
2.268 ~ 2.271mm
(0.0893 ~ 0.0894in.)
A
YELLOW
2.265 ~ 2.268mm
(0.0892 ~ 0.0893in.)
SELECTION
CRANKSHAFT BORE IDENTIFICATION MARK
CRANKSHAFT
IDENTIFICATION MARK
a(A)
b(B)
c(C)
1 or A
A
(YELLOW)
B
(GREEN)
C
(BROWN)
2 or B
B
(GREEN)
C
(BROWN)
D
(BLACK)
3 or C
C
(BROWN)
D
(BLACK)
E
(BLUE)
3 or C
(BROWN)
(BLACK)
(BLUE)
4. Check crankshaft end play.
Using a dial indicator, measure the thrust clearance while prying the crankshaft back and forth with a screwdriver.
Standard end play
0.10 ~ 0.28mm (0.0039 ~ 0.0110in.)
If the end play is greater than maximum, replace the thrust bearings as a set.
Thrust bearing thickness
2.41 ~ 2.45mm(0.0949 ~ 0.0964in.)
5. Inspect main journals and crank pins
Using a micrometer, measure the diameter of each main journal and crank pin.
Main journal diameter : 68.942 ~ 68.960mm (2.7142 ~ 2.7149in.)
Crank pin diameter : 54.954 ~ 54.972mm (2.1635 ~ 2.1642in.)
CONNECTING RODS
1. When reinstalling, make sure that cylinder numbers put on the connecting rod and cap at disassembly match. When
a new connecting rod is installed, make sure that the notches for holding the bearing in place are on the same
side.
2. Replace the connecting rod if it is damaged on the thrust faces at either end. Also if step wear or a severely rough
surface of the inside diameter of the small end is apparent, the rod must be replaced as well.
3. Using a connecting rod aligning tool, check the rod for bend and twist. If the measured value is close to the repair
limit, correct the rod by a press. Any connecting rod that has been severely bent or distorted should be replaced.
Allowable bend of connecting rod :
0.05mm / 100mm (0.0020 in./3.94 in.) or less
Allowable twist of connecting rod :
0.1mm / 100mm (0.0039 in./3.94 in.) or less
CYLINDER BLOCK
1. Remove gasket material.
Using a gasket scraper, remove all the gasketmaterial from the top surface of the cylinder block.
2. Clean cylinder block
Using a soft brush and solvent, thoroughly clean the cylinder block.
3. Inspect top surface of cylinder block for flatness.
Using a precision straight edge and feeler gauge, measure the surface contacting the cylinder head gasket for
warpage.
Flatness of cylinder block gasket surface
Standard : Less than 0.05mm(0.0020 in.),Less than 0.02mm(0.0008in.) / 150 x 150
4. Inspect cylinder bore diameter
Visually check the cylinder for vertical scratchs.
If deep scratches are present, replace the cylinder block.
5. Inspect cylinder bore diameter
Using a cylinder bore gauge, measure the cylinder bore diameter at position in the thrust and axial directions.
Standard diameter
96.00 ~ 96.03mm (3.7795 ~ 3.7807in.)
6. Check the cylinder bore size code on the cylinder block.
Class
Size code
Cylinder bore inner diameter
A
A
96.00~96.01mm
(3.7795 ~ 3.7799in.)
B
B
96.01~96.02mm
(3.7799 ~ 3.7803in.)
C
C
96.02~96.03mm
(3.7803 ~ 3.7807in.)
Class
Size code
Piston outer diameter
A
A
95.96~95.97mm
(3.7779 ~ 3.7783in.)
B
B
95.97~95.98mm
(3.7783 ~ 3.7787in.)
C
C
95.98~95.99mm
(3.7787 ~ 3.7791in.)
7. Check the piston size code on the piston top face.
8. Select the piston related to cylinder bore class.
Clearance : 0.03 ~ 0.05mm(0.0012 ~ 0.0020in.)
PISTON AND RINGS
1. Clean piston
(1) Using a gasket scraper, remove the carbon from the piston top.
(2) Using a groove cleaning tool or broken ring, clean the piston ring grooves.
(3) Using solvent and a brush, thoroughly clean the piston.
Do not use a wire brush.
2. The standard measurement of the piston outside diameter is taken 14 mm (0.5512 in.) from the bottom of the
piston.
Standard diameter
95.96 ~ 95.99mm (3.7779~ 3.7791in.)
3. Calculate the difference between the cylinder bore diameter and the piston diameter.
Piston-to-cylinder clearance
0.03 ~ 0.05mm(0.0012 ~ 0.0020in.)
4. Inspect the piston ring side clearance.
Using a feeler gauge, measure the clearance between new piston ring and the wall of the ring groove.
Piston ring side clearance
Standard
No.1 : 0.03 ~ 0.07mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0027in.)
No.2 : 0.03 ~ 0.07mm (0.0012 ~ 0.0027in.)
Oil ring : 0.06 ~ 0.15mm (0.0024 ~ 0.0059in.)
Limit
No.1 : 0.1mm (0.004in.)
No.2 : 0.1mm (0.004in.)
Oil ring : 0.2mm (0.008in.)
If the clearance is greater than maximum, replace the piston.
5. Inspect piston ring end gap.
To measure the piston ring end gap, insert a piston ring into the cylinder bore. Position the ring at right angles to
the cylinder wall by gently pressing it down with a piston. Measure the gap with a feeler gauge. If the gap exceeds
the service limit, replace the piston ring. If the gap is too large, recheck the cylinder bore diameter. If the bore is
over the service limit, the cylinder block must be replaced.
Piston ring end gap
Standard
No.1 : 0.17 ~ 0.32mm (0.0067 ~ 0.0126in.)
No.2 : 0.32 ~ 0.47m (0.0126 ~ 0.0185in.)
Oil ring : 0.20 ~ 0.70mm (0.0079 ~ 0.0275in.)
Limit
No.1 : 0.6mm (0.0236in.)
No.2 : 0.7mm (0.0275in.)
Oil ring : 0.8mm (0.0315in.)
PISTON PINS
1. Measure the diameter of the piston pin.
Piston pin diameter
23.002 ~ 23.006mm (0.9056 ~ 0.9057in.)
2. Measure the piston pin-to-piston clearance.
Piston pin-to-piston clearance
0.009 ~ 0.017mm (0.0004 ~ 0.0007in.)
3. Check the difference between the piston pin diameter and the connecting rod small end diameter.
Piston pin-to-connecting rod interference
-0.032 ~ -0.017mm (-0.0012 ~ -0.0007in.)
REASSEMBLY
a. Thoroughly clean all parts to assembled.
b. Before installing the parts, apply fresh engine oil to all sliding and rotating surfaces.
c. Replace all gaskets, O-rings and oil seals with new parts.
1. Assemble piston and connecting rod.
(1) Use a hydraulic press for installation.
(2) The piston front mark and the connecting rod front mark must face the timing belt side of the engine.
2. Install piston rings.
(1) Install the oil ring spacer and 2 side rails by hand.
(2) Using a piston ring expander, install the 2 compression rings with the code mark facing upward.
(3) Position the piston rings so that the ring ends are as shown.
3. Install connecting rod bearings.
(1) Align the bearing claw with the groove of the connecting rod or connecting rod cap.
(2) Install the bearings(A) in the connecting rod and connecting rod cap(B).
4. Install main bearings.
Upper bearings have an oil groove of oil holes; Lower bearings do not.
(1) Align the bearing claw with the claw groove of the cylinder block, push in the 4 upper bearings.
(2) Align the bearing claw with the claw groove of the main bearing cap, and push in the 4 lower bearings(A).
5. Install thrust bearings.
Install the 2 thrust bearings(A) under the No.3 journal position of the cylinder block with the oil grooves facing
outward.
6. Place crankshaft on the cylinder block.
7. Place main bearing caps on cylinder block.
8. Install main bearing cap bolts.
(1) Install and uniformly tighten the bearing cap bolts, in several passes, in the sequence shown.
Tightening torque
Main bearing cap bolt
49.00Nm(5.0 kgf.m, 36.16lb-ft) + 90° (1 ~
19.60 Nm(2.0 kgf.m, 14.46lb-ft)+ 120° (9 ~ 16)
29.40 ~ 31.36Nm(3.0 ~ 3.2 kgf.m, 21.70 ~ 23.14lb-ft) (17 ~ 22)
a. Always use new main bearing cap bolt.
b. If any of the bearing cap bolts in broken or deformed, replace it.
Use SST( 09221-4A000 ), install main bearing cap bolts.
(2) Check that the crankshaft turns smoothly.
9. Check crankshaft end play.
10. Install piston and connecting rod assemblies.
Before installing the pistons, apply a coat of engine oil to the ring grooves and cylinder bores.
(1) Install the ring compressor, check that the bearing is securely in place, then position the piston in the cylinder,
and tap it in using the wooden handle of a hammer.
(2) Stop after the ring compressor pops free, and check the connecting rod-to-check journal alignment before
pushing the piston into place.
(3) Apply engine oil to the bolt threads. Install the rod caps with bearings, and torque the bolts.
Tightening torque
19.6Nm (2.0kgf.m, 14.46lb-ft) + 90°
Use SST(09221-4A000), install connecting rod bearing cap bolts.
a. Always use new connecting rod bearing cap bolt.
b. Maintain downward force on the ring compressor to prevent the rings from expanding before entering
the cylinder bore.
11. Check the connecting rod end play.
12. Install oil drain cover.
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68b-ft)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Ensure the sealing face is clean before assembling two parts.
Remove harmful foreign matters on the sealing face before applying sealant
Be assembling oil drain cover, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied oil drain cover.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied.
Apply sealant to the inner threads of the bolt holes.
13. Install rear oil seal case.
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.67lb-ft)
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
Make clean the sealing face before assembling two parts.
Remove harmful foreign matters on the sealing face before applying sealant
Be assembling rear oil seal case, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied rear oil seal case.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after sealant was applied.
Apply sealant to the inner threads of the bolt holes.
14. Using SST(09231-3C200, 09231-H1100), install rear oil seal.
15. Install baffle plate.
Install and uniformly tighten the baffle plate bolts, in several passes, in the sequence shown.
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
16. Install upper oil pan.
a. Using a gasket scraper, remove all the old packing material from the gasket surfaces.
b. Before assebling the oil pan, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on upper oil pan.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after the sealant was applied.
Bead width : 2.5mm(0.1in.)
a.
b.
c.
d.
Ensure the sealing face is clean before assembling two parts.
Remove harmful foreign matters on the sealing face before applying sealant
When applying sealant gasket, sealant must not be protruded into the inside of oil pan.
To prevent leakage of oil, apply sealant gasket ot the inner threads of the bolt holes.
c. Install upper oil pan.
Uniformly tighten the bolts in several passes.
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
17. Install knock sensor.
Tightening torque
15.68 ~ 23.52Nm (1.6 ~ 2.4kgf.m, 11.57 ~ 17.36lb-ft)
18. Install drive plate.
Tightening torque
71.54 ~ 75.46Nm (7.3 ~ 7.7kgf.m, 52.80 ~ 55.69lb-ft)
Cooling system
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
ENGINE COOLANT REFILLING AND BLEEDING
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious scalding could be caused by hot fluid under high
pressure escaping from the radiator.
When pouring engine coolant, be sure to shut the relay box lid and not to let coolant spill on the electrical parts or
the paint. If any coolant spills, rinse it off immediately.
1. Make sure the engine and radiator are cool to the touch.
2. Remove radiator cap.
3. Loosen the drain plug, and drain the coolant.
4. Tighten the radiator drain plug securely.
5. Remove, drain and reinstall the reservoir. Fill the tank halfway to the «F» mark with water, then up to the «F» mark
with antifreeze.
6. Fill fluid mixture with coolant and water(4 : 6) slowly through the radiator cap. Push the upper/lower hoses of the
radiator to ensure proper air bleeding.
a. Use only genuine antifreeze/coolant.
b. For best corrosion protection, the coolant concentration must be maintained year-round at 50% minimum.
Coolant concentrations less than 50% may not provide sufficient protection against corrosion or freezing.
c. Coolant concentrations greater then 60% will impair cooling efficiency and are not recommended.
a. Do not mix different brands of antifreeze/coolants.
b. Do not use additional rust inhibitors or antirust products; they may not be compatible with the coolant.
7. Start the engine.
When the cooling fan operates and coolant circulates, refill coolant through the radiator cap.
8. Repeat 7 until the cooling fan cycles 3 ~ 5times and bleed air sufficiently out of the cooling system.
9. Install the radiator cap and fill the reservoir tank to the «MAX» line with coolant.
10. Run the vehicle under idle until the cooling fan operates 2 ~ 3 times.
11. Stop the engine and wait until the cooling system is cool to the touch.
12. Repeat 6 to 11 until the coolant level doesn’t fall any more, bleed air out of the cooling system.
Proper cooling system operation depends on the absence of trapped air within the system. It is essential that
the cooling system be properly filled and bled before returning the vehicle to service.
CAP TESTING
1. Remove the radiator cap, wet its seal with engine coolant, then install it no pressure tester.
2. Apply a pressure of 93 ~ 123kPa (0.95 ~ 1.25kgf/cm², 14 ~ 19psi)
3. Check for a drop in pressure.
4. If the pressure drops, replace the cap.
TESTING
1. Wait until engine is cool, then carefully remove the radiator cap and fill the radiator with engine coolant, then install
it on the pressure tester.
2. Apply a pressure tester to the radiator and apply a pressure of 93 ~ 123kPa (0.95 ~ 1.25kgf/cm² 14 ~18psi).
3. Inspect for engine coolant leaks and a drop in pressure.
4. Remove the tester and reinstall the radiator cap.
Check for engine oil in the coolant and/or coolant in the engine oil.
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENT
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
WATER PUMP
1. Drain the engine coolant.
System is under high pressure when the engine is hot. To avoid danger of releasing scalding engine coolant,
remove the cap only when the engine is cool.
2. Remove drive belt(A).
3. Remove the 4 bolts and pump pulley(A).
4. Remove the water pump(A) and gasket.
WATER TEMPERATURE CONTROL ASSEMBLY
1. Drain the engine coolant.
2. Remove air cleaner assembly.
3. Disconnect radiator upper and lower hose(A).
4. Disconnect ECT connector.
5. Disconnect heater hose, water vent hose and water hose from water temperature control assembly.
6. Remove wiring protector.
7. Remove water temperature control assembly(A).
THERMOSTAT
Removal of the thermostat would have an adverse effect, causing a lowering of cooling efficiency. Do not remove
the thermostat, even if the engine tends to overheat.
1. Drain engine coolant so its level is below thermostat.
2. Remove water inlet(A) and thermostat(B).
RADIATOR
1. Drain the engine coolant.
2. Remove the radiator grille upper cover(A).
3. Remove the radiator support upper member assembly(A) for convenience sake.
The bottom side bolt(A) which can be seen after removing the under cover should be loosened for removal of
the radiator support upper member assembly.
4. Disconnect radiator upper and lower hoses(A).
5. Disconnect transaxle oil cooler hoses(A).(Refer to TR group)
6. Disconnect the radiator fan connectors(A).
7. Disconnect the pressure lines(A) from the radiator assembly(B).
8. Seperate the condenser(A) from the radiator assembly(B) by removing the bolts(C).
9. Remove the radiator bracket.
10. Remove the radiator assembly.
11. Remove the radiator cooling fan(A).
INSTALLATION
WATER PUMP
1. Install the water pump(A) and a new gasket(B) with 12 bolts.
Tightening torque
21.56 ~ 23.52Nm (2.2 ~ 2.4kgf.m, 15.91 ~ 17.36lb-ft)
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
Make clean the contact face before assembly.
2. Install the 4 bolts and pump pulley(A).
Tightening torque
7.84 ~ 9.80Nm (0.8 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.78 ~ 7.23lb-ft)
3. Install drive belt(A).
4. Fill with engine coolant.
5. Start engine and check for leaks.
6. Recheck engine coolant level.
WATER TEMPERATURE CONTROL ASSEMBLY
Make clean the contact face before assembly.
1. Install water temperature control assembly(B) and new gasket(A).
Tightening torque
18.62 ~ 23.52Nm (1.9 ~ 2.4kgf.m, 13.74 ~ 17.36lb-ft)
Use new O-rings(C) when reassembling.
2. Connect water hoses to the water temperature control assembly.
3. Install wiring protector.
4. Connect ECT connector.
5. Connect radiator upper and lower hose(A).
6. Install air cleaner assembly.
7. Fill with engine coolant.
8. Start engine and check for leaks.
9. Recheck engine coolant level.
THERMOSTAT
1. Place thermostat in thermostat housing.
(1) Install the thermostat with the jiggle valve upward.
(2) Install a new thermostat(B).
2. Install water inlet(A).
Tightening torque
16.66 ~ 19.60Nm (1.7 ~ 2.0kgf.m, 12.30 ~ 14.47lb-ft)
3. Fill with engine coolant.
4. Start engine and check for leaks.
RADIATOR
1. Install the radiator fan(A) to the radiator.
Tightening torque
4.9 ~ 7.8Nm (0.5 ~ 0.8kgf.m, 3.6 ~ 5.8lb-ft)
2. Install the radiator assembly to the vehicle.
3. Install the radiator bracket.
4. Fix the condenser with the radiator assembly.
Tightening torque
4.9 ~ 7.8Nm (0.5 ~ 0.8kgf.m, 3.6 ~ 5.8lb-ft) — D
6.9 ~ 9.8Nm (0.7 ~ 1.0kgf.m, 5.1 ~ 7.2lb-ft) — C
5. Connect the radiator fan connectors(A).
6. Connect the pressure lines(A) to the radiator assembly(B).
7. Connect transaxle oil cooler hoses(A).(Refer to TR group)
8. Connect radiator upper and lower hoses(A).
9. Install the radiator support upper member assembly(A).
10. Install the radiator grille upper cover(A).
11. Fill with engine coolant.
12. Start engine and check for leaks.
13. Recheck engine coolant level.
INSPECTION
WATER PUMP
1. Check each part for cracks, damage or wear, and replace the coolant pump assembly if necessary.
2. Check the bearing for damage, abnormal noise and sluggish rotation, and replace the coolant pump assembly if
necessary.
3. Check for coolant leakage. If coolant leaks from hole, the seal is malfunctioning. Replace the coolant pump
assembly.
A small amount of «weeping» from the bleed hole is normal.
THERMOSTAT
1. Immerse the thermostat in water and gradually heat the water.
2. Check the valve opening temperature.
Valve opening temperature : 82°C (177°F)
Full opening temperature : 95°C (205°F)
If the valve opening temperature is not as specified, replace the thermostat.
3. Check the valve lift.
Valve lift : Min. 10mm (0.4in.) at 95°C (205°F)
If the valve lift is not as specified, replace the thermostat.
Lubrication system
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
OIL AND FILTER
a. Prolonged and repeated contact with mineral oil will result in the removal of natural fats from the skin, leading
to dryness, irritation and dermatitis. In addition, used engine oil contains potentially harmful contaminants
which may cause skin cancer.
b. Exercise caution in order to minimize the length and frequency of contact of your skin to used oil. Wear
protective clothing and gloves. Wash your skin thoroughly with soap and water, or use water-less hand
cleaner, to remove any used engine oil. Do not use gasoline, thinners, or solvents.
c. In order to preserve the environment, used oil and used oil filter must be disposed of only at designated
disposal sites.
1. Park the car on level ground.
Start the engine and let it warm up.
2. Turn the engine off and open the hood.
Remove the engine cover.
3. Loosen the oil filter cap by turining it clockwise with SST (09263-3C100). Allow 5 minutes for the oil in the filter
assembly to drain.
4. Drain the engine oil.
a. Remove the oil filler cap.
b. After lifting the car, remove the oil drain plug and drain the oil into a container.
5. Replace oil filter.
a. Disconnect the oil filter cap from oil filter body.
b. Remove the oil filter element.
c. Check and clean the oil filter installation surface.
d. Check the part number of the new oil filter is as same as old one.
e. Install new oil filter element(A) and two new O-rings(B).
f. Apply clean engine oil to the new O-rings.
Lightly screw the oil filter cap into place, and tighten it until the O-ring contacts the seat.
g. Finally tighten it again by specified tightening torque.
Tightening torque
24.50Nm (2.5kgf.m, 18.08lb-ft)
6. Refill with engine oil.
a. Install the oil drain plug with a new gasket.
Tightening torque
34.3 ~ 44.1Nm (3.5 ~ 4.5kgf.m, 25.3 ~ 32.5lb-ft)
b. Fill with fresh engine oil, after removing the engine oil level gauge.
Capacity
Total : 6.0 L (6.34 US qt, 5.27 lmp qt)
Oil pan : 5.5 L (5.81 US qt, 4.83 lmp qt)
Drain and refill including oil filter : 5.2 L (5.49 US qt, 4.57 lmp qt)
Oil quality : ABOVE API SJ / SL or SAE 5W-20
c. Install the oil filler cap and oil level gauge.
7. Start the engine and check to be sure no oil is leaking from the drain plug or oil filter.
8. Recheck engine oil level.
INSPECTION
1. Check engine oil quality.
Check the oil for deterioration, entry of water, discoloring or thinning.
If the quality is visibly poor, replace the oil.
2. Check engine oil level.
After warming up the engine and then 5 minutes after the engine stop, oil level should be between the «L» and «F»
marks on the dipstick.
If low, check for leakage and add oil up to the «F» mark.
Do not fill with engine oil above the «F» mark.
SELECTION OF ENGINE OIL
Recommended API classification : Above SJ or SL
Recommended SAE viscosity grades : 5W-20
If 5W-20 engine oil is not available, 5W-30 or secondary recommanded engine oil for carrespanding temperature
range can be used.
For best performance and maximum protection of all types of operation, select only those lubricants which :
a. Satisfy the requirement of the API classification.
b. Have proper SAE grade number for expected ambient temperature range.
Lubricants that do not have both an SAE grade number and API service classification on the container should not
be used.
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENT
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
Oil pump
1. Drain engine oil.
2. Using SST(09215-3C000) remove lower oil pan(A).
Be careful not to damage the contact surfaces of upper oil pan and lower oil pan.
3. Remove oil pump chain cover(A).
4. Remove oil pump chain sprocket(A).
5. Remove oil pump(A).
Oil filter assembly
1. Loosen the oil filter cap by turining it clockwise with SST (09263-3C100). Allow 5 minutes for the oil in the filter
assembly to drain.
2. Remove surge tank and intake manifold.
3. Disconnect oil pressure switch connector.
4. Drain the engine coolant.
5. Disconnect water hoses from ETC.
6. Remove water temperature control assembly.
7. Disconnect water vent hose(A).
8. Remove oil filter body cover(B).
9. Remove oil filter body.(A).
Be careful of the knock sensor connector.
INSTALLATION
Oil pump
1. Install oil pump(A).
Tightening torque
19.6 ~ 23.5Nm (2.0 ~ 2.4kgf.m, 14.5 ~ 17.4lb-ft)
Always use a new O-ring(B).
2. Install oil pump sprocket(A)and oil pump chain on the oil pump.
Tightening torque
18.62 ~ 21.56Nm (1.9 ~ 2.2kgf.m, 13.74 ~ 15.91lb-ft)
3. Install oil pump chain cover(A).
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
4. Install lower oil pan.
a. Using a gasket scraper, remove all the old packing material from the gasket surfaces.
b. Before assembling the oil pan, the liquid sealant TB1217H should be applied on upper oil pan.
The part must be assembled within 5 minutes after the sealant was applied.
Bead width : 2.5mm(0.1in.)
But marked area(*) to be 5.0mm(0.2in.)
a.
b.
c.
d.
Ensure the sealing face is clean before assembling two parts.
Remove harmful foreign matters on the sealing face before applying sealant
When applying sealant gasket, sealant must not be protruded into the inside of oil pan.
To prevent leakage of oil, apply sealant gasket ot the inner threads of the bolt holes.
c. Install lower oil pan.
Uniformly tighten the bolts in several passes.
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
d. After assembly, wait at least 30 minutes before filling the engine with oil.
OIL FILTER ASSEMBLY
1. Install oil filter body(A) and new O-rings.
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
a. All rubber gasket must be no damaged by assembling parts.
b. Be careful of the knock sensor connector.
c. Always use a new O-ring
2. Install oil filter body cover(B) and new gasket on the oil filter body.
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
3. Connect water vent hose(A)
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
4. Install water temperature control assembly.
5. Connect water hoses on the ETC.
6. Connect oil pressure switch connector.
7. Install intake manifold and surge tank.
8. Fill with engine coolant.
9. Start engine and check for leaks.
10. Recheck engine coolant level.
INSPECTION
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
1. Check the continuity between the terminal and the body with an ohmmeter.
If there is no continuity, replace the oil pressure switch.
2. Check the continuity between the terminal and the body when the fine wire is pushed. If there is continuity even
when the fine wire is pushed, replace the switch.
3. If there is no continuity when a 50kpa (7psi) vacuum is applied throgh the oil hole, the switch is operaing properly.
Check for air leakage. If air leaks, the diaphragm is broken. Replace it.
Intake
and
Exhaust system
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENT
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
INTAKE MANIFOLD
a. Use fender covers to avoid damaging painted surfaces.
b. To avoid damage, unplug the wiring connectors carefully while holding the connector portion.
a. Mark all wiring and hoses to avoid misconnection.
1. Remove the engine cover(A).
2. Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly.
(1) Disconnect the MAF connector(A).
(2) Disconnect the breather hose(B) from air cleaner hose.
(3) Remove the intake air hose and air cleaner assembly(C).
3. Disconnect RH oxygen sensor connector(A).
4. Disconnect RH injector connector(A) and ignition coil connector(B).
5. Disconnect PCSV connector(A), MAP sensor connector(B) and PCSV hose.
6. Disconnect ETC connector(A) and knock sensor connector(B).
7. Remove ETC bracket(A).
8. Disconnect water hoses(B) from ETC.
9. Disconnect PCV(C) hose.
10. Disconnect brake vacuum hose.
11. Remove surge tank stay.
12. Remove connector bracket(A) from surge tank.
13. Remove surge tank(A).
14. Disconnect breather Pipe assembly(A).
15. Disconnect LH injector connector.
16. Remove the delivery pipe and intake manifold together.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
1. Remove under cover(A).
2. Disconnect LH,RH rear oxygen sensor connector from bracket.
3. Remove front muffler(A).
4. Remove oil level gauge(A).
5. Disconnect LH front oxygen sensor connector(B) from bracket.
6. Remove LH heat protector(A).
7. Remove LH exhaust manifold.
8. Disconnect RH front oxygen sensor connector from bracket.
9. Remove RH heat protector.
10. Remove RH exhaust manifold.
INSTALLATION
INTAKE MANIFOLD
1. Install intake manifold and new gasket on the cylinder head.
Tightening torque
1st : 3.9 ~ 5.9Nm (0.4 ~ 0.6kgf.m, 2.9 ~ 4.3lb-ft)
2st : 18.62 ~ 23.52Nm (1.9 ~ 2.4kgf.m, 13.74 ~ 17.36lb-ft)
3st : Repeat 2nd step twice or move.
Be careful of the installation direction.
a — h : 1st step order
1 ~ 8 : 2nd step order
2. Install delivery pipe.(Refer to FL group)
3. Connect LH injector connector.
4. Connect breather Pipe assembly.
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
5. Install surge tank.
Tightening torque
9.80 ~ 11.76Nm (1.0 ~ 1.2kgf.m, 7.23 ~ 8.68lb-ft)
6. Install connector bracket on the surge tank.
Tightening torque
6.86 ~ 10.78Nm (0.7 ~ 1.1kgf.m, 5.06 ~ 7.96lb-ft)
7. Install surge tank stay.
Tightening torque
27.44 ~ 31.36Nm (2.8 ~ 3.2kgf.m, 20.25 ~ 23.14lb-ft)
8. Connect brake vacuum hose.
9. Connect PCV hose.
10. Connect water hoses to ETC.
11. Install ETC bracket.
Tightening torque
15.68 ~ 25.48Nm (1.6 ~ 2.6kgf.m, 11.57 ~ 18.80lb-ft)
12. Connect ETC connector and knoch sensor connector.
13. Connect PCSV connector, MAP sensor connector and PCSV hoe.
14. Connect RH injector connector and ignition coil connector.
15. Connect RH oxygen sensor connector.
16. Install air cleaner upper cover and in take hose.
17. Connect MAF(A) and breather hose.
EXHAUST MANIFOLD
1. Install new gasket and exhaust manifold.
Tightening torque
39.2 ~ 44.1Nm(4.0 ~ 4.5kgf.m, 28.92 ~ 32.53lb-ft)
2. Install heat protector.
Tightening torque
3.9 ~ 5.9Nm(0.4 ~ 0.6kgf.m, 2.89 ~ 4.34lb-ft)
3. Install front muffler.
Tightening torque
39.2 ~ 58.8N.m(4.0 ~ 6.0kgf.m, 28.92 ~ 43.37lb-ft)
4. Connect oxygen sensor connector.
5. Install under cover.
CHAPTER 7:
Manual Transaxle
General Information
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIFICATIONS
Model
M5HF2
Related engine
J2.9WGT
J2.9VGT
Torque [Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft)
350 (35, 253)
Full length [mm(in)]
392.5 (15.45)
Weight [N(kgf, lbf)]
673.7 (68.7, 151)
Oil capacity
1.85ℓ
Oil replacement
Normal
Private
—
Business
100,000 Km
Severe use
Gear ratio
100,000 Km
1st
3.600
3.438
2nd
1.875
1.800
3rd
1.205
1.154
4th
0.818
0.818
5th
0.768
0.768
Reverse
4.320
4.050
Reduction gear ratio
4.500(1-4th gear)/3.706(5,R gear)
Lubricant
SAE 75W/85, API GL — 4
SYNCRONIZED RING ASSEMBLY
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
Reverse
Type
Triple
←
←
Double
←
←
Material
Brass +Carbon
←
←
Brass
Brass
Brass +
Carbon
Key type
Assembly of key, ball and
spring
←
←
←
←
←
Hub&Sleeve
FITTING
Minor Dia. Fit
←
←
←
←
←
Clutch gear chamfer
Symmetrical chamfer
Asymmetrical
chamfer
←
←
←
Symmetrical
chamfer
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DESCRIPTION
VQ Diesel (J2.9) model has the manual transaxle (M5HF2).
IMPROVEMENT
ITEM
Better shift feeling
Better duability
Cost saving&Convenience
Improvement
a.
b.
c.
d.
New shift pattern
Multi cone synchronizer system
Module of control system
New type of poppet ball
a. Optimizing strength of shift control system
b. Optimizing strength of housing and cases (for NVH)
c. Carbonized material for synchronized rings
a. Permanent oil (low viscosity)
This new shift pattern has the same shift direction for both 1st and Reverse which is convenient when on traffic jam or
parking (1↔R).
You should pull the lower part of the shift lever to shift in reverse.
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
● SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
The module of the shift control system improves shift feeling and quality of the part itself.
New type of poppet ball
Items
M5HF2
M5AF3, M5BF2
Character
Easy shifting
Medium shifting
SYNCHRONIZER SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
SYNCHRONIZER TYPE
Both triple cone (1st-3rd) and double cone (4th-R) synchronizer rings, which have more friction surfaces, improve shift
feeling.
CLUTCH GEAR CHAMFER
Manual Transaxle System
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
a. Use a cover not to damage the vehicle surface.
b. Disconnect connectors carefully not to be damaged.
a. Mark wires or hoses for identification not to be confused.
1. Remove the battery (A).
2. Disconnect the AFS connector (A).
3. Remove the air cleaner upper cover (B) by loosening the clips (A).
4. Remove the air cleaner assembly (A) by removing the two mounting bolts.
5. Disconnect the air cleaner hose (B) by loosening the clamp (A).
6. Remove the battery tray (B) by removing the four mounting bolts (A).
7. Remove the ground wire (A) from the transaxle case.
8. Remove the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
9. Remove the shift cable by removing the bolt (A) and clip (B).
10. Disconnect the «N» (A) and the «R» (B) position switch.
11. Remove C.S.C (Concentric Slave Cylinder) tube which is being clamped.
12. Remove the CKP sensor from the clutch housing assembly.
13. Remove the mounting bolts of upper part of the transaxle.
14. Support the engine and transaxle by using the special tool (09200-38001).
15. Remove the transaxle insulator (B) and the bracket (C) by removing the bolts (A).
16. Remove the front wheels and tires. (see SS group)
17. Remove the steering column joint bolt. (see ST group)
18. Lift up the vehicle.
19. Remove the under cover.
20. Drain power steering oil through the return tube. (see ST group)
21. Disconnect the power steering pressure hose (A) from the power steering oil pump.
22. Disconnect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link from the front knuckle. (see SS group)
23. Remove the roll stopper mounting bolts.
24. Remove the mounting bolts from the sub frame by supporting the sub frame with a jack. (see SS group)
25. Remove the drive shafts from the transaxle. (see DS group)
26. Remove the plate between the engine and transaxle.
27. Disconnect the starter motor connector and remove the starter motor. (see EE group)
28. Remove the mounting bolts of lower part of the transaxle, brackets (A,B), and the left side cover and remove the
transaxle assembly by supporting it with a jack.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Perform the following :
a. Adjust the shift cable.
b. Refill the transaxle with fluid.
c. Refill the radiator with engine coolant.
d. Bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open.
e. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper, assemble them, and apply grease to prevent
corrosion.
1. Lowering the vehicle or lifting up a jack, install the transaxle assembly.
2. Tighten the transaxle under mounting bolts.
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
3. Install the plate between the engine and transaxle.
TORQUE :
8~11 Nm(80~110 kgf.cm, 5.8~8.0 lb-ft)
4. Install the brackets.
TORQUE :
19~26 or 38~53Nm (190~260 or 380~530kgf.cm, 13.8~18.9 or 27.3~38.5lb-ft)
5. Install the starter motor and connect the starter motor connector. (see EE group)
6. Install the drive shafts to the transaxle. (See «DS» group)
7. Install the transaxle insulator (B) and mounting bracket (C) by tightening the bolts (A).
TORQUE:
60~80 Nm (600~800 kgf.cm, 43.6~58.2 lb-ft)
8. Install the sub frame. (see SS group)
TORQUE:
60~80 Nm(600~800 kgf.cm, 65.1~79.5 lb-ft)
9. Connect the return tube(B) with a clamp(A). (see ST group)
10. Connect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link to the front knuckle. (see SS group)
11. Connect the power steering pressure hose (A) to the power steering oil pump.
12. Install the under cover.
13. Install the steering column joint bolt. (see ST group)
14. Refill transaxle oil through the inlet hole (A).
TORQUE:
30~35 Nm(300~350 kgf.cm, 21.8~25.4 lb-ft)
15. Install the front wheels and tires. (see SS group)
16. Tighten the transaxle mounting bolts and remove the SST (09200-38001) holding the engine and transaxle
assembly.
TORQUE:
70~91 or 38~53Nm(700~910 or 380~530 kgf.cm, 50.9~66.2 or 27.6~38.5 lb-ft)
17. Install the CKP sensor to the clutch housing assembly.
TORQUE:
9~10 Nm(90~100 kgf.cm, 6.5~7.3 lb-ft)
18. Install the C.S.C (Concentric Slave Cylinder) tube and loosen the tube.
19. Connect the «N» (A) and the «R» (B) position switch.
20. Install the shift cable(A) by tightening the clip (C) and pin (B).
21. Install the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
22. Install the ground wire (A) from the transaxle case.
23. Install the battery tray (B) by removing the four mounting bolts (A).
24. Connect the air cleaner hose (B) by tightening the clamp (A).
25. Install the air cleaner assembly (A) by tightening the two mounting bolts.
26. Install the air cleaner upper cover (B) by tightening the clips (A).
27. Connect the AFS connector (A).
28. Install the battery (A).
Shift Lever
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
1. Remove the console upper cover(A). (see BD group)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Remove the front console cover. (see BD group)
3. Remove the shift cable and the select cable by removing the pin (A) and clip (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Remove the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
INSTALLATION
1. Install the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
TORQUE:
18~27 Nm(180~270 kgf.cm, 13.1~19.6 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Install the shift cable and the select cable by installing the pin (A) and clip (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
When adjusting the cable, follow the instruction as :
[LHD]
[RHD]
Place the shift lever in «N» position.
a. Insert the eye end (A).
b. Install the snap pin (B).
c. Insert the lock piece (C).
d. Clamp the locking clamp (D).
3. Install the front console cover. (see BD group)
4. Install the console upper cover(A). (see BD group)
[LHD]
[RHD]
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove both sides of the brackets.
2. Remove the shift lever knob (A) by rotating counterclockwise and remove the spring (B), damper, and skirt (C).
[LHD]
[RHD]
REASSEMBLY
Reassembling is in reverse order of disassembling.
TORQUE(bracket mounting bolts):
18~27 Nm(180~270 kgf.cm, 13.1~19.6 lb-ft)
Manual Transaxle Shift
Control
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
CHAPTER 7:
Manual Transaxle
General Information
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIFICATIONS
Model
M5HF2
Related engine
J2.9WGT
J2.9VGT
Torque [Nm (kgf.m, lb-ft)
350 (35, 253)
Full length [mm(in)]
392.5 (15.45)
Weight [N(kgf, lbf)]
673.7 (68.7, 151)
Oil capacity
1.85ℓ
Oil replacement
Normal
Private
—
Business
100,000 Km
Severe use
Gear ratio
100,000 Km
1st
3.600
3.438
2nd
1.875
1.800
3rd
1.205
1.154
4th
0.818
0.818
5th
0.768
0.768
Reverse
4.320
4.050
Reduction gear ratio
4.500(1-4th gear)/3.706(5,R gear)
Lubricant
SAE 75W/85, API GL — 4
SYNCRONIZED RING ASSEMBLY
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
5th
Reverse
Type
Triple
←
←
Double
←
←
Material
Brass +Carbon
←
←
Brass
Brass
Brass +
Carbon
Key type
Assembly of key, ball and
spring
←
←
←
←
←
Hub&Sleeve
FITTING
Minor Dia. Fit
←
←
←
←
←
Clutch gear chamfer
Symmetrical chamfer
Asymmetrical
chamfer
←
←
←
Symmetrical
chamfer
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DESCRIPTION
VQ Diesel (J2.9) model has the manual transaxle (M5HF2).
IMPROVEMENT
ITEM
Better shift feeling
Better duability
Cost saving&Convenience
Improvement
a.
b.
c.
d.
New shift pattern
Multi cone synchronizer system
Module of control system
New type of poppet ball
a. Optimizing strength of shift control system
b. Optimizing strength of housing and cases (for NVH)
c. Carbonized material for synchronized rings
a. Permanent oil (low viscosity)
This new shift pattern has the same shift direction for both 1st and Reverse which is convenient when on traffic jam or
parking (1↔R).
You should pull the lower part of the shift lever to shift in reverse.
SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
● SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM
The module of the shift control system improves shift feeling and quality of the part itself.
New type of poppet ball
Items
M5HF2
M5AF3, M5BF2
Character
Easy shifting
Medium shifting
SYNCHRONIZER SYSTEM
COMPONENTS
SYNCHRONIZER TYPE
Both triple cone (1st-3rd) and double cone (4th-R) synchronizer rings, which have more friction surfaces, improve shift
feeling.
CLUTCH GEAR CHAMFER
Manual Transaxle System
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
a. Use a cover not to damage the vehicle surface.
b. Disconnect connectors carefully not to be damaged.
a. Mark wires or hoses for identification not to be confused.
1. Remove the battery (A).
2. Disconnect the AFS connector (A).
3. Remove the air cleaner upper cover (B) by loosening the clips (A).
4. Remove the air cleaner assembly (A) by removing the two mounting bolts.
5. Disconnect the air cleaner hose (B) by loosening the clamp (A).
6. Remove the battery tray (B) by removing the four mounting bolts (A).
7. Remove the ground wire (A) from the transaxle case.
8. Remove the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
9. Remove the shift cable by removing the bolt (A) and clip (B).
10. Disconnect the «N» (A) and the «R» (B) position switch.
11. Remove C.S.C (Concentric Slave Cylinder) tube which is being clamped.
12. Remove the CKP sensor from the clutch housing assembly.
13. Remove the mounting bolts of upper part of the transaxle.
14. Support the engine and transaxle by using the special tool (09200-38001).
15. Remove the transaxle insulator (B) and the bracket (C) by removing the bolts (A).
16. Remove the front wheels and tires. (see SS group)
17. Remove the steering column joint bolt. (see ST group)
18. Lift up the vehicle.
19. Remove the under cover.
20. Drain power steering oil through the return tube. (see ST group)
21. Disconnect the power steering pressure hose (A) from the power steering oil pump.
22. Disconnect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link from the front knuckle. (see SS group)
23. Remove the roll stopper mounting bolts.
24. Remove the mounting bolts from the sub frame by supporting the sub frame with a jack. (see SS group)
25. Remove the drive shafts from the transaxle. (see DS group)
26. Remove the plate between the engine and transaxle.
27. Disconnect the starter motor connector and remove the starter motor. (see EE group)
28. Remove the mounting bolts of lower part of the transaxle, brackets (A,B), and the left side cover and remove the
transaxle assembly by supporting it with a jack.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Perform the following :
a. Adjust the shift cable.
b. Refill the transaxle with fluid.
c. Refill the radiator with engine coolant.
d. Bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open.
e. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper, assemble them, and apply grease to prevent
corrosion.
1. Lowering the vehicle or lifting up a jack, install the transaxle assembly.
2. Tighten the transaxle under mounting bolts.
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
3. Install the plate between the engine and transaxle.
TORQUE :
8~11 Nm(80~110 kgf.cm, 5.8~8.0 lb-ft)
4. Install the brackets.
TORQUE :
19~26 or 38~53Nm (190~260 or 380~530kgf.cm, 13.8~18.9 or 27.3~38.5lb-ft)
5. Install the starter motor and connect the starter motor connector. (see EE group)
6. Install the drive shafts to the transaxle. (See «DS» group)
7. Install the transaxle insulator (B) and mounting bracket (C) by tightening the bolts (A).
TORQUE:
60~80 Nm (600~800 kgf.cm, 43.6~58.2 lb-ft)
8. Install the sub frame. (see SS group)
TORQUE:
60~80 Nm(600~800 kgf.cm, 65.1~79.5 lb-ft)
9. Connect the return tube(B) with a clamp(A). (see ST group)
10. Connect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link to the front knuckle. (see SS group)
11. Connect the power steering pressure hose (A) to the power steering oil pump.
12. Install the under cover.
13. Install the steering column joint bolt. (see ST group)
14. Refill transaxle oil through the inlet hole (A).
TORQUE:
30~35 Nm(300~350 kgf.cm, 21.8~25.4 lb-ft)
15. Install the front wheels and tires. (see SS group)
16. Tighten the transaxle mounting bolts and remove the SST (09200-38001) holding the engine and transaxle
assembly.
TORQUE:
70~91 or 38~53Nm(700~910 or 380~530 kgf.cm, 50.9~66.2 or 27.6~38.5 lb-ft)
17. Install the CKP sensor to the clutch housing assembly.
TORQUE:
9~10 Nm(90~100 kgf.cm, 6.5~7.3 lb-ft)
18. Install the C.S.C (Concentric Slave Cylinder) tube and loosen the tube.
19. Connect the «N» (A) and the «R» (B) position switch.
20. Install the shift cable(A) by tightening the clip (C) and pin (B).
21. Install the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
22. Install the ground wire (A) from the transaxle case.
23. Install the battery tray (B) by removing the four mounting bolts (A).
24. Connect the air cleaner hose (B) by tightening the clamp (A).
25. Install the air cleaner assembly (A) by tightening the two mounting bolts.
26. Install the air cleaner upper cover (B) by tightening the clips (A).
27. Connect the AFS connector (A).
28. Install the battery (A).
Shift Lever
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
1. Remove the console upper cover(A). (see BD group)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Remove the front console cover. (see BD group)
3. Remove the shift cable and the select cable by removing the pin (A) and clip (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Remove the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
INSTALLATION
1. Install the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
TORQUE:
18~27 Nm(180~270 kgf.cm, 13.1~19.6 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Install the shift cable and the select cable by installing the pin (A) and clip (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
When adjusting the cable, follow the instruction as :
[LHD]
[RHD]
Place the shift lever in «N» position.
a. Insert the eye end (A).
b. Install the snap pin (B).
c. Insert the lock piece (C).
d. Clamp the locking clamp (D).
3. Install the front console cover. (see BD group)
4. Install the console upper cover(A). (see BD group)
[LHD]
[RHD]
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove both sides of the brackets.
2. Remove the shift lever knob (A) by rotating counterclockwise and remove the spring (B), damper, and skirt (C).
[LHD]
[RHD]
REASSEMBLY
Reassembling is in reverse order of disassembling.
TORQUE(bracket mounting bolts):
18~27 Nm(180~270 kgf.cm, 13.1~19.6 lb-ft)
Manual Transaxle Shift
Control
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
General Information
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIAL TOOLS
Tool
(Number and Name)
09411-43000
Clutch disc guide
Illustration
Use
Installation of the clutch disc
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
SPECIFICATION
Item
SPECIFICATION
Engine type
J2.9
Clutch operation
Hydraulic type
Clutch disc
Single dry with diaphragm
Clutch cover assembly
Self Adjusting Clutch
TIGHTENING TORQUE
Item
Nm
Kgf.cm
lb-ft
Clutch cover (6EA)
25~36
250~360
18.2~26.2
Clutch pedal bracket mounting
19~26
190~260
13.8~18.9
Regulator bolt
28~33
280~330
20.3~24
Connecting rod adjusting bolt
9~14
90~140
6.5~10.1
Clutch master cylinder mounting
12~16
120~160
8.7~11.6
Stopper bolt
8~10 or 14~20
80~100 or 140~200
5.8~7.27 or
10.1~14.5
Clutch pedal bolt/nut
25~34
250~340
18.1~24.7
SERVICE STANDARD
Item
Standard value
Clutch pedal stroke
150mm (5.91in)
Clutch pedal free play
6~13mm (0.24~0.51in)
Clutch System
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
DESCRIPTION
SELF ADJUSTING CLUTCH(S.A.C.) COVER
a. As a clutch disc facing is worn away according to its durability, a cover weight is increasing and a clutch pedal
pressure can be more needed.
b. To make up for this defect, the self adjusting clutch system makes the requsted pedal pressure minimized so that
makes the maintenance cycle longer.
CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER-C.S.C.
It improves working efficiency and lowers the number and the weight of part by unifing clutch release control
parts(clutch release bearing ~ clutch release cylinder) in a manual transaxle.
OPERATION
CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER-C.S.C
When the clutch pedal is pressed, oil pressure is transmitted along the arrow directions shown below and that moves
the clutch slave cylinder and the diaphragm spring of the clutch cover.
Clutch Cover and Disc
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
COMPONENTS
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REPLACEMENT
1. Remove a transaxle assembly (refer to ‘MT’-group).
2. Remove the clutch cover bolts. Not to be bent or twisted, loosen them in diagonal directions.
3. Remove the clutch cover and disc.
4. Using the SST(09411-43000), install a clutch disc and cover.
a. Replace a clutch cover and disc as a set.
* Possible problems when not following the caution
a. When replacing only a disc, slip problem can occur because of the initial clamp load loss by the adjusting
ring’s unusual work.
b. When replacing only a disc, it can be difficult to cut power because the thickness of the disc cannot be
permitted.
b. Apply grease on a disc spline part and transmission input shaft spline part as required.
* Possible problems when not following
a. When not applying: Excessively wear of splines and bad clutch operation
b. When excessively applying: Scattered grease by centrifugal force conteminates the clutch disc. Loss of friction
force can cause a slip
c. The ‘T/M SIDE’ marked surface should face the transaxle.
→ If the surface face the opposite side, there can be an interference between a disc and a flywheel surface.
5. Tighten the clutch cover.
TORQUE:
24.5~35.3Nm (250~360kgf.cm, 18.1~26.0lb-ft) (6EA)
When installing the clutch cover, tighten the bolts in diagonal directions not to be bent or twisted.
* Possible problems when not following
a. When tightening the bolt completely at a time: the clutch cover can be twisted and vibration can occur.
b. On vehicles with self adjusting clutches, it is necessary to follow this caution.
c. Not following tightening torque: There can be bad torque transmission in clutch and relaxation possibility of
bolts.
INSPECTION
1. Inspect diaphragm spring wear which is in contact with a concentric slave cylinder bearing.
2. Check the clutch cover and disc surface for wear or crack.
3. Check the clutch disc lining for slipping or oil mark.
4. Measure the depth from a clutch lining surface to a rivet. If the measured value is less than the specification below,
replace it.
Specification: 0.3mm(0.0118inch)
Clutch Master Cylinder
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
REMOVAL
Do not spill brake fluid on the vehicle; it may damage the paint if brake fluid does contact the paint, wash it off
immediately with water.
1. Remove the brake fluid fron the clutch master cylinder reservoir with a syringe.
2. Clamp the clutch master cylinder hose(A). If there is no enough room for clamping, you can also clamp the hose
from the brake master cylinder side.
3. Disconnect the hose(A) from the cylinder by releasing the clutch master cylinder clamp.
4. Remove the clutch master cylinder mounting bolts(A,B).
One is the engine room, the other near the clutch pedal assembly.
5. Remove the pin and washer which connect the clutch pedal with the clutch master cylinder.
6. Remove the clutch master cylinder. It can be helpful to do this step after removing the clutch pedal mounting
bracket.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
After installation, bleed the clutch hydaulic system.
CONCENTRIC SLAVE CYLINDER AIR BLEEDING PROCEDURE
1. After disconnecting a cap from the concentric slave cylinder air bleeder, insert a vinyl hose in the plug.
2. Loosening the plug screw, press and release the clutch pedal about 10 times.
Hold the air bleeder body not to rotate with a spanner(A). The holding is needed when the plug loosened or
tightened.
3. Tighten the plug during the clutch pedal pressed. Afterwards, raise the pedal with a hand.
TORQUE :
25~29Nm (250~290Kgf.cm, 18.2~21.1lb-ft)
4. After pressing the clutch pedal 3 times more, loosen the plug and retighten it with the pedal pressed. Raise it
again, then.
5. Repeat the step 4 two or three times. (until there is no bubble in the fluid)
a. Do not clamp the pipe of a concentric slave cylinder.
b. Be careful not to damage O-rings.
Clutch Pedal
2007 > J2.9L DIESEL CRDI(VGT) >
ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
IGNITION LOCK SWITCH
1. Disconnect 2P-connector from a ignition lock switch.
2. Disconnect the ignition lock switch. (if you can install a tester with the switch fixed, this step can be omissible)
3. Check for continuity between terminals. (refer to the table below)
Clutch pedal position
Ignition lock switch
Continuity
Released
Released
NO
Pressed
Pressed
YES
If there is difference between what tested and the table above, replace the ignition lock switch with a new one.
If not, install the ignition lock switch and adjust the clutch pedal.
TORQUE :
8~10Nm (80~100kgf.cm, 5.8~7.2lb-ft)
Clutch pedal and Ignition lock switch
a. Inspect a ignition lock switch.
b. Remove the driver’s seat mat to adjust a clutch pedal.
c. No gap between a clutch master cylinder pistion and push rod can cause clutch slip.
1. Loosen and draw out the bolt until it is off the pedal surface.
2. Push and pull a clutch master cylinder push rod to satisfy the specification below.
Specification:
Clutch pedal stroke(A) — 150mm(5.91in)
Clutch pedal free play(B) — 6~13mm(0.24~0.51in)
Clutch pedal distance — 234.7mm(9.24in)
3. With no pressure on a clutch pedal, tighten the bolt until it contacts on the pedal.
4. Fix the bolt with a nut.
TORQUE :
14~20Nm (140~200kgf.cm, 10.2~14.5lb-ft)
5. Press the clutch pedal to the seat ground.
6. Adjust the ignition lock switch position with the pedal a little(23~26mm) raised.
7. Install the ignition lock switch firmly.
TORQUE:
8~10Nm (80~100kgf.cm, 5.8~7.2lb-ft)
REPLACEMENT
a. Inspect the continuity of the ignition lock switch.
b. Remove the floor mat before adjusting the clutch pedal.
1. Remove the ignition lock switch.
2. Remove the snap pin and the clevis pin(A) connecting the clutch master cylinder push rod and the clutch pedal.
3. Remove the clutch master cylinder mounting nut(A,B) and the clutch pedal mounting nut(C).
4. Remove the clutch pedal.
5. Install a new one by tightening the bolts of the clutch pedal bracket and master cylinder .
TORQUE :
19~26 Nm(19~260 kgf.cm, 13.8~18.9 Ib-ft)(Clutch pedal bracket)
12~16 Nm(120~160 kgf.cm, 8.7~11.6 Ib-ft)(Clutch master cylinder)
6. Grease the clevis pin and insert it and the snap pin.
7. Adjust the clutch pedal and the ignition lock switch.
CHAPTER 6:
Automatic Transaxle
System
General Information
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
SPECIAL TOOLS
TOOL
(Number and name)
09200 — 38001
Engine support fixture
Illustration
Use
Removal and installation of transaxle.
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SPECIFICATIONS
Engine type
DIESEL(J2.9)
GASOLINE(λ-3.8)
Transaxle type
A5HF1
A5HF1
1ST
4.497
←
2ND
2.442
←
3RD
1.686
←
4TH
1.233
←
5TH
0.868
←
REV.
4.586
←
Final gear ratio
3.333
←
T/M oil capacity(ℓ)※
10.7
10.9
Gear ratio
※ The quantity in the chart above is for the reference. The actual filling quantity of the automatic transaxle fluid must
be set according to ‘INSPECTION’ or ‘REPLACEMENT’ procesure of the automatic transaxle fluid.
Recommended transaxle oil
Diamond ATF SP Ⅲ or SK ATF SP Ⅲ
Check & Replenishment
Every one year or every 20,000km
Every one year or every 15,000km only for European contries
Replacement
Normal use
Private use
Severe use(*)
Business use
No service required
Every 100,000km only for Australia
Every 90,000km only for European contries
Every 40,000km
Every 45,000km only for European contries
* Severe use(marked ‘*’) is defined as:
1. Driving on rough road(bumpy road, gravel road, snowy road, unpaved road etc.).
2. Driving on mountain road, ascent/descent.
3. Repetition of short distance driving.
4. More than 50% operation in heavy city traffic during hot weather above 32°C(89.6°F).
5. Police car, Taxi, Commercial type operation or trailer towing, etc.
Automatic Transaxle
System
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
1. Structure & Technical highlights
2. Variable Line Pressure Control
a. Description
a. Form the most suitable line pressure according to the vehicle driving condition
b. Special Features
a. VFS (Variable Force Solenoid) valve (For varying line pressure)
b. Reducing valve added(Stabilize control pressure in shiftings)
c. Effects
a. Improved power transmission efficiency and fuel consumption
3. Gear durability improvement and less-noisy gear development
a. Description
a. Optimal gear transmission ratio design from analyzing gears
b. Special Features
a. Apply High-strength gear material
b. Gear teeth width increased
c. Planetary gear (3 pinions → 4 pinions)
d. Less-noisy gear development
c. Effects
a. Durability improvement
b. Reduction of noise level
4. Case/Housing intensity reinforced
a. Description
a. Case/Housing intensity reinforced
b. Special Features
a. Converter housing intensity reinforced(Ribs added and thickness increased)
b. Most suitable stiff reinforcement through analyzing
c. Effects
a. Intensity increased and banding vibration decreased
b. NVH Performance improvement
5. New frictional material
a. Description
a. Apply new frictional material for capacity and durability improvement
b. Special Features
a. SSP (Single Sided Plate) applied only on overdrive clutch and 2nd brake
b. Apply the next generation frictional material(BWA 6100/D 0880-88)
c. Effects
a. Thermal absorption capacity improvement
b. Energy capacity and durability improvement
MECHANICAL SYSTEM
CLUTCHES AND BRAKES FOR EACH RANGE
UD
Clutch
OD
Clutch
2ND
Brake
LR Brake
REV
Clutch
RED
Brake
DIR
Clutch
OWC 1
OWC 2
P
—
—
—
O
—
O
—
—
—
R
—
—
—
O
O
O
—
—
—
N
—
—
—
O
—
O
—
—
—
1st
O
—
—
O
—
O
—
●
●
2nd
O
—
O
—
—
O
—
—
●
3rd
O
O
—
—
—
O
—
—
●
4th
—
O
O
—
—
O
—
—
●
5th
—
O
O
—
—
—
O
—
—
D
(● : Locked when driving)
FUNCTIONS OF CLUTCHES AND BRAKES
Element
Underdrive clutch
Sign
UD
Function
Connect the input shaft with the underdrive sun gear
Reverse clutch
REV
Connect the input shaft with the reverse sun gear
Overdrive clutch
OD
Connect the input shaft with the overdrive carrier
Direct clutch
DIR
Connect the direct sun gear with the direct carrier
Low& Reverse brake
LR
Fix the planetary gear and the overdrive carrier
2nd brake
2ND
Fix the reverse sun gear
Reduction brake
RED
Fix the direct sun gear
One way clutch 1
OWC 1
Control the rotational driection of the low&reverse ring gear
One way clutch 2
OWC 2
Control the rotational driection of the direct sun gear
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE HYDRAULIC CIRCUIT
P/N
D(1 RANGE)
D(2 RANGE)
D(3 RANGE)
D(4 RANGE)
D(5 RANGE)
R RANGE
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SERVICE ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURE
Automatic transaxle fluid
INSPECTION
1. Drive the vehicle until the fluid reaches normal operating temperature [70~80°C].
2. Place the vehicle on a level surface.
3. Move the selector lever through all gear positions. This will fill the torque converter and the hudraulic system with
fluid and move the selector lever to the «N» (Neutral) or «P»(Park) position.
4. Before removing the oil level gauge, wipe all contaminants from around the oil level gauge. Then take out the oil
level gauge and check the condition of the fluid.
If the fluid smells as if it is burning, it means that the fluid has been contaminated by fine particles from the
bushes and friction materials, a transaxle overhaul may be necessary.
5. Check that the fluid level is at the HOT mark on the oil level gauge. If the fluid level is low, add automatic transaxle
fluid until the level reaches the «HOT» mark.
Auto transaxle fluid:
DIAMOND ATF SP-III, SK ATF SP-III
Quantity : 10.7ℓ(Diesel), 10.9ℓ(Gasoline)
Low fluid level can cause a variety of a abnormal conditions because it allows the pump to take in air along
with fluid. Air trapped in the hydraulic system forms bubbles, which are compressable. Therefore, pressures
will be erratic, causing delayed shifting ,slipping clutches and brakes, etc. Improper filling can also raise fluid
level too high. When the transaxle has too much fluid, gears churn up foam and acuise the same conditions
which occur with low fluid level, resulting in accelerated deterioration of automatic transaxle fluid. In either
case, air bubbles can cause overheating, and fluid oxidation, which can interfere with normal valve, clutch, and
brake operation. Foaming can also result in fluid escaping from the transaxle vent where it may be mistaken
for a leak.
6. Insert the oil level gauge securely.
When new, automatic transmission fluid should be red. The red dye is added so the assembly plant can
identify it as transmission fluid and distinguish it from engine oil or antifreeze. The red dye, which is not an
indicator of fluid quality, is not permanent. As the vehicle is driven the transmission fluid will begin to look
darker. The color may eventually appear light brown.
REPLACEMENT
If you have a fluid changer, use this changer to replace the fluid. If you do not, replace it using the following
procedure.
1. Disconnect the hose which connects the transmission and the oil cooler.
2. Start the engine and let the fluid drain out.
Running conditions : «N» range with engine idling.
The engine should be stopped within one minute after it is started. If the fluid has all drained out before then,
the engine should be stopped at that point.
the engine should be stopped at that point.
3. Romove the drain plug(A) from the bottom of the transmission case to drain the fluid.
4. Install the drain plug via the gasket, and tighten it to the specified torque.
TORQUE :
40 ~ 50Nm (400 ~ 500 kgf.cm, 29 ~ 36 lb-ft)
5. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube.
Stop pouring if the full volume of fluid cannot be poured in.
6. Repeat the procedure in step (2).
Check the old fluid for contamination. If it has been contaminated, repeat the steps (5) and (6).
7. Pour the new fluid in through the oil filler tube.
8. Reconnect the hose which was disconnected in step (1) above and firmly replace the oil level gauge.(In case of
this «replace», this means after wiping off any dirt around the oil level gauge, insert it into the filler tube.)
9. Start the engine and run it at idle for 1~2 minutes.
10. Move the select lever through all positions, and then move it to the «N» position.
11. Drive the vehicle until the fluid temperature rises to the normal temperature (70~80°C), and then check the fluid
level again. The fluid level must be at the HOT mark.
12. Firmly insert the oil level gauge into the oil filler tube.
Automatic Transaxle
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENTS (1)
COMPONENTS (2)
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
a. Use a cover not to damage the vehicle surface.
b. Disconnect connectors carefully not to be damaged.
a. Mark wires or hoses for identification.
1. Remove the battery (A).
2. Disconnect the AFS connector (A).
3. Remove the air cleaner upper cover (B) by loosening the clips (A).
4. Remove the air cleaner assembly (A).
5. Disconnect the air cleaner hose (B) by loosening the clamp (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
6. Remove the battery tray (B) by removing the four mounting bolts (A).
7. Disconnect the transaxle wire harness connectors.
(1) Remove the inhibiter switch connector (A).
(2) Remove the solenoid valve connector (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 DSL]
(3) Remove the input speed sensor connector (A).
(4) Remove the output speed sensor connector (A).
(5) Remove the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
(6) Remove the CKP sensor connector (A).
8. Remove the shift cable by removing the bolt (A) and clip (B).
9. Disconnect the transaxle oil cooler hoses (A) from the tubes (C) by loosening the clamps (B).
10. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
11. Using the SST(09200-38001), hold the engine and transaxle assembly safely.
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
12. Remove the transaxle insulator mounting bolt (A).
13. Remove the front wheels.
14. Remove the power steering column joint bolt. (see ST group)
15. Lift up the vehicle.
16. Remove the under cover (A).
17. Drain transaxle oil.
18. Drain power steering oil through the return tube. (see ST group)
19. Disconnect the power steering pressure tube (A) from the power steering oil pump.
20. Disconnect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link from the front knuckle. (see SS group)
21. Remove the roll stopper mounting bolts (A,B).
22. Remove the mounting bolts from the sub frame by supporting the sub frame with a jack. (see SS group)
23. Remove drive shaft from transaxle. (See DS group).
24. Install a jack for supporting the transaxle assembly.
25. Remove the plate (A) and the drive plate bolts (B).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
26. Lifting the vehicle up and lowering the jack slowly, remove the transaxle assembly.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
Perform the following :
a. Adjust the shift cable.
b. Refill the transaxle with fluid.
c. Refill the radiator with engine coolant.
d. Bleed air from the cooling system with the heater valve open.
e. Clean the battery posts and cable terminals with sandpaper, assemble them, and apply grease to prevent
corrosion.
1. Lowering the vehicle or lifting up a jack, install the transaxle assembly.
2. Tighten the transaxle under mounting bolts.
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
3. Install the starter motor. (see EE group).
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
4. Install the drive plate bolts (B) by turning the timing gear and the plate (A).
TORQUE:46~53 Nm(460~530 kgf.cm, 33.3~38.3 lb-ft)
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
5. After removing a jack, insert the drive shafts. (see DS group)
6. Install the sub frame. (see SS group).
7. Tighten the roll stopper mounting bolts (A,B)
TORQUE:
90~110 Nm(900~1100 kgf.cm, 65.1~79.5 lb-ft)
8. Connect the return tube with a clamp. (see ST group)
9. Connect the lower arm, the tie rod end ball joint, the stabilizer bar link to the front knuckle. (see SS group)
10. Connect the power steering pressure tube (A) to the power steering oil pump.
11. Install the under cover (A).
12. Install the steering column joint bolt. (see ST group).
13. Install the front wheels and tires.
14. Tighten the transaxle insulator mounting bolt (A).
TORQUE:
90~110 Nm(900~1100 kgf.cm, 65.1~79.5 lb-ft)
15. Tighten the transaxle mounting bolts (A).
TORQUE:
65~85 Nm(650~850 kgf.cm, 47.0~61.5 lb-ft)
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
16. Remove the SST (09200-38001) holding the engine and transaxle assembly.
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
17. Connect the transaxle oil cooler hoses (A) to the tubes (C) by fastening the clamps (B).
18. Install the shift cable by tightening the bolt (A) and clip (B).
TORQUE:
10~14 Nm(100~140 kgf.cm, 7.2~10.1 lb-ft)
19. Connect the transaxle wire harness connectors.
(1) Install the inhibiter switch connector (A).
(2) Install the solenoid valve connector (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
(3) Install the input speed sensor connector (A).
(4) Install the output speed sensor connector (A).
(5) Install the vehicle speed sensor connector (A).
(6) Install the CKP sensor connector (A).
20. Install the battery tray (B) by tightening the four mounting bolts (A).
21. Connect the air cleaner hose (B) by fastening the clamp (A).
[2.9 DSL]
[3.8 GSL]
22. Install the air cleaner assembly (A).
23. Install the air cleaner upper cover (B) by fastening the clips (A).
24. Connect the AFS connector (A).
25. Install the battery (A).
Automatic Transaxle
Control System
Shift Lever
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
1. Remove the console upper cover(A). (see BD group).
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Remove the front console cover (A). (see BD group).
[LHD]
[RHD]
3. Disconnect the connector (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Remove the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Remove the shift cable mounting nut (A) and cap (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
INSTALLATION
1. Install the shift cable mounting nut (A) and cap (B).
TORQUE:
10~14 Nm(100~140 kgf.cm, 7.3~10.2 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Install the shift lever assembly mounting nuts (A).
TORQUE:
19~24 Nm(190~240 kgf.cm, 13.8~17.5 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
3. Connect the connector (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Install the front console cover (A). (see BD group)
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Install the console upper cover(A). (see BD group).
[LHD]
[RHD]
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove the power relay (A) from the bracket.
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Remove both sides of the brackets.
3. Remove the shift lever knob (A) by removing the two screws.
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Disconnect the solenoid connector (A) and remove the indicator panel (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Remove the switch assembly (A) and ‘P’ position switch assembly.
[LHD]
[RHD]
6. Remove the solenoid (B) and solenoid lever (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
7. Remove the lever assembly (B) by the mounting bolt (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
8. Remove the lever (A) and tube (B) by removing the bolt (C).
[LHD]
[RHD]
REASSEMBLY
1. Grease the tube (B) and install the lever (A) by tightening the bolt (C).
TORQUE:
8~12 Nm(80~120 kgf.cm, 5.8~8.7 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
2. Install the lever assembly (B) by tightening the bolt (A).
TORQUE:
8~12 Nm(80~120 kgf.cm, 5.8~8.7 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
3. Install the solenoid (B) and solenoid lever (A).
[LHD]
[RHD]
4. Install the switch assembly (A) and ‘P’ position switch assembly.
TORQUE:
1.3~1.9 Nm(13~19 kgf.cm, 0.95~1.38 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
5. Connect the solenoid connector (A) and install the indicator panel (B).
[LHD]
[RHD]
6. Install the shift lever knob (A) by tightening the two screws.
TORQUE:
2~3 Nm(20~30 kgf.cm, 1.45~2.18 lb-ft)
[LHD]
[RHD]
7. Install both sides of the brackets.
TORQUE:
16~23 Nm(160~230 kgf.cm, 11.6~16.7 lb-ft)
8. Install the power relay (A) to the bracket.
[LHD]
[RHD]
CHAPTER 4:
Emission Control System
General Information
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
Components
Crankcase Emission System
a. Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV)
valve
Evaporative Emission System
a. Evaporative emission canister
b. Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
Exhaust Emission System
a. MFI system (air-fuel mixture control
device)
b. Three-way catalytic converter
Function
Remarks
HC reduction
Variable flow rate type
HC reduction
HC reduction
Duty control solenoid valve
CO, HC, NOx reduction
CO, HC, NOx reduction
Heated oxygen sensor feedback type
Monolithic type
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENT LOCATION
1
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)
2
Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) Valve
3
Canister
4
Catalytic Converter (Bank 1)
5
Catalytic Converter (Bank 2)
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
TROUBLESHOOTING
Symptom
Engine will not start or hard to
start
Suspect area
Vacuum hose disconnected or damaged
Repair or replace
Malfunction of the Purge Control Solenoid
Valve
Repair or replace
Vacuum hose disconnected or damaged
Repair or replace
Malfunction of the PCV valve
Replace
Malfunction of the evaporative emission
canister purge system
Check the system; if there is a
problem, check related
components parts
Positive crankcase ventilation line clogged
Check positive crankcase
ventilation system
Rough idle or engine stalls
Excessive oil consumption
Remedy
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
TIGHTENING TORQUES
Item
Positive Crankcase Ventilation Valve
N·m
kgf·m
lbf·m
8.0 ~ 12.0
0.8 ~ 1.2
6.0 ~ 8.0
SPECIFICATIONS
▷ Specification
Item
Specification
Coil Resistance (Ω)
19.0 ~ 22.0 Ω [20°C (68°F)]
Crankcase Emission
Control System
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
COMPONENTS
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ventilation hose from the positive crankcase ventilation (PCV) valve. Remove the PCV valve from
the rocker cover and reconnect it to the ventilation hose.
2. Run the engine at idle and put a finger on the open end of the PCV valve and make sure that intake manifold
vacuum can be felt.
The plunger inside the PCV valve will move back and forth.
Positive Crankcase
Ventilation (PVC)
Valve
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
OPERATION
Engine condition
Not running
Engine condition
Idling or decelerating
PCV valve
Not operating
PCV valve
Fully operating
Vacuum passage
Restricted
Vacuum passage
Small
Engine condition
Normal operation
Engine condition
Accelerating and high load
PCV valve
Properly operating
PCV valve
Slightly operating
Vacuum passage
Large
Vacuum passage
Very large
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
1. Remove the valve pad (A) and disconnect the vacuum hose (B).
2. Remove the PCV Valve.
INSTALLATION
Install the PCV valve and tighten to the specified torque.
PCV Valve installation : 7.8 ~ 11.8 N·m (0.8 ~ 1.2 kgf·m, 5.8 ~ 8.7lbf·ft)
INSPECTION
1. Remove the PCV valve.
2. Insert a thin stick(A) into the PCV valve(B) from the threaded side to check that the plunger moves.
3. If the plunger does not move, the PCV valve is clogged. Clean it or replace.
Evaporative Emission
Control System
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the throttle body, and connect a vacuum pump to the vacuum hose.
2. Check the following points when the engine is cold [engine coolant temperature 60°C(140°F) or below] and when it
is warm [engine coolant temperature 80°C(176°F) or higher].
WHEN ENGINE IS COLD
Engine operating condition
Idling
3,000 rpm
Applied vacuum
Result
50 kPa
(7.3 psi)
Vacuum is held
Applied vacuum
Result
WHEN ENGINE IS WARM
Engine operating condition
Idling
Within 3 minutes after engine start at 3,000
rpm
After 3 minutes have passed after engine
start at 3,000 rpm
50 kPa
(7.3 psi)
Try to apply vacuum
50 kPa
(7.3 psi)
Vacuum is held
Vacuum is released
Vacuum will be held momentarily,
after which, it will be released
Canister
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the vacuum hoses (A,B).
2. Remove the canister assembly (A) with unscrewing the two mounting bolts (B).
3. Open the canister upper cover (A) with unfastening the four bolts (B) and remove the canister (C) from the canister
lower cover (D).
INSTALLATION
Install the canister according to the reverse order of «REMOVAL» procedure.
INSPECTION
1. Look for loose connections, sharp bends or damage to the fuel vapor lines.
2. Look for distortion, cracks or fuel damage.
3. After removing the canister, inspect for cracks, damage or saturated canister.
Purge Control Solenoid
Valve
(PCSV)
2007 > 3.8L V6 GASOLINE >
INSPECTION
When disconnecting the vacuum hose, make an identification mark on it so that it can be reconnected to its
original position.
1. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the solenoid valve.
2. Detach the harness connector.
3. Connect a vacuum pump to the nipple which is connected to intake manifold.
4. Apply vacuum and check when voltage is applied to the PCSV and when the voltage is discontinued.
Battery voltage
Normal condition
When applied
Vacuum is released
When discontinued
Vacuum is maintained
5. Measure the resistance between the terminals of the solenoid valve.
PCSV coil resistance(Ω) :
19.0 ~ 22.0Ω at 20°C (68°F)
DESCRIPTION
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV) is installed on the surge tank and controls the passage between the canister
and the intake manifold. It is a solenoid valve and is open when the PCM grounds the valve control line. When the
passage is open (PCSV ON), fuel vapors stored in the canister is transferred to the intake manifold.
SPECIFICATION
Item
Specification
Coil Resistance (Ω)
19.0 ~ 22.0Ω at 20°C (68°F)
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
Fuel Filler cap
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
Exhaust Emission Control
System
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
Modifications to the combustion chamber, intake manifold, camshaft and ignition system form the basic control system.
These items have been integrated into a highly effective system which controls exhaust emissions while maintaining
good driveability and fuel economy.
AIR/FUEL MIXTURE CONTROL SYSTEM [MULTIPORT FUEL INJECTION (MFI) SYSTEM]
This in turn allows the engine to produce exhaust gases of the proper composition to permit the use of a three way
catalyst. The three way catalyst is designed to convert the three pollutants (1) hydrocarbons (HC), (2) carbon
monoxide (CO), and (3) oxides of nitrogen (NOx) into harmless substances. There are two operating modes in the MFI
system.
1. Open Loop air/fuel ratio is controlled by information programmed into the ECM.
2. Closed Loop air/fuel ratio is adjusted by the ECM based on information supplied by the oxygen sensor.
CVVT
(Continuously Variable
Valve Timing)
System
2007 > 2.7L V6 GASOLINE >
DESCRIPTION
The CVVT (Continuously Variable Valve Timing) which is installed on the exhaust camshaft controls intake valve open
and close timing in order to improve engine performance.
The intake valve timing is optimized by CVVT system depending on engine rpm.
This CVVT system improves fuel efficiency and reduces NOx emissions at all levels of engine speed, vehicle speed,
and engine load by EGR effect because of valve over-lap optimization.
The CVVT changes the phase of the intake camshaft via oil pressure.
It changes the intake valve timing continuously.
OPERATION
The CVVT system makes continuous intake valve timing changes based on operating conditions.
Intake valve timing is optimized to allow the engine to produce maximum power.
Cam angle is advanced to obtain the EGR effect and reduce pumping loss. The intake valve is closed quickly to
reduce the entry of the air/fuel mixture into the intake port and improve the changing effect.
Reduces the cam advance at idle, stabilizes combustion, and reduces engine speed.
If a malfunction occurs, the CVVT system control is disabled and the valve timing is fixed at the fully retarded position.
1. The above figure shows the relative operation structures of the housing vane to the rotor vane.
2. If the CVVT is held a certain control angle, to hold this state, oil is replenished as much as oil leaks from the oil
pump.
The OCV (Oil-flow Control Valve) spool location at this time is as follows.
Oil pump → Advance oil chamber (Little by little open the inflow side to the advance oil chamber) → Almost close the
drain side
Be sure there might be a difference in the position according to the engine running state (rpm, oil temperature, and oil
pressure).
72 посетителя на сайте. Из них:
Пользователи1
Гости43
Роботы28
Список пользователей
георги
Был(a) в сети 5 минут назад
mob-3
Был(a) в сети 11 минут назад
ANRI
Был(a) в сети 33 минуты назад
looch
Был(a) в сети 35 минут назад
bedoo54
Был(a) в сети 35 минут назад
Mitsuba
Был(a) в сети 36 минут назад
Ufarus
Был(a) в сети 43 минуты назад
Sugak
Был(a) в сети 46 минут назад
ekam
Был(a) в сети 1 час назад
feca
Был(a) в сети 3 часа назад
sarik
Был(a) в сети 3 часа назад
Sirota
Был(a) в сети 3 часа назад
giorgi
Был(a) в сети 4 часа назад
novros
Был(a) в сети 5 часов назад
spt2006
Был(a) в сети 5 часов назад
D-mas51
Был(a) в сети 6 часов назад
MA60Val
Был(a) в сети 6 часов назад
kto
Был(a) в сети 6 часов назад
гоша
Был(a) в сети 6 часов назад
fishkaz
Был(a) в сети 7 часов назад
KKtus
Был(a) в сети 7 часов назад
karnaux
Был(a) в сети 7 часов назад
vcvcvc
Был(a) в сети 7 часов назад
serg264
Был(a) в сети 7 часов назад
kyocera
Был(a) в сети 7 часов назад
Krava82
Был(a) в сети 9 часов назад
foksxXx
Был(a) в сети 9 часов назад
bayan83
Был(a) в сети 9 часов назад
yurcim
Был(a) в сети 9 часов назад
alex68
Был(a) в сети 10 часов назад
Aidar85
Был(a) в сети 10 часов назад
VLRy00
Был(a) в сети 10 часов назад
urasik
Был(a) в сети 11 часов назад
xdudekx
Был(a) в сети 11 часов назад
fargo68
Был(a) в сети 11 часов назад
smat
Был(a) в сети 11 часов назад
Ketus
Был(a) в сети 12 часов назад
zmeyvik
Был(a) в сети 13 часов назад
Magua
Был(a) в сети 13 часов назад
Kot2023
Был(a) в сети 13 часов назад
KTC
Был(a) в сети 14 часов назад
bondzyo
Был(a) в сети 14 часов назад
bes699
Был(a) в сети 15 часов назад
sktem
Был(a) в сети 17 часов назад
Ricos
Был(a) в сети 21 час назад
Lestar
Был(a) в сети 21 час назад
Aslanbi
Был(a) в сети 22 часа назад